Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
R2024-121 2024-06-24
RESOLUTION NO. R2024-121 A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Pearland, Texas, awarding a construction services contract for the Roadside Ditch Widening Project, to Nerie Construction, funded by the Texas General Land Office and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, in the amount of $2,922,119.00. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That competitive bids were obtained for construction services. Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards a contract to Neerie Construction, in the amount of $2,922,119.00. Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a construction services contract associated with the Roadside Ditch Widening Project. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 24th day of June, A.D., 2024. _____________________________ J.KEVIN COLE MAYOR ATTEST: _____________________________ FRANCES AGUILAR, TRMC, MMC CITY SECRETARY APPROVED AS TO FORM: ________________________________ DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY DocuSign Envelope ID: 44364158-FDEC-4181-81D6-BACEC4A9081C Project Manual 1; ') for: Brookland Acres, Garden Road/ O'Day Rd, and Woody Rd Drainage Improvements (Project #DR2102, DR2103, DR2104) t94 . , ) - 1:-t- V 4 1 PEARLAND: I— r iT E X— A -S "' --I 's r. ' $' ' Bid No. : 1124-03 o,,,E�OF a,o00 January 16, 2024 0'c-) , F�00 9,,°0, a * /\ _* O 5ARANCANATHAN SESHADRI°oo Prepared By o.o 103762 cto o°0-)0 �Fc/STERF� _.�o ooFS NGo HR Green Inc ca o000O p0�0� , '' 4-7 11011 Richmond Ave , Ste 200 i __A ,f_�r, Houston, TX 77042 1 / 1 6/ 0 2 c Firm No F-11278 CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY,TEXAS w.F TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION TITLE DIVISION 0—BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00100 Invitation to Bid 00200 Instructions to Bidders 00300 Bid Proposal 00400 Bid Form 00500 Standard Form of Agreement 00610 Performance Bond 00611 Payment Bond 00612 Two-Year Maintenance Bond 00615 Partial Waiver of Lien 00700A General Conditions Table of Contents 00700 General Conditions 00701 Attachment No 1 to General Conditions 00702 Attachment No.2 to General Conditions 00703 Attachment No.3 to General Conditions 00800 Special Conditions of Agreement 00811 Wage Scale for Heavy Construction 00900 Addendum-Template DIVISION 1 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 Summary of Work 01140 Contractor's Use of Premises 01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures 01290 Change Order Procedures 01310 Coordination and Meetings 01350 Submittals 01380 Construction Photographs 01420 Referenced Standards 01430 Contractor's Quality Control 01440 Observation Services 01450 Testing Laboratory Services 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01505 Mobilization 01550 Stabilized Construction Exit 01555 Traffic Control and Regulation 01561 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier 01562 Waste Material Disposal 01563 Tree and Plant Protection 01564 Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 01565 TPDES Requirements 01566 Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation 00010- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS 01566 Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation 01570 Trench Safety System 01580 Project Identification Signs 01600 Material and Equipment 01630 Product Options and Substitutions 01720 Field Surveying 01750 Starting Systems 01760 Project Record Documents 01770 Contract Closeout DIVISION 2—SITE WORK 02200 Site Preparation 02220 Site Demolition 02252 Cement Stabilized Sand 02255 Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 02315 Excavation and Backfill for Detention Ponds 02316 Excavation and Backfill for Roadways 02317 Excavation and Backfill for Structures 02318 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 02330 Embankment 02335 Subgrade 02417 Augering Pipe or Casing for Water Line 02510 Water Mains 02511 Water Meters 02512 Polyethylene Wrap 02514 Fire Hydrant Assembly 02515 Water Tap and Service Line Installation 02520 Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes&Meter Vaults 02534 PVC Pipe 02540 Tapping Sleeves and Valves 02541 Water and Wastewater Line Valves 02542 Concrete Manholes and Accessories 02603 Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers 02624 Structural Plate Culvert Structures 02629 Safety End Treatment 02630 Storm Sewers 02631 Precast Inlets, Headwalls, and Wingwalls 02633 Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, and Valve Boxes 02634 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 02710 Base Course for Pavement 02741 Asphaltic Concrete Pavement 02742 Prime Coat 02743 Tack Coat 02744 Single Course Surface Treatment 02751 Concrete Paving 02770 Curb, Curb& Gutter, and Headers 02775 Concrete Driveways 02820 Wood Fences and Gates 00010-2of3 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS 02821 Chain Link Fences and Gates 02910 Topsoil 02921 Hydromulch Seeding 02922 Sodding 02931 Landscaping and Tree Planting 02980 Pavement Repair DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03300 Cast In Place Concrete END OF SECTION 00010-3of3 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID Section 00100 INVITATION TO BID CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS LOWEST RESPONSIBLE BIDDER Sealed Electronic Bids will be accepted for the following project, in the City's E-bid System. Electronic bids shall be submitted through the City's web site at: https.//pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. All interested Bidders are required to register as a "supplier" on the City's E-bid System at the above web address and clicking on"Supplier Registration" Registration provides automatic access to any changes to the Plans, Specifications or Bid time and date. However, submission of an E-bid requires completing a short registration questionnaire found on this web site. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below. * Building Construction Services,New(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Heavy(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade(New Construction) For more information regarding registration instructions, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200, included in the project bid documents viewable on the web site. Questions regarding electronic bidding should be directed to City Purchasing Officer at ebidsnpearlandtx.gov All Bids submitted electronically will remain confidential until the opening date and time when they will be opened and read into the public record. Bids shall be submitted on the form provided in the E-bid System and submitted electronically through this system to the City of Pearland located at 3519 Liberty Drive,Pearland, Texas 77581 Bids will be accepted until 2:00 p.m., Thursday, February 8. All Bids shall reference the following project information in the appropriate locations in provided electronic format. All properly submitted bids shall be publicly opened and read aloud into the public record at 3519 Liberty Dr., Pearland Texas following the closing of the acceptance period for the construction of: Brookland Acres, Garden Rd/O'Day and Woody Rd Drainage Improvements City of Pearland,Texas COP PN DR2102,DR2103 and DR2104 BID NO.: 1124-03 A mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at the City of Pearland Engineering and Public Works Administration Building at 2016 Old Alvin Rd., Pearland, Texas 77581 at 11.00 a.m. on Thursday, January 25, 2024 The project will entail the construction of drainage improvements on Scott Lane from Hatfield Road to Mykawa Road, Woody Road from future McHard Road to Comal Street, Garden Road from FM 518 to Hickory Slough,O'Day Road from FM 518 to Hickory Slough and Woody Road from Cherry Street to West Orange Street. The scope of the drainage improvements includes, butnot limited to 08-2018 00100- 1 of4 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID removing existing driveways,pipe culverts and pavement, 31,000 CY of drainage ditch excavation and regrading, installation of approximately 2316 LF of 18-inch RCP, 2301-LF of 24-inch RCP, 1028 LF of 30-inch RCP, 275 LF of 36-inch RCP, 1301 SY of gravel driveway, 733 SY of asphalt driveway, 959 SY of concrete driveway, 8 fire hydrant relocations, hydromulch seeding, and site restoration. Upon award of a contract, the successful Bidder will be required to utilize the City's web-based project management softwarefor the administration of the construction project, including but not limited to, all transmittals and material submittals,RFI's,RFC's, Change Orders, Applications for Payment and all project communications with the City, its Construction Manager and Engineer This system has certain hardware, Internet access and operation requirements that form the basis for all project communications, documentation and records for the project. For more information, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200 Electronic Bid Documents. including Contract Documents, Plans and Technical Specifications are available for download on the City's Website at: https.//pearland.ionwave.net/Logm.aspx upon registration. The documents are NOT viewable without registration. These same documents may also available at the following locations. Amtek Plan Room (281)376-4577 4001 Sherwood Houston, TX 77092 The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. (713)334-7100 2400 Augusta, Suite 350 Houston, TX 77057 Virtual Builders Exchange (832) 613-0201 7035 W Tidwell Building J, Suite 112 Houston, TX 77092 No plan fees or deposits are required for plans and bid documents obtained through the City's E- bid System.BIDDERS MUST REGISTER AS A SUPPLIER ON THE CITY'S E-BID SYSTEM IN ORDER TO SUBMIT A BID EVEN IF BID DOCUMENTS ARE OBTAINED VIA ONE OF THE PLAN HOUSES Bidders accept sole responsibility for downloading all of the required documents, plans, specifications bid forms and addenda required for bidding. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety (90) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to"day(s)"shall mean calendar day(s). Bid Security and Bonds: Bid Security in the form of Cashier's Check, Certified Check, or Bid Bond payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total base bid price must accompany each proposal. Bidders submitting bids electronically through the E-bid System shall scan and up-load a copy of the sealed Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid. Original documents for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to 08-2018 00100-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 business hours of the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall be delivered to Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, City Hall Annex, 3523 Liberty Drive,Pearland, Texas 77581 The successful Bidder must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required by Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code or other applicable law, as amended, upon the form mcluded in the Contract Documents, in the amount of one hundred percent(100%) of the contract price, such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authonzed to do business in the State of Texas, and named in the current list of"Treasury Department Circular No 570", naming the City of Pearland,Texas as Obligee. Additionally,the successful bidder shall be required to provide a one year-Maintenance Bond for the improvements installed as part of this work, as provided in the Special Conditions of Agreement. Federal Requirements. The City's funding for the PROJECT comes through the Texas General Land Office and originates from the U.S Department of Housing and Urban Development(HUD). Therefore, various federal regulations and statutory requirements are applicable to the successful offeror; including but not limited to Appendix II of 2 CFR Part 200 and HUD Uniform Administrative Requirements in 24 CFR 570 All federal-and/or State requirements can be found in Section 00800 of the PROJECT MANUAL.Federal labor requirements can be found in Section 00811 DBE/SBE Goal: The Disadvantaged Business Enterprise(DBE)goal for this project is 11%. The Small Business Enterprise (SBE) goal for this project is 0%. Race neutral participation is encouraged and can be achieved through various supplier and subcontracting opportunities. HUD Section 3 Economic Opportunities. The HUD Section 3 program requires that recipients of certain HUD financial assistance, to the greatest extent possible, provide training, employment, contracting and other economic opportunities to low- and very low-income persons, especially recipients of government assistance for housing; and to businesses that provide economic opportunities to low- and very low-income persons. The City's selection will heavily consider bidders that are certified HUD Section 3 businesses.Bidders are strongly urged to seek high levels of familiarity with HUD Section 3 requirements. Selection Criteria: The Contract is to be awarded on the basis of Lowest Responsible Bidder In identifying this criteria the City will consider 1) lowest total bid price for all work listed and specifically requested, including but not limited to. Base Bid, Extra Work items and selected Alternates. The City of Pearland reserves the right to award a contract based on any combination of the above considered to be in its best interests or to reject any or all bids. A bid that has been"opened"may not be changed for the purposes of correcting an error in the bid price. Frances Aguilar, TRMC,MMC City Secretary, City of Pearland 08-2018 00100-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID First Publication date January 17, 2024 Second Publication date January 24, 2024 08-2018 00100-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Section 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (LRB) 1 Defined Terms 1.1 The term "Owner" hereinafter is defined as the City of Pearland and is used interchangeably with the term "the City" Both terms are synonymous and refer to the City of Pearland and may be used inter-changeably 12 The term "Bidder"means one who submits a Bid Proposal directly to Owner, as distinct from a sub-bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder The term "Successful Bidder" means the Lowest Responsible Bidder to whom the Owner (on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bid Documents" includes the Invitation to Bidders,Instructions to Bidders,the Bid Proposal, and the proposed Contract Documents (plans and specifications including all Addenda issued prior to bid opening). 13 The term "E-bid System" refers to the City's electronic bidding system. This is a web- based system (Ion Wave) that provides all Bid Documents electronically to interested parties (potential Bidders and forms the pathway for Bidders to submit bids in response to The Invitation to Bid. The term "e-bid" and/ or "electronic bid" means the Bidders' electronic response submitted on the electronic Bid Proposal with all required attachments to the Owner by way of the E-bid System. The terms "electronic bid" or "e-bid" are used inter-changeably to describe the above bid submittal process to submit a bid to the City in response to an Invitation to Bidders. 1.4 The term "Procore" means the City's web-based contract administration and construction records management software used by the contracting parties to administer the project. This system serves as the web access centralized project information hub for communications and document management, pay application processing and record retention for all project documentation. Operational instructions for accessing this system will be issued to the successful Bidder at the pre-Construction Meeting. 15 All other definitions set out in the Contract Documents are applicable to terms used in the Bidding Documents. 1.6 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean consecutive calendar day(s) 1.7 The term"Alternate(s)" or"Add Alternate(s)"as used here inter-changeably are defined as an additive work item that may be selected or rejected by the Owner based on the Owner's sole acceptance or rejection of the price proposed for this item. Alternate bid prices shall include all labor,material, equipment and overhead costs to perform the work as specified, complete in place. When selected by the Owner, the costs for an Alternate work item shall be added to the Base Bid price and made a part of the Contract pnce. 2. Registration for E-bid System 21 The Owner's E-bid System is accessible via the City's web site at https.//pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. Bid documents can be viewed by simply selecting a specific project from the BID OPPORTUNITIES list and clicking on that project AFTER registration as a Supplier Interested Bidders MUST REGISTER as a "Supplier" by clicking on 08-2018 00200-1 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS the Supplier Registration button and completing the registration form. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below. * Building Construction Services,New(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services,Heavy(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade (New Construction) Select the appropnate Time Zone for the Bidder's location and whether that location observes Daylight Savings time. Complete the registration information providing all required contact information and establish password security for the E-bid System. Once complete, "suppliers" will receive emails notifying of future bid opportunities. Downloading any project bid data will automatically place the bidder's contact information on the list of plan holders and the E-bid System will automatically send any and all updates, addenda, changes or additional information associated with that project. 22 The electronic Bid Proposal can only be submitted through this system. The form can be pnnted for Bidder's use,but the Bid Proposal MUST be submitted on the electronic form within the E-bid System. 23 Questions regarding use of the E-bid System may be directed by email to ebids@a,pearlandtx.gov 3 Copies of Bidding Documents 3.1 Complete sets of "electronic" Biddmg Documents are available for download to registered Bidders at No Cost from the City's E-bid System at: https.//pcarland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx.Interested Bidders must register as a"Supplier"on this site in order to receive the Bid Documents, and all Addenda or other notifications of changes, including communications from the Owner or Engineer All Bid Documents are available to download and print. 32 The Bidder accepts sole responsibility for ensunng that he obtains a full set of these documents by completing the registration and executing a full and complete download of the project documents. Downloading Bid Documents automatically ensures receipt of any and all subsequent communications,addenda or additional information from the City or its Engineer 33 Copies of Bidding Documents are available or may be viewed at any of the Plan Houses listed in the Invitation to Bidders. It is recommended that all interested Bidders,whether bidding directly to the Owner or Sub-bidders/Vendors providing pricing to a Bidder, register as a Supplier and download all of the project Bid Documents. 34 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bid Proposals, neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents including,but not limited to all Addenda issued prior to bid. 35 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bid Proposals on the Work, and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 08-2018 00200-2 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 4 Qualifications of Bidders 41 In determining to whom to award a contract, the City of Pearland may consider, in addition to the other selection criteria identified in section 16 of these Instructions to Bidders, the following Qualifications of Bidder, and each Bidder must be prepared to submit within two (2)days of Owner's request any or all of such Qualifications requested. Failure to provide this information within the specified time frame may be cause for rejection of the Bid. 1) A brief narrative of previous experience of the Bidder with projects of a similar nature and scope; specifically including a list of 5 representative projects completed by the Bidder of a similar nature and scope to the work covered by this proposed Contract. The references for the projects provided must include the cost of the project, Owner's name, Engineer or prime contact and telephone number; 2) A list, including owner name and project location, of on-going projects and contracts for construction of projects of the Bidder which are not yet substantially complete including total contract value and current percent complete by payment; 3) A list of proposed subcontractors and suppliers for the project being bid and the total value of work awarded to subcontractors as shown on the Subcontractors List Bid Form, 4) A list of names, address and telephone number of references for other projects completed by Bidder; 5) A printout of the Bidder's System for Award Management (SAM.gov) Entity Registration Profile; and 6) A Financial Statement of Bidder, consisting of the balance sheet and annual income statement of Bidder for the Bidder's last fiscal year end preceding the submission of the Bid Proposal,which has been audited or examined by an independent certified public accountant. The Financial Statement of Bidder shall be used to determine a Bidder's net working capital, which is defined as current assets less current liabilities. A Bidder's net working capital shall be considered evidence of the Bidder's ability to provide sufficient financial management of the project being bid. The Bidder's Financial Statement shall be clearly and conspicuously marked as "confidential" and shall be deemed and treated as confidential and excepted from the Public Information disclosure requirements of Texas Government Code Section 552.001 et seq., as such information, if released, would give advantage to a competitor or bidder, and/or would cause substantial competitive harm to Bidder 5 Examination of Contract Documents and Site 5.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid Proposal, to (a) examine the Bidding Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost,progress,performance or furnishing of the Work, (c)consider federal, state and local laws and regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work,(d)study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors, omissions, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents, (f)to recognize and plan for use of the City's "Procore" software to administer the construction process and perform the work of the project. 52 Any reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents will be made available to Bidders for review,but such reports are not part of the Contract Documents. Bidder may not and should not rely upon the accuracy of the data contained in such reports, interpretations or opinions contained therein, or the completeness thereof, for the purposes of bidding or construction. 08-2018 00200-3 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 53 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to underground utilities, equipment, or other underground facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such underground facilities or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof. 54 Before submitting a Bid Proposal, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations,investigations,explorations,tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and underground facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid Proposal prices for performing and furnishing the Work in accordance with the Contract Time, Contract Price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 55 On request in advance, Owner will provide each prospective Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each prospective Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid Proposal. Prospective Bidders shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. 5.6 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, nghts-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands, access thereto or contractual arrangements for use by the Contractor required for temporary construction facilities or storage of matenals and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 5.7 The submission of a Bid Proposal will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4,that without exception the Bid Proposal is premised upon performing and furnishing all of the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in, required by or reasonably inferred from the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 6 Interpretations and Addenda 6.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to Engineer Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered or transmitted by electronic means to all registered Bidders in the City's E-bid System. Questions received less than five (5) days prior to the date for opening of Bid Proposals may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 62 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer Addenda will automatically be made available to all registered Bidders that have downloaded Bid Documents from the City's E-bid System. 08-2018 00200-4 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 7 Bid Security 7.1 Each Bid Proposal must be accompanied by bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of five percent (5%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid Proposal price, in the form of a certified check, cashier's check or a Bid Bond("Bid Security"). 72 Bidders submitting bids through the E-bid System shall scan and upload a copy of their Bid Security(sealed Bid Bond,Certified Check or Cashier's Check)as an attachment to their electronic bid. Original documents for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 business hours of the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall be delivered to Office of City Purchasing, City Hall Annex, 3523 Liberty Drive,Pearland, Texas 77581 73 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such time as Bidderhas executed the Standard Form of Agreement,and furnished the required Performance and Payment Bonds, whereupon the Bid Security of both bidders will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish the required performance and payment bonds within ten (10) days after the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and shall be entitled to make a claim against the Bid Security The Bid Security of other Bidders will be retained until the Contract is awarded and the Standard Form of Agreement becomes effective, or all bids are rejected, whereupon Bid Security furnished by all such Bidders will be returned. 8 Contract Time 8.1 The number of days in which the Work is to be Substantially Completed, as set forth in the Bid Proposal form and the Standard Form of Agreement, subject to such extension of time as may be due under the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents ("Contract Time"). All references to "time" or"days" shall be interpreted as consecutive calendar days. 9 Liquidated Damages and Early Completion Bonus 9.1 Provisions for liquidated damages and early completion bonus,if any, are set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement. 10 Substitute or"Or-Equal" Items 10.1 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of the specified materials and equipment described in the Plans and Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or- equal" items unless otherwise stated. Whenever it is indicated in the Plans or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or-equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by the Contractor if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Agreement becomes effective. All "or-equal" references shall be interpreted to mean "or Owner approved equal" Any substitution made by the Bidder upon which the bid is based shall be at the Bidder's sole risk. The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the Contract Documents. 08-2018 00200-5 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 11 Bid Form 11.1 The Bid Proposal form (Section 00300 — Bid Proposal) is included with the Bidding Documents when downloaded. This Document must be printed and signed, as required below, and then uploaded as an Attachment to the Bid. 112 All E-bids must be submitted on the City's official E-bid System Bid Proposal document. All blanks on the Bid Proposal form must be completed or filled in. The Bidder shall bid all Alternates, if any Incomplete Bid Proposals may be cause for rejection. 113 Bid Proposals by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president(or other corporate officer accompanied be evidence of authority to sign)and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. llA Bid Proposals by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title must appear under the signature, and if a corporate general partner, executed as required above for corporations and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. All names must be typed or pnnted below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. 115 The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all Addenda (the number of which must be filled in on the Bid Proposal form). Failure to do so could be cause for rejection of the Bid. 11.6 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid Proposal must be shown on the Bid Proposal form. 12. Submission of Bid Proposals 121 The place, date and/or time designated for opening Bid Proposals may be changed in accordance with applicable laws, codes, and ordinances. Any such changes to the Bid Schedule shall be made by Addenda. 177 Electronic Bids shall be submitted per the requirements, instructions, terms, and conditions as stated in the registration and submittal instructions of the City's E-bid System electronic bidding software. All Bidders utilizing this system MUST register as a potential supplier, (Bidder). E-Bids are submitted directly via the City's Web based system located at https.//pearland.ionwave.net/Logm.aspx. 123 Bid Proposals submitted after the bid date and time will be rejected. 13 Modification and Withdrawal of Bid Proposals 13.1 Pnor to submission, E-bid Bid Proposals may be modified or withdrawn without ,. prejudice. 132 Ten (10) days prior to Bid Opening, the City will issue a Special Wage Determination Addendum for the purpose of reconfirming the applicable federal Wage Determination(Section 00811).Upon issuance of the SWDA per the"10-day Rule,"any changes in wages and/or fringe benefits may encourage Bidders to make modifications to Bid Proposals. This is entirely at the discretion of the Bidder and the City shall have no responsibility or liability for the Bidder's actions and/or inactions regarding modifications. SWDA "10-day Rule" modifications are still subject to the bid date and time submission deadline. 08-2018 00200-6 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 133 Once submitted, Bid Proposals may only be modified by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid Proposal must be executed) and delivered to Office of City Purchasing, City Hall Annex, 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 and submitted any time prior to the opening of Bid Proposals. 134 A Bidder may not modify or withdraw its Bid Proposal by facsimile or verbal means.A withdrawn Bid Proposal may be resubmitted prior to the designated time for opening Bid Proposals.No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety(90) days after the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. 135 If, within twenty-four(24)hours after Bid Proposals are opened, any Bidder files aduly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material mistake in the preparation of its Bid Proposal, that Bidder may request to withdraw its Bid Proposal and the bid security may be returned or, at the discretion of the Owner, Owner may make a claim against the bid security Thereafter,that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Project to be provided under the Contract Documents. 13.6 Bid securities for unsuccessful Bidders will be returned to bidders once a successful Bidder has been identified and notified of the Owner's intent to award a contract. 14 Opening of Bid Proposals 14.1 Bid Proposals will be opened and(unless obviously non-responsive)read aloud publicly An abstract of the amounts of the base Bid Proposals and major alternates (if any)will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bid Proposals through E-Bid. Bid Proposals, in their entirety, shall be open for public inspection after the contract is awarded, except for any trade secrets or confidential information contained therein, provided Bidder has expressly identified any specific information contained therein as being trade secrets or confidential information. 15 Bid Proposals to Remain Subject to Acceptance 15.1 All Bid Proposals will remain subject to acceptance for ninety(90)days after the day of the Bid Proposal opening,but the Owner may,in its sole discretion,release any Bid Proposal and return the bid security prior to that date. 16. Award of Contract 16.1 The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bid Proposals, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder Owner may reject a bid as non-responsive if: 1) Bidder fails to provide required Bid Security; 2)Bidder improperly or illegibly completes or fails to complete all information required by the Bidding Documents, 3)Bidder fails to sign the Bid Proposal or improperly signs the Bid Proposal, 4) Bidder qualifies its Bid Proposal, 5) Bidder tardily or otherwise improperly submits its Bid Proposal, 6) Bidder fails to submit the Qualifications of Bidder as required under section 4 of these Instructions to Bidders, or 7) Bid Proposal is otherwise non-responsive.Contracts are awarded on the basis of the Lowest Responsible Bidder 162 The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, including the Financial Statement of bidder, if requested to do so As required by the Instructions to Bidders and as a condition of Bid acceptability,the Contractor hereby agrees. 08-2018 00200-7 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 That the City, as Owner and Contract Administrator, retains the right to review and approve the Contractor's and all Subcontractors' qualifications to perform the Work of the Contract and to reject any Subcontractor not meeting the City's standards, as outlined in the General Conditions for performing the Work. 163 Lowest Responsible Bidder In determining the Lowest Responsible Bidder, the Owner will consider. Lowest Total Bid price for all work including Base Bid, Extra Work, Add Alternates and Cash Allowances, if any, and any other cost criteria. Additional evaluation criteria may include the Qualifications of the Bidders,whether or not the Bid Proposals comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Proposal form or prior to the Notice of Award. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 164 A contract to be awarded to the Lowest Responsible Bidder may be let on either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. 165 Acceptance of any and all bids may be conditioned on compliance with the requirement for attendance of the mandatory pre-bid meeting. 16.6 In either case, Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid Proposal and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, to Owner's satisfaction,within the Contract Time. 16.7 Each Bidder agrees to waive any claim it has or may have against the Owner, the Professional Engineer, and their respective employees, arising out of or in connection with the administration, evaluation, or recommendation of any bid. 17 Contract Security 17.1 When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Standard Form of Agreement to the Owner, it must be accompanied by the Performance, Payment, Maintenance and Surface Correction Bonds required by the Contract Documents. Bonds may be on the forms provided herein or an equal form containing no substantive changes, as determined by Owner 18 Signing of Agreement 18.1 When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement, and the required Performance and Payment Bond forms.Within ten(10)days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement to Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, the Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor There shall be no contract or agreement between the Owner and the Successful Bidder until proper execution and attestation of the Standard Form of Agreement by authorized representatives of the Owner 08-2018 00200-8 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 19 Pre-bid Conference 19.1 A pre-bid conference will be held as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. 20 Retainage 20.1 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION 08-2018 00200-9 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL Lowest Responsible Bid Date• 2/6/2024 Bid of NERIE CONSTRUCTION, LLC , an individual proprietorship/a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas/a partnership consisting of , for the construction of: Brookland Acres, Garden Rd/O'Day Rd.and Woody Rd Drainage Improvements City of Pearland,Texas COP PN DR2102,DR2103 and DR2104 BID NO 1124-03 (Submitted in Electronic format) To The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bidders, and Instructions to Bidders,the undersigned Bidder hereby proposes to perform all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment,tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work described in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents for the construction of the Brookland Acres, Garden Rd/O'Day Rd and Woody Rd Drainage Improvements (Project # DR 2102,DR 2103 and DR 2104)with all related appurtenances,complete,tested,and operational, in accordance with the Plans and Specifications prepared by Aranganathan Seshadri, P.E., H.R. Green, 11011 Richmond Avenue,suite 200,Houston,Texas 770042,for the unit prices or applicable prices set forth in Exhibit "A", the electronic bid form as contained in the City's E-bid system, which, once fully executed and submitted shall constitute a legal and executable proposal from the Bidder It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered on any part of the Work, the applicable unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or deductions from the total prices for theparts of the Work so changed. The Bid Security required under the Instructions to Bidders is included and has been uploaded as an attachment within the E-bid system and,that a fully executed, signed and sealed hard copy has been delivered to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, City Hall Annex 3523 Liberty Drive,Pearland, Texas 77581 The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, including the Financial Statement of Bidder, as required by the Instructions to Bidders if requested to do so as a condition of the Bid process. The Bidder binds himself, upon acceptance of his proposal, to execute the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and Maintenance Bond,each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, according to the forms included in the Contract Documents, for performing and completing the said work within the time Bidder'slnitial's: JRN 10-2017 00300-1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL stated and for the prices stated in Exhibit A of this proposal along with all required insurance in the required amounts. The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence work within 10 days of the date of a written Notice to Proceed. It is understood that the Work is to be Substantially Complete within ninety days(90)after the date of the Notice to Proceed. Time for Substantial Completion shall begin on the date established by the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor will pay liquidated damages in the amount(s) specified in Section 00500—Standard Form of Agreement,in the event the Work is not Substantially Complete within the Contract Time. The undersigned agrees that the amounts bid in this Bid Proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for ninety(90) days following date of Bid Proposal opening,or such longer period as may be agreed to in writing by the City of Pearland and Bidder It is understood that in the event the Successful Bidder fails to enter into the Standard Form of Agreement and/or to furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and Maintenance Bond, each in the amount of one hundred (100) percent of the Contract Price, along with all required insurance in the stated amounts within ten (10)days of the Notice of Award,the Successful Bidder will forfeit the Bid Security as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)"shall mean calendar day(s). The Bidder acknowledges that the following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bidding Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid Proposal prices. Addendum No 1 Date 1-30-2024 Addendum No Date Addendum No 2 Date 2-5-2024 Addendum No Date Bidder hereby represents that the only person or parties interested in this offer as principals are those named. Bidder has not directly or indirectly entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint o free competitive bidding. Firm Name NERIE ONST CTI , LLC By• Joseph Nerie Title President Address. 3213 Fuq a St, Houston TX 77047 Phone No 832-600-7993 ATTEST 0 (Seal, if Bidder is a Corporation) ped or linted r e) S'3 ature to Alr.9 END OF SECTION Bidder's Initial's: JRN 10-2017 00300-2 of 2 BID FORM (Bid Form must be submitted electronically) I Project Name:DR 2102 Brookland Acres Drainage Improvements Bid No:DR 2102 Quantity I UOM Item Description I Spec Reference I Unit Price I Total DR 2102 Brookland Acres Base Bid Drainage Improvements '_" " 1 1 LS Mobilization @ 2.5% COP 01505 $ 15,000.00 $ 15,000.00 2 1 LS Traffic Control and Regulation COP 01555 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 3 2 EA Project Identification Signs COP 01580 $ 2,500.00 $ 5,000.00 4 360 LF Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier COP 01561 $ 3.50 $ 1,260.00 5 6 EA Inlet Protection Barrier(Stage I and Stage II) COP 01500 $ 250.00 $ 1,500.00 6 2 EA Stabilized Construction Exit-72SY COP 01500 $ 5,000.00 $ 10,000.00 7 17 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts-15 COP 02220 $ 12.00 $ 204.00 inch CPP 8 102 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts-15 COP 02220 $ 12.00 $ 1,224.00 inch RCP 9 173 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts 18 COP 02220 inch CPP $ 15.00 $ 2,595.00 10 1264 IF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts-18 COP 02220 $ 15.00 $ 18,960.00 inch RCP 11 74 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts 24 COP 02220 inch CPP $ 18.00 $ 1,332.00 12 220 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts-24 COP 02220 $ 18.00 $ 3,960.00 inch RCP 13 33 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts-36 COP 02220 $ 18.00 $ 594.00 inch Oval CMP 14 7440 CY Prop.Excavation COP 02316 $ 20.00 $ 148,800.00 15 731 SY Prop.8-inch thk.Classs"A"Hydrated Lime Subgrade COP 02335 $ 30.00 $ 21,930.00 16 731 SY 6-inch thk.Stabilized Limestone Base COP 02335 $ 21.00 $ 15,351.00 17 731 SY Prop.Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete Pavement COP 02741 Replacement-2inchthick $ 44.00 $ 32,164.00 18 1425 LF Prop 18-inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe COP 02630 $ 95.00 $ 135,375.00 19 534 LF Prop 24-inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe COP 02630 $ 120.00 $ 64,080.00 20 33 LF Prop 30-inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe COP 02630 $ 155.00 $ 5,115.00 21 1 EA Prop.Type C Storm Manhole(Normal Depth) COP 02542 $ 4,000.00 $ 4,000.00 22 1 EA Prop.Type II Parallel Drainage Safety End COP 02629 $ 3,500.00 $ 3,500.00 Treatment 23 288 SY Prop Concrete Slope Paving 6 Inch Thick COP 02751 $ 120.00 $ 34,560.00 24 94 SY Remove Exist Gravel Driveway and Install Prop. COP 02710 $ 25.00 $ 2,350.00 Crushed Limestone Driveway 6-Inch Thick 25 603 SY Remove Exist Asphalt Driveway and Install Prop. COP 02741 Asphalt Driveway 6-Inch Thick $ 65.00 $ 39,195.00 26 330 SY Remove Exist Concrete Driveway by Saw Cut and COP 02775 Install Prop.6-Inch Thick Concrete Driveway $ 95.00 $ 31,350.00 27 120 LF Proposed 6-inch Water Line Offset with Restrained COP 02510 $ 185.00 $ 22,200.00 Bends by open cut 28 50 LF Proposed 6-inch water line by open cut COP 02510 $ 110.00 $ 5,500.00 29 7 EA Relocate Exist Fire Hydrant Assembly with Valve COP 02514 $ 3,500.00 $ 24,500.00 30 10 EA Adjust Exist Water Valves to Proposed Ditch Grade COP 02541 $ 1,500.00 $ 15,000.00 31 4 Acre Hydromulch Seeding COP 02921 $ 2,800.00 $ 11,200.00 32 240 LF Remove,store and reinstall wood fence,including COP 02820 foundation posts,gates,etc. Complete assembly $ 30.00 $ 7,200.00 Remove,store and reinstall wrought iron fence, 33 60 LF including foundation posts,foundation curb,gates, COP 02821 $ 65.00 $ 3,900.00 etc. Complete assembly 34 96 LF Install 3 feet orange plastic safety fence on steel T COP 02821 $ 5.00 $ 480.00 Poles(Temporary) Bidder's Initials JRN BID FORM (Bid Form must be submitted electronically) 1 Project Name:DR 2103 Garden Road/O'Day Road Drainage Improvements Bid No:DR 2103 Quantity I UOM Item Description I Spec Reference 1 Unit Price I Total DR 2103 Garden Road/O'Day Road Base Bid Drainage Improvements . 1 1 LS Mobilization @ 2.5% COP 01505 $43,000.00 $ 43,000.00 2 1 LS Traffic Control and Regulation COP 01555 $10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 3 2 EA Project Identification Signs COP 01580 $ 2,500.00 $ 5,000.00 4 960 LF Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier COP 01561 $ 3.50 $ 3,360.00 5 15 EA Inlet Protection Barrier(Stage I and Stage II) COP 01500 $ 250.00 $ 3,750.00 6 2 EA Stabilized Construction Exit-72 SY COP 01500 $ 5,000.00 $ 10,000.00 7 398 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts-15 inch CPP COP 02220 $ 12.00 $ 4,776.00 8 111 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts 18 inch CPP COP 02220 $ 15.00 $ 1,665.00 9 194 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts 18 inch RCP COP 02220 $ 15.00 $ 2,910.00 10 204 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts-24 inch CPP COP 02220 $ 18.00 $ 3,672.00 11 27 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts 24 inch CMP COP 02220 $ 18.00 $ 486.00 12 1161 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts 24 inch RCP COP 02220 $ 15.00 $ 17,415.00 13 29 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts-30 inch CPP COP 02220 $ 18.00 $ 522.00 14 86 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts 30 inch CMP COP 02220 $ 18.00 $ 1,548.00 15 1062 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts 30 inch RCP COP 02220 $ 15.00 $ 15,930.00 16 584 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts 36 inch RCP COP 02220 $ 20.00 $ 11,680.00 17 38 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts 42 inch RCP COP 02220 $ 20.00 $ 760.00 18 447 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts 48 inch RCP COP 02220 $ 25.00 $ 11,175.00 19 21 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts 36"x48"CMP COP 02220 $ 25.00 $ 525.00 20 19840 CY Prop.Excavation COP 02316 $ 20.00 $ 396,800.00 21 1950 SY Prop.8-inch thk.Classs"A"Hydrated Lime Subgrade COP 02335 $ 30.00 $ 58,500.00 22 1950 SY 6-inch thk.Stabilized Limestone Base COP 02335 $ 21.00 $ 40,950.00 23 1950 SY Prop.Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete Pavement Replacement 2 inch COP 02741 $ 44.00 $ 85,800.00 thick 24 49 LF Prop 18-inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe COP 02630 $ 99.00 $ 4,851.00 25 1976 LF Prop 24-inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe COP 02630 $ 120.00 $ 237,120.00 26 552 LF Prop 30-inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe COP 02630 $ 155.00 $ 85,560.00 27 779 LF Prop 36-inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe COP 02630 $ 205.00 $ 159,695.00 28 454 LF Prop 48-inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe COP 02630 $ 306.00 $ 138,924.00 29 338 LF Prop 36-inch EQ Arched Concrete Pipe COP 02630 $ 356.00 $ 120,328.00 30 58 LF Prop 48-inch EQ Arched Concrete Pipe COP 02630 $ 600.00 $ 34,800.00 31 2 EA Prop.Type C Storm Manhole(Normal Depth) COP 02542 $ 4,000.00 $ 8,000.00 32 1 EA Prop.Type II Parallel Drainage Safety End Treatment COP 02629 $ 3,500.00 $ 3,500.00 33 768 SY Prop Concrete Slope Paving 6 Inch Thick COP 02751 $ 120.00 $ 92,160.00 34 390 SY Remove Exist Gravel Driveway and Install Prop. Crushed Limestone COP 02710 $ 25.00 $ 9,750.00 Driveway 6-Inch Thick 35 881 SY Remove Exist Asphalt Driveway and Install Prop.Asphalt Driveway COP 02741 $ 65.00 $ 57,265.00 6-Inch Thick 36 1064 SY Remove Exist Concrete Driveway by Saw Cut and Install Prop.6-Inch COP 02775 $ 95.00 $ 101,080.00 Thick Concrete Driveway 37 320 LF Proposed 6-inch Water Line Offset with Restrained Bends by open COP 02510 $ 185.00 $ 59,200.00 cut 38 100 LF Proposed 6-inch water line by open cut COP 02510 $ 110.00 $ 11,000.00 39 16 EA Relocate Exist Fire Hydrant Assembly with Valve Box COP 02514 $ 3,500.00 $ 56,000.00 40 1 EA Cut,plug and abandon exist 6-inch water line COP 02541 $ 2,500.00 $ 2,500.00 41 32 EA Adjust Exist Water Valves to Proposed Ditch Grade COP 02541 $ 1,500.00 $ 48,000.00 42 7 Acre Hydromulch Seeding COP 02921 $ 2,800.00 $ 19,600.00 43 20 LF Remove,store and reinstall wood fence,including foundation posts, COP 02820 $ 30.00 $ 600.00 gates,etc. Complete assembly 44 20 LF Remove,store and reinstall wrought iron fence,including COP 02821 $ 65.00 $ 1,300.00 foundation posts,foundation curb,gates,etc. Complete assembly 45 256 LF Install 3 feet orange plastic safety fence on steel T-Poles COP 02821 $ 5.00 $ 1,280.00 (Temporary) Bidder's Initials JRN f BID FORM (Bid Form must be submitted electronically) Project Name:DR 2104 Woody Road Drainage Improvements Bid No:DR 2104 Quantity I UOM Item Description I Spec Reference I Unit Price I Total DR 2104 Woody Road Drainage Base Bid Improvements - . 1 1 LS Mobilization @ 2.5% COP 01505 , $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 2 _ 1 _ LS Traffic Control and Regulation COP 01555 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 3 1 _ EA Project Identification Signs COP 01580 $ 2,500.00 $ 2,500.00 4 180 LF Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier COP 01561 $ 3.50 $ 630.00 5 3 EA Inlet Protection Barrier(Stage I and Stage II) COP 01500 $ 250.00 $ 750.00 -6 _ 1 EA Stabilized Construction Exit 72 SY COP 01500 $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 7 8 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts COP 02220 $ 12.00 $ 96.00 15 inch RCP 8 - 66 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts COP 02220 - 18 inch CPP $ 12.00 $ 792.00 9 95 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts COP 02220 18 inch RCP $ 15.00 $ 1,425.00 10 12 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts COP 02220 $ 15.00 $ 180.00 24 inch RCP 11 12 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts COP 02220 $ 18.00 $ 216.00 30 inch RCP 12 3720 - CY Prop.Excavation COP 02316 $ 20.00 $ 74,400.00 13 366 SY Prop.8-inch thk.Classs"A"Hydrated Lime. COP 02335 $ 30.00 $ 10,980.00 Subgrade 14 366 - SY 6-inch thk.Stabilized Umestone Base COP 02335 $ 20.00 $ 7,320.00 15 366 SY Prop.Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete Pavement COP 02741 $ 44.00 $ 16,104.00 Replacement 2 inch thick 16 189 - LF Prop 24-inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe COP 02630 $ 120.00 $ 22,680.00 17 1 EA Prop.Type C Storm Manhole(Normal Depth) COP 02542 $ 4,500.00 $ 4,500.00 18 1 EA Prop.Type II Parallel Drainage Safety End COP 02629 Treatment $ 3,500.00 $ 3,500.00 19 144 _ SY Prop Concrete Slope Paving 6 Inch Thick COP 02751 $ 120.00 $ 17,280.00 20 50 SY Remove Exist Gravel Driveway and Install Prop. COP 02710 Crushed Limestone Driveway 6-Inch Thick $ 20.00 $ 1,000.00 21 118 SY Remove Exist Asphalt Driveway and Install COP 02741 $ 65.00 $ 7,670.00 Prop.Asphalt Driveway 6-Inch Thick Remove Exist Concrete Driveway by Saw Cut 22 14 SY and Install Prop.6-Inch Thick Concrete COP 02775 $ 110.00 $ 1,540.00 Driveway 23 60 LF Proposed 6-inch Water Line Offset with COP 02510 $ 200.00 $ 12,000.00 Restrained Bends by open cut 24 100 LF Proposed 6-inch water line by open cut COP 02510 $ 110.00 $ 11,000.00 25 2 EA Relocate Exist Fire Hydrant Assembly with COP 02514 $ 3,500.00 $ 7,000.00 Valve Box 26 1 EA Cut,plug and abandon exist 6-inch water line COP 02541 $ 2,500.00 $ 2,500.00 27 6 EA Adjust Exist Water Valves to Proposed Ditch COP 02541 $ 1,500.00 $ 9,000.00 Grade 28 1 - Acre Hydromulch Seeding COP 02921 $ 2,800.00 $ 2,800.00 Remove,store and reinstall wood fence, 29 20 LF including foundation posts,gates,etc. COP 02820 $ 30.00 $ 600.00 Complete assembly Remove,store and reinstall wrought iron 30 20 LF fence,including foundation posts,foundation COP 02821 $ 65.00 $ 1,300.00 curb,gates,etc. Complete assembly 31 48 LF Install 3 feet orange plastic safety fence on COP 02821 $ 5.00 $ 240.00 steel T-Poles(Temporary) DR 2102 Brookland Acres Drainage Improvements Subtotal $ 699,379.00 DR 2103 Garden Road/O'Day Road Drainage Improvements Subtotal $ 1,982,737.00 DR 2104 Woody Road Drainage Improvements Subtotal $ 240,003.00 Total of Brookland Acres+Garden Road&O'Day Road+Woody Road $ 2,922,119.00 Bidder's Initials JRN CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT I Section 00500 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is by and between City of Pearland (hereinafter called OWNER or City) and NERIE CONSTRUCTION, LLC (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows. Article 1 WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all work as specified or indicated in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents (hereinafter the "Work"). The Work is generally described as follows. Brookland Acres,Garden Rd/O'Day Rd,Woody Rd Drainage Improvements Project#DR 2102,DR 2103 and DR 2104 City of Pearland,Texas COP PN DR2102,DR2103 and DR2104 BID NO.: 1124-03 Article 2. ENGINEER The Work has been designed by HR Green, Inc, 11011 Richmond Avenue, Suite 200, Houston, Texas 77042, Aranganathan Seshadri who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Article 3 CONTRACT TIME 3 1 The Work will be Substantially Complete (as defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions) within two hundred and seventy (270) days (including weekends and holidays) from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions (as revised in the Special Conditions if applicable), and completed and ready for Final Payment within three hundred (300) days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No work will be allowed on Sundays. 3.2 Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3 1 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions. OWNER and CONTRACTOR also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration preceding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time Accordingly, instead of requiring 4-2015 00500- 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER one thousand and five hundred dollars ($1,500 00)for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3 1 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion, if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the time set out in the Certificate of Substantial Completion or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER one thousand and five hundred dollars ($1,500 00) for each day that expires after the time specified in the Certificate of Substantial Completion for completion and readiness for Final Payment. 3.3 Inspection Time. Working hours for the Pearland Inspection personnel are from 7.30 a.m. to 4.30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding City approved holidays. The Contractor shall notify the OWNER of any required inspection overtime work at least 48 hours in advance and shall pay the overtime wages for the required City inspections. Article 4 CONTRACT PRICE 41 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds $ 2,922,119 00 (the"Contract Price"). The Contract Price includes the Base Bid as shown in Document 00300 — Bid Proposal. Article 5 PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Section 6 0 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. Application for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5 1 Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER as provided below All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work and actual quantity of Work completed, in accordance with Article 6"Measurement and Payment"of the General Conditions. 5 1 1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage or actual quantity of Work complete, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with the General Conditions. The OWNER shall make payment within 30 days of receipt of application for payment by the ENGINEER. 5 1.2 Each progress payment shall be less retainage as specified in Paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near 4-2015 00500-2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT to completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no fault or neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR at the OWNER's option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to the conditions stated under"Final Payment." 5.2 Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 6 09 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 6 09 Article 6 INTEREST Interest on any overdue payment from OWNER to CONTRACTOR shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251 025 of the Texas Government Code, as amended. Article 7 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations 7 1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the Work. 7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all available surveys, assessments, reports of explorations, investigations, and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions of the site. Such technical reports and drawings are not Contract Documents, and Owner makes no representations or warranties as to the accuracy of such documents or information, or to whether or not they are complete, comprehensive,or all-inclusive. 7.3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraphs 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, and CONTRACTOR assumes the risk of such subsurface and physical conditions, and shall furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations,tests,reports,and studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 4-2015 00500-3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 7 4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract documents with respect to existing underground facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said underground facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said underground facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and finish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations,tests,reports, and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7 6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor knew or should have known, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including any written resolution of any such conflict, error or discrepancy by ENGINEER. In the event of a conflict that was not brought to the OWNER's or ENGINEER's attention prior to the bid, the CONTRACTOR is assumed to have bid the most expensive alternative. Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work, consist of the following, each of which are incorporated herein by reference: 8 1 Standard Form of Agreement(Section 00500). 8.2 Performance, Payment, and/or Maintenance Bonds (Sections 00610, 00611, and 00612) 8.3 General Conditions of Agreement (Section 00700), including Attachment No 1 Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and Attachment No 3 Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor 8.4 Special Conditions of Agreement(Section 00800). 8.5 Plans, consisting of sheets numbered 1 through 125A inclusive with attachments with each sheet bearing the following general title. Brookland Acres, Garden Rd/O'Day Rd and Woody Rd Drainage Improvements, Project # DR 2102, DR 2103 and DR 2104 8 6 Instructions to Bidders and CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal, including any Addenda referenced therein. 8.7 Technical Specifications for the Work. 4-2015 00500-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 8.8 The following, which may be delivered or issued after this Agreement becomes effective- Any Change Orders or other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents in accordance with the General Conditions. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8 The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions. Article 9 MISCELLANEOUS 9 1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Section 1, "Definitions and Interpretations" of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound, and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 9.3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representative to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 9 4 CONTRACTOR agrees to warranty the Work for a period of one (1) year from Substantial Completion against defects in materials and workmanship CONTRACTOR agrees to repair or replace any defective work within this warranty period immediately unless such repairs require long lead time materials and equipment in which case CONTRACTOR shall provide an agreeable schedule for repairs at no additional cost to OWNER. 9.5 The Work will be completed according to the Contract Documents and in accordance with codes, ordinances, and construction standards of the City of Pearland, and all applicable laws, codes and regulations of governmental authorities. 9.6 In the event any notice period required under the Contract Documents is found to be shorter than any minimum period prescribed by applicable law,the notice period required shall be construed to be the minimum period prescribed by applicable law 9 7 This Contract and the Contract Documents, insofar as they relate in any part or in any way to the Work undertaken therein, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and it is expressly understood and agreed that there are no 4-2015 00500-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT agreements or promises by and between said parties, except as aforesaid, and that any additions thereto or changes shall be in writing. 9.8 The provisions of this Contract shall be applied and interpreted in a manner consistent with each other so as to carry out the purposes and the intent of the parties, but if for any reason any provision is unenforceable or invalid, such provisions shall be deemed severed from this Contract and the remaining provisions shall be carried out with the same force and effect as if the severed provision had not been part of this Contract. 9.9 The headings of the paragraphs are included solely for the convenience of reference and if there is any conflict between the headings and the text of this Contract, the Contract text shall control. 9 10 The waiver of any breach hereof shall not constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision hereof. Failure by the OWNER in any instance to insist upon observance or performance by CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed a waiver by CONTRACTOR of any such observance or performance. No waiver will be binding upon OWNER unless in writing and then will be for the particular instance only Payment of any sum by OWNER to CONTRACTOR with knowledge of any breach or default will not be deemed a waiver of such breach or default or any other breach or default. 9 11 The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER(through its employee handbook)considers the following to be misconduct that is grounds for termination of an employee of the OWNER. Any fraud, forgery,misappropriation of funds, receiving payment for services not performed or for hours not worked,mishandling or untruthful reporting of money transactions,destruction of assets,embezzlement, accepting materials of value from vendors, or consultants, and/or collecting reimbursement of expenses made for the benefit of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly; cause an employee of the OWNER to engage in such misconduct. 9 12 The CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with Appendix A(attached) of the City of Pearland's Title VI Nondiscrimination Plan Assurances. 4-2015 00500-6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in duplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER and one to CONTRACTOR. This Agreement will be effective upon execution and attestation by authorized representatives of the City of Pearland and upon the following date J U N E 24 ,2024 OWNER. CONTRACTOR. CITY OF P AND NERIE CONSTRUCTI N, By• d By• Joseph Nerie Title �4."AG+.ay,' Title President Date 7l, /.4' Date- 7/10/2024 (Co rate Seal) ATTEST ATTES S ; Address fr giving notices \‘‘ Val-A 4I144V1 17 0% Phone 8.3.7— 4'e— 77,3 Fax. Agent for service of process. END OF SECTION 4-2015 00500-7 of 7 Title VI Nondiscrimination Assurances APPENDIX A During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "contractor") agrees as follows: (1) Compliance with Regulations. The contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination in Federally-Assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter, "DOT") Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract (2) Nondiscrimination The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment The contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by Section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations (3) Solicitations for Subcontracts, including Procurements of Materials and Equipment' In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shall be notified by the contractor of the contractor's obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin (4) Information and Reports• The contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the Sub-Recipient or the Federal Highway Administration to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information the contractor shall so certify to the Sub-Recipient, or the Federal Highway Administration as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information (5) Sanctions for Noncompliance In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this contract,the Sub-Recipient shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the Federal Highway Administration may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to (a) withholding of payments to the contractor under the contract until the contractor complies, and/or (b) cancellation, termination or suspension of the contract, in whole or in part (6) Incorporation of Provisions The contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (6) in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto The contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the Sub-Recipient or the Federal Highway Administration may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non-compliance Provided, however, that, in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request the Sub-Recipient to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the Sub-Recipient, and,in addition, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States g 4 A „ ..„ ,,.. ,,,,,,,,, .:., . , ,, I '' ' ' '.-A. , V. - '). 7-. KEA*::- ,,. -,' ,, 's Et':. IA, , 6 . A ,4 -,-1. '1/4!- D 1., . ' .. . r-1 ' ! , LA . '1 . _.. ' \ : ` `fir -- 1 I E X A S l , .1 1124-03 Addendum 2 Nerie Construction LLC. Supplier Response Event Information Number. 1124-03 Addendum 2 Title. Brookland Acres, Garden Rd/O'Day and Woody Rd Drainage Improvements Type. ITB-Sealed Issue Date 1/17/2024 Deadline 2/8/2024 02 00 PM (CT) Notes The project will entail the construction of drainage improvements on Scott Lane from Hatfield Road to Mykawa Road, Woody Road from future McHard Road to Coma! Street, Garden Road from FM518 to Hickory Slough, O'Day Road from FM 518 to Hickory Slough and Woody Road from Cherry Street to West Orange Street. The scope of the drainage improvements includes, but not limited to removing existing driveways, pipe culverts and pavement, 31,000 CY of drainage ditch excavation and regrading, installation of approximately 2316 LF of 18-inch RCP, 2301-LF of 24-inch RCP,1028 LF of 30-inch RCP, 275 LF of 36-inch RCP, 1301 SY of gravel driveway, 733 SY of asphalt driveway, 959 SY of concrete driveway, 8 fire hydrant relocations, hydromulch seeding, and site restoration Page 1 of 10 pages Vendor Nerie Construction LLC. 1124-03 Addendum 2 Nerie Construction LLC. Information Address 1506 E Broadway t Suite 205 Pearland, TX 77581 Phone (281) 996-5551 Fax: (281) 996-5552 Toll Free (832) 600-7993 Web Address none By submitting your response, you certify that you are authorized to represent and bind your company Joseph Nerie joe@nerieconst.com Signature Email Submitted at 2/8/2024 10.33 49 AM(CT) Response Attachments CIQ (3).pdf Conflict of intrest questionnaire Contractor Questionnaire (3).pdf Contractor Questionnaire Non-Collusion Statement (2) pdf Non-Collusion Statement ferences (2) pdf Reerences Local Bidder (3) pdf Local Bidder Preference Claim Form Bid Bond Drainage.pdf Bid Bond Bid Proposal pdf Bid Proposal Bid Attributes I Response Attachment Bidder understands and has completed the following The Bid Proposal and Bid Security required under the Instructions to Bidders has been uploaded as an attachment within the E-bid system and, a fully executed, signed and sealed hard copy of the Bid Bond will be delivered upon request to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, City Hall Annex, 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas, 77581 L1 Submitted 2 Non-collusion Statement Bidder has submitted a completed and signed copy of the Non-Collusion Statement ❑, Submitted Page 3 of 10 pages Vendor Nerie Construction LLC. 1124-03 Addendum 2 1 12 Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts- 24 inch RCP Quantity. 220 UOM. LF Price. $18 00 Total: $3,960 00 1 13 Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts- 36 inch Oval CMP Quantity. 33 UOM: LF Price $18 00 Total $594 00_ 1 14 Prop Excavation Quantity. 7440 UOM: CY Price $20 00 Total $148,800 00_ 1 15 Prop 8-inch thk. Classs "A" Hydrated Lime Subgrade Quantity. 731 UOM: SY Price. $30 00 Total $21,930 00 1 16 6-inch thk. Stabilized Limestone Base Quantity- 731 UOM: SY Price $21 00 Total: $15,351 00 1 17 Prop Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete Pavement Replacement-2 inch thick Quantity. 731 UOM: SY Price. $44 00 Total: $32,164 00 1 18 Prop 18-inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe Quantity. 1425 UOM: LF Price. $95 00 Total. $135,375 00 1 19 Prop 24-inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe Quantity. 534 UOM: LF Price _ $120 00 Total. $64,080 00 1.20 Prop 30-inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe Quantity. 33 UOM. LF Price $155 00 Total $5,115 00 1.21 Prop Type C Storm Manhole (Normal Depth) Quantity- 1 UOM. EA Price $4,000 00 Total $4,000 00 $...i. 1.22 Prop Type II Parallel Drainage Safety End Treatment Quantity. 1 UOM. EA Price $3,500 00 Total $3,500 00 1.23 Prop Concrete Slope Paving -6 Inch Thick Quantity. 288 UOM. SY Price $120 00 Total. $34,560 00 1.24 Remove Exist Gravel Driveway and Install Prop Crushed Limestone Driveway 6-Inch Thick Quantity- 94 UOM. SY Price. $25 00 Total. $2,350 Op] 1.25 Remove Exist Asphalt Driveway and Install Prop Asphalt Driveway 6-Inch Thick Quantity. 603 UOM. SY Price. $65 00 Total. $39,195 00 1.26 Remove Exist Concrete Driveway by Saw Cut and Install Prop 6-Inch Thick Concrete Driveway Quantity. 330 UOM. SY Price $95 00 Total: $31,350 00 1.27 Proposed 6-inch Water Line Offset with Restrained Bends by open cut Quantity. 120 UOM: LF Price. $185 00 Total: $22,200 00 1.28 Proposed 6-inch water line by open cut Quantity. 50 UOM- LF Price $110 00 Total: $5,500 00 1.29 Relocate Exist Fire Hydrant Assembly with Valve Box Quantity- 7 UOM- EA Price $3,500 00 Total: $24,500 00 1.30 Adjust Exist Water Valves to Proposed Ditch Grade Quantity- 10 UOM: EA Price _ _ $1,500 00 Total: $15,000 00 Page 5 of 10 pages Vendor Nerie Construction LLC. 1124-03 Addendum 2 2.13 Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts- 30 inch CPP Quantity- 29 UOM: LF Price $18 00 Total. $522 00 4`A1 2.14 Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts- 30 inch CMP Quantity. 86 UOM: LF Price. $18 00 Total: $1,548 00 2.15 Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts- 30 inch RCP Quantity- 1062 UOM. LF Price $15 00 Total: $15,930 00 2.16 Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts- 36 inch RCP Quantity. 584 UOM LF Price. $20 00 Total: $11,680 00 2.17 Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts-42 inch RCP Quantity. 38 UOM. LF Price $20 00 Total: _ $760 00 2.18 Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts-48 inch RCP Quantity- 447 UOM. LF Price $25 00 Total: $11,175 00 2.19 Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts- 36"x48" CMP Quantity- 21 UOM. LF Price. $25 00 Total: $525 00 2.20 Prop Excavation Quantity- 19840 UOM: CY Price. $20 00 Total: $396,800 00 2.21 Prop 8-inch thk. Classs"A" Hydrated Lime Subgrade Quantity. 1950 UOM: SY Price $30 00 Total: $58,500 00 2.22 6-inch thk. Stabilized Limestone Base Quantity. 1950 UOM: SY Price $21 00 Total: $40,950 00 2.23 Prop Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete Pavement Replacement-2 inch thick Quantity. 1950 UOM: SY Price $44 00 Total: $85,80000 2.24 Prop 18-inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe Quantity- 49 UOM: LF Price. _ $99 00 Total. $4,851 00 2.25 Prop 24-inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe Quantity. 1976 UOM: LF Price. $120 00 Total. $237,120 00 2.26 Prop 30-inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe Quantity. 552 UOM: LF Price. $155 00 Total. $85,560 00 2.27 Prop 36-inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe Quantity- 779 UOM: LF Price $205 00 Total: $159,695 00 2.28 Prop 48-inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe Quantity- 454 UOM. LF Price $306 00 Total- $138,924 00 2.29 Prop 36-inch EQ Arched Concrete Pipe Quantity- 338 UOM. LF Price. $356 00 Total $120,328 00 2.30 Prop 48-inch EQ Arched Concrete Pipe Quantity- 58 UOM: LF Price. $600 00 Total: $34,800 00 j.6 2.31 Prop Type C Storm Manhole (Normal Depth) l�r Quantity. 2 UOM: EA Price. $4,000 00 Total $8,000 00 Page 7 of 10 pages Vendor Nerie Construction LLC. 1124-03 Addendum 2 3.3 Project Identification Signs Quantity. 1 UOM. EA Price $2,500 00 Total $2,500 00 3.4 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier 1 Quantity. 180 UOM: LF Price. $3 50 Total: r $630 00 3.5 Inlet Protection Barrier(Stage I and Stage II) Quantity. 3 UOM: EA Price. r $250 00 Total: $750 00 3.6 Stabilized Construction Exit-72 SY Quantity. 1 UOM- EA Price. $5,000 00 Total. $5,000 00 3.7 Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts- 15 inch RCP Quantity 8 UOM. LF Price. $12 00 Total $96 00 3.8 Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts- 18 inch CPP Quantity. 66 UOM. LF Price $12 00 Total $792 00 3.9 Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts- 18 inch RCP Quantity. 95 UOM: LF Price. _ $15 00 Total. $1,425 00 3.10 Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts-24 inch RCP Quantity. 12 UOM: LF Price $15 00 Total: $180 00 3.11 Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts- 30 inch RCP Quantity. 12 UOM: LF Price $18 00 Total: $216 00 3.12 Prop Excavation Quantity- 3720 UOM. CY Price. $20 00 Total $74,400 00 '°} 3.13 Prop 8-inch thk. Classs"A" Hydrated Lime Subgrade Quantity 366 UOM: SY Price $30 00 Total $10,980 00 3.14 6-inch thk. Stabilized Limestone Base Quantity. 366 UOM: SY Price $20 00 Total. $7,320 00 3.15 Prop Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete Pavement Replacement- 2 inch thick Quantity- 366 UOM. SY Price. $44 00 Total $16,104 00 3.16 Prop 24-inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe Quantity. 189 UOM: LF Price $120 00 Total. $22,680 00 3.17 Prop Type C Storm Manhole (Normal Depth) Quantity. 1 UOM: EA Price $4,500 00 Total- $4,500 00 3.18 Prop Type II Parallel Drainage Safety End Treatment Quantity. 1 UOM. EA Price $3,500 00 Total. $3,500 00 3.19 Prop Concrete Slope Paving -6 Inch Thick Quantity. 144 UOM: SY Price $120 00 Total. $17,280 00 3.20 Remove Exist Gravel Driveway and Install Prop Crushed Limestone Driveway 6-Inch Thick Quantity. 50 UOM. SY Price , $20 00 Total. , $1,000 00 3.21 Remove Exist Asphalt Driveway and Install Prop Asphalt Driveway 6-Inch Thick l _ Quantity 118 UOM. SY Price. $65 00 Total: $7,670 00 Page 9 of 10 pages Vendor Nerie Construction LLC. 1124-03 Addendum 2 1.`n ,;;: - ,,A"�!,. ,,t,k,',' Uzi, '; CITY OF PEARLAND LOCAL BIDDER PREFERENCE CLAIM FORM Sections 271.905 and 271.9051 of the Texas Local Government Code authorize a municipality to consider a vendor's location in the determination of a bid award if the lowest bid received is from a business outside the municipality and contracting with a local bidder would provide the best combination of price and other economic benefits to the municipality The City of Pearland has determined that the allowable preference shall be applied to local vendor's bids for the purposes of evaluation when requested in writing by local bidder and when determined to be in the best interest of the City to do so. This request form and any supporting documentation must be submitted with bid in order to be considered by the City of Pearland. Questions should be addressed to the Purchasing Department at 281-652-1790 Exclusions to the local preference include expenditures of$3,000 or less, and those purchases which are: sole-source, emergency, federally-funded, cooperative contracts, or via interlocal agreement. The local preference status will expire one year from the date of this form;for any subsequent requests for preference during this period,the applicant need only complete and submit section 3 of this form. The City Council requires the following information for consideration of a local bidder preference (information may be submitted in an attachment to this form) 1. Locational Eligibility Principal place of business in Pearland,Texas? Principal place of business is defined herein as any business which owns or leases a commercial building within the City limits and uses the building for actual business operations. a. If yes, identify name of business/DBA, address, and business structure: sole proprietorship, partnership,corporation,or other b. Name and city of residence of owner(s)/partners/corporate officers;as applicable. 2. General Business Information: a. Year business established(Pearland location). b. Most recent year property valuation(if owned);real and personal property c. Annual taxable sales(originating in Pearland). d. Is business current on all property and sales taxes at the time of this application? e. Total number of current employees and number of Pearland-resident employees. 3 Economic Development benefits resulting from award of this contract: a. Number of additional jobs created or retained for Pearland resident-employees? b Amount of additional City of Pearland ad valorem and/or sales taxes anticipated? Please explain how the amount has been determined. c. Local subcontractors utilized,if applicable:name,location and contract value for each. d. Other economic development benefit deemed pertinent by applicant. Local Bidder Preference Claim Form,page 2 Certification of information: The undersigned does hereby affirm that the information supplied is true and correct as of the date hereof, under penalty of perjury City Bid No./Quote for which the local preference is requested: 1124-03 NERIE CONSTRU TION, LLC 2/5/2024 (Name of Bi der) (Date) (Si tune (P THE STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF 41 t,5 § Appeared before me the above-named 3()SQDh Na-el QJ ,known to me to be the same,and swore that the information provided in rponse to the foregoing questions are true and co ect to the best of his/her knowledge and belief,this b ei'day of - eillel J L J ,20 NOTARY PUBLIC, STATE OF TES +-�• - - d _ —— " Printed Name: b to Yl. & t J Ue •- Caron Rodriguez �9. My Cob/1 ssion Expires. • ; Commission Expires: p iib /f o b 4 '. Notary ID 7210190 • I ��yY Q4v _9;pk, Alkh Contractor Questionnaire Yes No nX 1. Has the City of Pearland or other governmental entity incurred costs as a result of contested change order(s)from the n undersigned company? II El 2. Has the City of Pearland or other governmental entity been involved in litigation relative to contract performance with the undersigned company? l"' 1 3. Has the undersigned company failed to meet bid specifications or time limits on other contracts? nI" I' 4. Has the undersigned company abandoned a contract or refused to perform without legal cause after submitting a bid? IIIX 5. Has the undersigned company had bidding errors or omissions in two or more bid submissions within a thirty six(36) month period? 111 6. Has the undersigned company failed to perform or performed unsatisfactory on two or more contracts within a thirty six(36)month period? E1n 7 Does the undersigned company have adequate equipment,personnel and expertise to complete the proposed contract? X 8. Does the undersigned company have a record of safety violations in two or more contracts within a thirty six(36) month period? X9. Does the undersigned have a criminal offense as an incident to obtaining or attempting to obtain a public or private contractor subcontract,or in the performance of such a contractor subcontract within a ten(10)year period? X 10. Has the undersigned company been convicted of a criminal offense within a ten(10)year period of embezzlement, — theft,bribery,falsification or destruction of records,receiving stolen property or any other offense indicating a lack of business integrity or business honesty which might affect responsibility as a municipal contractor? [—Xi 11. Has the undersigned company been convicted of state or federal antitrust statutes within a ten(10)year period arising out of submission of bids or proposals? ElCI 12. Has the undersigned company been disbarred or had a similar proceeding by another governmental entity? If you answered"yes"to Items 1-6 or 8-12 or answered"no"to Item 7,please attach a full explanation to this questionnaire. Company Name: NERIE CONSTRUCTION, LLC Address: 3213 FUQUA ST, HOUSTON TX 77047 Name: Josesh Nerie Title: President lease P int) (Please Print) (�/�/gip !� Signatu�//r."./.. Date: �/C /® :2 CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE FORM CIQ For vendor doing business with local governmental entity This questionnaire reflects changes made to the law by H.B. 23, 84th Leg., Regular Session. OFFICE USE ONLY This questionnaire is being filed in accordance with Chapter 176, Local Government Code,by a vendor who Date Received has a business relationship as defined by Section 176.001(1-a) with a local governmental entity and the vendor meets requirements under Section 176.006(a). By law this questionnaire must be filed with the records administrator of the local governmental entity not later than the 7th business day after the date the vendor becomes aware of facts that require the statement to be filed. See Section 176.006(a-1),Local Government Code. A vendor commits an offense if the vendor knowingly violates Section 176.006,Local Government Code.An offense under this section is a misdemeanor. J Name of vendor who has a business relationship with local governmental entity. NERIE CONSTRUCTION, LLC Check this box if you are filing an update to a previously filed questionnaire.(The law requires that you file an updated completed questionnaire with the appropriate filing authority not later than the 7th business day after the date on which you became aware that the originally filed questionnaire was incomplete or inaccurate.) J Name of local government officer about whom the information is being disclosed. N/A Name of Officer Describe each employment or other business relationship with the local government officer,or a family member of the officer,as described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(A). Also describe any family relationship with the local government officer. Complete subparts A and B for each employment or business relationship described. Attach additional pages to this Form CIQ as necessary. A. Is the local government officer or a family member of the officer receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income,from the vendor? Yes X No B. Is the vendor receiving or likely to receive taxable income,other than investment income,from or at the direction of the local government officer or a family member of the officer AND the taxable income is not received from the local governmental entity? Yes X No Describe each employment or business relationship that the vendor named in Section 1 maintains with a corporation or other business entity with respect to which the local government officer serves as an officer or director,or holds an ownership interest of one percent or more. Check this box if the vendor has given the local government officer or a family member of the officer one or more gifts as described in Section 17 . 3(a)(2)(B), excluding gifts described in Section 176.003(a-1). 7J / . f 2/5/2024 Sign re of en.or doing business with the governmental entity Date Form provided by as Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Revised 11/30/2015 CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE For vendor doing business with local governmental entity A complete copy of Chapter 176 of the Local Government Code may be found at http://www.statutes.legis.state.tx.us/ Docs/LG/htm/LG.176.htm.For easy reference,below are some of the sections cited on this form. Local Government Code§176.001(1-a) "Business relationship"means a connection between two or more parties based on commercial activity of one of the parties. The term does not include a connection based on. (A) a transaction that is subject to rate or fee regulation by a federal,state,or local governmental entity or an agency of a federal,state,or local governmental entity; (B) a transaction conducted at a price and subject to terms available to the public;or (C) a purchase or lease of goods or services from a person that is chartered by a state or federal agency and that is subject to regular examination by,and reporting to,that agency Local Government Code§176.003(a)(2)(A)and(B). (a) A local government officer shall file a conflicts disclosure statement with respect to a vendor if• (2) the vendor (A) has an employment or other business relationship with the local government officer or a family member of the officer that results in the officer or family member receiving taxable income, other than investment income, that exceeds $2,500 during the 12-month period preceding the date that the officer becomes aware that (i) a contract between the local governmental entity and vendor has been executed; or (ii) the local governmental entity is considering entering into a contract with the vendor; (B) has given to the local government officer or a family member of the officer one or more gifts that have an aggregate value of more than$100 in the 12-month period preceding the date the officer becomes aware that: (i) a contract between the local governmental entity and vendor has been executed,or (ii) the local governmental entity is considering entering into a contract with the vendor Local Government Code§176.006(a)and(a-1) (a) A vendor shall file a completed conflict of interest questionnaire if the vendor has a business relationship with a local governmental entity and. (1) has an employment or other business relationship with a local government officer of that local governmental entity,or a family member of the officer,described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(A), (2) has given a local government officer of that local governmental entity,or a family member of the officer,one or more gifts with the aggregate value specified by Section 176.003(a)(2)(B),excluding any gift described by Section I76.003(a-1),or (3) has a family relationship with a local government officer of that local governmental entity (a-1) The completed conflict of interest questionnaire must be filed with the appropriate records administrator not later than the seventh business day after the later of• (1) the date that the vendor (A) begins discussions or negotiations to enter into a contract with the local governmental entity;or (B) submits to the local governmental entity an application,response to a request for proposals or bids, correspondence, or another writing related to a potential contract with the local governmental entity;or (2) the date the vendor becomes aware (A) of an employment or other business relationship with a local government officer, or a family member of the officer,described by Subsection(a), (B) that the vendor has given one or more gifts described by Subsection(a),or (C) of a family relationship with a local government officer Form provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state tx.us Revised 11/30/2015 CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE As of January 1,2006,the Texas Local Government Code Chapter 76 requires all vendors and potential vendors who contract or seek to contract for the sale or purchase of property,goods,or services with any local government to complete and submit a Conflict of Interest Questionnaire. In filing out the questionnaire,the following are current City Council members and City employees who may either recommend or approve bid awards City Council: Mayor Kevin Cole Council Member Tony Carbone Council Member Joseph Koza Council Member Alex Kamkar Council Member Adrian Hernandez Council Member Layni Cade Council Member Jeffrey Barry Council Member Woody Owens City Staff' City Manager Trent Epperson Chief Financial Officer Amy Johnson l°k'f NON-COLLUSION STATEMENT "The undersigned affirms that they are duly authorized to execute this contract, that this company, corporation, firm, partnership or individual has not prepared this bid in collusion with any other bidder, and that the contents of this bid as to prices, terms or conditions of said bid have not been communicated by the undersigned nor by any employee or agent to any other person engaged in this type of business prior to the official opening of this bid." Vendor NERIE CONSTRUCTION, LLC Address 3213 FUQUA ST, HOUSTON TX 77047 Phone Number 832-600-7993 Fax Number N/A Email Address joe@nerieconst.conl) Bidder(Signature Position with Company President Signature of Company Official Authorizing This Bid . Company Official(Printed Nam Joseph Nerie Official Position President CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT APPENDIX B House Bill 89 Verification I, Joseph Nerie (Person name), the undersigned representative (hereafter referred to as "Representative") of Nerie Construction, LLC (company or business name, hereafter referred to as "Business Entity"), being an adult over the age of eighteen (18)years of age, after being duly sworn by the undersigned notary, do hereby depose and affirm the following 1 That Representative is authorized to execute this verification on behalf of Business Entity; 2 That Business Entity does not boycott Israel and will not boycott Israel during the term of any contract that will be entered into between Business Entity and the City of Pearland, and 3 That Representative understands that the term "boycott Israel" is defined by Texas Government Code Section 2270 001 to mean refusing to deal with, terminating business activities with, or otherwise taking any action that is intended to penalize, inflict economic harm on, or limit commercial relations specifically with Israel, or with a person or entity doing business in Israel or in an Israeli-controlled territory, but does not include an action made for ordinary business purposes SIe tIAT RE OF REPRESENTATIVE SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEF RE ME, the undersigned authority, on this 0401 day of—341y , 20 2'j. bytiolk_ phditar) Caron Rodriguez My Co8/10fc/21oo27 xplres ; I Notary Public Notary ID 7210190 CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIESFORM 1295 1of1 Complete Nos.1-d and 6 if there are interested parties. OFFICE USE ONLY Complete Nos_1,2,3,5,and 6 if there are no interested parties. CERTIFICATION OF FILING 1 Name of business entity filing form,and the city,state and country of the business entity's place Certificate Number. of business. 2024-1186250 Nerie Construction,LLC Houston,TX United States Date Filed: 2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for which the form is 07/11/2024 being filed. City of Pearland Date Acknowledged: g Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract,and provide a description of the services,goods,or other property to be provided under the contract DR2102,DR2103 and DR2104 Srookiand Acres,Garden Rd/O'Day Rd and Woody Rd Drainage Improvements Construction Contract 4 Nature of interest Name of Interested Party City,State,Country(place of business) (check applicable) Controlling + intermediary Nerie,Joseph Houston,TX United States X 5 Check only if there is NO Interested Party. ❑ 6 UNSWORN DECLARATION My name is c� / ��( , and my date of birth is „ y /72// AZ93 , � M address is J � (street)i�� �G✓L�i9 !� �70cT • (city) (state) (zip code) (country) I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. SPExecuted in CI7C/ tCA County, State of 1.�2(�� .,on the/2-day or Si I I ,2t}�(mo (year) Si Si nature of au orized agent of contracting business entity (Declarant) Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission .ethics.state.tx.us Version V4.1.0.d378aba0 ,da *IA 43- ft ter, REFERENCES FOR. NERIE CONSTRUCTION, BROOKLAND DRAINAGE Offeror must furnish,with this proposal,at least three(3) references from customers with a similar or larger operation as the City of Pearland. This document,or a similar version issued by your company, must be included with your proposal Company Name City of South Houston Company Address. 1018 Dallas St, South Houston TX, 77587 Contact Name Lance Avant Phone Number 713-725-8344 Email Address lavant@southhoustontx.gov Description of Project/Work: City of South Houston Drainage Rehabilitation Phase 1 Up size storm sewer system, project amount$ 2,499,536 99 (Funded by HUD) Company Name City of South Houston Company Address. 1018 Dallas St, South Houston TX, 77587 Contact Name Lance Avant Phone Number 713-725-8344 Email Address lavant@southhoustontx.gov Description of Project/Work. City of South Houston Drainage Rehabilitation Phase 3 Up size storm sewer system, project amount$ 2,818,744 43 (Funded by HUD) References for• Page 2 Company Name City of Pearland Company Address. 3519 Liberty Dr Pearland Tx 77581 Contact Name Darcy Gomes Phone Number• 281-652-1682 Email Address dgomez@pearlandtx.gov Description of Project/Work. Upsize existing storm culverts and regrade ditches. Piper Rd Drainage Improvement, project cost$1,165,654 90 Company Name Company Address. Contact Name Phone Number• Email Address Description of Project/Work: Company Name Company Address. Contact Name Phone Number• Email Address Description of Project/Work. •AIA Document A310TM — 2010 Bid Bond CONTRACTOR: SURETY (Name, legal status and address) (Name, legal status and principal place of business) Nerie Construction, LLC The Cincinnati Casualty Company 3213 Fuqua St. P O Box 145496 Houston,TX 77047 Cincinnati, OH 45250-5496 This document has important legal OWNER: consequences.Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with (Name, legal status and address) respect to its completion or City of Pearland modification. 3519 Liberty Dr Any singular reference to Pearland,TX 77581 Contractor Surety,Owner or other party shall be considered BOND AMOUNT Five Percent of the Greatest Amount Bid ($5%G.A.B) plural where applicable. PROJECT (Name, location or address,and Project number, if any) Brookland Acres, Garden Road, O'Day Road and Woody Road Project Number,if any. Drainage Improvements-Pearland, Project No. DR2102, DR2103, DR2104 The Contractor and Surety are bound to the Owner in the amount set forth above,for the payment of which the Contractor and Surety bind themselves,their heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,as provided herein.The conditions of this Bond are such that if the Owner accepts the bid of the Contractor within the time specified in the bid documents,or within such time period as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor,and the Contractor either(I)enters into a contract with the Owner in accordance with the terms of such bid,and gives such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents,with a surety admitted in the jurisdiction of the Project and otherwise acceptable to the Owner,for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof;or(2)pays to the Owner the difference,not to exceed the amount of this Bond,between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Owner may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid,then this obligation shall be null and void,otherwise to remain in full force and effect.The Surety hereby waives any notice of an agreement between the Owner and Contractor to extend the time in which the Owner may accept the bid.Waiver of notice by the Surety shall not apply to any extension exceeding sixty(60)days in the aggregate beyond the time for acceptance of bids specified in the bid documents,and the Owner and Contractor shall obtain the Surety's consent for an extension beyond sixty(60)days. If this Bond is issued in connection with a subcontractor's bid to a Contractor,the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location of the Project, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein.When so furnished,the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. Signed and sealed this 8th day of February, 2024 �` p� � - Nerie Constr ction LL U�®�V_�4I L t/► M-ed - -- - rt cipal) (Seal) (Witness) le -es, a Cincinnati Casualt Com an (Surety) (Sea) (Witness) Kim Alia (Title) Y ille Ramos, Attorney-in-Fact Init. AIA Document A310TM—2010.Copyright©1963,1970 and 2010 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This Ale Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale'Document,or any portion of It,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was created on 12/30/2021 22:19:45 under the terms of AIA Documents-on-DemandT'^order no. 2114275178 and is not for resale.This document is licensed by The American Institute of Architects for one-time use only and may not be reproduced prior to its completion.061110 THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY THE CINCINNATI CASUALTY COMPANY Fairfield,Ohio ( POWER OF ATTORNEY - KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY and THE CINCINNATI CASUALTY COMPANY,corporations organized under the laws of the State of Ohio,and having their principal offices in the City of Fairfield, Ohio (herein collectively called the"Companies"),do hereby constitute and appoint William D.Baldwin;Brent Baldwin;Brock Baldwin;Brady K.Cox;Michael B.Hill;Blaine Allen;Russ Frenzel;John A.Aboumrad;Cynthia Alford and/or Yamillec Ramos of Plano, Texas their true and legal Attorney(s)-in-Fact,each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign,execute,seal and deliver on behalf of the Companies as Surety,any and all bonds,policies,undertakings or other like instruments,as follows: Any such obligations in the United States,up to Twenty Five Million and No/100 Dollars($25,000,000.00). This appointment is made under and by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of The Cincinnati Insurance Company and The Cincinnati Casualty Company,which resolutions are now in full force and effect,reading as follows: RESOLVED,that the President or any Senior Vice President be hereby authorized,and empowered to appoint Attorneys-in-Fact of the Company to execute any and all bonds,policies,undertakings,or other like instruments on behalf of the Corporation,and may authorize any officer or any such Attorney-in-Fact to affix the corporate seal;and may with or without cause modify or revoke any such appointment or authority Any such writings so executed by such Attorneys-in-Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company RESOLVED,that the signature of the President or any Senior Vice President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted,and the signature of the Secretary or Assistant Vice-President and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power and any such power of certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed shall,with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached,continue to be valid and binding on the Company IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Companies have caused these presents to be sealed with their corporate seals,duly attested by their President or any Senior Vice President this 16th day of March,2021 ,u�mn,,• neat,•„y, =SEAL ° `cSEALr THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY ;Imo oew THE CINCINNATI CASUALTY COMPANY STATE OF OHIO )SS COUNTY OF BUTLER ) �a On this 16th day of March,2021 before me came the above-named President or Senior Vice President of The Cincinnati Insurance Company and The Cincinnati Casualty Company,to me personally known to be the officer described herein,and acknowledged that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the corporate seals of said Companies and the corporate seals and the signature of the officer were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction of said corporations. .•• �ARta�SF',� Keith C ett,Attorney at Law Notary ublic—State of Ohio rv. V•'�qTE OF O�.•••• My commission has no expiration date. Section 147 03 O.R.C. I,the undersigned Secretary or Assistant Vice-President of The Cincinnati Insurance Company and The Cincinnati Casualty Company, hereby certify that the above is the Original Power of Attorney issued by said Companies,and do hereby further certify that the said Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect. Given under my hand and seal of said Companies at Fairfield,Ohio,this 8th day of February , 2024 CORP n•,aln�,rORhTE� `•••d Gat+/yr 9 =e = =• �n '' SEAL SEAL �- OHIO OHIO BN-1457(3/21) TEXAS IMPORTANT NOTICE , c To obtain information or make a complaint: You may call our toll-free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800.635.7521 You may also write to us at: The Cincinnati Insurance Companies or The Cincinnati Insurance Companies 6200 South Gilmore Road P 0 Box 145496 Fairfield,Ohio 45014 -5141 Cincinnati,Ohio 45250-5496 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: P O Box 149104 Austin,TX 78714-9104 FAX#(512)475-1771 Web:http://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mail:ConsumerProtection@tdi.state tx.us PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. IA 4332 TX 11 09 CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND Section 00610 Bond No B3303709 PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS That Nerie Construction, LLC of the City of Houston , County of Harris , and State of Texas, as pnncipal, and The Cincinnati Casualty Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of$ 2,922,119 00 for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents. WHEREAS, the Pnncipal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 24th day of June , 20 24 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows. Brookland Acres, Garden Rd/O'Day Rd and Woody Rd Drainage Improvements City of Pearland, Texas COP PN DR 2102,DR 2103 and DR 2104 BID NO • 1124-03 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract Work and shall in all respects duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions, and agreements in and by said Contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Contract Documents, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOVV EVER, that this bold is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of th Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder 12/2007 00610- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 5th day of July _- , 2024 Principal. Surety Nerie Construction LLC The Cincinnati Casualty Compaq By• By• Title• s Title• Russ Frenzel,Attorney-in-Fact Address. Address. 3213 Fuqua Street P O Box 145496 Houston, TX 77047 Cincinnati, OH 45250-5496 Telephone: (832)600-7993 Telephone: (513)870-2000 Fax. N/A Fax. N/A NOTICE. THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER, 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 12/2007 00610-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND Section 00611 Bond No B3303709 PAYMENT BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS That Nerie Construction, LLC of the City of Houston , County of Harris , and State of Texas, as principal, and The Cincinnati Casualty Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), m the penal sum of$ 2,922,119 00 for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 24th day of June , 20 24 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows. Brookland Acreas, Garden Rd/O'Day Rd and Woody Rd Drainage Improvements City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: DR 2102,DR 2103 and DR 2104 BID NO 1124-03 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor or material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in said Contract, then, this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder 07/2006 00611 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND - PAYMENT BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 5th day of July , 2024 Principal Surety Nerie Construction LLC The Cincinnati Casualty Com By By. . Title Title. Russ Frenzel,Attorney-in-Fact Address. Address. 3213 Fuqua Street P O Box 145496 Houston, TX 77047 Cincinnati, OH 45250-5496 Telephone. (832)600-7993 Telephone. (513)870-2000 Fax. N/A Fax. NOTICE. THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439 END OF SECTION 1 07/2006 00611 -2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND TWO-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND Section 00612 Bond No B3303709 TWO-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS That Nerie Construction, LLC of the City of Houston,County of Harris , and State of Texas, as PRINCIPAL, and The Cincinnati Casualty Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as SURETY on bonds for PRINCIPALS, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee(OWNER), in the penal sum of$2,922,119 00 for the payment whereof, the said PRINCIPAL AND SURETY bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents WHEREAS, the PRINCIPAL has entered into a certain wntten contract with the OWNER, effective as of the 24th day of June , 20 24 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows Brookland Acres, Garden Rd/O'Day Rd and Woody Rd Drainage Improvements City of Pearland,Texas COP PN DR 2102,DR 2103 and DR 2104 BID NO. 1124-03 which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. WHEREAS, PRINCIPAL binds itself to use of matenals and methods of construction such that all improvements will be initially completed free of perceptible defects and will remain in good repair and condition and free of perceptible defects for and dunng the period of two (2) years after the date of substantial completion of the completed improvements by the CITY, and WHEREAS, said PRINCIPAL binds itself to construct said improvements in such a manner and obtain inspection approvals in proper sequence as are required to obtain acceptance by the CITY and to repair or reconstruct the said improvements in whole or in part at any time within said two (2) year's period to such an extent as the CITY deems necessary to properly correct all defects except those which have been caused by circumstances and conditions occurring after the time of construction over which the PRINCIPAL had no control, and which are other than those arising from defect of construction by the PRINCIPAL, and, WHEREAS, after the acceptance of the improvements by the CITY, said PRINCIPAL binds itself, upon receiving notice from the CITY of the need thereof to repair or reconstruct said improvements and if the PRINCIPAL fails to make the necessary corrections, within ten (10) days after being notified, the CITY may complete or have completed all said corrective work and PRINCIPAL shall reimburse CITY for all expenses thereby incurred. 01/2024 00612- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TWO-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND WHEREAS, under the ordinances of the CITY, it is provided that the PRINCIPAL will maintain and keep in good repair the work herein contracted and shall faithfully correct all such work not in accordance with the Contract Documents discovered within the two-year period from the date of substantial completion, it being understood that the purpose of this section is to cover all defective conditions arising by reason of defective material, work, or labor performed by said PRINCIPAL, and in case said PRINCIPAL shall fail to do so, within ten (10) days after being notified, it is agreed that the CITY may complete said work and supply such matenals, and charge to same against the said PRINCIPAL, and SURETIES, on this obligation, and said PRINCIPAL AND SURETIES hereon shall be subject to any liquidated damages provided for in said contract. NOW THEREFORE, if the said PRINCIPAL, shall keep and perform the requirement to maintain said work and keep the same in repair for the said maintenance penod of two (2) years, as provided, then this Bond shall terminate and shall be null and void, and have no further effect, but if default shall be made by the said PRINCIPAL in the performance of his contract to so maintain and repair said work, then this Bond shall have full force and effect, and said CITY shall have and recover from said PRINCIPAL and SURETIES damages, as provided, and it is further agreed that this obligation shall be a continuing one against the PRINCIPAL and SURETIES hereon, and that successive recoveries may be had thereon for successive breaches, and it is further understood that the obligation herein to maintain said work shall continue throughout said maintenance penod, and the same shall not be changed, diminished, or in any manner affected from any cause during said time. PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed upon this Bond, exclusive venue shall he in Brazoria County, State of Texas. AND PROVIDED FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to,the terms the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder or to the Specifications as promulgated by the City Engineer, City of Pearland, in accordance with Sec 1.9 of the Engineering Design Critena Manual. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 5th day of July , 2024 Pnncipal. Surety Nerie Construction, LC The Cincinnati Casualty C pan By By. Title -es Title Russ Frenzel,Attorney-in-Fact Address. Address 3213 Fuqua Street P.O. Box 145496 Houston, TX 77047 Cincinnati, OH 45250-5496 Telephone. (832)600-7993 Telephone. (513)870-2000 01/2024 00612-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TWO-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER, 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 01/2024 00612-3 of 3 THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY THE CINCINNATI CASUALTY COMPANY Fairfield,Ohio POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS.That THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY and THE CINCINNATI CASUALTY COMPANY,corporations organized under the laws of the State of Ohio,and having their principal offices in the City of Fairfield, Ohio (herein collectively called the"Companies"),do hereby constitute and appoint William D.Baldwin;Brent Baldwin;Brock Baldwin;Brady K.Cox;Michael B.Hill;Russ Frenzel;John A.Aboumrad;Cynthia Alford and/or Yamillec Ramos of Plano,Texas their true and legal Attorney(s)-in-Fact,each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign,execute,seal and deliver on behalf of the Companies as Surety,any and all bonds, policies,undertakings or other like instruments,as follows: Any such obligations in the United States,up to Twenty Five Million and No/100 Dollars($25,000,000.00). This appointment is made under and by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of The Cincinnati Insurance Company and The Cincinnati Casualty Company,which resolutions are now in full force and effect,reading as follows: RESOLVED,that the President or any Senior Vice President be hereby authorized,and empowered to appoint Attorneys-in-Fact of the Company to execute any and all bonds, policies, undertakings,or other like instruments on behalf of the Corporation,and may authorize any officer or any such Attorney-in-Fact to affix the corporate seal;and may with or without cause modify or revoke any such appointment or authority Any such writings so executed by such Attorneys-in-Fact shall be binding,upon the Company as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company RESOLVED,that the signature of the President.or any Senior Vice President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted,and the signature of the Secretary or Assistant Vice-President and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile:to.any certificate of any such power and any such power of certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company Any such.power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed shall,with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached,continue to be valid and binding on the Company IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Companies:have caused these presents to be sealed with their corporate seals.duly attested by their President or any-Senior Vice President this 16th day of March,2021 g `�_t .44 a 4 ga_t0$.„,,, ~(CORPORATE m CORPORATE SEAL ' SEAL ' THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY rHw pm THE CINCINNATI CASUALTY COMPANY STATE OF OHIO )SS: COUNTY OF BUTLER ) .5 "'-- k- On this 16th day of March,2021 before me came the above-named President or Senior Vice President of The Cincinnati Insurance Company and The Cincinnati Casualty Company,to me personally known to be the officer described herein,and acknowledged that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the corporate seals of said Companies and the corporate seals and the signature of the officer were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction of said corporations. Keith C ett Attorney at Law ei. vat tea' Notary c'ublic—State of Ohio Vi.q Q.� My commission has no expiration date: 'o.TE OfOs Section 147.03 O.R.C. I,the undersigned Secretary or Assistant Vice-President of The Cincinnati Insurance Company and The Cincinnati Casualty Company, hereby certify that the above is the Original Power of Attorney issued by said Companies,and do hereby further certify that the said Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect. Given under my hand and seal of said Companies at Fairfield, Ohio this 5th day of July , 2024 �Di,lmugasp `caJ Cast? . ``CORPORATE" -CORPORATE - - f � SEAL " SEAL ` - r OHIO OHIO BN-1457(3/21) TEXAS IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may call our toll-free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-635-7521 You may also write to us at: The Cincinnati Insurance Companies or The Cincinnati Insurance Companies 6200 South Gilmore Road P 0 Box 145496 Fairfield,Ohio 45014 -5141 Cincinnati,Ohio 45250-5496 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: P O Box 149104 Austin,TX 78714-9104 FAX#(512)475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.state tx.us PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. IA 4332 TX 11 09 CITY OF PEARLAND PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN Section 00615 PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN AND PAYMENT AFFIDAVIT The undersigned contracted with City of Pearland to furnish Labor,materials&incidental items in connection with certain improvements to real property located in the City of Pearland, TX and owned by the City of Pearland which improvements are described as follows Brookland Acres, Garden Rd/O'Day Rd and Woods Rd Drainage Improvements City of Pearland Tx COP PN DR2102, DR2103 and DR2104 BID No. 1124-03 In consideration of Pay Estimate No in the amount of$ the undersigned, on oath, states that all persons and firms who supplied labor and materials to the undersigned in connection with said Project will be fully paid within 30 days of the date of this document by the undersigned for such work through In consideration of the payment herewith made,the undersigned does fully and finally release and hold harmless the City of Pearland and its surety, if any,through the above date from any and all claims, liens, or right to claim or lien, arising out of this Project under any applicable bond, law or statue. It is understood that this affidavit is submitted to induce payment of the above sum and for use by the City of Pearland in assuring the Owner and others that all liens and claims relating to the said Project furnished by the undersigned are paid. Signature Printed Name&Title Company Name State of County of Subscribed and sworn to, before me,this day of , 20 My Commission Expires. Notary Public 5-12-12 AD® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MMIDD/YYYY) 7/11/2024 I THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED I REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT lean Tiffie Kepley P Y Highpoint Insurance Group, LLC /Arc PHONE EMI: (281)204-8770 FAX No): (281)204-8810 4300 FM 2351 E-MAIL ADDRESS:hpcerts@hpigrp com INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# Friendswood TX 77546 INSURERA.Scottsdale Insurance Company ,41297 INSURED INSURERB.State Automobile Mutual Insurance Co. 25135 Nerie Construction Limited Liability Company INSURER c.Texas Mutual Insurance Company 22945 3213 Fuqua Street INSURER D.The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company .24074 INSURER E.Navigators Specialty Insurance Company 36056 Houston TX 77047 INSURERF. COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:2024 Master Cert REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LTR __MD WVD POLICY NUMBER IMM/DD/YYYY) (MMIDD/YYYY) LIMITS X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 A CLAIMS-MADE n OCCUR DAMAGE 100,000 PREMISES(Ea occurrence) $ BCS2001327 3/18/2024 3/18/2025 MED EXP(Any one person) $ Excluded PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 PRO- POLICY JECT n LOC PRODUCTS COMP/OPAGG $ 2,000,000 OTHER: $ i AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 (Ea accident_ B X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ ALL OWNED SCHEDULED 10166746CA 3/18/2024 3/18/2025 BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS AUTOS X HIRED AUTOS X NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ AUTOS (Per accident) $ UMBRELLALIAB X OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 A x EXCESSLIAB H CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 DED RETENTION$ XLS2003858 3/18/2024 3/18/2025 $ -WORKERS COMPENSATION X PER OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY Y/N STATUTE ER ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? n E.L.N IA C (Mandatory in NH) 0001295351 10/1/2023 10/1/2024 E.L.DISEASE EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 D Inland Marine HMO 25 65772479 3/18/2024 3/18/2025 Rented/Leased from Others $250,000 E Contractors Pollution CH24ECPZODG5GIC 3/18/2024 3/18/2025 Each Occurrence/Aggregate $I14M/$2MM DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES(ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) The General Liability Auto policies include blanket additional insured per CG2010 07/04, CG2010 07/04 & BA3000 12/15 The General Liability, Auto & Workers' Compensation policies include blanket waiver of subrogation coverage per CG2404 12/19, BA3000 12/15 & WC420304B The General Liability & Auto includes a blanket primary and non-contributory coverage per CG2001 12/19 & CA0449 11/16 The Excess policy is follow-form over the General Liability, Auto Liability & Employers Liability policies A11 such coverages are provided to the certificate holder only when there is a written contract or agreement between the named insured and the certificate holder that requires such status and/or coverage CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE City of Pearland THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN 3519 Liberty Drive ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. Pearland, TX 77581 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ,_ ,�J II Heather Smyrl/MARPUE �� L�-k-auy ©1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2014/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD INS025(201401) COMMENTS/REMARKS _ Project Brookland Acres, Garden Rd/O'Day Rd and Woody Rd Drainage Improvements Project # DR2102, DR2103 and DR2104 fi OFREMARK COPYRIGHT 2000, AMS SERVICES INC COMMENTS/REMARKS Insurer E Contractors Professional Policy Number CH24ECPZODG5GIC Pollicy Eff 3/18/2024 Policy Exp 3/18/2025 Each Occurrence/ Aggregate $2,000,000/$2,000,000 OFREMARK COPYRIGHT 2000, AMS SERVICES INC COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY ( CG20011219 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY - OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART LIQUOR LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The following is added to the Other Insurance (2) You have agreed in writing in a contract or Condition and supersedes any provision to the agreement that this insurance would be contrary. primary and would not seek contribution Primary And Noncontributory Insurance from any other insurance available to the This insurance is primary to and will not seek additional insured. contribution from any other insurance available to an additional insured under your policy provided that: (1) The additional insured is a Named Insured under such other insurance, and CG 20 01 1219 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2018 Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER:BCS2001327 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 24 0412-19 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US (WAIVER OF SUBROGATION) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART ELECTRONIC DATA LIABILITY COVERAGE PART LIQUOR LIABILITY COVERAGE PART POLLUTION LIABILITY COVERAGE PART DESIGNATED SITES POLLUTION LIABILITY LIMITED COVERAGE PART DESIGNATED SITES PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART RAILROAD PROTECTIVE LIABILITY COVERAGE PART UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK POLICY DESIGNATED TANKS SCHEDULE Name Of Person(s) Or Organization(s) ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION FOR WHOM THE INSURED HAS AGREED TO WAIVE RIGHTS OF RECOVERY, PROVIDED SUCH AGREEMENT IS MADE IN WRITING AND PRIOR TO THE LOSS Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above,will be shown in the Declarations. The following is added to Paragraph 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV-Conditions We waive any right of recovery against the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make under this Coverage Part. Such waiver by us applies only to the extent that the insured has waived its right of recovery against such person(s) or organization(s) prior to loss. This endorsement applies only to the person(s) or organization(s)shown in the Schedule above. CG 24 04 12-19 ©Insurance Services Office Inc.2018 Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER.BCS2001327 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 10 07-04 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Location(s) Of Covered Operations Or Organization(s) Any person or organization when required All Locations by written contract or agreement, executed prior to the occurrence to which this insurance applies, that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above,will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II - Who Is An Insured is amended to B With respect to the insurance afforded to these include as an additional insured the person(s) or additional insureds, the following additional organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only exclusions apply with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property This insurance does not apply to "bodily " or damage" or "personal and advertising injury" "property damage"occurring after injury" caused, in whole or in part, by . 1 Your acts or omissions; or 1 All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your work, on the project (other than service, behalf; maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or in the performance of your ongoing operations for on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the the additional insured(s) at the location(s) location of the covered operations has been designated above. completed; or 2. That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. CG'20 10 07-04" ©ISO"PI;operties Inc. 2004 Page 1 of 1 0 POLICY NUMBER.BCS2001327 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 37 07-04 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Location(s) Of Covered Operations Or Organization(s) Any person or organization when required All Locations by written contract or agreement, executed prior to the occurrence to which this insurance applies, that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above,will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II - Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused, in whole or in part, by "your work" at the location designated and described in the Schedule of this endorsement performed for that additional insured and included in the"products-completed operations hazard" 1 CG 20 37 07-04 ©ISO Properties Inc. 2004 Page 1 of 1 0 Policy Number 10166746CA COMMERCIAL AUTO BA 30 00 12 15 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY BUSINESS AUTO POLICY PLUS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by the endorsement. This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is indicated below Named Insured: Endorsement Effective Date: CONTENTS• A. ADDITIONAL INSURED—AUTOMATIC STATUS B BROADENED INSURED C DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF AN ACCIDENT, CLAIM, SUIT OR LOSS CONDITION D UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE ALL HAZARDS E. RESULTANT MENTAL ANGUISH F AMENDMENT OF FELLOW EMPLOYEE LIABILITY EXCLUSION G EMPLOYEES AS INSUREDS H. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTOS I INCREASED BAIL BONDS AND LOSS OF EARNINGS J INCREASED TRANSPORTATION EXPENSE—TOTAL THEFT OF A COVERED AUTO K. INCREASED LOSS OF USE EXPENSE L. ACCIDENTAL DISCHARGE OF AIRBAG COVERAGE M. GLASS REPAIR DEDUCTIBLE WAIVER N. COLLISION DEDUCTIBLE WAIVER O INCREASED LIMIT FOR ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT P TOWING Q. AUTO LOAN/LEASE GAP COVERAGE R. PERSONAL EFFECTS COVERAGE S LOCKSMITH SERVICES T TAPES, RECORDS AND DISCS COVERAGE U HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE ✓ HIRED PRIVATE PASSENGER AUTOS AND LIGHT TRUCKS—WORLDWIDE COVERAGE W TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US 1 1 BA 30 00 12 15 Page 1 of 6 Policy Number 10166746CA A.ADDITIONAL INSURED— this Coverage Part or would be AUTOMATIC STATUS an"insured" under such Item A.1.c. of SECTION II—COVERED policy but for its termination or AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE,WHO the exhaustion of its limits of IS AN INSURED is deleted and insurance. Each such replaced with the following' organization remains qualified c.Anyone liable for the conduct of as an"insured"only while you an"insured" described above own a financial interest of more but only to the extent of that than 50% in the organization liability This includes, but is not during the policy period. limited to, any person or e.Any organization that is acquired organization for whom you are or formed by you, other than a performing operations when partnership or joint venture, of you and such person or which you own a financial organization have agreed in a interest of more than 50%will written contract or a written qualify as an"insured" agreement that such person or However, such organization will organization be added as an not qualify as an"insured" if it is additional insured on your also an"insured" under another policy Such person or policy, other than a policy organization is an additional written to apply specifically in insured under this policy only excess of this Coverage Part or with respect to liability caused would be an "insured" under in whole or in part by your acts such policy but for its or omissions in the termination or the exhaustion of performance of your ongoing its limits of insurance. Each operations for the additional such organization remains insured.A person or qualified as an"insured"only organization's status as an while you own a financial additional insured for ongoing interest of more than 50% in the operations under this policy organization during the policy ends when your operations for period the additional insured are This provision does not include: completed or when this policy is cancelled,whichever occurs (1) any organization first. 180 days or more after its acquisition or formation, or (2) "bodily injury", B. BROADENED INSURED "property damage"or The following paragraph is added "covered pollution cost or to SECTION II—A.1 WHO IS AN expense"caused by an INSURED' "accident"that occurred d.Any organization of yours, other before you acquired or than a partnership or joint formed the organization. venture, of which you own a financial interest of more than C DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF AN 50%as of the effective date of ACCIDENT, CLAIM, SUIT OR LOSS this Coverage part, will qualify CONDITION as an"insured" However, such The following paragraph is added to organization will not qualify as an"insured" if it is also an the end of Paragraph A. 2 , "insured" under another policy, SECTION IV—BUSINESS AUTO other than a policy written to CONDITIONS' apply specifically in excess of Your obligation to notify us promptly of an"accident", claim, "suit"or"loss" is BA 30 00 12 15 Page 2 of 6 Policy Number 10166746CA t satisfied if you send us written notice as excess over any other collectible soon as practicable after any of your insurance executive officers, directors, partners, insurance managers, legal G EMPLOYEES AS INSUREDS representatives, or"employees" authorized by you to give or receive The following is added to the SECTION notices becomes aware of or should II—COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY have become aware of such"accident", COVERAGE, Paragraph A.1 Who Is An claim, "suit"or"loss" Insured provision: If you report an"accident"or"loss"to Any"employee"of yours is an"insured" your workers compensation insurer while using a covered"auto"you don't which later becomes a claim under this own, hire or borrow in your business or coverage part,failure to report such your personal affairs. "accident"or"loss"to us at the time of the"accident"or"loss"will not be H. EMPLOYEES HIRED AUTOS considered a violation of this Condition, The following is added to the SECTION if you notify us as soon as practicable II—COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY when you become aware that the "accident"or"loss" has become a COVERAGE, Paragraph A.1 Who Is An liability claim. Insured provision: Any"employee"of yours is an"insured" D. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO while operating an "auto" hired or rented DISCLOSE ALL HAZARDS under a contract or agreement in that "employee's" name,with your The following paragraph is added to permission,while performing duties Paragraph B of SECTION IV— related to the conduct of your business. BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS. SECTION IV—BUSINESS AUTO ( Based on our reliance on your CONDITIONS, B General Conditions, representations of existing hazards, if 5.b Other Insurance is replaced by the you unintentionally fail to disclose all following: such hazards prior to the beginning of For Hired Auto Physical Damage the policy period of this Coverage Part, Coverage, the following are deemed to we shall not deny coverage under this be covered"autos"you own: Coverage Part because of such failure. 1 Any covered"auto"you lease, hire, rent or borrow; and E. RESULTANT MENTAL ANGUISH 2. Any covered"auto" hired or rented by your"employee" The definition of"bodily injury" is under a contract in that SECTION V-DEFINITIONS is replaced individual"employee's" name, by the following" with your permission, while "Bodily injury" means bodily injury, performing duties related to sickness or disease sustained by any the conduct of your business. person, including mental anguish or However, any"auto"that is leased, death resulting from any of these. hired, rented or borrowed with a driver is not a covered"auto" F AMENDMENT OF FELLOW EMPLOYEE LIABILITY EXCLUSION I. INCREASED BAIL BONDS AND LOSS The Fellow Employee Exclusion OF EARNINGS contained in Section II—Covered Autos SECTION II—COVERED AUTOS Liability Coverage does not apply if the LIABILITY COVERAGE,A.2. Coverage "bodily injury" results from the use of a Extensions,a. Supplementary covered"auto"you own or hire. The Payments is amended by insurance granted under this provision is I BA30001215 Page3of6 Policy Number 10166746CA I _ 1 Replace the$2,000 limit for cost When a covered"auto" insured for of bail bonds with$5,000 in Collision coverage under this policy paragraph (2), and collides with another"auto"we insure, 2. Replace the$250 a day limit for the Collision deductible applicable to the reasonable expenses including covered"auto"or"autos" insured under actual loss of earnings with this policy shall not apply $500 a day in paragraph (4) J INCREASED TRANSPORTATION 0 INCREASED LIMIT FOR ELECTRONIC EXPENSE—TOTAL THEFT OF A EQUIPMENT COVERED AUTO Section III PHYSICAL DAMAGE SECTION III —PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE C 1 b is amended by COVERAGE,A.4 Coverage replacing the $1,000 with$2,500 Extensions, a. Transportation Expenses, is amended by replacing $20 per day with $60 per day, and the$600 maximum with$1,800 maximum. This extension applies to all covered P TOWING "autos"with a Gross Vehicle Weight of SECTION III—PHYSICAL DAMAGE less than 10,001 pounds. COVERAGE,A.2. Towing, is replaced by replacing the following. K. INCREASED LOSS OF USE 2 Towing EXPENSES We will pay up to$75 for towing SECTION III—PHYSICAL DAMAGE and labor costs incurred each COVERAGE,A.4 Coverage time an"auto"with a Gross Extensions, b Loss Of Use Expenses, Vehicle Weight of less than is amended by replacing$20 per day 10,001 pounds is disabled if the with$60 per day, and the$600 declarations indicate that either maximum with$1,800 maximum. Comprehensive Coverage or Specified Causes of Loss L. ACCIDENTAL DISCHARGE OF Coverage and Collision AIRBAG COVERAGE Coverage are provided for that The following is added to Exclusion "auto" B 3.a.of SECTION III—PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE. However, this exclusion does not apply to the accidental discharge of an airbag. Q. AUTO LOAN/LEASE GAP COVERAGE M. GLASS REPAIR DEDUCTIBLE The following is added to SECTION III— WAIVER PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: The following is added to paragraph D In the event of a total"loss"to a covered of SECTION III—PHYSICAL DAMAGE "auto"shown in the Schedule or COVERAGE. Declarations,we will pay any unpaid amount due on the lease or loan for a No deductible applies to glass damage if covered"auto", less: the glass is repaired in a manner 1 Overdue payments and financial acceptable to us rather than replaced. penalties associated with those payments as of the date of the N. COLLISION DEDUCTIBLE WAIVER "total loss", The following is added to paragraph D 2. The carryover,transfer or of SECTION III—PHYSICAL DAMAGE rollover of a previous COVERAGE. outstanding lease or loan BA 30 00 12 15 Page 4 of 6 Policy Number 10166746CA balance from another vehicle to devices used with audio, the original lease or loan for the visual or data electronic scheduled"auto", equipment are not 3 The dollar amount of any considered personal effects. unrepaired damage which occurred prior to the total"loss" S LOCKSMITH SERVICES of the scheduled"auto", The following is added to SECTION III — 4 All refunds paid or payable to PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A.4 you as a result of the early Coverage Extensions: termination of the lease of loan d Locksmith Services agreement or,to the extent financed, as a result of the early We will pay up to$100 for termination of any warranty or necessary locksmith extended service agreement on services incurred because the scheduled"auto", keys to a covered "auto" 5 Financial penalties imposed have been lost, stolen or under a lease agreement for damaged. No deductible high mileage, excessive use or applies to this coverage. abnormal wear and tear; 6. Nonrefundable security T TAPES, RECORDS AND DISCS deposits, and COVERAGE 7 Costs for extended warranties, Exclusion B 4.a. of SECTION III— Credit Life Insurance, Health, PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE does Accident or Disability Insurance not apply purchased with the loan or The following is added to SECTION III — lease. PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A.4 Coverage Extensions: The following is added to paragraph A. e.Tapes, Records And Loss Conditions of SECTION IV— Discs Coverage BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS Under Comprehensive Lease/Loan Gap Coverage shall apply Coverage we will pay for to the remaining term of the original "loss"to tapes, records, lease or loan agreement written on the discs or other similar scheduled"auto"at the time of total devices used with audio, "loss" visual or data electronic R. PERSONAL EFFECTS COVERAGE equipment.We will pay only if the tapes, records, The following is added to SECTION III discs or other similar audio, — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, visual or data electronic A.4 Coverage Extensions: devices: c. Personal Effects (1)Are your property or We will pay up to$500 for that of a family member "loss"to personal effects or employee which are: (2)Are in a covered (1) owned by an"insured", and "auto"at the time of "loss" (2) in or on a covered"auto" The most we will pay for This coverage applies only "loss" is$200 in the event of a total theft of a covered"auto" No deductible applies to this U HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE coverage.Tapes, records, If hired"autos"are covered"autos"for discs or other similar Covered Autos Liability Coverage,then BA30001215 Page5of6 Policy Number 10166746CA Comprehensive and Collision coverages $1,000 deductible will apply are extended to an"auto"you lease, for the"loss" hire, rent, or borrow subject to the following V HIRED PRIVATE PASSENGER AUTOS 1 The most we will pay for AND LIGHT TRUCKS—WORLDWIDE "loss"to any leased, hired, COVERAGE rented, or borrowed"auto" Paragraph b 7 5(1) of Section IV— is the Actual Cash Value or BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS — the cost to repair the"auto", Policy Period, Coverage Territory is whichever is smallest. replaced by the following: 2. The deductible for Hired Anywhere in the world if a covered Auto Physical Damage will be equal to the largest "auto"of the private passenger type or a deductible applicable to any light truck with Gross Vehicle Weight owned"auto"scheduled on less than 10,001 pounds is leased, this policy for that coverage. hired, rented or borrowed without a No deductible applies to driver for a period of 30 days or less. loss by fire or lightning. 3 If the"loss"to the leased, W TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF hired, rented, or borrowed RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO "auto" is covered by US Comprehensive Coverage, The following is added to Section IV— and if no owned"auto" BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS A.5. scheduled on this policy is Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against insured for Comprehensive Others To Us. Coverage, a$100 We waive any right of recovery we may deductible will apply to the have against any person or organization "loss" to the extent required of you under a 4 If the"loss"to the leased, written contract executed prior to any hired, rented, or borrowed "accident"or"loss", provided the "auto" is covered by "accident"or"loss"arises out of Collision Coverage, and if operations contemplated by such no owned"auto"scheduled contract. This waiver applies only to the on this policy is insured for person or organization designated in Collision Coverage, a such contract. BA 30 00 12 15 Page 6 of 6 Policy Number 10166746CA COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 04 49 11 16 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY - OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: AUTO DEALERS COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by the endorsement. A. The following is added to the Other Insurance B. The following is added to the Other Insurance Condition in the Business Auto Coverage Form Condition in the Auto Dealers Coverage Form and and the Other Insurance— Primary And Excess supersedes any provision to the contrary Insurance Provisions in the Motor Carrier This Coverage Form's Covered Autos Liability Coverage Form and supersedes any provision to Coverage and General Liability Coverages are the contrary. primary to and will not seek contribution from any This Coverage Form's Covered Autos Liability other insurance available to an "insured" under Coverage is primary to and will not seek your policy provided that: contribution from any other insurance available to 1 Such "insured" is a Named Insured under such an"insured"under your policy provided that: other insurance, and 1 Such "insured" is a Named Insured under such 2. You have agreed in writing in a contract or other insurance, and agreement that this insurance would be 2. You have agreed in writing in a contract or primary and would not seek contribution from agreement that this insurance would be any other insurance available to such primary and would not seek contribution from "insured" any other insurance available to such "insured" L CA 04 49 11 16 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2016 Page 1 of 1 TexasMutuar WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE WORKERS'COMPENSATION AND WC 42 03 04 B EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY Insured copy TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in item 3.A. of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. Schedule 1 () Specific Waiver Name of person or organization (X)Blanket Waiver Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver 2. Operations. All Texas operations 3 Premium: The premium charge for this endorsement shall be 2.00 percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s)or organization(s)arising out of the operations described. 4 Advance Premium: Included, see Information Page This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached effective on the inception date of the policy unless a different date is indicated below. (The following"attaching clause"need be completed only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) This endorsement,effective on 10/1/23 at 12:01 a.m.standard time,forms a part of: Policy no.0001295351 of Texas Mutual Insurance Company effective on 10/1/23 Issued to: NERIE CONSTRUCTION LLC 9...tiavto6 This is not a bill -- - Authorized representative NCCI Carrier Code: 29939 8/30/23 PO Box 12058,Austin,TX 78711-2058 1 of 1 texasmutual.com I (800)859-5995 I Fax(800)359-0650 WC 42 03 04 B CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT , TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1 1 01 Owner, Contractor and Engineer 1 02 Contract Documents 103 Subcontractor 1 04 Written Notice 105 Work 1 06 Extra Work 1 07 Work Day 1 07-1 Rain Day 1 07-2 Impact Day 1 08 Calendar Day 1 09 Substantially Completed 1 10 Interpretation of Words and Phrases 1 11 Referenced Standards 1 12 Contract Time 1 13 Construction Inspector 1 14 Balancing Change Order 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 4 2.01 No Warranty of Design 2.02 Right of Entry 2.03 Ownership of Plans 10-2012 00700-i CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 2.04 Changes and Alterations i 2.05 Damages 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 6 3 01 Owner-Engineer Relationship 3 02 Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible 3 03 Preliminary Approval 3 04 Inspection by Engineer 3 05 Determination of Questions and Disputes 3 06 Recommendation of Payment 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 8 4 01 Independent Contractor 4 02 Contractor's Understanding 4 03 Laws and Ordinances 4 04 Assignment and Subletting 4 05 Performance and Payment Bonds [and Maintenance Bond] 4 06 Insurance 4 07 Permits and Fees 4 08 Texas State Sales Tax 4 09 Contractor's Duty and Superintendence 4 10 Character of Workers 4 11 Labor, Equipment,Materials, Construction Plant and Buildings 412 Sanitation 4 13 Cleaning and Maintenance 4 14 Performance of Work 4 15 Right of Owner to Accelerate the Work 10-2012 00700-ii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 16 Layout of Work 4 17 Shop Drawings 4 18 Engineer-Contractor Relationship, Observations 4 19 Observation and Testing 4.20 Defects and Their Remedies 4.21 Liability for Proper Performance 4.22 Protection Against Accident To Employees and the Public 4.23 Protection of Adjoining Property 4.24 Protection against Claims of Subcontractors, Laborers,Materialmen, and Furnishers of Equipment, Machinery and Supplies 4.25 Protection Against Royalties or Patented Invention 4.26 Indemnification 4.27 Losses From Natural Causes 4.28 Guarantee 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 18 5 01 Time and Order of Completion 5 02 Extension of Time 5 03 Hindrances and Delays 5 04 Suspension of Work 5 05 Liquidated Damages for Delay 5 06 Change of Contract Time 5 07 Delays Beyond Owner's and Contractor's Control 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 21 6 01 Discrepancies and Omissions 6 02 Quantities and Measurements 10-2012 00700-iii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.03 Estimated Quantities 6 04 Price of Work 6 05 Payments 6 06 Partial Payments 6 07 Use of Completed Portions&Punchlist 6 08 Substantial Completion 6 08-1 6 09 Final Payment 6 10 Correction of Work Before Final Payment 6.11 Correction of Work After Final Payment 6 12 Payments Withheld 6 13 Delayed Payments 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 27 7 01 Differing Site Conditions 7 02 Change Orders 7 03 Change Orders 7 04 Request for Work Approval for Work on Non-Work Days 7 05 Minor Changes 7 06 Extra Work 7 07 Time of Filing Claims 8.0 DEFAULT 30 8 01 Default by Contractor 8.02 Supplementation of Contractor Forces 8.03 Cumulative Remedies& Specific Performance 8.04 Cross-Default 10-2012 00700-iv CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8 05 Insolvency 8 06 Contingent Assignment 8 07 Waiver of Consequential Damages 8 08 Termination for Convenience 8.09 Default by Owner 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 35 ATTACHMENT NO 1 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE Al ATTACHMENT NO 2 AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE Bl ATTACHMENT NO 3 OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR Cl 10-2012 00700-v CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.01 OWNER, CONTRACTOR, AND ENGINEER. The OWNER, the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER are those persons or organizations identified as such in the Agreement. The term ENGINEER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Engineer or Architect identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as a representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in connection with the preparation of plans and specifications of this Contract. The term CONSTRUCTION MANAGER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Construction Manager identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in connection with the performance of the work of this Contract. The Owner's representative on the project site shall be the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or ENGINEER as designated. 1.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents shall consist of all of the documents identified in Article 8 of the Standard Form of Agreement,which documents, excluding such documents as may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement, as referenced in Article 8, shall be bound together in a Project Manual for the Work. All references to the "Contract" or the "Agreement" in these General Conditions of Agreement shall include the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be binding as if required by all.In the event of any conflict among the Contract Documents,the Contract Documents shall govern in the following order (1) Modifications in writing and signed by both parties, including any Change Orders, (2) Standard Form of Agreement; (3) Special Conditions of Agreement; (4) General Conditions of Agreement, including Attachment No 1 — Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 — Agreement for Final Payment and CONTRACTOR'S Sworn Release, and Attachment No 3 — Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor; (5) Addenda, if any; (6) Plans and Specifications referenced or included in the Project Manual, (7) Instructions to Bidders, (8) Bid Proposal, and 08-2018 00700- 1 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (9) Exhibits. The following Exhibits, if any, attached hereto, are incorporated herein, and are a part of this Contract: In the event a conflict or inconsistency remains between or within the Contract Documents, or the Contract Documents and applicable standards,codes and ordinances, CONTRACTOR shall provide the greater quantity or better quality, or CONTRACTOR shall comply with the more stringent requirements, as determined by ENGINEER. Terms or phrases used in the Contract Documents with a well-known technical or construction industry meaning shall have such recognized meanings. References to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority, shall mean the latest in,effect on the effective date of the Contract, unless otherwise stated m the Contract Documents. 1 03 SUBCONTRACTOR. The term "subcontractor", as employed herein, includes those entities having a contract with the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor for performance of work on the Project. The OWNER shall have no responsibility to any subcontractor for performance of work on the Project contemplated by these Contract Documents, and any such subcontractor shall look exclusively to CONTRACTOR for any payments due subcontractor 1.04 WRITTEN NOTICE. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person or by electronic means through the Procore to the individual or to a partner of the partnership or joint venture, or to an officer of the corporation or company for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the last known business address or registered office of such individual,partnership,joint venture or corporation or company, or to the address for giving notices listed in the Standard Form of Agreement. 1.05 WORK.Unless otherwise stipulated,the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials,supplies,machinery,equipment,tools,superintendence,labor,services,insurance,and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities or services of any nature whatsoever necessary for the execution and completion of the Work described in the Standard Form of Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality The CONTRACTOR shall, if required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well-known,technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. All work shall be done, and all materials shall be furnished in strict conformity with the Contract Documents. 1.06 EXTRA WORK. The term "Extra Work", as used in this Contract, shall be understood to mean, and include all work that may be required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, to be performed by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work shown in the plans. Extra work shall be authorized in writing by the ENGINEER prior to commencement. Extra Work items are paid for on an as needed, as authorized basis only 1.07 WORKDAY As used herein, a "Work Day" is defined as any Monday through Friday, not a legal holiday, and any Saturday or Sunday specifically approved by the OWNER, in - which the CONTRACTOR can perform six or more hours of work per the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR agrees to request specific approval from the Construction Manager or 08-2018 00700-2 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Owner, in advance, to perform work on Saturdays or Sundays and in so doing agrees to pay all charges and costs for Inspection and or Construction Management services required during the performance of any such approved work. Refer to paragraph 7 04 for procedure to determine cost for Construction Management and Inspection Services for work on non-workdays. 1 07-1 RAIN DAY As used herein, is defined as any WORKDAY during which weather- related conditions prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing four(4)or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items as identified in the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR shall record Rain Days on the Pay Application each month for the review and possible approval by the OWNER. The approved Rain Day is then added to the Contract Time. (See 1 12 Contract Time below) 1 07-2 IMPACT DAY As used herein, is a day that is added to the CONTRACT TIME by the OWNER by Change Order to extend the Contract Time by one full Workday (See 1 12 Contract Time below)Impact Days, once approved by the OWNER, shall extend the Contract Time on a one- to-one basis to replace a Workday lost to conditions that prevented the CONTRACTOR from performing four(4)or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items.ImpaceDays are added to the Contract Time by Change Order only at the end of the work and then only if, in the opinion of the OWNER, a time extension is warranted due to delays beyond the control of the Contractor and required to complete the work within the Contract Time. 1.08 CALENDAR DAY A "calendar day" is any day of the week, month, or year no days being excepted. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). 1 09 SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED. The terms "Substantially Completed", or "Substantially Complete" or"Substantial Completion" as used in this Contract, shall mean that all major process components of the facility or work have been made suitable for use or occupancy, including appropriate documentation from the equipment suppliers that all of the individual components have been installed in accordance with the specifications and manufacturer's recommendations, the installations have been approved by the ENGINEER and the items have met the start-up and testing requirements of the contract documents or is deemed to be in a condition to serve its intended purpose or requires only minor miscellaneous work and adjustment to achieve Final Completion and Acceptance as determined by the ENGINEER. Upon compliance with the above referenced criteria,ENGINEER shall issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion. PARTIAL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION designation will be given on components of the Work that must be placed into service prior to the completion of the entire Work. The contractor's One Year Warranty period for these items shall begin on the date of Partial Substantial Completion as designated by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall determine and make all such designations. 1.10 INTERPRETATION OF WORDS AND PHRASES Whenever the words "directed", "permitted", "designated", "required", "ordered", "considered necessary", "prescribed" or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction,requirement, permission, order, opinion designation or prescription of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative is intended. Similarly,the words"approved","acceptable","satisfactory"or words of like import shall mean that no exception is taken by ENGINEER but does not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. 08-2018 00700-3 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Whenever in the Specifications or Plans of the Contract Documents, the terms of description of various qualities relative to finish, workmanship or other qualities of similar kind which cannot, - from their nature, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such cases, any question of the fulfillment of said Specifications shall be decided by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations of the meaning of the words,terms or clauses defining the character of the work. 1.11 REFERENCED STANDARDS No provision of any referenced standard specification, or manual shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner, Engineer, Contractor, or their consultants, employees, or representatives from those set forth in the Contract Documents,nor shall it be effective to assign to the Engineer or its consultants, employees, or representatives any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibilities contrary to provisions of the Contract I Documents. 1.12 CONTRACT TIME The term Contract Time as used herein,refers to the number of Calendar days provided to complete the work or the date, stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with Paragraph 6 09 and as modified as a result of any authorized Extensions. The established Contract Time includes 40 Rain Days per year,based on the average number of rain days per year for the-period-of-June 1898 to December-1-996 as recorded by the-Alvin Weather Center Record. The Contract Time shall only be extendedby(a)the addition of Rain Days equal to the number of actual Rain Days in excess of 40 days per year and (b) the number of Impact Days granted for delays,in the opinion of the Owner,beyond the control of the Contractor The extension of the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for delays. 1.13 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR The term "Construction Inspector" here in includes those professionals engaged by the OWNER to ensure CONTRACT work's compliance with the specifications and any applicable statutory requirements. 1.14 BALANCING CHANGE ORDER is a change order executed during the close-out process that may add/remove pay items or adjust quantities of existing items or remove unused pay items or quantities Balancing Change Orders are used to reconcile the unit cost of the work performed or mstalled by the Contractor 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 201 NO WARRANTY OF DESIGN It is understood that the OWNER MAKES NO WARRANTY OF THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY OR SUFFICIENCY OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR ANY OTHER DESIGN DOCUMENTS, AND THE OWNER HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED Prior to commencing each portion of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the relevant Contract Documents, shall observe conditions at the site affecting the Work, and shall take field measurements of existing conditions related to the Work. Any errors, omissions or 08-2018 00700-4 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT inconsistencies in the Contract Documents noted by the CONTRACTOR, and/or any variance between the Contract Documents and applicable codes, standards, or ordinances, shall be promptly reported by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER in writing as a Request for Information. Work performed prior to a Request for Information shall be at the Contractor's risk. If CONTRACTOR fails to perform its obligations under this paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall pay such costs and damages to OWNER as would have been avoided if CONTRACTOR had reported any errors, omissions, inconsistencies, or variances in the Contract Documents noted by CONTRACTOR or which should have been noted by a careful study of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall comply with the Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the OWNER. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the CONTRACTOR to show that he has complied with the requirements of the Contract Documents and approved modifications thereof and all approved additions and alterations, thereto, as the same shall have been interpreted by the ENGINEER. 202 RIGHT OF ENTRY The OWNER- reserves the right to enter the property or location on which the work herein contracted for is to be performed, constructed, or installed, for itself or such agent or agents as it may select, for the purpose of inspecting the work, or for the purpose of performing, constructing or installing such collateral work as the OWNER may desire. The OWNER shall have the right to make inspections at all reasonable times, and the CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claims for extension of time and/or compensation for any loss or damage if his work shall be delayed by reason of such inspection, performance, construction, or mstallation of collateral work. 203 OWNERSHIP OF PLANS All plans, specifications and copies thereof furnished by the OWNER shall not be reused on other-work-and,with the exception of the sets forming-the part of the signed Contract Documents, are to be returned to the OWNER on request at the completion of the Work. All plans and models are the property of the OWNER. 204 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations, additions and deletions as the OWNER may see fit, in the Work, including but not limited to changes in line, grade, form, dimensions, plans- or specifications for the Work herein contemplated, or-any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of construction, without affecting the validity of this Contract and the corresponding Performance and Payment Bonds. If such changes or alterations or deletions diminish the quantity or the value of the Work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for compensation or damages, including lost or anticipated profits on the Work that may be affected. If the amount of Work is increased and the work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price,if any, established for such work under this Contract, otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Article 7 hereof for Extra Work. In case the OWNER shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any Work already done or material already furnished or used in said Work, then the OWNER shall compensate the CONTRACTOR for any material or labor so used and for any actual loss occasioned by such change due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the Work as originally planned. 205 DAMAGES In the event the OWNER is damaged in the course of the work by the act, negligence, omission, mistake, or default of the CONTRACTOR, or should the 08-2018 00700-5 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT THE CONTRACTOR unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable,then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for such loss. 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 3 01 OWNER-ENGINEER RELATIONSHIP The ENGINEER shall serve as the OWNER'S representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities, and limitations on the authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents,and the ENGINEER shall not have authority to extend the OWNER's liability or to bind the OWNER for any additional liability of any nature whatsoever without the written consent of the OWNER. Any communications by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR regarding the Work shall be issued through the ENGINEER. It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the Work;therefore, written decisions or directions rendered by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising therefrom shall be resolved as provided in Article 7 Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the OWNER'S representative shall have the authority to issue written stop work orders whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE.The ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with four (4) copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one full size copy of the same constantly accessible on the job site, with the latest revisions noted thereon. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preserving the Plans and Specifications, timely and accurately updated, for reference and review by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and submittal of redlines during closeout. 3.03 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL. The ENGINEER shall not have the power to waive the obligations imposed under this Contract for the furnishing by the CONTRACTOR of new material of good quality, and for good and workmanlike performance of the Work as herein described, and in full accordance with the Contract Documents, without alteration, deletion, or change. No failure or omission of the OWNER'S representative to discover, object to or condemn any non-conforming or defective work or material, or to stop work, shall release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to fully and properly perform the Contract, including without limitation, the obligation to at once remove and properly replace any defective work or material at any time prior to final acceptance, upon discovery of such non-conforming or defective work or material. Any questioned Work may be ordered taken up or removed for inspection by the ENGINEER prior to final acceptance, and if found not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, all expense of removing,inspection and repair or replacement shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR, otherwise the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Work and shall be paid for by the OWNER, provided that where inspection or approval is specifically required by the Specifications prior to performance of certain work, should the CONTRACTOR proceed with such work without requesting prior inspection or approval, he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing and replacing this work if so directed by the ENGINEER. 08-2018 00700-6 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3 04 INSPECTION BY ENGINEER. The ENGINEER will make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine if such Work generally meets the essential performance and design features and the technical, functional /or engineering requirements of the Contract Documents, and is in all other respects being performed in compliance with the Contract Documents. However,the ENGINEER shall not be responsible for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality and/or quantity of the work,nor shall the ENGINEER be in any way responsible, directly or indirectly, for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures, programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident to the Work being performed or any part thereof. The ENGINEER shall use reasonable care to prevent deviation from the intent and substance of the Contract Documents by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work and any part thereof and, on the basis of such on-site observations, will keep the OWNER informed of the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the CONTRACTOR. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Contract Document,the ENGINEER shall not be in any way responsible or liable for any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, any subcontractors, agents, servants or employees or any other person, firm or corporation performing or attempting to perform any of the Work. 3 05 DETERMINATION OF QUESTIONS AND DISPUTES. In order to prevent delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is agreed that the ENGINEER shall, in all cases, determine the quantities and qualities of the several kinds of Work which are to be paid for under this Contract. The ENGINEER shall address all questions in relation to said Work and the construction thereof, as well as all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents. In the event the ENGINEER shall become aware of or shall receive information that there is a dispute or a possible dispute as to the reasonable interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, or any other dispute or question, the ENGINEER shall, within a reasonable time, provide a written interpretation of the Contract Documents or a written decision on all questions arising relative to the execution of the Work, copies of which shall be delivered to all parties to the Contract. If the CONTRACTOR or OWNER desires to take exception to any directions, order, interpretation or instructions of the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR or OWNER shall present any such claim to the ENGINEER in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 07 3.06 RECOMMENDATION OF PAYMENT The ENGINEER shall review the CONTRACTOR's application for payment and supporting documents, shall determine the amount owed to the CONTRACTOR and shall provide written recommendation to the OWNER for payment to the CONTRACTOR in such amount. Such recommendation of payment to CONTRACTOR shall constitute a representation to the OWNER of the ENGINEER's judgment that the work has progressed to the point indicated, to the best of his knowledge, information, and belief; however, such recommendation of an application for payment to CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed an acceptance of any defective or non-conforming Work. Any recommendation of payment by the ENGINEER shall be subject to the OWNER's rights to withhold payment under Section 6.12 and as otherwise provided in the Contract. 08-2018 00700-7 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 401 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR is, and shall remain, an independent contractor,solely responsible for the manner and method of completing the Work under this Contract, with full and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise and control his own employees and to determine the means, method and manner of performing such Work, so long as such methods comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and do not adversely affect the completed improvements or any other property abutting or adjoining the Work area, the OWNER and ENGINEER being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of such completed improvements to the Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents. The fact that the OWNER or ENGINEER as the Owner's representative shall have the right to observe CONTRACTOR's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the OWNER and the ENGINEER hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or affect the status of the CONTRACTOR as an independent contractor with respect to either the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative or to the CONTRACTOR's own employees or to any other person, firm or corporation. 402 CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING It is understood and agreed that the CONTRACTOR has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the Work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the Work, the general and local conditions, including but not limited to weather, access, lay down and storage areas, and all other matters which in any way affect the Work under this Contract. It is further understood that the CONTRACTOR has satisfied himself as to the terms, meaning, intent and requirements of all of the Contract Documents, and applicable laws, codes, regulations and ordinances. CONTRACTOR hereby warrants and represents that it has taken into consideration all of the foregoing factors, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time.No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations contained herein. 4.03 LAWS AND ORDINANCES The CONTRACTOR shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state or local laws, codes, ordinances, permits and regulations, regardless of whether the same are adopted before or after the execution of this Contract,which in any manner affect the Contract or the work, and shall indemnify, save and hold harmless the OWNER and the ENGINEER against any claim arising out of the violation of any such laws, ordinances and regulations, whether by the CONTRACTOR or his agents, employees, subcontractors or vendors. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the Plans and Specifications are at variance with federal or state laws or codes or the ordinances or regulations of the City, he shall promptly notify the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be made as provided in the Contract for changes in the work. If the CONTRACTOR performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, codes, ordinances, rules or regulations, or if CONTRACTOR reasonably should have known of any such violation, and without such notice to the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The OWNER is a Political Subdivision of the State of Texas, and the law from which it derives its powers,insofar as the same regulates the objects for which,or the manner in which,or the conditions - under which the OWNER may enter into contracts, shall be controlling and shall be considered as part of this Contract to the same effect as though embodied herein.Neither the act 08-2018 00700-8 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT of OWNER entering into this Contract, nor OWNER's performance hereunder, shall constitute a waiver of any immunity from suit enjoyed by OWNER under applicable law, all such rights and defenses being hereby expressly reserved, notwithstanding any term or provision herein to the contrary The Code of Ordinances and other applicable regulations of the OWNER shall be deemed to be embodied in this Contract. The prevailing wage rates applicable to this Project shall be either Document 00811 —Wage Scale for Engineering Construction, or Document 00813 —Wage Scale for Building Construction, or both, as set out in the Project Manual. 4.04 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING The CONTRACTOR further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this Contract and that he will not assign,by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet said Contract, or any rights, duties or obligations arising thereunder, in whole or in part,without the prior written consent of the OWNER, and that no part or feature of the Work will be sublet to anyone objectionable to the ENGINEER or the OWNER.In addition,the OWNER reserves the right to disapprove the subletting of this Contract or any portion hereof on any basis whatsoever The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the Work or materials required in the performance of this Contract shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligations to the OWNER, as provided for by this Agreement. 4.05 PERFORMANCE,PAYMENT,AND MAINTENANCE BONDS. In the event the Contract Price shall be in excess of $25,000 00, the CONTRACTOR shall execute separate Performance,Payment and Maintenance Bonds, each in the sum of one hundred percent(100%) of the Contract Price, and each in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. If the Contract Price does not exceed $25,000 00, statutory bonds will not be required. All required Bonds shall be payable to the OWNER and on forms approved by the OWNER and shall be executed by a corporate surety in accordance with Article 7 19-1 of the Texas Insurance Code. It is agreed that the Contract shall not be in effect until such original Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds are delivered to and approved by the OWNER. The cost of the premium for the Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds, should Maintenance Bonds be required, shall be included in the CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal. All bonds shall be issued by the Texas Department of Insurance approved surety companies. 406 INSURANCE. The CONTRACTOR, at his own expense, shall procure, maintain, and keep in force throughout the duration of the Work, and throughout the Guarantee Period, insurance as specified in Attachment No 1 hereto with regard to Workers' Compensation Insurance, and as specified in Attachment No 3 hereto with regard to all other Insurance. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this Contract,whether performed by the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor, or others for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4.07 PERMITS AND FEES Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, and which are legally required at the time bids are received. Permits required by the City of Pearland will be issued as a NO FEE permit. 408 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX. Materials incorporated into this project are exempt from State Sales according to provisions of the Texas Tax Code, Chapter 151, Subsection H. 08-2018 00700-9 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The Contractor must obtain a limited sale, excise and use tax permit or exemption certificate which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the Work without paying tax at due time of purchase. 409 CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE. The CONTRACTOR shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this Contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent, and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative. The superintendent shall represent the CONTRACTOR in his absence and shall act as the agent of the CONTRACTOR, and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the CONTRACTOR is essential to the proper performance of the Work, and lack of such supervision shall be an act of default, and grounds for suspending the operations of the CONTRACTOR.The Superintendent cannot be removed from the project without the consent of the Owner;the Superintendent must speak and understand the English language; the Superintendent must be on site when any work on the project is being done, even when a subcontractor is performing the work. The Work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the CONTRACTOR, and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative will be responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or any of its agents or employees, or any other person performing any of the Work. 4.10 CHARACTER OF WORKERS. The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and - competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this Contract, to do the Work, and agrees that whenever the ENGINEER shall inform him in writing that any worker or workers on the Work are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, or in the ENGINEER's opinion, are not using their best efforts for the progress of the Work, such worker or workers shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on the Work without the ENGINEER's written consent. OWNER reserves the right to bar any person, subcontractor, or supplier found to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or not using their best efforts to progress work or considered to be a threat to the health, safety and welfare to the project or workforce. 4.11 LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION PLANT, AND BUILDINGS The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, services, tools, equipment,machinery, supplies, facilities, utilities and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this Contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that the OWNER shall furnish same; and further, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, all means of construction and any and all parts of the Work,whether the CONTRACTOR has been paid,partially paid or not paid for such Work, until the entire Work is completed and accepted. The building or placement of structures for housing workers or offices, or the erection of tents or other forms of protection,will be permitted only with the ENGINEER's written permission, and at 08-2018 00700- 10 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structures shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER. Any structures of any nature constructed, placed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection, placement or construction thereof; and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER or OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, placement, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings or structures. 4.12 SANITATION Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers and others on the Work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed, and maintained by the.CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the ENGINEER, and their use shall be strictly enforced. Any structures of any nature constructed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof, and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER and OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, construction or mamtenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings. 4.13 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times keep and maintain the premises free from accumulation of debris,trash and waste. The CONTRACTOR shall remove waste, debris, and trash at the end of each workday The CONTRACTOR shall remove all such debris, trash and waste, tools, scaffolding and surplus materials, and shall leave the Work broom-clean or its equivalent, upon completion of the Work. The Work shall be left in good order and-condition. In case of-dispute, the OWNER may remove the debris, trash, waste, and surplus materials, and charge the cost to the CONTRACTOR. 4.14 PERFORMANCE OF WORK. It is further agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work must be done, and all material must be furnished in accordance with the generally accepted practice for such materials furnished or work completed, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.15 RIGHT OF OWNER TO ACCELERATE THE WORK. If at any time the methods or equipment used by the CONTRACTOR, or the work force supplied are found to be inadequate to achieve the progress required to Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time,the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, may order the CONTRACTOR in writing to supplement its forces and/or equipment,or work shifts or overtime, or otherwise improve its efficiency and rate of progress to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and the CONTRACTOR shall comply with such order, at its own cost and expense. 4.16 LAYOUT OF WORK.Except as specifically provided herein,the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out work by means of construction surveying and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 4.17 SHOP DRAWINGS The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own Work or in that of any other contractor, six (6) checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules 08-2018 00700- 11 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT required for the work of the various trades. The Contractor will check and approve shop drawings for compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and will so certify by stamp on each drawing prior to submittal to ENGINEER. Any drawings submitted without Contractor's stamp of approval will not be considered and will be returned to him for proper submission. The ENGINEER shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, indicating desired corrections. The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with two (2) corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The ENGINEER's approval of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for deviations from the Contract Documents, unless he has, in writing, called the ENGINEER's attention to such deviations at the time of the submission, and the ENGINEER has acknowledged and accepted such deviations in writing,nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to fully and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the required Contract Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and within the Contract Time. Such review by the ENGINEER shall be for the sole purpose of determining the apparent sufficiency of said drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with the Contract Documents, and shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his duty as an independent contractor as previously set forth,it being expressly understood and agreed that the ENGINEER does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property during CONTRACTOR's performance hereunder, and any action taken by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility and liability to comply with the Contract Documents. OWNER, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER,ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR shall make all submittals, review comments, notes, corrections, schedules, and updates, testing results, payment applications, instructions, and other communications by means of the OWNER'S Project Management portal. The OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR shall each retain such hard copies from this system as are required for their specific record-keeping requirements. No documents shall be removed from this system or destroyed except those being replaced by the systems protocols as a latest version document. All requirements for written communications, submittals, comments, instructions, or other documents processed by means of this system shall have the same legal or time sensitive status as if they had been hand delivered in hard copy to their intended addressee. 4.18 ENGINEER-CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP; OBSERVATIONS It is agreed by the CONTRACTOR that the ENGINEER,as the OWNER's representative,shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint such subordinate engineers, representatives or observers as the said ENGINEER may from time to time deem proper to observe the materials furnished and the Work done under this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, representatives or observers for the proper observation and examination of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, representatives or observers so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and the Contract Documents, provided, however, should the CONTRACTOR object to any orders by any 08-2018 00700- 12 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT subordinate engineer, representative or observer, the CONTRACTOR may, within three (3) days, make a written appeal to the ENGINEER for his decision. 4.19 OBSERVATION AND TESTING The OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe, inspect and test the Work.The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation, inspection and testing at any location wherever Work is in preparation or progress. The CONTRACTOR shall ascertain the scope of any observation, inspection or testing which may be contemplated by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the Work will be ready for such observation, inspection, or testing. The OWNER or the ENGINEER may reject any Work found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such deficiencies, and regardless of whether the ENGINEER has previously accepted the Work through oversight or otherwise.If any Work is covered without approval or consent of the OWNER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for examination, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. In the event that any part of the Work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for the OWNER or the ENGINEER to make observations of such Work or require testing of said Work, then in such event, the OWNER or the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by independent persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials, or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the Contract Documents. If any Work, which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved, is covered up without written approval or consent of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation and testing, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR unless otherwise provided herein.Any Work which fails to meet the requirements of such tests,inspections or approval, and any Work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be considered defective. Such defective Work and any other work affected thereby shall be corrected at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. Neither observations by the OWNER or by the ENGINEER,nor inspections, certifications, tests, or approvals made by the OWNER,the ENGINEER or other persons authorized under this Agreement to make such inspections, tests or approvals, shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 420 DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES. It is further agreed that if the Work or any part thereof or any material brought on the site of the Work for use in the Work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the ENGINEER as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the ENGINEER, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such Work so that rt shall be in full accordance with this Contract,It is further agreed that any such remedial action contemplated herein shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense. 08-2018 00700- 13 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 421 LIABILITY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE. Engineering construction drawmgs and specifications, as well as any additional instructions and information concerning the Work to be performed, passing from or through the ENGINEER, shall not be interpreted as requiring or allowing the CONTRACTOR to deviate from the Contract Documents,the intent of such drawings, specifications and any other such instructions being to define with particularity the agreement of the parties as to Work the CONTRACTOR is to perform. CONTRACTOR shall be fully and completely liable and contractually bound, at his own expense, for design, construction, installation and use or non-use of all items and methods incident to the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all temporary supports, shoring, bracing, scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or devices, similar items or devices used by him during construction, and work performed either directly or incident to construction, and for all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to person or property,whether such damage be suffered by the ENGINEER, the OWNER or any other person not a party to this Contract. Any review of Work in progress or any visit or observation during construction, or any clarification of Contract Documents by the ENGINEER or OWNER, or any agent, employee or representative of either of them,whether through personal observation on the Project site or by means of approval of shop drawings for construction or construction processes, or by other means or methods,is agreed by the CONTRACTOR to be for the purpose of observing the extent and nature of Work completed or being performed, as measured against the Contract Documents,or for the purpose of enabling the CONTRACTOR to more fully understand the Contract Documents so that the completed construction Work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR from full and complete responsibility for proper performance of his Work on the Project, including, without limitation,the propriety of means and methods of the CONTRACTOR in performing said Contract, and-the adequacy of any-designs,plans or other facilities for accomplishing such performance. Any action by the ENGINEER or the OWNER in visiting or observing during construction, or any clarification of Contract Documents shall not constitute a waiver of CONTRACTOR'S liability for damages as herein set out. Deviation by the CONTRACTOR from Contract Documents, whether called to the CONTRACTOR's attention or not, shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR from his responsibility to complete all work in accordance with said Contract Documents, and further shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of his liability for loss, damage or injury as herein set out. 4.22 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself,his employees and persons entering the project site, as well as for the protection of the improvements being erected and the property of himself or any other person,as a result of his operations hereunder The CONTRACTOR shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and others at or near the Work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded, as a minimum, in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state, or municipal laws or regulations. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary machinery guards, safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks, barricades, fences, traffic control, warning signs and other safety devices. 08-2018 00700- 14 of 35 _CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT No alcoholic beverages, non-prescription drugs, or unsafe practices shall be allowed on the Work site. CONTRACTOR shall dismiss anyone participating in any of the above from the Work site for the duration of the Project. Only prescription drug use with a doctor's authorization to perform construction activities shall be allowed on the Work site. Violation of this provision is a default under the Contract. The use, possession, sale, transfer, purchase or being under the influence of alcohol, drugs or any other illegal or unlawful substance by CONTRACTOR or CONTRACTOR's employees, or CONTRACTOR's subcontractors and employees at any time at the Work site or while on company business is prohibited. CONTRACTOR shall institute and enforce appropriate drug testing guidelines and program. All accidents or injuries to CONTRACTOR's employees working on the job site must be reported verbally and in writing to the ENGINEER immediately, and within no more than eight(8)hours. The safety precautions actually taken, and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, in his sole discretion as an independent contractor Inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement,as well as any notice which may be given by the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative concerning omissions under thus paragraph as the Work progresses, are intended as reminders to the CONTRACTOR of his duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty by ENGINEER, or OWNER's representative to supervise safety precautions by either the CONTRACTOR or any of his subcontractors. 4.23 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY The CONTRACTOR shall employ proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this Agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction, and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent or adjoining property THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, OWNER AND ENGINEER AGAINST ANY CLAIM OR CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, LOSS, COSTS OR EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY'S FEES,DUE TO ANY INJURY TO ANY ADJACENT OR ADJOINING PROPERTY, ARISING OR GROWING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGE,LOSS,COST OR EXPENSE IS CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE,GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER AND/OR ENGINEER. 424 PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY,EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE WILL PROMPTLY PAY WHEN DUE, AND WILL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF THE DEMANDS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, WORKERS, MECHANICS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY AND PARTS THEREOF, EQUIPMENT, POWER TOOLS, AND ALL SUPPLIES, INCLUDING COMMISSARY, INCURRED IN THE FURTHERANCE OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT When so desired by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall ,furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so,then the OWNER may, at the option of the OWNER, either directly pay any unpaid bills of which the OWNER has written notice or withhold from the CONTRACTOR's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably 08-2018 00700- 15 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT sufficient to liquidate any and all such claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged,whereupon payments to the CONTRACTOR shall be resumed in full, in accordance with the terms of this Contract. Any and all communications between any parties under this paragraph shall be in writing. Nothing contamed in this paragraph, or this Agreement shall create, establish or impose any relationship, contractual or otherwise, between OWNER and any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR,nor shall it create, establish or impose any duty upon OWNER to pay or to see to the payment of any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR. 425 PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENTED INVENTION The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright, by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner thereof THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND ALL SUITS OR CLAIMS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND SHALL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF, EXCEPT SUCH SUITS AND CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF A PARTICULAR DESIGN,DEVICE,MATERIAL OR PROCESS OR THE PRODUCT OF A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER OR MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY THE OWNER,PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF CHOICE OF ALTERNATE DESIGN,DEVICE,MATERIAL OR PROCESS IS ALLOWED TO THE CONTRACTOR, OR IF CONTRACTOR KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OF THE PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND FAILED TO PROMPTLY NOTIFY OWNER IN WRITING, THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF 426 INDEMNIFICATION THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER MADE BY ANY EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYEES,AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OF CONTRACTOR, OR BY ANY UNION, TRADE ASSOCIATION,WORKER'S ASSOCIATION OR OTHER GROUPS,ASSOCIATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS, ALLEGEDLY REPRESENTING EMPLOYEES OF THE CONTRACTOR, IN ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS EMPLOYEES,DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INVOLVING, GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING FROM CLAIMS BY SUCH EMPLOYEES FOR WAGES, SALARY, COMPENSATION, BENEFITS, WORKING CONDITIONS OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR COMPLAINT OR CLAIM WHICH MAY BE MADE. THE CONTRACTOR, HIS SURETIES AND INSURANCE CARRIERS SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ALL DAMAGES, CLAIMS, LOSSES, DEMANDS, SUITS, LIABILITIES, JUDGMENTS AND COSTS OF ANY CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY'S FEES AND EXPENSES,AND SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PAY ANY JUDGMENT THEREFOR, WITH COSTS,WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AGAINST THE OWNER AND/OR THE ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM OR ALLEGEDLY ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE 08-2018 00700- 16 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH DAMAGES, CLAIM, LOSS, DEMAND, SUIT,LIABILITY,JUDGMENT, COST OR EXPENSE (A) ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR ALLEGEDLY ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT OR BREACH OF WARRANTY BY CONTRACTOR, OR (B) IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS,DISEASE OR DEATH OR INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY, INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM, AND IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR IS ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF THE CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, THEIR AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY ONE OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE,REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT IT IS CAUSED IN PART OR ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER, ENGINEER AND/OR A PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in accordance with the provisions of Section 130 002 of the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code, CONTRACTOR shall not be obligated to indemnify or hold harmless the ENGINEER, his agents, servants or employees, from liability for damage that is caused by or results from defects in plans, designs or specifications prepared, approved or used by the ENGINEER, or negligence of the ENGINEER in the rendition or conduct of professional duties called for or arising out of any construction contract and the plans, designs or specifications that are a part of the construction contract, and arises from personal injury or death,property injury,or any other expense that arises from personal injury,death, or property injury This indemnity agreement is a continuing obligation, and shall survive notwithstanding completion of the Work, Final Payment, expiration of the warranty period, termination of the Contract, and abandonment or takeover of the Work. CONTRACTOR's indemnification obligations hereunder shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts, and shall not be limited by any limitation on amounts or coverage of insurance provided or to be provided under this Contract. 427 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES All loss, cost, expense or damage to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be done or from any unforeseen circumstances in the prosecution of the same, or from the action of the elements, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the Work, shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense. 08-2018 00700- 17 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 428 GUARANTEE. The CONTRACTOR hereby guarantees all the Work under the Contract to be free from defects or deficiencies m material in every particular and free from defects or deficiencies in workmanship; and against unusual damage from proper and usual use, and agrees to replace or to re-execute without cost to the OWNER such Work as may be found to be defective, deficient or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, and to make good all damages caused to other work or material, due to such defective Work or due to its required replacement or re-execution. This guarantee shall cover a period of one year from the date of Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion of Work under the Contract, as evidenced by the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Neither the Certificate of Substantial Completion, Final Payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for defective, deficient, or non-conforming material or workmanship during the period covered by the guarantee. The one-year period of guarantee will not limit the OWNER'S other rights under common law with respect to any defects, deficiencies or non-conforming Work discovered after one year If this one-year guarantee conflicts with other warranties or guarantees, the longer period of warranty or guarantee will govern. 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.01 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION It is the meaning and intent of this Contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed to prosecute his Work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conducive to economy of construction, provided, however, that the order and the time of prosecution shall be such that the Work shall be Substantially Completed as a whole and in part,in accordance with this Contract and the Contract Time,provided,also,that when the OWNER is having other work done, either by contract or by his own forces, the ENGINEER may direct the time and manner of constructing the Work done under this Contract, so that conflict will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the OWNER shall be harmonized, and the CONTRACTOR shall fully cooperate and coordinate its Work with OWNER or such other contractors. The CONTRACTOR shall submit, an updated schedule with every pay estimate for review by the ENGINEER, schedules which shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes to carry on the Work, with dates on which the CONTRACTOR will start the several parts of the work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. Such schedules shall show completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and/or shall show such recovery efforts as CONTRACTOR intends to undertake in the event Substantial Completion of the Work is delayed. 5.02 EXTENSION OF TIME. The CONTRACTOR agrees that he has submitted his Bid Proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this Project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions as hereinafter set forth, and that he shall not be entitled to, nor will he request, an extension of time on this Contract, except when Substantial Completion of the Work has been delayed solely by strikes, lockouts, fires, Acts of God, or by any other cause which the ENGINEER shall decide justifies the delay The CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER prompt notice,in writing and within three(3) days of the start of any such delay, of the cause of any such delay, and its estimated effect on the Work and the schedule for completion of the Work. Upon receipt of a written request for an extension of the Contract Time from the CONTRACTOR, supported by relevant and all requested documentation, the ENGINEER shall submit such written request, together with his written recommendation, to the 08-2018 00700- 18 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT OWNER for consideration.If the delay is not attributable in whole or in part to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or suppliers, and if the OWNER determines that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an extension of time under the terms of the Contract, the OWNER shall grant an extension of time for Substantial Completion of the Work, sufficient to compensate for the delay, and such extension of time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy, except as may be otherwise provided herem. No extensions of Contract Time shall be made for delays occurring prior to the Contractor's mobilization as defined in Section 01505 MOBILIZATION The Contract Time as defined in the Bid Proposal and other sections herein incorporates 40 Rain Days per calendar year or an average of 3.33 days per calendar month.The CONTRACTOR is required to keep a record of all weather-related delays and to submit the monthly count on each Pay Application. The Owner's Representative shall review and sign off on this record as a part of the Pay Application approval process every month. If, during preparation of the Balancing Change Order,the status of the work progress requires an extension of the Contract Time,Impact Days shall be added to the Completion Date equal to the total number of Weather or Impact Days approved less the original 40 days resident in the original Contract Time. The Addition of Weather or Impact Days will only alter the Contract Time when added by Change Order If the Work is completed prior to the Completion Date, No Days will be added. The addition of Weather or Impact Days shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole remedy for delays to the completion of the Work and their addition to the Contract Time shall not affect the Contract Price through any "per diem" adjustment to the General Conditions costs, Temporary Facilities costs, or any other costs associated with the extension of the Contract Time. 5.03 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS In executing the Contract, the CONTRACTOR agrees that m undertaking to complete the Work within the time herem fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all interference, disruption, hindrances, and delays incident to such Work,whether growing out of delays in securing material,workmen or otherwise.No claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for damages, loss, costs, or expense resulting from interference, disruption, hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of any portion of the Work embraced in this Contract, except where the Work is stopped or suspended by order of the OWNER's representative and such stoppage or suspension is not attributable to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR. 5.04 SUSPENSION OF WORK. THE OWNER may, without cause, order the CONTRACTOR in writing to suspend the Work, in whole or in part, for such period of time as OWNER may request. The Contract Price and/or Contract Time shall be adjusted for any increase in the cost of or the time required for performance of the Work caused by such suspension. No adjustment shall be made to the extent performance was or would have been suspended by a cause for which the CONTRACTOR is responsible,or to the extent an adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract Documents. 5.05 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY It is understood and agreed that time is of the essence, and that the CONTRACTOR will commence the Work on the date specified herein or in any Notice to Proceed and will Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time. It is expressly understood and agreed,by and between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER,that the time for the Substantial Completion of the Work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality The CONTRACTOR further agrees that a failure to complete on time will cause damage to the OWNER and that such damages 08-2018 00700- 19 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT cannot be accurately measured or that ascertainment will be difficult. Therefore, the parties agree that for each and every calendar day the Work or any portion thereof shall remain uncompleted after the expiration of the Contract Time,the CONTRACTOR shall pay, as liquidated damages and as a reasonable estimate of OWNER's damages, and not as a penalty,the amount set out in the Standard Form of Agreement. However, the foregoing agreement as to liquidated damages constitutes only an agreement by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as to the amount of damages which the OWNER will sustain by reason of the CONTRACTOR'S failure to complete the work within the Contract Time. Should the OWNER suffer damage by reason of any other breach by CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may recover such actual damages in addition to any liquidated damages due. The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages whether it be the minimum amount stipulated above or otherwise, from any monies owing by it to said CONTRACTOR, or the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and the sureties of his bond, all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any one remedy 5.06 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order Any claim for an adjustment of Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making such claim to the other party and to the ENGINEER promptly,but in no event later than ten(10) days after the event-giving rise to the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim, along with supporting data, shall be delivered within thirty (30) days of the occurrence and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written representation that the adjustment claimed is the entire -adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in Contract Time shall be determined by the ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. Contractor shall submit, as a minimum,the following data. A. Information showing that the time requested is not included in the existing Contract and in addition to the Contract. B Information documenting that the number of days requested is accurate for the event. C. Revised, current construction schedule showing that the time requested affects the project's critical path. 5.07 DELAYS BEYOND OWNER'S AND CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Time due to delays beyond the control of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR,including,but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of the Contract Time in an amount equal to the time lost. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Price as a result of such delays. IN NO EVENT SHALL OWNER BE LIABLE TO CONTRACTOR FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM (i) Delays caused by, or within the control of, the CONTRACTOR, or (ii) Delays beyond the control of both parties including,but not limited to,interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, even if such delays are due in part to the negligence, other fault, breach of contract or warranty, violation of the Texas Deceptive Trade Act, or strict liability without regard 08-2018 00700-20 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT to fault of OWNER. An extension of Contract time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for any such delays. Delays attributed to, and within the control of, a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of the CONTRACTOR. 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 6.01 DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS. If the CONTRACTOR knows or reasonably should have known of any discrepancies or omissions in the Contract Documents, he shall notify the ENGINEER and obtain a clarification by Addendum before the bids are received, and if no such request is received by the ENGINEER prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the CONTRACTOR fully understands the Work to be performed and has provided sufficient sums in his Bid Proposal to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) days prior to the opening of bids. 6.02 QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length, area, volume, number, and weight only shall be considered,unless otherwise specifically provided. 6.03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES.This Agreement, including the Contract Documents, and including any estimates contained therein, is intended to convey all Work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of Work to be done and material to be furnished under this Contract, they are approximate and are to be-used-only as-a basis-for-estimating the probable cost of the Work and for-comparing the-Bid Proposals offered for the Work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of Work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this Contract may differ from the estimates and that the items listed or estimated quantities stated, and/or any difference between estimated and actual Work, shall not give rise to a claim by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER for loss, cost, expense, damages, unit price adjustment, quantity differences, unrecovered overhead or lost or anticipated profits, or other compensation. 6.04 PRICE OF WORK. It is agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work described in the Bid Proposal, and Contract Documents, is to be done for the prices bid by the CONTRACTOR and that such prices shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the intent of these Contract Documents as interpreted by the ENGINEER, and all costs, expenses,bond and insurance premiums,taxes, overhead, and profit. In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all Work by the CONTRACTOR, and upon the completion of all Work and the delivery of all materials embraced in this Contract in full conformity with the Contract Documents, the OWNER agrees to pay to the CONTRACTOR the prices set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that the Contract is a unit cost agreement, unless stated otherwise, and that the final Contract amount is equal to the unit cost multiplied by the number of units authorized, installed and approved by the Owner The OWNER does not assume any obligation to pay for any services or material not actually authorized and used. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to receive such prices as payment-in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid Work, and for all expenses incurred by him, and for full performance of the Work and the whole thereof in the 08-2018 00700-21 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT manner and according to this Agreement, Contract Documents, and the requirements of the ENGINEER. 6.05 PAYMENTS No payments made or approvals or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part,nor shall any certificate, approval or payment be considered as acceptance of defective, deficient, or non-conforming Work. THE CONTRACTOR shall, at any time requested during the progress of the Work, furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with an affidavit showing the CONTRACTOR's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the Work. Before Final Payment is made, the CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the OWNER,by affidavit or otherwise,that there are no unpaid claims due subcontractors, suppliers, or laborers by reason of any Work under the Contract. Acceptance by CONTRACTOR of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims of whatsoever nature against OWNER, arising out of or related to the Contract, or the Work, or any acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this Contract. 6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS When the Contract Price is a lump sum amount, prior to the first Application for Payment, CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review and approval a Schedule of Values, which shall fairly allocate the entire Contract Price among the various portions of the Work and shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the ENGINEER may reasonably require. The Schedule of Values shall follow the trade divisions of the Specifications so far as practicable. Upon approval, this Schedule of Values shall be used by ENGINEER as the basis for reviewing the Contractor's Application for Payment. Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of - the Work as of the end of the penod covered by the Application for Payment. On or before the tenth day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER, for approval or correction, an application for partial payment, being a statement showing as completely as practicable, the agreed unit quantities and extended total value of the Work done by the CONTRACTOR up to and including the twenty-fifth day of the preceding month, said statement shall also include the value of all conforming materials to be fabricated into the Work and stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the OWNER or ENGINEER at the Work site only No payment will be made for materials stored until OWNER has approved in writing storage at the Work site. The ENGINEER shall then review such statement of unit quantities and application for partial payment and the progress of the Work made by the CONTRACTOR and, within ten days after the date ENGINEER receives CONTRACTOR's application for payment, if the application is found to be accurate and correct and the WORK conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall certify the application for partial payment and shall deliver his preliminary certification for payment to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, or, if the ENGINEER finds that CONTRACTOR's application for payment contains an error or is otherwise disputed,he shall notify CONTRACTOR of such error or dispute, and shall prepare a preliminary certificate for partial payment for the undisputed amount of the application for payment due CONTRACTOR, and deliver it to the OWNER and CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER'S notice to CONTRACTOR that a bona fide dispute for payment exists shall include a list of the specific reasons for nonpayment. All payment applications made by CONTRACTOR and delivered to ENGINEER and all venfications and certification of such applications shall be made and transmitted within the Project Management system and signed with the appropriate electronic signatures as provided for in the software. Such applications for payment shall not be considered complete unless accompanied by the 08-2018 00700-22 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CONTRACTOR'S Partial Waiver of Lien and Payment Affidavit, Section 00615, duly executed by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR and reflecting the correct corresponding amount of the payment application. , The OWNER shall then pay the CONTRACTOR, within thirty (30) days of the date of ENGINEER's receipt of the application for payment, the undisputed balance due, less applicable retainage, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained or withheld by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR may submit a corrected application for payment after its receipt of the ENGINEER's notice of error or dispute, and such corrected application for payment shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER and disputed or paid under the same procedure and within the same time limits set out above. As a condition of any progress payment under this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall execute and deliver to ENGINEER and OWNER a full release of all claims,direct or indirect,at law or in equity, arising out of or related to the Work to date,excluding retainage or any claims previously submitted as required under the terms of the Contract, and specifically identified and excluded by CONTRACTOR in the release. OWNER shall be entitled to retain from each progress payment five percent (5%) of the amount thereof. Such retainage shall be retained until Final Completion and satisfaction of all conditions for Final Payment. It is understood, however, that in case the whole Work be near to completion, as certified by the ENGINEER, and some unexpected or unusual delay occurs, through no neglect or fault on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER, pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER'S option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work, and thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive, at the OWNER'S option, payment of the balance due him under the Contract for Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, subject to OWNER's rights to otherwise withhold or retain payments, and subject to the conditions set forth under"6.09 FINAL PAYMENT" The Owner at its option and in compliance with Texas law may reduce retainage to less than the above-stated percentages. 6.07 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS&PUNCHLIST The OWNER shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work, notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired, but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within three (3) days of OWNER's taking possession,give OWNER written notice of same,and CONTRACTOR may be entitled to such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as may be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. 6.08 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER AND ENGINEER, by letter executed by a duly qualified officer of CONTRACTOR that in CONTRACTOR's opinion,the Work of the Contract, or an agreed portion thereof,is"Substantially Complete" Such notification shall include a list of all outstanding or incomplete items. Upon receipt, and within a reasonable time thereafter, of such notice, the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR shall jointly perform a walk-through and inspection of the Work to determine the status of all or the identified portion of the work, and the ENGINEER shall prepare a detailed 08-2018 00700-23 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT list of unfinished, incomplete, defective and/or non-conforming Work ("Punchlist"). If the ENGINEER determines that the Work is Substantially Complete in accordance with the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall issue to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR a Certificate of Substantial Completion. OWNER shall have seven (7) days after receipt of Certificate to make written objection to the ENGINEER as to any provision of the Certificate or the attached list of non- conforming work. If ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not Substantially Complete, ENGINEER will, within fourteen (14) days, notify CONTRACTOR of the reason he believes the Work is not Substantially Complete. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities, pending final payment and acceptance, with respect to security, maintenance, utilities and damage to the Work, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. NEITHER THE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK, NOR THE OMISSION OF AN ITEM FROM THE PUNCHLIST, SHALL EXCUSE THE CONTRACTOR FROM PERFORMING ALL OF THE WORK UNDERTAKEN, WHETHER OF A MINOR OR MAJOR NATURE, AND THEREBY COMPLETING THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall establish the time period within which CONTRACTOR shall complete the Work for Final Acceptance by the Owner and ENGINEER. 6 08-1 OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, for security requirement reasons. OWNER may establish an access procedure to facilitate CONTRACTOR's uninterrupted access to the Work for the purposes of completing and correcting all items on the Punchlist in an expeditious manner 6.09 FINAL PAYMENT Final payment of the Retainage withheld from the Contract Price shall be made by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR at such time as (a) the Work, including all Change Orders and including all Punchlist work,has been fully completed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, (b) the Contract has been fully performed except for the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to correct nonconforming Work during the warranty period set forth in the Contract Documents, and to satisfy other requirements, if any,which necessarily survive final payment; (c) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER, (d) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Consent of Surety, if any,to final payment; (e) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a complete set of As-Built Drawings, reflecting all deviations from the Plans, Specifications and approved shop drawings in the Work actually constructed, and delivers all maintenance and operating manuals and/or mstructions, 08-2018 00700 24 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (f) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all building certificates required prior to occupancy and all other required inspections/approvals/acceptances by city, county, state governmental entities or other authorities having jurisdiction, (g) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER assignments of all guarantees and warranties from subcontractors,vendors, suppliers or manufacturers, as well as names, addresses and telephone numbers of contacts for each subcontractor, vendor, supplier or manufacturer; (h) CONTRACTOR removes all equipment, tools, temporary facilities, surplus materials and rubbish from the site, and final cleans the site to OWNER's satisfaction, (i) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Full and Final Release and Affidavit of Bills Paid in the form attached hereto as Attachment No. 2, executed by CONTRACTOR, (j) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all other documentation required to be submitted to OWNER pursuant to the Contract Documents, including but not limited to any special guarantees or warranties, operation and maintenance manuals, etc' in each case in a form satisfactory to OWNER as determined in OWNER's sole discretion, and (k) The Final Application for Payment has been approved by the ENGINEER and OWNER. Acceptance of Final Payment by the CONTRACTOR shall constitute a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than any claims previously made in writing by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, and still unsettled, and except for claims arising out of third- party actions, cross-claims and counterclaims. No interest shall be due or payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR on any sums retained or withheld by OWNER pursuant to the terms or provisions of the Contract Documents, except as otherwise provided by applicable law Neither the Certificate of Substantial Completion nor the Final Payment nor possession or acceptance of the Work shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of its obligation for correction of defective or non- conforming Work, or for fulfillment of any warranty, which may be required by law or by the Contract Documents. 6.10 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from OWNER's premises all materials, equipment or Work which is defective or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, whether actually incorporated in the Work or not, and CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, promptly replace such materials, equipment or Work with other materials conforming to the requirements of the Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall also bear the expense of restoring all the work of CONTRACTOR or other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If CONTRACTOR does not remove and replace any such unsuitable Work within ten (10) business days after receipt of a written notice from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, the OWNER may remove, replace, and remedy such work at CON I'RACTOR's expense. 08-2018 00700-25 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.11 CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT If within one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the - Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, at its sole cost, correct it and any other work affected thereby promptly after receipt of a written notice from OWNER to do so In addition, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage to building contents, when such damage results from the CONTRACTOR's use of faulty materials or defective workmanship, to the extent such damage is not covered by OWNER's insurance. This warranty period shall renew and recommence for each corrected item of Work upon completion of the remedial work. This time period for correction by CONTRACTOR is in addition to, and not in lieu of, all warranties or remedies,which exist under common law or by statute.These warranty obligations shall survive the termination of this Contract and shall be enforceable by a decree of specific performance, in addition to such other rights and remedies available to OWNER at law or in equity 6.12 PAYMENTS WITHHELD The OWNER may withhold, or on account of subsequently discovered evidence nullify and demand immediate repayment of, the whole or part of any certificate for payment or payment, to such extent as may be necessary to protect OWNER from loss on account of: (a) Defective or non-conforming Work not remedied, (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims, (c) Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for material or labor; (d) Damage to another contractor, OWNER, existing improvements on the site, or to adjacent or adjoining property; (e) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract amount; (f) Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; (g) Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to execute any and all documents, releases or other documents presented to the CONTRACTOR for execution, as provided for herein or otherwise; (h) Liquidated or other damages due to late completion, and/or (i) Any breach by CONTRACTOR of this Contract or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. When the above grounds are removed to OWNER's satisfaction,the withheld payment shall be made promptly If the said causes are not so remedied, OWNER may remedy the same for CONTRACTOR's account, charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR and deduct such cost 08-2018 00700-26 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT from the Contract Sum or from any payments due or to become due under any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 6.13 DELAYED PAYMENTS Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR when payment is due in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, any mterest due CONTRACTOR for late payments shall accrue and be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and payment of such interest shall fully liquidate and compensate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay m payment. Should OWNER fail to pay CONTRACTOR an undisputed amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, CONTRACTOR shall give the notice required and comply with the provisions of Section 2251 051 of the Texas Government Code and shall thereupon be entitled to the rights and remedies provided therein. 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 7 01 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS During the progress of the work, if subsurface,latent physical conditions or unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature are encountered at the site that differ materially from those indicated in the contract or from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work provided for in the contract, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER's Representative in writing within three (3) calendar days of the specific differing conditions before the site is disturbed and before the affected work is performed. (a) Upon written notification,the ENGINEER will investigate the conditions, and if it is determined that the conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost or time required for the performance of any work under the contract, an adjustment, excluding anticipated profits,will be made and the contract modified in writing accordingly The ENGINEER will notify the CONTRACTOR in writing of the determination whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. (b) No contract adjustment which results in a benefit to the CONTRACTOR will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has provided the required written notice. (c) No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause for any effects caused on unchanged work. 7 02 SUSPENSIONS OF WORK ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER. If the performance of all or any portion of the work is suspended by the ENGINEER in writing for seven(7) calendar days and the CONTRACTOR believes that additional compensation and/or contract time is due as a result of such suspension, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a written request for adjustment to the ENGINEER within seven(7) calendar days of receipt of the notice to resume work. The request shall set forth the reasons and support for such adjustment. (a) Upon receipt,the ENGINEER will evaluate the CONTRACTOR's request. If the ENGINEER agrees that the cost and/or time required for the performance of the contract has increased as a result of such suspension and the suspension was caused by conditions beyond the control of and not the fault of the CONTRACTOR, its suppliers, or subcontractors at any approved tier, and not caused by weather,the ENGINEER will make an adjustment(excluding profit) and modify the contract m writing accordingly The CONTRACTOR will be notified of the ENGINEER's determination, in writing, whether or 08-2018 00700-27 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. (b) No contract adjustment will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has submitted the request for adjustment within the time prescribed. (c) No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause to the extent that performance would have been suspended by any other cause, or for which an adjustment is provided or excluded under any other term or condition of this contract. 7 03 CHANGE ORDERS Without invalidating this Agreement, the OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions to the Work; such changes will be authorized by Change Order to be prepared by the ENGINEER for execution by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The Change Order shall set forth the basis for any change in Contract Price, as hereinafter set forth for Extra Work, and any change in Contract Time,which may result from the change. 7 04 In accordance with paragraph 1 06 CONTRACTOR'S request to work weekends, the Owner's Construction Manager shall, upon receipt of written notice by the CONTRACTOR of the need to conduct work on otherwise non-Workdays,prepare a cost estimate for providing Construction Management and Inspection services during the requested period and submit this to both OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If approved by both parties the Construction Manager shall prepare a Deductive Change Order in the amount stated in the estimate for the signature of the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER for inclusion in the next Pay Application. The Deductive Change Order must be signed and executed by both the OWNER and CONTRACTOR prior to start-of-work-on-any non-Workday 7 05 MINOR CHANGES The ENGINEER may authorize minor changes in the Work not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents and not involving an increase in Contract Price or time. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any minor changes authorized by the ENGINEER involves Extra Work or entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall give notice of same by written request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order, with a copy to OWNER. Any such notice and request by the CONTRACTOR shall be given prior to beginning the changed work. THE CONTRACTOR's commencement of any minor change in the Work prior to such written notice and request shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims for an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time arising out of or related to such changed work. 7 06 EXTRA WORK.It is agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall perform all work when presented with a written Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order signed by the ENGINEER, subject, however, to the right of the CONTRACTOR to require written confirmation of such Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order by the OWNER. It is agreed that the basis of compensation or adjustment to the CONTRACTOR for work either altered, added, or deleted by a Change Order or Work Change Directive, or for which a claim for Extra Work is made, shall be determined by one or more of the following methods. Method(A) --By Contract unit pnces applicable to the work, if any; or Method (B) --By agreed unit prices or agreed stipulated lump sum price; or 08-2018 00700-28 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Method (C) --If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) can be agreed upon before the Extra Work is commenced,then the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the"Actual Field Cost"of the work plus. a) For subcontractors performing work mark-up shall be limited to fifteen percent,ten (10%)for the subcontractor plus five(5%) for the General Contractor or b)For the General Contractor alone, self-performing the extra work, without subcontractor,the mark-up shall not exceed ten percent(10%), as full and final compensation for the Extra Work and all costs and expenses, direct or indirect, arising out of or related thereto. In the event said Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work is performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "Actual Field Cost" is hereby defined as the cost to the CONTRACTOR of all workers, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and materials, supplies, trucks, rentals of machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred together with all power,fuel,lubricants,water and similar operating expenses,plus all necessary incidental expenses incurred directly on account of such Extra Work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits and other payroll taxes, and any rateable proportion of premiums on Performance and Payment Bonds and Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by law or ordinance, or the Contract Documents, plus all payments to subcontractors for such work. The ENGINEER may direct the form in which accounts of the"Actual Field Cost"shall be kept and the records of these accounts shall be made available to the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER or OWNER may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used, otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using one hundred percent (100%), unless otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America where practicable. The mark-up of the "Actual Field Cost" to be paid to the CONTRACTOR, shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the "Actual Field Cost" as herein defined, save that where the CONTRACTOR's field office must be maintained solely on account of such Extra Work,then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the"Actual Field Cost." No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered by the ENGINEER in a written Work Order In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the CONTRACTOR to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the Contract Time, he shall make written request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order authorizing such Extra Work within ten (10) days of ENGINEER's orders or instructions, otherwise the orders or instructions will be considered minor changes. The issuance of a Work Order by the ENGINEER shall not constitute or be construed as an agreement or acknowledgement by the ENGINEER that the work which is the subject of the Work Order is Extra Work outside the scope of the Contract Work, but shall merely constitute a direction to the 08-2018 00700-29 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CONTRACTOR to perform the work, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work, and shall keep an accurate account of the "Actual Field Cost" thereof, as provided under Method (C). Upon completion of the alleged Extra Work,the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within ten (10) days submit his claim to the ENGINEER by proper certification and attestation, on forms provided by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall render a written decision on the CONTRACTOR's claim within ten (10) days. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Pnce and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. If the ENGINEER shall fail to respond in writing to CONTRACTOR's claim within thirty (30) days of the date of submission, or if CONTRACTOR shall dispute or object to ENGINEER's decision on any claim, and CONTRACTOR fails to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9 0, within sixty(60) days after the date of submission to the ENGINEER, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing,the CONTRACTOR shall lose and forfeit his right to make such claim for Extra Work at any later date, and all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed waived, forfeited and forever barred. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 7 07 TIME OF FILING CLAIMS Except as otherwise provided herein, all questions of dispute or adjustment shall be made within the Procore system and filed with the ENGINEER within three (3) days after the ENGINEER has given any directions, order, or instruction to which the CONTRACTOR desires to take exception. The ENGINEER shall reply within thirty (30) days to such written exceptions and render his final decision in writing. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER's decision--on-all claims or questions in relation-to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work,the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. In case the CONTRACTOR should desire to appeal from the ENGINEER's decision,the CONTRACTOR may request a meeting between representatives of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for the purposes of appealing the ENGINEER's decision directly to the OWNER, such meeting to occur within ten(10) days after the date of the CONTRACTOR's request, or such longer period as may be agreed to by the parties in writing. If the CONTRACTOR shall still be aggrieved after a meeting with the OWNER and/or his representative,the CONTRACTOR shall have sixty(60)days after the date of the meeting, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9 0 In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail,for any reason,to timely file a Request for Mediation,the OWNER shall be released of any and all liability, and the CONTRACTOR's failure to timely file a Request for Mediation shall constitute a waiver, forfeit and final bar of all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 8.0 DEFAULT 8.01 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. In case the CONTRACTOR should abandon and fail or refuse to resume Work within five(5)days after written notification from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the orders of the ENGINEER when such orders are consistent with the Contract Documents, or if the CONTRACTOR otherwise defaults on its obligations under the Contract, OWNER shall have the right, if it so elects and 08-2018 00700-30 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT without prejudice to any other rights it may have,after giving five(5) days written notice of default to CONTRACTOR and any surety,to terminate the Contract or any part thereof and/or to take over or cause others to take over the Work or any part thereof, and to complete such Work for the account of CONTRACTOR. Where Performance and Payment Bonds exist,the sureties on these bonds shall be directed to complete the Work m conjunction with the notice of default, and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR. After receiving said notice of default, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within no more than three (3) days, remove from the Work any machinery, equipment, or tools then on the job, not intended for incorporation into the Work. Should CONTRACTOR fail to promptly remove such machinery, equipment or tools, OWNER may remove such machinery,equipment or tools and store same at CONTRACTOR's expense, return such machinery, equipment or tools to their purported owner; or otherwise dispose of such machinery, equipment or tools as OWNER sees fit. Any materials, supplies and/or equipment delivered for use in the Work, may be used in the completion of the Work by the OWNER or the surety on the Performance Bond, or another contractor in completion of the Work; it being understood that the use of such equipment, supplies and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the Work and be reflected in the final settlement. Where there is no Performance Bond or in case the surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinabove provided for within ten (10) days after the service of such notice,then the OWNER may provide for completion of the Work in either of the following elective manners. (a) The OWNER may thereupon employ such force of workers and use such machinery, equipment, tools, materials-and-supplies-as-the OWNER may deem necessary to expeditiously complete the Work, and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said CONTRACTOR, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then said CONTRACTOR shall be credited with the difference.In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by such CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER upon demand, or (b) The OWNER, under sealed bids, under the times and procedures provided for by law, may let the contract for completion of the Work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this Contract. In case of any increase in cost to the OWNER under the completion contract,as compared to what would have been the cost under this Contract, such increase shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR, and the amount of such increase may be deducted by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such increase to the OWNER 08-2018 00700-31 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT upon demand. However, should the cost to complete any such completion contract prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this Contract, the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall be credited therewith. In the event of a default by the CONTRACTOR, no further payments shall be made to CONTRACTOR under the Contract until the Work is Finally Completed.When the Work shall have been Finally Completed, the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be so notified. A complete itemized statement of the Contract accounts, certified by the ENGINEER as bemg correct, shall then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his surety, whereupon the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement. The OWNER, prior to incurring an obligation to make payment hereunder,shall have such statement of completion attested to by the CONTRACTOR and the surety as accurate, and in exchange for payment of the sum stated therein, the OWNER shall be entitled to a full and final release of any claims or demands by the CONTRACTOR or the surety In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the OWNER had the work been completed by the CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract, or when the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the OWNER,then all machinery, equipment,tools or supplies left on the site of the Work shall be turned over to the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety Should the cost to complete the Work exceed the Contract Price, and the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety fail to pay the amount due the OWNER within the time designated above, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies which are the property of CONTRACTOR on the site of the Work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR and his surety at the respective addresses designated in the Contract, provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the nsk of the CONTRACTOR and his surety, subject only to the duty of the OWNER to exercise ordinary care to protect such property After fifteen(15) days from the date of such notice, the OWNER may sell such property, equipment,tools,materials, or supplies, and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the CONTRACTOR and his surety Such sale may be made at either public or private sale,with or without notice, as the OWNER may elect. The OWNER shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies, which remain in the Work, and belong to persons other than the CONTRACTOR or his surety,to their reputed owners. 8.02 SUPPLEMENTATION OF CONTRACTOR FORCES If CONTRACTOR at any time shall, in OWNER'S sole opinion, fail to furnish skilled workers, suitable materials, supplies or adequate equipment sufficient for the prompt, timely and diligent prosecution of the Work in accordance with OWNER's direction,OWNER shall have the right,without prejudice to the exercise of other remedies for the same default and without fully taking over the Work, to supplement CONTRACTOR's forces and to expedite delivery of and to procure and furnish such workers, materials, tools, supplies or equipment for CONTRACTOR's account by employing other contractors and suppliers engaged in the same class of work and charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR, said cost to be deducted from sums due or to become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of OWNER. 08-2018 00700-32 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.03 CUMULATIVE REMEDIES & SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE All rights and remedies of OWNER, under the terms of the Contract and/or available at law or m equity, are cumulative. In the event CONTRACTOR or any of its subcontractors,vendors or suppliers fails or refuses for any reason to provide timely manufacture, fabrication, delivery, installation, erection, construction or completion of any supplies, materials, expendables, equipment, machinery, accessories or appurtenances to be furnished hereunder, CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that such items are required,necessary,essentially unique to the Project and the Work and will cause irreparable harm to OWNER and the Project if not furnished in accordance with the Contract, and OWNER shall have the right to obtain a decree of specific performance and mandatory injunctive relief from any Court of competent jurisdiction to ensure the timely furnishing of such items. 8.04 CROSS DEFAULT If, for any reason, CONTRACTOR is declared in default and/or terminated by OWNER under any other agreement with OWNER,whether related to the Project or not related to the Project,OWNER shall have the right to offset and apply any amounts which might be owed to OWNER by CONTRACTOR under any other such agreements against any earned but unpaid amounts owing to CONTRACTOR by OWNER under the Contract, any retainage earned by CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any unearned, unpaid amount under the Contract. 8.05 INSOLVENCY It is recognized that if CONTRACTOR becomes a debtor in voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceedings, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, such events could seriously impair or frustrate CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work.Accordingly,it is agreed that should CONTRACTOR become a debtor in bankruptcy, either voluntary or involuntary, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing within twenty-four (24) hours of the filing with the bankruptcy court. Further, it is agreed that upon occurrence of any one or more such events, the OWNER shall be entitled to request of CONTRACTOR or its successors,trustees or receivers,adequate assurances of future performance. In the event such adequate assurances are not given to the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER within seventy-two(72)hours of such request,OWNER shall have the right to immediately invoke the remedies of this Section 8 or as provided by law Pending receipt of such adequate assurances of such future performance, OWNER may proceed with the Work on a temporary basis and deduct the costs, plus reasonable overhead and profit, from any amounts due or which may become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER. In this regard, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that delays in performance could result in more damages to CONTRACTOR than would be sustained if OWNER failed to exercise such remedies. 8.06 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT CONTRACTOR hereby assigns to OWNER, all of CONTRACTOR's rights under and interest in any and all subcontracts and/or purchase orders entered into by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, such assignment to become effective upon CONTRACTOR's default under this Agreement or OWNER's termination of this Contract, and OWNER's acceptance of such assignment. Upon CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of this Contract, OWNER may, in the event there is no performance bond for the Contract, or in the event the performance bond surety fails to complete the Contract, or if OWNER otherwise so elects in its sole discretion, accept such assignment by written notice of such acceptance to CONTRACTOR and subcontractor, and may require subcontractors to perform all of the then unperformed duties and obligations under the subcontract,for the direct benefit of OWNER. In the event OWNER requires such performance by a subcontractor, then OWNER 08-2018 00700-33 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT shall be obligated to pay such subcontractor any amounts due and owing under the terms of the - subcontract/purchase order, at the subcontract prices and rates, and subject to any rights of withholding or offset and other terms and conditions of the subcontract, for all work properly performed by such subcontractor, to the date of OWNER's acceptance and thereafter OWNER's liability in this connection, however, shall not exceed the amount obtained by subtracting all payments made by CONTRACTOR to subcontractor from the Subcontract Price at the time of CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall include a provision in its subcontracts that allows such assignment and allows OWNER to take these actions, and further provides that in the event of CONTRACTOR's termination for default, the subcontractor agrees to give the OWNER or its agent the right to inspect all books and records of subcontractor relating to the Work. 8.07 WAIVER OF CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES CONTRACTOR expressly waives any and all claims for consequential damages against OWNER arising out of or related to this Contract, or any other agreements between CONTRACTOR and OWNER, including, but not limited to,claims for damages incurred by CONTRACTOR for principal office expenses,including the compensation of personnel stationed there, losses of financing, bonding capacity,business and reputation, and claims for lost profit,whether on this Contract or otherwise. 8.08 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE. OWNER may at its sole discretion,upon five (5) days written notice to CONTRACTOR, terminate this Contract, in whole or in part, if and when OWNER determines that it is in the best interest of OWNER to do so. Upon receipt of such written notice from OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall cease all terminated Work and take reasonable precautions to protect and preserve such work, and shall take all reasonable measures after consultation with OWNER to terminate or assign to OWNER all subcontracts, purchase orders or other commitments related to the Work or the Project on terms and conditions acceptable to OWNER. CONTRACTOR will be paid for all Work performed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, based upon the Contract Price and the percentage of completion on the date of termination,and less amounts previously paid,subject to any reasonable back charges attributable to CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of the provisions of this Contract and further subject to the other terms of this Contract regarding payment. In no event will CONTRACTOR receive or be entitled to any payment or compensation whatsoever for interruption of business or loss of business opportunities, any other items of consequential damages, for overhead or loss of profits on the unperformed Work and/or services and unfurnished materials or for any intangible, impact or similarly described cost, damages or expense, and under no circumstances shall the total sum paid to or received by CONTRACTOR under this Contract exceed the Contract Price. The compensation provided herein shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy arising out of a termination for convenience. 8.09 DEFAULT BY OWNER. In case the OWNER shall default on its material obligations under this Contract, other than OWNER's failure to pay CONTRACTOR a disputed amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, as addressed by Section 6 13 of this Agreement,and shall fail or refuse to cure,or to commence and diligently pursue cure of such default within fifteen(15) days after written notification by the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR may suspend or wholly abandon the Work, and may remove therefrom all machinery,tools and equipment,and all materials on the site of the Work that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACTOR and have not been incorporated into the Work. And thereupon, the ENGINEER shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the value of all Work actually completed by 08-2018 00700-34 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT said CONTRACTOR(at the Contract Prices),the value of all partially completed Work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this Contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the CONTRACTOR to carry the whole Work to completion and which cannot be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make a final statement of the balance due the CONTRACTOR by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the OWNER and all other sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement, and shall present the same to the OWNER,and OWNER's payment of said sum to the CONTRACTOR, on or before thirty(30)days after OWNER's receipt of such statement, shall satisfy any and all rights, claims or causes of action of CONTRACTOR arising out of or related to such default by OWNER, and shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such default.A disputed or unilateral claim by the Contractor cannot by itself constitute a default hereunder 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION Any dispute or pending claim or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall not excuse or relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations under the Contract, and CONTRACTOR shall diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. All claims, disputes and other matters m question arising out of or relating to,the Contract, or the breach thereof, shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to any other dispute resolution process as may be selected by OWNER.Unless mutually agreed otherwise the mediation shall be conducted by a third party who will be selected by agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, and Request for Mediation shall be filed with the other party The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally If a claim, dispute, or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the work of a subcontractor or supplier, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such subcontractor or supplier as a party to any mediation proceeding between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts and/or purchase orders related to the Work a specific provision whereby the subcontractor or supplier consents to bemg joined in mediation between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the work of such subcontractor or supplier This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas and shall be considered performable in Brazoria County, Texas, for venue purposes. Further, the OWNER and CONTRACTOR stipulate that venue for any dispute resolution proceeding involving or touching upon the Contract other than the conduct of an arbitration hearing shall be in Brazoria County, Texas, or, if such choice of venue is prohibited or unenforceable by law, shall be held in the county where the Project is located. CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys'fees incurred by OWNER in the event OWNER seeks to enforce any provision of this Contract whether by arbitration or other dispute resolution process. Further, in the event OWNER defends any claim instituted by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, whether in arbitration or other dispute resolution process, CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in defending such claim provided OWNER is the prevailing party, in whole or in part, in such proceeding. 08-2018 00700-35 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 10.0 FEDERAL GRANT REGULATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR and OWNER agree to pertinent regulations outlined in Section 00800 that reference ARTICLE 10. 11.0 SPECIAL STATUTORY PROHIBITIONS CONTRACTOR and OWNER agree to pertinent statutory prohibitions outlined in Section 00800 that reference ARTICLE 11 08-2018 00700-36 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE A. DEFINITIONS Certificate of coverage ("certificate") A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83 or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project for the duration of the Project. Duration of the Project includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the contractor's/person's work on the Project has been completed and the Project warranty period has expired. Persons providing services on the project includes persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with due contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, motor carriers and owner- operators, (as defined at Section 406 121 of the Texas Labor Code), leasing companies, and employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C. The CONTRACTOR must provide a certificate of coverage to the OWNER prior to being awarded the Contract. D If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the CONTRACTOR must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the OWNER showing that coverage has been extended. E. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each subcontractor or other person providing services on a project, and provide to the OWNER. (I) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the Project, so the OWNER will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and 05/2007 00700-Al CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR and pnor to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of — coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter G. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER m writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known, of any changes that materially affect the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The CONTRACTOR shall post on each Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. NOTICE REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512) 440- 3789 to receive information on the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." I. The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,too: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; (2) provide to the CONTRACTOR,prior to that person beginning work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the Project: 05/2007 00700-A2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (3) provide the CONTRACTOR,prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage, showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the CONTRACTOR. (a) a certificate of coverage,prior to the other person beginning work on the Project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage,pnor to the end of the coverage penod, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that matenally affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts,to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7),with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they-are-providing-services. J By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the CONTRACTOR is representing to the OWNER that all employees of the CONTRACTOR who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage agreements will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation.Providing false or misleading information may subject the CONTRACTOR to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the CONTRACTOR, which entitles the OWNER to pursue all rights and remedies available to it under the Contract, at law or in equity, if the CONTRACTOR does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER. 05/2007 00700-A3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE In consideration of the Final Payment under that certain contract between [Contractor's Company Name] (hereafter "CONTRACTOR") and the City of Pearland (hereafter "OWNER") for the Project known as Brooland Acres, Garden Rd/O'Day Rd and Woody Rd Drainage Improvements, Project # DR 2101, DR 2103 and DR 2104 (the "Contract"), the CONTRACTOR makes the following representations to OWNER, either individually if a proprietorship, or jointly and severally by all general partners if a partnership, or if a corporation, by action of the president and secretary of said corporation, as duly authorized by appropriate action of the stockholders and/or board of directors of said corporation, their signatures hereon constituting a representation under oath by said individuals that they have the authority to execute this Agreement for and on behalf of the said corporation. 1 The undersigned CONTRACTOR represents to OWNER that the Application for Payment for the Final Payment under the Contract, and the final Change Order issued under the Contract if any, whether or not modified, corrected or changed in some way by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER, a copy of which are attached hereto and marked Exhibit "A", are true, correct and accurate, and that CONTRACTOR has received payment in full for all other Applications for Payment submitted under the Contract, and that CONTRACTOR has been fully compensated for all labor, materials, equipment and/or services furnished in connection with the Contract, except for the Final Payment. 2. It is agreed and stipulated by the undersigned CONTRACTOR that upon the receipt of Final Payment in the amount as set out on the attached Application for Payment, the CONTRACTOR, by execution of this instrument of release, does, therefore, RELEASE and FOREVER DISCHARGE OWNER of and from all manner of debts, claims, demands, obligations, suits, liabilities and causes of action of any nature whatsoever, at law or in equity, in contract or in tort, now existing or which may hereafter accrue, arising out of or related to the Contract, any Change Orders or Work Orders, the Work, or any labor, materials, equipment or services furnished by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. 3 The CONTRACTOR, acting by and through the person or persons whose names are subscribed hereto, does solemnly swear and affirm that all bills and claims have been paid to all materialmen, suppliers, laborers, subcontractors, or other entities performing services or supplying materials or equipment, and that OWNER shall not be subject to any bills, claims, demands, litigation or suits in connection therewith. 4 It is further specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a part of the Contract, and it is also specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not act as a modification,waiver or renunciation by OWNER of any of its rights or remedies as set out in the Contract itself, but this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a supplement thereto for the additional - 05/2007 00700-B 1 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT protection of OWNER. SIGNED and EXECUTED this,the_day of , 20_ CONTRACTOR. By. Signature Pnnt Name. Title. [If CONTRACTOR is a proprietorship, owner must sign, if a partnership, each general partner must sign, if a corporation,the following language should be used.] SIGNED and EXECUTED this,the day of 20_by , a Texas corporation,under authority granted to the undersigned by said corporation as contained in the Charter,By-Laws or Minutes of a meeting of said corporation regularly called and held. CONTRACTOR. By. President ATTEST Corporate Secretary (Corporate Seal) [This form is for use by either a propnetorship or a partnership. In the event CONTRACTOR is a partnership or a joint proprietorship, additional signature lines should be added for each individual.] 05/2007 00700-B2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF § BEFORE ME,the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the person or persons whose name(s) are subscribed to the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release,who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said. I(We) am (are)the person(s)who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and I(we)have read the facts and statements as therein set out and the representations as made therein, and I(we) state that the above and foregoing are true and correct. CONTRACTOR-Affiant SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me,the day of 20_ Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires. [This form is for use in the event CONTRACTOR is a corporation.] 07/2006 00700-B3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF § BEFORE ME,the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the persons who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment mid Contractor's Sworn Release,whose names are set out above,who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said. We each are the persons whose names are subscribed above, and hold respectively the offices in the corporation as set out above, and each state under oath that we have the authority to execute this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release for and on behalf of said corporation,pursuant to authority granted to us in the Charter of said corporation,the By-Laws of said corporation and/or the Minutes of said corporation, and the facts, statements and representations as set out in the instrument to which this Affidavit is attached, are true and correct. SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this,the day of 20 Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires. 07/2006 00700-B4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO.3 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR 1 Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement: 1 1 Owner Parties. "Owner Parties" means (a) the City of Pearland, its successors and assigns, and the Engineer, (b) any officers, employees, or agents of such persons or entities, and(c) others as required by the Contract Documents, if any 1.2 Contractor "Contractor" shall mean the vendor providing the service or work to be performed under this Agreement. 1.3 Subcontractor "Subcontractor" shall include subcontractors of any tier 1 4 ISO "ISO"means Insurance Services Office. 2. Contractor Insurance Representations to Owner Parties 2 1 It is expressly understood and agreed that the insurance coverages required herein. 2.1 1 represent Owner Parties' minimum requirements and are not to be construed to void or limit the Contractor's indemnity obligations as contained in this Agreement nor represent in any manner a determination of the insurance coverages the Contractor should-or-should-not-maintain-for its own-protection;-and 2.1.2 are being, or have been, obtained by the Contractor in support of the Contractor's liability and indemnity obligations under this Agreement. Neither the requirements as to insurance to be carried as provided for herein, the insolvency, bankruptcy or failure of any insurance company carrying insurance of the Contractor, nor the failure of any insurance company to pay claims accruing, shall be held to affect,negate or waive any ofthe provisions of this Agreement. 2.2 Failure to obtain and maintain the required insurance shall constitute a matenal breach of, and default under, this Agreement. If the Contractor shall fail to remedy such breach within five (5)business days after notice by the Owner, the Contractor will be liable for any and all costs, liabilities, damages and penalties resulting to the Owner Parties from such breach, unless a written waiver of the specific insurance requirement(s) is provided to the Contractor by the Owner In the event of any failure by the Contractor to comply with the provisions of this Agreement, the Owner may, without in any way compromising or waiving any right or remedy at law or in equity, on notice to the Contractor, purchase such insurance, at the Contractor's expense, provided that the Owner shall have no obligation to do so and if the Owner shall do so, the Contractor shall not be relieved of or excused from the obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance amounts and coverages. 10-2012 00700-Cl CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3 Conditions Affecting All Insurance Required Herein 3 1 Cost of Insurance. All insurance coverage shall be provided at the Contractor's sole expense. 3.2 Status and Rating of Insurance Company All insurance coverage shall be written through insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the work is to be performed and rated no less than A- VII in the most current edition of A. M. Best's Key Rating Guide. 3.3 Restrictive, Limiting, or Exclusionary Endorsements. All insurance coverage shall be provided to the Owner Parties in compliance with the requirements herein and shall contain no endorsements that restrict, limit, or exclude coverage required herein in any manner without the prior-express written approval of the Owner 3 4 Limits of Liability The limits of liability may be provided by a single policy of insurance or by a combination of primary and umbrella policies, but in no event shall the total limits of liability available for any one occurrence or accident be less than the amount required herein. 3.5 Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal, or Material Reduction in Coverage. All insurance coverage shall contain the following express provision. In the-event of cancellation,—non-renewal, or material reduction in coverage affecting the certificate holder, thirty (30) days prior written notice shall be given to the certificate holder by certified mail or registered mail,return receipt requested. 3 6 Waiver of Subrogation. The Contractor hereby agrees to waive its rights of recovery from the Owner Parties with regard to all causes of property and/or liability loss and shall cause a waiver of subrogation endorsement to be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on all insurance coverage carried by the Contractor, whether required herein or not. 3 7 Deductible/Retention. Except as otherwise specified herein, no insurance required herein shall contain a deductible or self-insured retention in excess of $25,000 without prior written approval of the Owner All deductibles and/or retentions shall be paid by, assumed by, for the account of, and at the Contractor's sole risk. The Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same. 4 Maintenance of Insurance. The following insurance shall be maintained in effect with limits not less than those set forth below at all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter as required. 10-2012 00700-C2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 1 Commercial General Liability Insurance 4 1 1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of all locations and operations of the Contractor, including but not limited to liability assumed under this contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract). Defense shall be provided as an additional benefit and not included within the limit of liability 4 1.2 Form. Commercial General Liability Occurrence form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CG 0001 0798 or its equivalent). 4 1.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with limits of not less than. Each Occurrence Limit $1,000,000 General Aggregate Limit $2,000,000 Product-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit $2,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury Limit $1,000,000 4 1 4 Required Endorsements a. Additional Insured. Additional insured status shall be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on any of the following: i. ISO form CG 20 10 11 85, or ii. ISO form CG 20 26 11 85, or in. a combination of ISO forms CG 20 33 10 01 and CG 20 37 10 01, or iv any form providing equivalent protection to Owner b Designated Construction Project(s) Aggregate Limit. The aggregate limit shall apply separately to this Agreement through use of an ISO CG 25 03 03 97 endorsement or its equivalent. c. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. d. Personal Injury Liability The personal injury contractual liability exclusion shall be deleted. e. Primary and Non-Contributing Liability It is the intent of the parties to this Agreement that all insurance required herein shall be primary to all insurance available to the Owner Parties. The obligations of the Contractor's insurance shall not be affected by any other insurance available to the Owner Parties and shall seek no contribution from the Owner Parties' insurance, whether primary, excess contingent, or on any other basis. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be endorsed to provide such pnmary and non- contributing liability f. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above. 10-2012 00700-C3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 1.5 Continuing Commercial General Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to Owner stating Work completion date. 4.2 Auto Liability Insurance 4.2 1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability ansing out of any auto (including owned,hired, and non-owned). 4.2.2 Form. Business Auto form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CA 0001 or its equivalent). 4.2.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 4.2 4 Required Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. b Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3 6, above. 4.3 Employer's Liability Insurance 4.3 1 Coverage. Employer's Liability Insurance shall be provided as follows 4.3.2 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than. Employer's Liabihty• $1,000,000 each accident and each disease. 4.3.3 Required Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3 6, above. 4 4 Umbrella Liability Insurance 4 4 1 Coverage. Such insurance shall be excess over and be no less broad than all coverages described above and shall include a drop-down provision for exhaustion of underlying limits. 4 4.2 Form. This policy shall have the same inception and expiration dates as the commercial general liability insurance required above. 10-2012 00700-C4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 4.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than$5,000,000 4 4 4 Continuing Umbrella Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work completion date. 4.5 Professional Liability Insurance 4.5 1 Coverage. The Contractor shall provide professional liability insurance for any professional design or engineering drawing required by the work. Such insurance shall indemnify the Owner from claims arising from the negligent performance of professional services of any type, including but not limited to design or design/build services as part of the Work to be performed. 4 5.2 Form. This insurance shall include pnor acts coverage sufficient to cover all services rendered by the Contractor and by its consultants under this Agreement. It is recognized that this coverage may be provided on a Claims-Made basis. 4.5.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 4.5 4 Continuing Professional Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work completion date. 4 6 Builder's Risk 4 6 1 Insureds. Insureds shall include• a. Owner, General Contactor and all Loss Payees and Mortgagees as Named Insureds, and b subcontractors of all tiers in the Work as Additional Insureds. 10-2012 00700-C5 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 6.2 Covered Property. Such insurance shall cover a. all structure(s) under construction, including retaining walls, paved surfaces and roadways, bridges, glass, foundation(s), footings, underground pipes and wiring, excavations, grading, backfilling or filling; b all temporary structures (e.g., fencing, scaffolding, cribbing, false work, forms, site lighting, temporary utilities and buildings) located at the site; c. all property including materials and supplies on site for installation, d. all property including materials and supplies at other locations but intended for use at the site; e. all property including materials and supplies in transit to the site for installation by all means of transportation other than ocean transit; and f. other Work at the site identified in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached. Form a. Coverage shall be at least as broad as an unmodified ISO Special form, shall be provided on a completed-value basis, and shall be primary to any other coverage insurance available to the insured parties, with that other insurance being excess, secondary and non- contributing. b No protective safeguard warranty shall be permitted. c. Required coverage shall further include• i. Additional expenses due to delay in $ TBD completion of project(where applicable) ii. Agreed value Included without sublimit iii. Damage arising from error, omission or Included without sublimit deficiency in construction methods, design, specifications,workmanship or materials, including collapse iv Debris removal additional limit 25% of direct damage loss v Earthquake (where applicable) $ TBD vi. Earthquake sprinkler leakage(where $TBD applicable) vii. Expediting expenses $ TBD viii. Flood(where applicable) $ TBD s ix. Freezing Included without sublimit x. Mechanical breakdown, including hot& Included without sublimit cold testing (where applicable) xi. Notice of cancellation,non-renewal or Included 10-2012 00700-C6 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT material reduction—60 days prior written notice to each insured xii. Occupancy clause, as required in F, Included below xiii. Ordinance or law Included without sublimit xiv Pollutant clean-up and removal $TBD xv Preservation of property Included without sublimit xvi. Replacement cost Included xvii. Theft Included without sublimit xviii. Waiver of subrogation as required in G, Included below 4 6.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided in an amount equal at all times to the full replacement value and cost of debris removal for any single occurrence. 4 6 4 Deductibles. Deductibles shall not exceed the following: a. All Risks of Direct Damage,Per $5,000 Occurrence, except b Delayed Opening Waiting Period 5 Days c. Flood,Per Occurrence $25,000 or excess of NFIP if in Flood Zone A, B or V d. Earthquake and Earthquake Sprinkler $25,000 Leakage, Per Occurrence 4 6.5 Termination of Coverage. The temmation of coverage provision shall be endorsed to permit occupancy of the covered property being constructed so long as such occupancy does not exceed 20% of the usable area of the property This insurance shall be maintained in effect, unless otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, until the earliest of the following dates. a. the date on which all persons and organizations who are insureds under the policy agree that it shall be terminated, b the date on which final payment, as provided for in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached,has been made; or c. the date on which the insurable interests in the Covered Property of all insureds other than Contractor have ceased. ffr 10-2012 .00700-C7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 6 6 Waiver of Subrogation. The waiver of subrogation provision shall be endorsed as follows a. A waiver of subrogation shall be provided in favor of all insureds. b. The waiver of subrogation provisions shall be endorsed as follows Should a covered loss be subrogated, either in whole or in part, your nghts to any recovery will come first, and we will be entitled to a recovery only after you have been fully compensated for the loss. 5 Intentionally left blank. 6 Evidence of Insurance 6 1 Provision of Evidence. Evidence of the insurance coverage required to be maintained by the Contractor, represented by certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements issued by the insurance company or its legal agent, and must be furnished to the Owner prior to commencement of Work and not later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of this Agreement. New certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall be provided to the Owner prior to the termination date of the current certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements. 6.2 Form 6.2.1 All property insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 28, "Evidence of Property Insurance" 6.2.2 All liability insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 25, "Certificate of Insurance" 6.3 Specifications. Such certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall specify. 6.3 1 The Owner as a certificate holder with correct mailing address. 6.3.2 Insured's name,which must match that on this Agreement. 6.3.3 Insurance companies affording each coverage, policy number of each coverage, policy dates of each coverage, all coverages and limits described herein, and signature of authonzed representative of insurance company 6.3 4 Producer of the certificate with correct address and phone number listed. 6.3.5 Additional insured status required herein. 6.3 6 Amount of any deductibles and/or retentions. 6.3 7 Cancellation, non-renewal and material reduction in coverage notification as required by this Agreement. Additionally, the words "endeavor to" and "but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon Company, it agents or representatives" shall be deleted from the cancellation provision of the ACORD 25 certificate of insurance form. 10-2012 00700-C8 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.3 8 Designated Construction Project Aggregate Limits required herein. 6.3.9 Personal Injury contractual liability required herein. 6.3 10 Primary and non-contributing status required herein. 6.3 11 Waivers of subrogation required herein. 6 4 Required Endorsements. A copy of each of the required endorsements shall also be provided. 6.5 Failure to Obtain. Failure of any Owner Party to demand such certificate or other evidence of full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of any Owner Party to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance. 6 6 Certified Copies. Upon request of any Owner Party, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner a certified copy of all insurance policies required herein within ten (10) days of any such request. Renewal policies, if necessary, shall be delivered to the Owner prior to the expiration of the previous policy 6 7 Commencement of Work. Commencement of Work without provision of the required certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements, or without compliance with any other provision of this Agreement, shall not constitute a waiver by any Owner Party of any rights. The Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, of prohibiting the Contractor or any subcontractor from performing any Work until such certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements are received and approved by the Owner 7 Insurance Requirements of Contractor's Subcontractors 7 1 Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by all subcontractors (or provided by the Contractor on behalf of subcontractors) to cover operations performed under any subcontract agreement. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any modification in these insurance requirements as they apply to subcontractors. The Contractor shall maintain certificates of insurance from all subcontractors containing provisions similar to those listed herein (modified to recognize that the certificate is from subcontractor) enumerating, among other things, the waivers of subrogation, additional insured status, and pnmary liability as required herein, and make them available to the Owner upon request. 7.2 The Contractor is fully responsible for loss and damage to its property on the site, including tools and equipment, and shall take necessary precautions to prevent damage to or vandalism, theft, burglary, pilferage and unexplained disappearance of property Any insurance covering the Contractor's or its subcontractor's property shall be the Contractor's and its subcontractor's sole and complete means or recovery for any such loss. To the extent any loss is not covered by said insurance or subject to any deductible or co-insurance, the Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same. Should the Contractor or its subcontractors choose to self insure this risk, it is expressly agreed that the Contractor hereby waives, and shall cause its 10-2012 00700-C9 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT subcontractors to waive, any claim for damage or loss to said property in favor of the Owner Parties. 8 Use of the Owner's Equipment. The Contractor, its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers shall use the Owner's equipment only with express written permission of the Owner's designated representative and in accordance with the Owner's terms and condition for such use. If the Contractor or any of its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers utilize any of the Owner's equipment for any purpose, including machinery, tools, scaffolding, hoists, lifts or similar items owned, leased or under the control of the Owner, the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and be liable to the Owner Parties for any and all loss or damage which may arise from such use. 9 Release and Waiver The Contractor hereby releases, and shall cause its subcontractors to release, the Owner Parties from any and all claims or causes of action whatsoever which the Contractor and/or its subcontractors might otherwise now or hereafter possess resulting in or from or in any way connected with any loss covered by insurance, whether required herein or not, or which should have been covered by insurance required herein, including the deductible and/or uninsured portion thereof, maintained and/or required to be maintained by the Contractor and/or its subcontractors pursuant to this Agreement. 10-2012 00700-C 10 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00800 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The following Special Conditions modify the General Conditions, Document 00700. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Special Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1 01 Add the following paragraph to the end of Article 1 01 The OWNER'S representative on the project site is. Sergio Becerril telephone. 281. 652.1642 The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER is. Tim Ford telephone: 281.652.1966 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR is. Jim Nester telephone: 281.652.1646 ARTICLE 4 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4 05 Add the following paragraph to Article 4 05 A Maintenance Bond in accordance with Document 00612 of the Project Manual is required for this Project. The cost of this bond shall be included m the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal. Attachment No.3 To General Conditions, Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor, Article 4 6 Builder's Risk—Builder's Risk Insurance is Not Required for this project. ARTICLE 5 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5 08 Add Article 5 08 The Contract Time as defined in the bid and other sections of the Contract Documents includes a certain number of rain days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center Records, the average annual rain days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 40 days calculated from all precipitation days of record. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep a record of rain days at the site. The record of rain days must be accepted and signed by the City Inspector monthly, and shall be reported on the monthly pay estimate submittal. At the end of the contract,the CONTRACTOR will be credited only for the number of accepted rain days that exceed 40 rain days per year, proportionate to the original Contract Time. General Notes: Section 01500 Temporary Facilities requires CONTRACTOR to provide high speed internet access in the Field Office. BIDDER is Not Required to provide either a Field Office or 08/2018 00800- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT any internet access for this project. All other requirements remain and will be required per the section. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for all Traffic Control Documents. Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for procurement of Traffic Control Documents prior to permitting. Contractor is to keep a minimum of one lane open at all times,in both directions. No lane closures to extend beyond the defined work day Contractor Will Not be required to provide an on-site construction office for the duration of this project. Article 10 10 0 Add Article 10 0 Federal Contract Clauses Generally,the CONTRACTOR and/or all of its SUBCONTRACTORS will comply with all applicable Federal laws, regulations, and requirements and all provisions of this Agreement, which include compliance with HUD and other federal provisions applicable to the Community Development Block Grant(CDBG) Program(all rules, regulations, guidelines, and circulars promulgated by the various Federal departments, agencies, administrations, and commissions relating to the CDBG Program). The applicable laws and regulations include, but are not limited to ® HUD Section 3 Requirements • The Davis-Bacon Fair Labor Standards Act; • The Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act of 1962, ■ Copeland"Anti-Kickback"Act of 1934, • Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, as amended(URA), • Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, • Equal employment opportunity and minority business enterprise regulations established in 2 C.F.R. Part 200, Appendix II, ¶C, ■ Non-discrimination in employment, established by Executive Order 11246(as amended by Executive Orders 11375 and 12086), • Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 Uniform Federal Accessibility; ® The Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, • The Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990, • The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, • National Environmental Policy of 1969 (42 USC 4321 et seq), as amended, • Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended, and related laws and Executive Orders, • Executive Order 11988,Floodplain Management, 1977 (42 FR 26951 et seq), • Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 The following clauses must be complied with and may appear in a contract to be executed between the CITY and CONTRACTOR in a format that is different from that which appears in the Project Manual. HUD Section 3 To the greatest extent possible,the CONTRACTOR must comply with the regulations found in 24 08/2018 00800-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CFR Part 75, and provide training, employment, contracting and other economic opportunities to low- and very low-income persons, especially recipients of government assistance for housing, and to businesses that provide economic opportunities to low- and very low-income persons. Section 00801 contains the HUD Section 2 (2021) Obligation Summary for Contract Awardees,which provides sample approaches to compliance with Section 3 requirements. a. The work to be performed under this Contract is subject to the requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended(12 U S.C. §1701u)("Section 3") The purpose of Section 3 is to ensure that employment and other economic opportunities generated by HUD assistance or HUD-assisted developments covered by Section 3, shall,to the greatest extent feasible, be directed to low- and very low-income persons including persons who are recipients of HUD assistance for housing, with preference for both targeted workers living in the service area or neighborhood of the Development and Youthbuild participants, as defined at 24 CFR Part 75 ("Section 3 Regulations"),. b. The Parties agree to comply with HUD's regulations in Section 3 Regulations, which implement Section 3 As evidenced by their execution of this Contract,the Parties certify that they are under no contractual or other impediment that would prevent them from complying with the Section 3 Regulations. c. The Development Owner agrees to send to each labor organization or representative of workers with which the Development Owner has a collective bargaining agreement or other understanding, if any, a notice advising the labor organization or workers'representative of the Development Owner's commitments under this section of the Contract, and will post copies of the notice in conspicuous places at the work site where both employees and applicants for training and employment positions can see the notice. The notice shall describe the Section 3 preference and shall set forth the following: (i)minimum number and job titles subject to hire, (ii) availability of apprenticeship and training positions, (iii) qualifications for each, (iv)name and location of the person(s)taking applications for each of the positions, and(v)the anticipated date the work shall begin. d. The Development Owner agrees to include this Section 3 clause in every subcontract subject to compliance with regulations in Section 3 Regulations and agrees to take appropriate action, as provided in an applicable provision of the subcontract or in this Section 3 clause, upon a finding that the subcontractor is in violation of the regulations in Section 3 Regulations. The Development Owner will not subcontract with any subcontractor where the Development Owner has notice or knowledge that the subcontractor has been found in violation of the regulations in Section 3 Regulations. e. The Development Owner will certify that any vacant employment positions, including training positions,that are filled(i) after a contractor is selected but before the contract is executed, and(ii)with persons other than those to whom the regulations of Section 3 Regulations require employment opportunities to be directed, were not filled to circumvent the Development Owner's obligations under Section 3 Regulations. f. Noncompliance with HUD's regulations in Section 3 Regulations may result in sanctions, termination of this Contract for default, and debarment or suspension from future HUD assisted contracts. 08/2018 00800-3 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Equal Opportunity Per federal regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-1.4(C)(b), during the performance of this contract, the SUBCONTRACTOR. (1) will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The SUBCONTRACTOR will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color,religion, sex, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training, including apprenticeship The SUBCONTRACTOR agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. (2) The SUBCONTRACTOR will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the SUBCONTRACTOR, state that all qualified applicants will receive considerations for employment without regard to race, color,religion, sex, or national origin. (3) The SUBCONTRACTOR will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the SUBCONTRACTOR's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. (4) The SUBCONTRACTOR will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965,and of the rules,regulations,and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor (5) The SUBCONTRACTOR will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of mvestigation to ascertain compliance with such rules,regulations, and orders. (6) In the event of the SUBCONTRACTOR's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the SUBCONTRACTOR may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions as may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule,regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law (7) The SUBCONTRACTOR will include the option of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph(1)and the provisions of paragraphs(1)through(7)in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules,regulations,or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will 08/2018 00800-4 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT be binding upon each Subcontractor The SUBCONTRACTOR will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions,including sanctions for noncompliance:Provided,however,That in the event a SUBCONTRACTOR becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a Subcontractor or SUBCONTRACTOR as a result of such direction by the administering agency the SUBCONTRACTOR may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States." Davis-Bacon Act The SUBCONTRACTOR agrees to comply with the requirements of the Secretary of Labor in accordance with the Davis-Bacon Act as amended, the provisions of Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U S C. 327 et seq.) and all other applicable Federal, state and local laws and regulations pertaining to labor standards insofar as those acts apply to the performance of this Agreement. The SUBCONTRACTOR agrees to comply with the Copeland Anti-Kick Back Act(18 U S.C. 874 et seq)and it's implementing regulations of the U S Department of Labor at 29 CFR Part 3 The SUBCONTRACTOR shall maintain documentation that demonstrates compliance with hour and wage requirements of this part. Such documentation shall be made available to the Subrecipient for review upon request. The SUBCONTRACTOR agrees that, except with respect to the rehabilitation or construction of residential property containing less than eight(8) units, all SUBCONTRACTORs engaged under contracts in excess of$2,000 00 for construction, renovation or repair work financed in whole or in part with assistance provided under this contract, shall comply with Federal requirements adopted by the Subrecipient in 2 CFR Part 200, Appendix II, ¶D, pertaining to such contracts and with the applicable requirements of the regulations of the Department of Labor, under 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, 5 and 7 governing the payment of wages and ratio of apprentices and trainees to journey workers, provided that, if wage rates higher than those required under the regulations are imposed by state or local law,nothing hereunder is intended to relieve the SUBCONTRACTOR of its obligation, if any, to require payment of the higher wage. The SUBCONTRACTOR shall cause or require to be inserted in full, in all such contracts subject to such regulations, provisions meeting the requirements of this paragraph. Copeland"Anti-Kickback"Act (1) SUBCONTRACTOR. The SUBCONTRACTOR shall comply with 18 U S.C. § 874, 40 U.S C § 3145, and the requirements of 29 C.F.R. pt. 3 as may be applicable, which are mcorporated by reference into this contract. (2) Subcontracts. The SUBCONTRACTOR shall insert in any subcontracts the clause above and such other clauses as the federal government may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the Subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The PRIME CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the compliance by any Subcontractor or lower tier Subcontractor with all of these contract clauses. (3) Breach. A breach of the contract clauses above may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a SUBCONTRACTOR and Subcontractor as provided in 29 C.F.R. § 5 12." 08/2018 00800-5 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act Applicability- This requirement applies to all federal grant and cooperative agreement programs. Where applicable(see 40 U S C. § 3701), all contracts awarded by the non-Federal entity in excess of $1 00,000 that involve the employment of mechanics or laborers must include a provision for compliance with 40 U S.C. §§ 3702 and 3704, as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations at 29 C.F.R.Part 5 See 2 C.F.R. Part 200,Appendix II, §E. Under 40 U S.0 § 3702, each SUBCONTRACTOR must be required to compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard work week of 40 hours.Work in excess of the standard work week is permissible provided that the worker is compensated at a rate of not less than one and a half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in the work week. The requirements of 40 U S.C. § 3704 are applicable to construction work and provide that no laborer or mechanic must be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous. These requirements do not apply to the purchases of supplies or materials or articles ordinarily available on the open market, or contracts for transportation or transmission of intelligence. The regulation at 29 C.F.R. § 5 5(b)provides the required contract clause concerning compliance with the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act: (1) Overtime requirements. The SUBCONTRACTOR nor Subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. (2) Violation, liability for unpaid wages, liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this section the SUBCONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such SUBCONTRACTOR and Subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the Distnct of Columbia or a territory,to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph(1) of this section, in the sum of$10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set fOlth in paragraph(1) of this section. (3) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. The City of Pearland upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the SUBCONTRACTOR or Subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same PRIME CONTRACTOR, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same PRIME CONTRACTOR, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any 08/2018 00800-6 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT liabilities of such SUBCONTRACTOR or Subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph(2) of this section. (4) Subcontracts. The SUBCONTRACTOR or Subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraph(1)through(4) of this section and also a clause requiring the Subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The PRIME CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for compliance by any Subcontractor or lower tier Subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (1)through(4) of this section." Rights to Inventions Made Under a Contract or Agreement. Stafford Act Disaster Grants. This requirement does not apply to the Public Assistance, Hazard Mitigation Grant Program,Fire Management Assistance Grant Program,Crisis Counseling Assistance and Training Grant Program, Disaster Case Management Grant Program, and Federal Assistance to Individuals and Households - Other Needs Assistance_Grant Program, as FEMA awards under these programs do not meet the definition of"funding agreement." If a FEMA award meets the definition of "funding agreement" under 37 C.F.R. § 401.2(a) and the non-Federal entity wishes to enter into a contract with a small business firm or nonprofit organization regarding the substitution of patties, assignment or performance of experimental, developmental, or research work under that "funding agreement," the non-Federal entity must comply with the requirements of 37 C.F R.Part 401 (Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements), and any implementing regulations issued by FEMA. See 2 C.F.R. Part 200,Appendix II, § F The regulation at 37 C.F.R. § 401.2(a) currently defines "funding agreement" as any contract, grant, or cooperative agreement entered into between any Federal agency, other than the Tennessee Valley Authority, and any SUBCONTRACTOR for the performance of experimental, developmental, or research work funded in whole or in part by the Federal government. This term also includes any assignment, substitution of pm ties, or subcontract of any type entered into for the performance of experimental, developmental, or research work under a funding agreement as defined in the first sentence of this paragraph. Debarment and Suspension. Applicability. This requirement applies to all federal grant and cooperative agreement programs. Non-federal entities and SUBCONTRACTORS are subject to the debarment and suspension regulations implementing Executive Order 12549, Debarment and Suspension (1986) and Executive Order 12689,Debarment and Suspension(1989)at 2 C.F.R.Part 180 and the Department of Homeland Security's regulations at 2 C.F.R. Part 3000 (Non-procurement Debarment and Suspension). These regulations restrict awards, subawards, and contracts with certain parties that are debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded from or ineligible for participation in Federal assistance programs and activities. See 2 C.F.R. Part 200, Appendix II, § I, and Chapter N, § 6 d and Appendix C, § 2. A contract award must not be made to parties listed in the SAM Exclusions. SAM Exclusions is the list maintained by the General Services Administration that contains the names of patties debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded by agencies, as well as patties declared ineligible under statutory or regulatory authority other than Executive Order 12549 SAM exclusions can be accessed at 08/2018 00800-7 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT www.sam.gov See 2 C.F.R. § 180.530; Chapter IV, § 6.d and Appendix C, § 2. In general, an"excluded" party cannot receive a Federal grant award or a contract within the meaning of a "covered transaction," to include subawards and subcontracts. This includes patties that receive Federal funding indirectly, such as SUBCONTRACTORS to recipients and subrecipients. The key to the exclusion is whether there is a "covered transaction," which is any non-procurement transaction (unless excepted) at either a "primary" or "secondary" tier Although "covered transactions" do not include contracts awarded by the Federal Government for purposes of the non-procurement common rule and DHS's implementing regulations, it does include some contracts awarded by recipients and subrecipient. Specifically, a covered transaction includes the following contracts for goods or services. (I) The contract is awarded by a recipient or subrecipient in the amount of at least $25,000 (2)The contract requires the approval of the awarding federal agency,regardless of amount. (3)The contract is for federally-required audit services. (4)A subcontract is also a covered transaction if it is awarded by the SUBCONTRACTOR of a recipient or subrecipient and requires either federal approval, or is in excess of$25,000 This contract is a covered transaction for purposes of 2 C.F.R. pt. 180 and 2 C.F.R.pt. 3000 As such the SUBCONTRACTOR is required to verify that none of the SUBCONTRACTOR, its principals (defined at 2 C.F.R. § 180 995), or its affiliates (defined at 2 C.F.R. § 180 905) are excluded(defined at 2 C.F.R. § 180 940) 01' disqualified(defined at 2 C.F.R. § 180 935). The SUBCONTRACTOR must comply with 2 C.F.R.pt. 180,subpart C and 2 C.F.R.pt. 3000,subpart C and must include a requirement to comply with these regulations in any lower tier covered transaction it enters into. This certification is a material representation of fact relied upon by City of Pearland. If it is later determined that the SUBCONTRACTOR did not comply with 2 C.F.R.pt. 180,subpart C and 2 C.F.R. pt. 3000,subpart C,in addition to remedies available to the Texas Division of Emergency Management (TDEM) and/or the City, the Federal Government may pursue available remedies, including but not limited to suspension and/or debarment. The bidder or proposer agrees to comply with the requirements of 2 C.F.R. pt. 180, subpart C and 2 C.F.R.pt. 3000, subpart C while this offer is valid and throughout the period of any contract that may arise from this offer The bidder or proposer further agrees to include a provision requiring such compliance in its lower tier covered transactions." Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment. Applicability- This requirement applies to all federal grant and cooperative agreement programs. SUBCONTRACTORs that apply or bid for an award of $100,000 or more must file the required certification. See 2 C.F.R. Part 200,Appendix II, § J, 44 C.F.R. Part 18, Chapter N, 6 c,Appendix C, § 4 08/2018 00800- 8 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaming any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U S C. § 1352. Each tier must also disclose any lobbying with non-Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the non-Federal award. See Chapter IV, § 6.c and Appendix C, § 4 Per the Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment. 31 U S C. § 1352 (as amended), should the SUBCONTRACTOR bid for an award of$100,000 or more, the SUBCONTRACTOR shall file the required certification. Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant, or any other award covered by 31 U S.C. § 1352.Each tier shall also disclose any lobbying with non-Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the recipient. Certification Regarding Lobbying The undersigned SUBCONTRACTOR certifies,to the best of his or her knowledge, that: 1 No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of an agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract,the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. 2. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions. 3 The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all subawards at all tiers(including subcontracts, subgrants, and contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements) and that all subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31, U S C. § 1352 (as amended by the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995). Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than$10,000 and not more than$100,000 for each such failure. 08/2018 00800-9 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The SUBCONTRACTOR, , certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of each statement of its certification and disclosure, if any In addition, the SUBCONTRACTOR understands and agrees that the provisions of 31 U.S.C. § 3801 et seq ,apply to this certification and disclosure, if any Signature of SUBCONTRACTOR's Authorized Official Name and Title of SUBCONTRACTOR's Authorized Official Date Procurement of Recovered Materials. Applicability. This requirement applies to all federal grant and cooperative agreement programs. A non-Federal entity that is a state agency or agency of a political subdivision of a state and its SUBCONTRACTORs must comply with Section 6002 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, Pub L. No 89-272 (1965) (codified as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act at 42 U S C. § 6962). See 2 C.F.R. Part 200,Appendix II, § K, 2 C.F.R. § 200.322, Chapter V, § 7 The requirements of Section 6002 include procuring only items designated in guidelines of the EPA at 40 C.F.R.Part 247 that contain the highest percentage of recovered materials practicable,consistent with maintaining a satisfactory level of II competition, where the purchase price of the item exceeds $10,000 or the value of the quantity acquired by the preceding fiscal year exceeded$10,000;procuring solid waste management services in a manner that maximizes energy and resource recovery; and establishing an affirmative procurement program for procurement of recovered materials identified in the EPA guidelines. In the performance of this contract, the SUBCONTRACTOR shall make maximum use of products containing recovered materials that are EPA-designated items unless the product cannot be acquired. (1) Competitively within a timeframe providing for compliance with the contract performance schedule; (2)Meeting contract performance requirements, or (3)At a reasonable price. Additional Federal Requirements. The Uniform Rules authorize the federal government to require additional provisions for non-Federal entity contracts. Pursuant to this authority, the following are required. Changes. To be eligible for federal assistance under the non-Federal entity's grant or cooperative 08/2018 00800- 10 of CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT agreement,the cost of the change,modification, change order, or constructive change must be allowable, allocable,within the scope of its grant or cooperative agreement, and reasonable for , the completion of project scope.It is recommended,therefore,that a non-Federal entity include a changes clause in its contract that describes how, if at all, changes can be made by either party to alter the method, price, or schedule of the work without breaching the contract. The language of the clause may differ depending on the nature of the contract and the end-item procured. Access to Records. The following access to-records requirements-apply to this contract: (1)The SUBCONTRACTOR agrees to the PRIME CONTRACTOR, City of Pearland, the Comptroller General of the United States, and the Secretary of the U S Treasury, or any of their authorized representatives access to any books, documents,papers, and records of the SUBCONTRACTOR which are directly pertinent to this contract for the purposes of making audits, examinations, excerpts, and transcriptions. (2)The SUBCONTRACTOR agrees to permit any of the foregoing parties to reproduce by any means whatsoever or to copy excerpts and transcriptions as reasonably needed. (3) The SUBCONTRACTOR agrees to provide the federal government or an authorized representatives access to construction or other work sites pertaining to the work being completed under the contract." Seals, Logos, and Flags. The SUBCONTRACTOR shall not use the seal(s), logos, crests, or reproductions of flags or likenesses of any federal, State or local agency without specific pre-approval from any such agency;particularly,as it relates to DHS Standard Terms and Conditions,v 3 0, §XXV(2013). Compliance with Federal Law, Regulations, and Executive Orders This is an acknowledgement that federal financial assistance will be used to fund the contract only The SUBCONTRACTOR will comply will all applicable federal law, regulations, executive orders, federal policies,procedures, and directives. No Obligation by Federal Government. The Federal Government is not a party to this contract and is not subject to any obligations or liabilities to the non-Federal entity, SUBCONTRACTOR, or any other party pertaining to any matter resulting from the contract. Program Fraud and False or Fraudulent Statements or Related Acts. The SUBCONTRACTOR acknowledges that 31 U S.C. Chap. 38 (Administrative Remedies for False Claims and Statements) applies to the SUBCONTRACTOR's actions pertaining to this contract. 08/2018 00800- 11 of CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT II. HUD Compliance The SUBCONTRACTOR shall, to the extent feasible and applicable, cooperatively comply with the terms and conditions of the U S Department of Housing&Urban Development(HUD) as applicable to the PRIME CONTRACTOR, adhering to any of the required tiered compliance with applicable rules and regulations in the Act that pass through the PRIME CONTRACTOR to the SUBCONTRACTOR. These Special Conditions must be certified below,in addition to the execution of the CONTRACT, and shall not be assignable except upon the written consent of the parties hereto PRIME CONTRACTOR SUBCONTRACTOR Name of Authorized Official Name of Authorized Official Signature Signature / / / / Date Date Article 11 11 0 Add Article 11 0 Statutory Contract Clauses and Special Conditions A. Texas Government Code - Chapter 2271. Prohibition on Contracts with Companies that Boycott Israel.By signing this Agreement,the CONSULTANT certifies that,if it is a company with at least 10 full-time employees and has a value of at least$100,000 that is paid wholly or partly from public funds,that it: a. does not boycott Israel, and b. will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. B Texas Government Code - Chapter 2274. Prohibition on Contracts with Companies that Discriminate Against Firearm and Ammunition Industries. By signing this Agreement, the CONSULTANT certifies that, if it is a company with at least 10 full-time employees and has a value of at least$100,000 that is paid wholly or partly from public funds,that it: a. does not have a practice, policy, guidance, or directive that discriminates against a firearm entity or firearm trade association, and b. will not discriminate during the term of the contract against a firearm entity or firearm trade association. C. Texas Government Code-Chapter 2276.Prohibition on Contracts with Compames Boycotting Certain Energy Companies. By signing this Agreement, the CONSULTANT certifies that, if it is a company with at least 10 full-time employees and has a value of at least $100,000 that is paid wholly or partly from public funds,that it: a. does not boycott energy companies, and 08/2018 00800- 12 of CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT b. will not boycott energy companies during the term of the contract. END OF SECTION 08/2018 00800- 13 of HUD Section 3 (2021), Obligation Summary for Contract Awardees Contractors may copy this text to inform their subcontractors TDHCA and HUD may monitor Subrecipients and contractors based on these requirements. Applies to HUD-funded project($200,000 or more)with construction,reconstruction,rehab, or demolition. Service area. applicant describes geographic limits of"local"for purposes of compliance. Section 3 Coordinator responsible for advising the recipient or contractor and submitting summary reports. For the sake of clarity,"Subrecipient"means. any entity that receives HUD funds under contract from TDHCA. Section 3 Definitions. https.//www.tdhca.state.tx.us/program-services/hud-section-3/defimtions.htm TDHCA Section 3 specialist in Program Services: http://www.tdhca.state.tx.us/program-services/contacts.htm Basis for Section 3 Requirements(24 CFR 75) Housing&Urban Development Act of 1968 (12 U.S.C. 1701u)(section 3) Section 3 Clause recommended in all Section 3-covered HUD contracts [24 CFR§75.27 Contract provisions] Although HUD no longer dictates specific text,TDHCA uses this Section 3 Clause(TDHCA-Legal, 2022) (DOCX) Responsibilities of Subrecipient to Department,Community,and Labor Force: To the greatest extent feasible,and consistent with existing Federal, State,and local laws and regulations: 1 Develop a Section 3 Plan. describe circumstances,resource utilization,program responsibilities. 2. Outreach. notify Section 3 residents and businesses about training,employment,and contracting opportunities. 3 Document actions taken to comply with Section 3 (24 CFR§75.25 Reporting). 4 Submit Summary Reports(Included as a tab in funding draw request workbook, submitted to TDHCA). Responsibilities for contractors,for covered projects: 5 "To the greatest extent feasible,"recruit,train,and employ Section 3 residents and award contracts to Section 3 businesses including recruiting Section 3 residents through local advertising,project site signage,liaisons with local Public Housing Authorities,community organizations,public or private institutions,or Local Workforce Development Boards(affiliated with Texas Workforce Commission). 6. Search HUD's Section 3 site for certified Section 3 businesses. https.//hudapps.hud.gov/OpporturntyPortal/ 7 Notify potential contractors of their Section 3 responsibilities [24 CFR§75.27] 8 Maintain data for Summary Report,including employment,labor hours(Section 3 compared to total),and training records. • Benchmarks 25%of total labor hours for the Benchmark for Targeted Section 3 workers project worked by• • 5%of total labor hours for the project worked by. o Public housing residents o Employee of Section 3 business o YouthBuild participants o Service area resident(§75.5)or YouthBuild o Below 80%AMI(area median household income) Participant(within past 5 years) 9 Avoid entering into contracts with entities reportedly in violation of Section 3 regulations. Report Submission Contractor enters their Section 3 report in their draw request workbook for final contract disbursement from TDHCA. These obligations and requirements substantively reflect 24 CFR 75,guidance from US Department of Housing and Urban Development(HUD)and TDHCA Board-approved policy TDHCA Program Services 2022 May CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR HEAVY CONSTRUCTION Section 00811 WAGE SCALE FOR HEAVY CONSTRUCTION 1 01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works (Article 2258 of the Texas Government Code),the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the rates shown in Table 00811-A following to be the general prevailing rates in the locality in which the work is being performed. 1 02 Federal Davis-Bacon Act regulations (2 CFR 200—Appendix II) are also applicable to this CONTRACT and CONTRACTOR must pay all workers performing construction duties on the PROJECT the general prevailing wage rates in the locality in which the work is being performed. 1 02.1 CONTRACTOR must submit certified payroll, signed by the applicable payroll administrator, each week throughout the duration of the PROJECT 1 02.2 CONTRACTOR agrees to allow the OWNER to conduct interviews and reviews of applicable workers by classification regularly 1 03 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated. 1 04 The wage scale for engineering construction is to be applied to all site work greater than five(5) feet from an exterior wall of new building under construction or from an exterior wall of an existing building. (Attach the current wage rates. Number the pages 00811-2, 00811-3, etc) 11-2023 00811 - 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM Section 00900 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Date 1/30/2024 PROJECT Brookland Acres,Garden Rd/O'Day Rd,Woody Rd Drainage Improvements BID NO 1124-03 gs®F.Tg '1 BID DATE. February 8, 2024 f*:" •• *1/2 05. P ARAUGANATHAN SE SHA01;1 FROM. Nathan Seshadri P.E. r . ..... "�f1A1.�.......;..... ManagerProject Bit�0� 4C�td �41 HR Green,Inc � !/ .11011 Richmond Ave,Houston,Texas 77042 ®%%AN... To Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties I 3n '7-4- This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION CONTRACT DQCUMENTS Addendum No 1 is issued to provide the Pre-Bid meeting agenda and the sign-in sheet of meeting attendees. Also, replacing table of contents, section 00500 and section 00811 in their entirety Vendor questions will also be answered in this addendum. Section 00500 - Standard Form of Agreement, is being replaced in it's entirety and will add construction days to the substantial completion and final completion phases. Section 00811-Wage Rates for Highway Construction-Adds Wage Rates section from Sain.gov SPECIFICATIONS Q Would the City of Pearland accept HP Storm(polypropylene) Pipe in place of RCP as the base bid item or added as an alternate bid item? HP Storm is an approved product in the City of Pearland, and it has been successfully used on projects in the past. HP Storm is also an approved product with TXDOT to be used for drainage in traffic applications and under roadways. A. The roadside ditch improvements project is replacing the existing pipe culverts with the same material. Due to this reason the project will be using only reinforced concrete pipes. Nathan Seshadri, END OF ADDENDUM NO 1 00900-1 of 1 P.E leelit4N4 CITY OF PEARLAND NWA PROJECTS DEPARTMENT Ale %1 2016 Old Alvin Drive p s; xs, _. Pearland,Texas 77581 pearlandtx.gov/projects AretVr PRE-BID MEETING AGENDA Brookland Acres,Garden Rd/O'Day and Woody Rd Roadside Drainage Improvements Project No DR2102,DR2103,DR2104 January 25,2024 11 00 AM 1) Project Stakeholder Sergio Becerril Project Manager City of Pearland Tim Ford Sr Construction Manager City of Pearland Thomas Knox Assistant City Engineer City of Pearland Malcome Kennedy E&PW Maintenance Supervisor City of Pearland Vanessa Elam/Bob Pearce Purchasing City of Pearland Joel Hardy Grants Administrator City of Pearland Nathan Seshadri Design Engineer HR Green,Inc 2) Introduction to the Project a) Project Name Brookland Acres,Garden Rd/O'Day and Woody Rd Drainage Improvements b) City of Pearland Project Number DR2102,DR2103,DR2 104 c) Bid No 1124-03 3) Project Overview The project will entail the construction of drainage improvements on Scott Lane from Hatfield Road to Mykawa Road,Woody Road from future McHard Road to Comal Street,Garden Road from FM 518 to Hickory Slough, O'Day Road from FM 518 to Hickory Slough and Woody Road from Cherry Street to West Orange Street. The scope of the drainage improvements includes,but not limited to removing existing driveways,pipe culverts and pavement,31,000 CY of drainage ditch excavation and regrading, installation of approximately 2316 LF of 18-inch RCP,230 1-LF of 24-inch RCP, 1028 LF of 30-inch RCP,275 LF of 36-inch RCP, 1301 SY of gravel driveway, 733 SY of asphalt driveway, 959 SY of concrete driveway,8 fire hydrant relocations,hydro mulch seeding,and site restoration 4) Bidding Process a) Pre-bid Conference Thursday,January 25,2024,at the Engineering&Public Works Administration Building. b) Vendor Questions are Due Monday,January 29,2024,by 5 P.M. c) Addenda will be posted Tuesday,January 30,2024,by 5 P.M. d) Construction Plans&Specs available for download at City's EBID system Design 1 of2 D30 Revised 7/08 All bids should be submitted through the E-Bid system located on the City's website at: https.//pearland ionwave.net/Login.aspx. All interested Bidders are advised to register as a "supplier" on the City's E-Bid System at the above website by clicking on "Supplier Registration" and completing a short registration questionnaire Electronic Bid Documents, including Plans, Technical Specifications and Bid Forms are available for download after registration is approved by City Purchasing office No plan fees or deposits are required for bid documents obtained through the City's E-bid System. Questions regarding electronic bidding should be directed to City Purchasing Officer at ebids(a,pearlandtx.gov e) Sealed bids are due Thursday,February 8,2024,at 2:00 pm(via EBID system). Bids will be opened electronically and read aloud after the 2.00 pm deadline f) Bid Security—Five percent(5%)bid security must accompany each bid proposal in the form of certified check,cashier's check,or Bid Bond 5) Contract a) Award a) Notice of Award—Successful Bidder shall return Standard Form of Agreement and Payment Bond Forms within 10 days b) Notice to Proceed(NTP)— Contractor shall commence work within ten (10)days after NTP NTP typically follows Purchase Order execution. b) Project Duration a) Substantial Completion 270 days b) Complete/Final Payment: 300 days c) Liquidated Damages $1,500.00 per day 6) Closing comments Anything that has been said during the Pre-bid Conference is for the purpose of assisting in the clarification of the details of this project. This discussion is intended to be helpful to the potential bidders,but in no way is it meant to change anything contained in the Bid Documents. Additional questions regarding to project plans or bid documents must be submitted in writing through ebids(,pearlandtx.gov Bidders must rely on Addenda for official answers to issues that are either not covered or are ambiguous in the Bid Documents. All Pre-Bid participants will be notified of future Addenda through Ionwave notification system,should one be developed Interested bidders are responsible for obtaining Addenda from the Design Consultant. The City expects the highest standards of customer service and customer satisfaction. Field personnel must extend courtesy,cooperation,and rapid response to customer concerns. Communicate any customer request,complaints,and/or concerns to the Project Manager, Construction Manager,or the Construction Inspector as soon as possible. 7) Questions/Comments Design 2 of2 D30 Revised 7/08 ) PRE-BID MEETING AGENDA Bid No 1124-03 A Brookland Acres,Garden Rd/O'Day and Woody Rd Roadside Drainage DR2102, DR2103, DR2104 ialptbela Sign-In Sheet January 25,2024 , 11:00 AM t Name(Print) Initial Company Phone Number Email --)0e- is\idZ.r‘t-e— 110 Aik.e.le..6705,, 13'a:24y-4,7193 ic.),202 qe.r.7.ecewts-1, 6044 C. WA* 4\c>ess1/43 4-.) 144& r-d8 t."Ata.SrileN, CO-Mo.\1\04€41) eANSPIK.001-si t B1r ' F'6.41/44T( lt3. -S9.5-iss , ..r. ,...„ fi.3 -roam Itzi ANL taNS-av Cri 4 0 POP..la,rezifIcr•I'GJsrg 0 crIppiTx-Ct'Nit Mil—Criq Fe7k ,.9C-4' va cr actie q, 2.--&&0-.20k to 2. vas g ce.. c\-6,,Lflt., cor,i) ic....A 'Lui:ks E 4 7*2 bid VV:1 II Zbl-9 tP-3V6k 16. WR,12. i L Loecz, .3tL. LA- j70,:i. 4-\st—14G—S1I5 Lv%.LAT.\Iv 0 CL\ .Co rel ii lc, Cbp Z1Z1 - Z4SZ. Off bpeoece( ficezdame45,•7,A,. igorn44 Koox lavt- (Op , +.te-0,?0)5 0 p exikeict4 tx.9 0 v 01, Lod lvi, P 159--flp 0 70 -0-601,9 P?' eelr .9 . -egrkei 4;(0fr V 1 tj ler4itt4 1.-4.04 fiv ex. P1,_ Hen 1-0.V,8 80$4. 1154g km-A-YZ,e, Valee,A •Com ‘. ‘-'4,-kr5iii-4 a—TF-4,4 A.,1 e C.imis-eE ve-004i r9 14 Gt tit...-4 i 1 7i'.efArarle.C., kr2.0117A agvh.yrSkti)gipte-% %'6 e 1,Y‘otncto\ 6 kt)COnvYe-it(OA sk y k,)LtAq-1 i 2-----> 1 of 2 Ds R41,iszd 44os 1 Name(Print) Initial Company Phone Number Email zQ M geyitobl5 P0- Serim'S ,VI 33t1-ligFsk dr et/n0/1.S61 WO of -;:,rAr?Cei0'h'S.. Pr: < i 7 Rc02J u� � (?. t)449-3323 Too Y&__iv+.cc.T)4. nds. 'tfG'.RicS,nGt9 513 1+d7:;1ric5 i -'k Y da p 2,81-G.Sz--/7�5 JiiA�` @' ea�. iR tX. 4 ' i. i iitY /tail' #9' (op 1/ -775-,,o4 ) 714-24r,c),>6vdiv0 ')--)( ,-/oVe ,. P L= *To be included in consultant's meeting minutes 1 { 1 fg 2 tlf.j DS.Roiscti 9/Os -i 0 CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY,TEXAS TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION TITLE DIVISION 0—BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00100 Invitation to Bid 00200 Instructions to Bidders 00300 Bid Proposal 00400 Bid Form 00500 Standard Form of Agreement 00610 Performance Bond 00611 Payment Bond 00612 Two-Year Maintenance Bond 00615 Partial Waiver of Lien 00700A General Conditions Table of Contents 00700 General Conditions 00701 Attachment No 1 to General Conditions 00702 Attachment No.2 to General Conditions 00703 Attachment No 3 to General Conditions 00800 Special Conditions of Agreement 00811 Wage Scale for Highway Construction 00900 Addendum Template DIVISION 1 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 Summary of Work 01140 Contractor's Use of Premises 01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures 01290 Change Order Procedures 01310 Coordination and Meetings 01350 Submittals 01380 Construction Photographs 01420 Referenced Standards 01430 Contractor's Quality Control 01440 Observation Services 01450 Testing Laboratory Services 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01505 Mobilization 01550 Stabilized Construction Exit 01555 Traffic Control and Regulation 01561 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier 01562 Waste Material Disposal 01563 Tree and Plant Protection 01564 Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 01565 TPDES Requirements 01566 Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation 00010- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS 01570 Trench Safety System 01580 Project Identification Signs 01600 Material and Equipment 01630 Product Options and Substitutions 01720 Field Surveying 01750 Starting Systems 01760 Project Record Documents 01770 Contract Closeout DIVISION 2—SITE WORK 02200 Site Preparation 02220 Site Demolition 02252 Cement Stabilized Sand 02255 Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 02315 Excavation and Backfill for Detention Ponds 02316 Excavation and Backfill for Roadways 02317 Excavation and Backfill for Structures 02318 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 02330 Embankment 02335 Subgrade 02417 Augering Pipe or Casing for Water Line 02510 Water Mains 02511 Water Meters 02512 Polyethylene Wrap 02514 Fire Hydrant Assembly 02515 Water Tap and Service Line Installation 02520 Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes &Meter Vaults 02534 PVC Pipe 02540 Tapping Sleeves and Valves 02541 Water and Wastewater Line Valves 02542 Concrete Manholes and Accessories 02603 Frames, Grates,Rings, and Covers 02624 Structural Plate Culvert Structures 02629 Safety End Treatment 02630 Storm Sewers 02631 Precast Inlets, Headwalls, and Wingwalls 02633 Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, and Valve Boxes 02634 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 02710 Base Course for Pavement 02741 Asphaltic Concrete Pavement 02742 Prime Coat 02743 Tack Coat 02744 Single Course Surface Treatment 02751 Concrete Paving 02770 Curb, Curb & Gutter, and Headers 02775 Concrete Driveways 02820 Wood Fences and Gates 02821 Chain Link Fences and Gates 00010-2of3 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS 02910 Topsoil 02921 Hydromulch Seeding 02922 Sodding 02931 Landscaping and Tree Planting 02980 Pavement Repair DIVISION 3 -CONCRETE 03300 Cast In Place Concrete END OF SECTION 00010-3of3 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Section 00500 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is by and between City of Pearland(hereinafter called OWNER or City)and (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR) OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows Article 1 WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all work as specified or indicated in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents(hereinafter the"Work") The Work is generally described as follows: Brookland Acres,Garden Rd/O'Day Rd,Woody Rd Drainage Improvements Project#DR 2102,DR 2103 and DR 2104 City of Pearland,Texas COP PN DR2102,DR2103 and DR2104 BID NO 1124-03 Article 2 ENGINEER The Work has been designed by HR Green, Inc, 11011 Richmond Avenue, Suite 200, Houston,Texas 77042,Aranganathan Seshadri who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authonty assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Article 3 CONTRACT TIME 3 1 The Work will be Substantially Complete (as defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions)within two hundred and seventy (270)days(including weekends and holidays)from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 5 01 of the General Conditions(as revised in the Special Conditions if applicable),and completed and ready for Final Payment within three hundred(300) days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run No work will be allowed on Sundays 3.2 Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3 1 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions OWNER and CONTRACTOR also recognize the delays, expense,and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration preceding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time Accordingly,instead of requiring 4-2015 00500-1 of CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT any such proof,OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay(but not as a penalty)CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER one thousand and five hundred dollars($1,500 00)for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3 1 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete After Substantial Completion, if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the time set out in the Certificate of Substantial Completion or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER one thousand and five hundred dollars ($1,500 00)for each day that expires after the time specified in the Certificate of Substantial Completion for completion and readiness for Final Payment. 3 3 Inspection Time Working hours for the Pearland Inspection personnel are from 7.30 a.m to 4.30 p.m.,Monday through Friday,excluding City approved holidays The Contractor shall notify the OWNER of any required inspection overtime work at least 48 hours in advance and shall pay the overtime wages for the required City mspections Article 4 CONTRACT PRICE 4 1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds$ (the"Contract Price") The Contract Price includes the Base Bid as shown in Document 00300 — Bid Proposal. Article 5 PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Section 6 0 "Measurement and Payment"of the General Conditions Application for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions 5 1 Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER as provided below All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work and actual quantity of Work completed, in accordance with Article 6 "Measurement and Payment"of the General Conditions 5 1 1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage or actual quantity of Work complete,but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with the General Conditions The OWNER shall make payment within 30 days of receipt of application for payment by the ENGINEER. 5 1.2 Each progress payment shall be less retainage as specified in Paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. It is understood,however,that in case the whole work b e near 4-2015 00500-2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT to completion anc4 some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no fault or neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR,the OWNER may upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR at the OWNER's option,may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to the conditions stated under"Final Payment" 5.2 Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 6 09 of the General Conditions,OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 6 09 Article 6 INTEREST Interest on any overdue payment from OWNER to CONTRACTOR shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251 025 of the Texas Government Code, as amended. Article 7 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations 7 1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents,Work,site,locality,and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the Work. 7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all available surveys, assessments,reports of explorations, investigations, and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions of the site Such technical reports and drawings are not Contract Documents,and Owner makes no representations or warranties as to th e accuracy of such documents or information,or to whether or not they are complete, comprehensive,or all-inclusive 7.3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied(or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraphs 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work,and CONTRACTOR assumes the risk of such subsurface and physical conditions,and shall furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and no additional examinations, investigations,explorations,tests,reports,and studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 4-2015 00500-3 of CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 7 4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract documents with respect to existing underground facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said underground facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations,tests,reports,studies or similar information or data in respect o f said underground facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and finish the Work at the Contract Price,within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7 5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations,examinations, investigations,explorations,tests,reports,and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7 6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor knew or should have known,and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents,including any written resolution of any such conflict,error or discrepancy by ENGINEER. In the event of a conflict that was not brought to the OWNER's or ENGINEER's attention prior to the bid, the CONTRACTOR is assumed to have bid the most expensive alternative Article 8 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work, consist of the following, each of which are incorporated herein by reference: 8 1 Standard Form of Agreement(Section 00500) 8.2 Performance, Payment, and/or Maintenance Bonds (Sections 00610, 00611, and 00612). 8 3 General Conditions of Agreement (Section 00700), including Attachment No 1 Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No 2 Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and Attachment No 3 Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor 8 4 Special Conditions of Agreement(Section 00800) 8 5 Plans, consisting of sheets numbered 1 through 125A inclusive with attachments with each sheet bearing the following general title Brookland Acres, Garden Rd/O'Day Rd and Woody Rd Drainage Improvements, Project # DR 2102, DR 2103 and DR 2104 8 6 Instructions to Bidders and CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal, including any Addenda referenced therein 8 7 Technical Specifications for the Work. 4-2015 00500-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 8 8 The following, which may be delivered or issued after this Agreement becomes effective Any Change Orders or other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents in accordance with the General Conditions There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8 The Contract Documents may only be amended,modified or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions. Article 9 MISCELLANEOUS 9 1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Section 1, "Definitions and Interpretations"of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be bmdmg on another party hereto without the written consent o f the party sought to be bound, and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment,no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents 9 3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representative to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 9 4 CONTRACTOR agrees to warranty the Work for a period of one (1) year from Substantial Completion against defects in materials and workmanship CONTRACTOR agrees to repair or replace any defective work within this warranty period immediately unless such repairs require long lead time materials and equipment in which case CONTRACTOR shall provide an agreeable schedule for repairs at no additional cost to OWNER. 9 5 The Work will be completed according to the Contract Documents and in accordance with codes, ordinances, and construction standards of the City of Pearland, and all applicable laws, codes and regulations of governmental authorities. 9 6 In the event any notice period required under the Contract Documents is found to be shorter than any minimum period prescribed by applicable law,the notice penod required shall be construed to be the minimum period prescribed by applicable law 9 7 This Contract and the Contract Documents, insofar as they relate in any part or in any way to the Work undertaken therein, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and it is expressly understood and agreed that there are no 4-2015 00500-5 of CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT agreements or promises by and between said parties,except as aforesaid, and that any additions thereto or changes shall be in writing. 9 8 The provisions of this Contract shall be applied and interpreted in a manner consistent with each other so as to carry out the purposes and the intent of the parties, but if for any reason any provision is unenforceable or invalid, such provisions shall be deemed severed from this Contract and the remaining provisions shall be carried out with the same force and effect as if the severed provision had not been part of this Contract. 9 9 The headings of the paragraphs are included solely for the convenience of reference and if there is any conflict between the headings and the text of this Contract, the Contract text shall control. 9 10 The waiver of any breach hereof shall not constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision hereof. Failure by the OWNER in any instance to insist upon observance or performance by CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed a waiver by CONTRACTOR of any such observance or performance No waiver will be binding upon OWNER unless in writing and then will be for the particular instance only Payment of any sum by OWNER to CONTRACTOR with knowledge of any breach or default will not be deemed a waiver of such breach or default or any other breach or default. 9 11 The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER(through its employee handbook)considers the following to be misconduct that is grounds for termination of an employee of the OWNER.Any fraud,forgery,misappropriation of funds, receiving payment for services not performed or for hours not worked,mishandling or untruthful reporting of money transactions, destruction of assets,embezzlement, accepting materials of value from vendors,or consultants,and/or collecting reimbursement of expenses made for the benefit of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR agrees that it will not,directly or indirectly;cause an employee of the OWNER to engage in such misconduct. 9 12 The CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with Appendix A(attached)of the City of Pearland's Title VI Nondiscrimination Plan Assurances. 4-2015 00500-6 of CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in duplicate One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER and one to CONTRACTOR. This Agreement will be effective upon execution and attestation by authorized representatives of the City of Pearland and upon the following date , 20_ OWNER. CONTRACTOR. CITY OF PEARLAND By By Title Title Date Date (Corporate Seal) ATTEST ATTEST Address for giving notices Phone Fax Agent for service of process END OF SECTION 4-2015 00500-7 of CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION 'Section 00811 WAGE SCALE FOR HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION 1 01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works(Article 2258 of the Texas Government Code),the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the rates shown in Table 00811-A following to be the general prevailing rates in the locality in which the work is being performed. 1 02 Federal Davis-Bacon Act regulations(2 CFR 200—Appendix II)are also applicable to this CONTRACT and CONTRACTOR must pay all workers performing construction duties on the PROJECT the general prevailing wage rates in the locality in which the work is being performed. 1 02 1 CONTRACTOR must submit certified payroll,signed by the applicable payroll administrator, each week throughout the duration of the PROJECT 1 02.2 CONTRACTOR agrees to allow the OWNER to conduct interviews and reviews of applicable workers by classification regularly 1 03 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated (Attach the current wage rates. Number the pages 00811-2, 00811-3, etc.) 11-2023 00811-1 of 1 1/30/24,1:55 PM SAM.gov "General Decision Number TX2O240038 01/05/2024 Superseded General Decision Number TX20230038 'State Texas Construction Type Highway Counties Austin, Brazoria, Chambers, Fort Bend, Galveston, Hardin, Harris, Jefferson, Liberty, Montgomery, Orange, San Jacinto and Waller Counties in Texas HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (excluding tunnels, building structures in rest area projects & railroad construction, bascule, suspension & spandrel arch bridges designed for commercial navigation, bridges involving marine construction, and other major bridges) Note Contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act are generally required to pay at least the applicable minimum wage rate required under Executive Order 14026 or Executive Order 13658 Please note that these Executive Orders apply to covered contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself, but do not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5 1(a)(1) If the contract is entered Executive Order 14026 into on or after January 30, generally applies to the 2022, or the contract is contract renewed or extended (e g , an The contractor must pay option is exercised) on or all covered workers at after January 30, 2022 least $17 20 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in 2024 If the contract was awarded on Executive Order 13658 or between January 1, 2015 and generally applies to the January 29, 2022, and the contract contract is not renewed or The contractor must pay all extended on or after January covered workers at least 30, 2022 $12 90 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on that contract in 2024 The applicable Executive Order minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually If this contract is covered by one of the Executive Orders and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the contractor must still submit a conformance request Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the Executive Orders is available at https://sam.gov/wage-determination/TX20240038/0 1/5 1/30/24,1:55 PM SAM.gov http //www dol gov/whd/govcontracts Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/05/2024 SUTX2011-013 08/10/2011 Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER (Paving and Structures) $ 12 98 ** ELECTRICIAN $ 27 11 FORM BUILDER/FORM SETTER Paving & Curb $ 12 34 ** Structures $ 12 23 ** LABORER Asphalt Raker $ 12 36 ** Flagger $ 10 33 ** Laborer, Common $ 11 02 ** Laborer, Utility $ 11 73 ** Pipelayer $ 12 12 ** Work Zone Barricade Servicer $ 11 67 ** PAINTER (Structures) $ 18 62 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR Asphalt Distributor $ 14 06 ** Asphalt Paving Machine $ 14 32 ** Broom or Sweeper $ 12 68 ** Concrete Pavement Finishing Machine $ 13 07 ** Concrete Paving, Curing, Float, Texturing Machine $ 11 71 ** Concrete Saw $ 13 99 ** Crane, Hydraulic 80 Tons or less $ 13 86 ** Crane, Lattice boom 80 tons or less $ 14 97 ** Crane, Lattice boom over 80 Tons $ 15 80 ** Crawler Tractor $ 13 68 ** Excavator, 50,000 pounds or less $ 12 71 ** Excavator, Over 50,000 pounds $ 14 53 ** Foundation Drill, Crawler Mounted $ 17 43 Foundation Drill, Truck Mounted $ 15 89 ** Front End Loader 3 CY or Less $ 13 32 ** Front End Loader, Over 3 CY $ 13 17 ** Loader/Backhoe $ 14 29 ** Mechanic $ 16 96 ** Milling Machine $ 13 53 ** Motor Grader, Fine Grade $ 15 69 ** Motor Grader, Rough $ 14 23 ** Off Road Hauler $ 14 60 ** Pavement Marking Machine $ 11 18 ** https://sam.gov/wage-determination/TX20240038/0 2/5 1/30/24,1:55 PM SAM.gov Piledriver $ 14 95 ** Roller, Asphalt $ 11 95 ** Roller, Other $ 11 57 ** Scraper $ 13 47 ** Spreader Box $ 13 58 ** Servicer $ 13 97 ** Steel Worker Reinforcing Steel $ 15 15 ** Structural Steel Welder $ 12 85 ** Structural Steel $ 14 39 ** TRUCK DRIVER Low Boy Float $ 16 03 ** Single Axle $ 11 46 ** Single or Tandem Axle Dump $ 11 48 ** Tandem Axle Tractor w/Semi Trailer $ 12 27 ** WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental ** Workers in this classification may be entitled to a higher minimum wage under Executive Order 14026 ($17 20) or 13658 ($12 90) Please see the Note at the top of the wage determination for more information Please also note that the minimum wage requirements of Executive Order 14026 are not currently being enforced as to any contract or subcontract to which the states of Texas, Louisiana, or Mississippi, including their agencies, are a party Note Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017 If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care, to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care, or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at https //www dol gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5 5 (a) (1) (iii)) The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the https://sam.gov/wage-determination/TX20240038/0 3/5 1/30/24 1:55 PM SAM.gov cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of ""identifiers"" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate) Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than ""SU"" or ""UAVG"" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey Example PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014 PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i e , Plumbers Local 0198 The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014 Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the ""SU"" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates Example SULA2012-007 5/13/2014 SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates LA indicates the State of Louisiana 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications, however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data EXAMPLE UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014 UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate OH indicates the state The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based https://sam.gov/wage-determination/TX20240038/0 4/5 1/30/24 1:55 PM SAM.gov WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1 ) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour National Office because National Office has responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2 ) and 3 ) should be followed With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Write to Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U S Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N W Washington, DC 20210 2 ) If the answer to the question in 1 ) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1 8 and 29 CFR Part 7) Write to Wage and Hour Administrator U S Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N W Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc ) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue 3 ) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board) Write to Administrative Review Board U S Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N W Washington, DC 20210 4 ) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final END OF GENERAL DECISION" https://sam.gov/wage-determination/TX20240038/0 5/5 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM Section 00900 ADDENDUM NO 2 Date. 02/05/2024 PROJECT Brookland Acres, Garden Rd/O'Day Rd, Woody Rd Drainage Improvements BID NO 1124-03 BID DATE February 8, 2024 FROM. Sergio Becerril Project Manager City of Pearland 2016 Old Alvin, Pearland, Texas 77581 To Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Addendum No 2 is issued to correct the quantity template in Ionwave which is duplicating the unit of measures in each bid line item when populating the Bid Submittal SPECIFICATIONS None CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS None END OF ADDENDUM NO 2 J' ea J Sergio Becerril Project Manager 2-22-12 00900- 1 of 1 Ooantlry LiOM Description Spec Reference Mgf Name MIgO Estimated Response Base Bitl 032102 Brooknne Aces 7KHO Drainage Mu m'emann PKW Rase Bid 1 LS Mobiludon to 2.5% 01505 PKLN Base Bel 1 L5 Traffic Control and Regulation 01555 PAW Bareed 2 FA Project ldenMcation Sons 01560 pKW Base Bel 360 LF Rein/arced Fdter Fabric Banter 01561 PKW Base Bd 6 EA Inlet Protection Barrier(Stageland 5uge111 01500 PION Base Bird 2 EA SDi,oe,d Construction Exit-72 SY 01500 Dispose PKLN Base Bid 12 LF Remove and Exist Orlvewur Culverts-151nch CPP 02220 PKLN Base Bel 102 IF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts-IS inch RCP 02220 PKLN Base Old 173 LF Remove and Dispose Exit Driveway Cvherts-18 inch CPP 02220 PKLN 0 Rase Bid 1264 If Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts-18 Inch RCP 02220 I Base Old J4 IF Remove and Dispose Wu Driveway Culverts-24 inch CPP 02220 PKLN 3 RaseBid 22D 0 Remove and Dispose Exist DrbewayCUNerts-24Inch RCP 02220 PKW 3 Base Bd 33 IF Remove and Okpose Eest Driveway Culverts-36Mich OvalCMP 02220 FKLN 4 Baseld 7440 CY Prop.Excavation 02316 PKW 5 Base Bd 731 SY Prp.84nah thk.eluu'A'Hydrated Line5Mgrade 02335 PKLN 6 Base Bid 731 SY 6Hnch thk.5ta6111e.J limestone Base 02335 PKW 7 Have Bd 731 SY Prop Hot Mt Asphalt Concrete Pavement Rep1acement-2inch L.I. 02741 PKW 8 Base Bid 1425 tF Prop 18-inch Reinforced Connote Pipe 02630 PKLN 9 Base Bid 534 IF Prop 24-In6 Reinforced Concrete Poe 02630 PKW 0 Base Bid 33 Lf Prop 3Dlnch Reinforced Concrete Pipe 02.0 PKLN 1 Base Bid 1 FA Prop.Type C Storm Manhole(Normal Depth) 02542 PKW 2 Base Bid 1 EA Prop Type II Parallel Drainage Safety End Treatment 02629 PKLN 3 Rase Bld 288 SY Prop Concrete Slope Paving-6Inch Thick 02751 Remove Exist Gravel Driveway and Install Prop.Crushed Lmesto eDriveway 6-Inch 02710 PKLN Base Brd 94 SY Thick MIN25 Base OM 603 5Y Remove Did Asphalt Driveway and Install Prop.Asphalt Driveway 6-Inch Thick 02741 36 330 SY Remove Exist Concrete DrivewaybySaw Cut and lsslaR Prop.6-Inch Thick Concrete 02775 P. Base Bed Driveway PKLN 27 Base Rid 120 Lf Proposed bAch Water One Offset with Restrame0 Bends by pen. 02510 38 Base Bid 3 Lf Proposed bircch water fineh0open cal 02510 PKW 29 Base Bid EA Relocate Eent Fire Hydrant Assembly with Valve Box 02514 PKLN 30 Base Bid 10 EA Adjust Exist Water Valvesto Proposed Ditch Grade 02541 PKW 31 Base Rid 4 Acre Hydra..Seeding 02921 Remove.. rid reinstall wood fe 'eluding LO ndalion posts,gates,etc 02820 PKLN 32 Base Bid 2W IF Complete assembly Remove,store ands tall wrought Ir rile ,Including l0 ndalion pats,60 LP 02B21 PKW 33 Base Bid foundation curb,gates,etc.-CnmPlete assembly PKW 34 .se Bid 90 IF Insta113 feet 0range plart2 safety fence on steel Toles ITemprary) 01821 OR 0.oad/0'0m Road PKHD Base Bid Drainage mpr0vemems PKLN 1 Base Rid 1 LS Ma1Uanon Ell 25% 01505 PKW 2 Base Bd 1 LS Traffic Control aM Regulauon 01555 PKW 3 Base Bid 2 EA Proton ldenb0catmn 5gns 01580 PKLN 4 Rase Bid 960 Lf Reinforced Hher Fabric Berner 01561 P. 5 Base Bid 15 EA Inlet Protection Barrier IStagelandStefe 111 01500 PKLN 6 Base Bid 2 EA Stabilized Construction Exit-725Y 01500 PKLN 7 .se Bid 398 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts-IS inch CPP 02220 PKLN B Base Bid 111 LF Remove and Dispose Fdzt Driveway Culverts-18Inch CPP 02220 PKLN 9 Base Bd 194 LF Remove and Dispose Felt Driveway Culverts-181nch RCP 02220 PKLN 10 Bass 94 204 LF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts 24 inch CPP 02220 PKLN 11 Base Bid 27 15 Remove and Dispose ENst Dnveway Culverts-241nch CFAF 02220 PKW 12 Base Bid 1161 LF Remove and Dispose Frost Driveway Culverts-24 inch RCP 02220 PKLN 13 Base Bid 29 LF Remove and 9ispme Feist Driveway Culverts-10Inch CPP 02220 PKLN 14 Base Rd 66 LF Remove and Dispose Fehr Onveway Culverts-30Lrch MP 02220 PKLN 15 Base Bid 1062 t Remove and Dispose Exist Dieway Culverts-30Inch RCP O.. PKLN 16 .se Bel smLF Remove and Dispose Fxht OnvewayCLlvert0-36Inch RCP 02220 POLIO 17 BaseBel33 IF IIETOVe and O mine Fort OrwewaVCLI'aerts-42 Inch RCP 02220 PKLN 18 Rase Bd 447 IF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts-48Inch RCP 02220 PKW 19 Base Bid 21 Lf Remove and Dispose Feld Driveway Culverts-36,18'IMP 02220 PKW 20 Rase Bid 19840 CY Prop Excavation 02316 PION 21 Base Bid 1950 SY Prop bmch thk.Class,°A°Hydrated Lime Suberade 02335 PKLN 22 Base Bd 1350 SY birch Mk.Stabihaed Hmetone Base 02335 PKLN 23 Base Bd 1950 SY Propflol Mm Asphalt Concrete Pavement Replacern.•2 inch thick 02741 PKLN 24 Base Bid 49 IF Prop 16inch Reinforced Concrete pip 02630 PKW 25 Base BA 1976 IF Prp%Lynch Reinforced Concrete Pipe 02630 PKW 26 Base Bel 553 1f Prop 30lnch Reinforced Concrete Pipe 02630 PKW 27 Base Bel .9 IF Prop 361nch Rein/arced Concrete Pipe 02.0 PKLN 28 Base Bid 454 IF Prop4...cryReinforced Concrete Poe 02530 PKW 29 Base Bid 338 IF Prop 36mch E0Arthed Concrete Pipe 01630 PKLN 30 RaseBid 58 IF Prop 483nch 000005 dConcrete Pipe 02630 PKLN 31 Base Bid 2 FA op Type CStpsm Manhole(NOrmal Depth) 02542 PKLN 32 Base Bid 1 fA P,OP.Type 11 Parallel Drainage Safety End treatment 01623 POLO 33 Base Bid 7. SY Prop Concrete Slope Paving-6Inch Thick 02751 34 390 SY Remove Exist Gr el Driveway and lns Prop.Crushed Limes%a Driveway 6-Inch 0271D PKLN Base Bid Thick PKPKLN35 Base Bed881 SY Remove Furl Asphalt Dmeway andlns0ll Prop.Adphallfriseway 64nch Thick 02741 36 1064 SY Remove En ete Driveway bySaw Cut and Install Prop.6Inch Thick Cnrcxte 0,,,PKLN Base Bid 1064 PKLN 37 Base Bid 320 IF Proposed bmch Water Line Offsetwdh Restrained Bends by opened 02510 PKLN 313 .se Bel 100 LF Proposed 6inh water line hoop,rut 02510 PKLN 39 Rase Bd 16 EA Relocate Exist FM Hydrant Assemb%with Valve Box 02514 PKLN 40 Base Bid 1 EA Cut,plug and abandon exist Mrich water line 02541 PKLN 41 Base Bid 32 EA Adjust Exist Water Valves to Proposed OtMGrade 02541 PKLN 42 Hose Bid J Acre Hydromulch Seederg 02321 43 20 Li Remove,rlo rid r'slaliwood le eluding.ndalon posts,gate etc 02820 PKLN Base Ole Complete assembly Remove,store xmstali wrought bon fence. .ding to ndalion posts44 02301 PKLN se Bid 20 IF foundtlon curb,Rates,etc-Complete assembly 061N 45 Base Bd 256 IF Install 3 feet orange piastre safety fence on steel T-Potes(Temporary) 02821 Base BM DR 2.Woody Road Or age FKW HO Improvements I 1 Dose Bid 15 MOb'duatwn@2S% 01505 PKW e 01d I L5 Odle Control and Regulation 01555 PKW _ 3 Rase BA 1 EA Project Identdicatitn Signs 01580 PKLN 4 Base Rd 180 IF Reinforced idter Fabric Barrier 01561 PKLN 5 Base Bid 3 FA Inlet Protection Barrier(State]and Stage IN 01500 PKLN 6 Base Bid 1 EA Stabilised Construction Evert-72 SY 01500 PKLN 7 Base Bid 0 LF Remove and Dspse Exist Driveway Culverts-Is inch RCP 02220 PKLN .se Bid 66 IF Remove and Dispose Exist Driveway Culverts-18 inch CPP 02220 PKW 9 Base Bid 95 LF Remove and Dispose Feist Ormeway Culverts•16 inch RCP 02220 PKLN 10 .se Rd 12 Lf Remove and OM Emu Cubewry Culverts-M Mch RCP 02320 PKLN 11 Base Bel 12 If Remove and Dispose Feist Omeway Culverts-30 b.RCP 02220 PKLN 12 .se Rid 3720 CY Prop.Excavation 02316 PKLN 13 Base Bd 366 5Y Prop.OAnch thk.Claus`A`Hydrated Lane Subgrade 07.335 PKLN 14 Base Bid 3. SY 6Hnch Mk.Stabilized Limestone Base 02335 PION 15 Base Bid 3. 5Y Prop Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete Pavement Replacement-2 inch thick 02741 PKLN 16 .se Bid 169 (I Prop 24-Inch Reinforced Concrete Pure 02630 PKW 17 Base Bid 1 EA Prop.Type C Storm Manhole(Normal Depth) 0.42 PION 18 Base Bid 1 .f* Prop.Tye II Parallel Drainage Safety End Treatment 02629 PKW 19 Base Bid 144 SY Prop Concrete Slop Paving-6 Inch TOM 02751 Remove Exist Gravel Driveway and Install Prop.Crushed Lmesto eOnveway6lnch 02710 PKLN 30 Base Bid 50 SY Thick 118 SY Remove Oust Asphalt Driveway and Install Prop.Asphalt Driveway 64nchfick 02741 PKLN 11 Base Bd Base Bid Driveway SY Remove Feitfo cxlelrivewaybySew Cut and Install Prop.birch Thule Con etc 02T75 Driveway PKW 23 Base Bd 60 If Proposed bind)Watee Line Offset with Restrained Bends by open cut 02510 PKLN 24 Base Bid 102 Lf Proposed 6.Inch water line by open. 02510 PKLN 25 Base0d 2 EA Relocate Exist Fire Hydrant Assembly with Valve Boa 01514 PKLN 26 Base Bid 1 EA Cut,plug and abandon exist 6-inch we er line 0.1 PKLN 27 Base Bid 6 EA Adjust Felt Water Valves to Proposed Nab Grade 02541 PKLN 28 Base Bid 1 Acre Hydromulch Seeding 02921 29 20 Ion Remove.store rid rend.wood fe including fo ndabon pods,gates,etc 02820 PKLN 33 Bid Complete assembly Remove,sto 07010Install wrought i 0n fe ,including foundation posts, 02021 P.M 30 .se Bid 20 foundation curb,gates,etc.-Complete usembly PKW 31 ease Bid 48 IF Install 3 feet orange plank safetyfence on steel T.Pekd(TemPOrty) 02821 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK Section 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A A summary of the Work to be performed under this Contract, work by Owner, Owner furnished products, Work sequence, future Work, Contractor's use of Premises, and Owner occupancy 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A Work of the Contract is for the construction of: drainage improvements for Brookland Acres, Garden Road, O'Day Road, and Woody Road that includes, but is not limited to excavating and regrading existing roadside ditches, removing and replacing existing driveways, pipe culverts, and pavement; relocate fire hydrants and adjust existing water valves to proposed grades. B The construction duration for this project is 300 calendar days. C Contractor must coordinate with City of Pearland for water line offsets and fire hydrant relocations atleast 72 hours prior to the work. D Contractor shall document existing site conditions through detailed photpgraphs and video recordings prior to the start of construction. The documentation will include condition of the existing wooden or wrought iron fences for all properties within the project limits. E Contractor shall be responsible for removal, storage and reinstallation of the existing wood fences without any damage. Contractor must inform City on the location and extent of fence removal atleast 72 hours prior to the removal. F Contractor shall be responsible for the removal, storage and reinstallation of the existing wrought iron fence without any damage. The reinstallation work will include the complete assembly, including replaement of the concrete foundation and gates. Contractor must inform City on the location and extent of fence removal atleast 72 hours prior to the removal. G Contractor shall be responsible for the repair or replacement of existing fences damaged during construction. H The existing gravel or dirt dnveways shall be replaced with 6-inch thick crushed limestone driveways. I The existing asphalt driveway shall be replaced with 6-inch thick asphalt driveway 08/2016 01100- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK J The existing concrete driveway shall be replaced with 6-inch thick concrete driveway K Contractor shall not perform any work on the Extra Work Items without prior approval from the City of Pearland. 1.03 WORK BY OWNER A None 1.04 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A None 1.05 WORK SEQUENCE A The Contractor shall construct work in stages to accommodate Owner's occupancy and operational requirements during the construction period. B Contractor to submit project schedule to Engineer & Owner for approval as specified in Section 01350—Submittals. C Contractor shall coordinate the Work with the Engineer and Owner as specified in Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings. 1.06 FUTURE WORK A None 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A Comply with procedures for access to the site and Contractor's use of rights-of- way as specified in Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises. B Contractor shall be responsible for all utilities required for construction. 1.08 OWNER OCCUPANCY A Cooperate with the Owner to mimmize conflict, and to facilitate the Owner's operations. Coordinate Contractor's activities with Engineer B Schedule Work to accommodate this requirement. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed END OF SECTION 08/2016 01100-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES Section 01140 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.1 GENERAL 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A General use of the Project Site including properties inside and outside of the limits of construction, work affecting roads, ramps, streets and driveways and notification to adjacent occupants. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2 Section 01730—Cutting&Patching 3 Section 01555—Traffic Control &Regulation 4 Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal 5 Section 01720—Field Surveying 6 Section 02980—Pavement Repair 7 Section 02770—Curbs, Curb& Gutter, &Headers 8 Section 02255—Bedding, Backfill, &Embankment Materials 9 Section 02922—Sodding 10 Section 02921 —Hydromulch Seeding 1.3 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.4 LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A Confine access,operations,and storage areas to limits of construction as shown on the Plans provided by Owner as stipulated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement;trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed. B Contractor may make arrangements,at Contractor's cost,for temporary use of private properties,in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against claims or demands arising from such use of properties outside of the limits of construction. 1 Improvements to private properties made for the Contractor's use mustbe removed upon completion of the Work. a. No fill material may be placed in temporary work areas or on adjacent private properties without the written permission of the Engineer or the issuance of a Fill Permit by the City of Pearland or other governing entity C Restrict total length which materials may be distributed along the route of the construction at any one time to 1,000 linear feet unless otherwise approved by Engineer 01/2018 01140- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.5 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A If Contractor's means and methods require the acquisition of Temporary Construction Easements or any access to private property not already included in the above, such access and documentation along with any costs involved shall be the responsibility of the Contractor B Altering the condition of properties adjacent to and along the limits of construction will not be permitted unless authonzed by the Engineer and property owner(s) as noted above. C Means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures which will result in damage to properties or improvements in the vicinity outside of the limits of construction will not be permitted without temporary or permanent easements as determined by the Engineer D Any damage to properties outside of the limits of construction shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner E Contractor shall protect or replace all property corners,monuments or other demarcations disturbed, damaged or lost as a result of his activities. The replacement of these devices shall be properly documented to the satisfaction of the City by a Registered Public Land Surveyor with copies delivered to the Owner or private property owner 1.6 USE OF SITE A Obtain approvals of governing authorities prior to impeding or closing public roads or streets. Do not close consecutive intersections simultaneously B Notify Engineer 48 hours prior to closmg a street or a street crossing. Permits for street closures are required in advance and are the responsibility of the Contractor C Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants. D Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets,when obstruction is unavoidable due to requirements of the Work, provide grading and temporary drainage structures to maintain unimpeded flow E Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems which may exist on rights-of-ways within the Project Site. Repair or replace damaged systems to condition equal to or better than that existing at start of the Work. F When required by the Work, cutting, patching, and fitting of Work to existing facilities,accommodating installation or connection of Work with existing facilities,or uncovering Work for access, inspection, or testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 01730—Cutting&Patching. G Fires are not permitted on the Project Site. 01/2018 01140-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.7 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS A Notify individual occupants in areas to be affected by the Work of the proposed construction and time schedule. Notification shall be 24 hours,72 hours and 2 weeks prior to work being performed within 200 feet of the homes or businesses. B Include m notification names and telephone numbers of two representatives for resident contact,who will be available on 24-hour call. Include precautions which will be taken to protect private property and identify potential access or utility inconvenience or disruption. C Submit proposed notification to Engineer for approval. Consideration shall be given to the ethnicity of the neighborhood where English is not the dominant language. Notice shall be in an understandable language. 1.8 EXCAVATION IN STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS A Avoid hindering or needlessly inconveniencing public travel on a street or any intersecting alley or street for more than two blocks at any one time, except by permission of the Engineer B Obtain the Engineer's approval when the nature of the Work requires closing of an entire street. Permits required for street closure are the Contractor's responsibility Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property owners. C Remove surplus materials and debris and_open 1000 feet or less for public use as work in that block is complete. D Acceptance of any portion of the Work will not be based on return of street to public use. E Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property F Provide temporary crossing or complete the excavation and backfill in one continuous operation to minimize the duration of obstruction when excavation is required across drives or entrances. G Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Section 01555 —Traffic Control & Regulation. 1.9 CLEAN-UP A Maintain Project Site in a neat and orderly manner B Perform daily clean-up in and around construction zone of dirt,debns,scrap materials, other disposable items. C Leave streets, driveways, and sidewalks broom-clean or its equivalent at the end of each work day D Promptly remove barriers,signs,and components of other control systems that are no 01/2018 01140-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES longer being utilized. E Dispose of waste and excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01562—Waste Matenal Disposal. 1.10 RESTORATION A Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre-construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on the Plans. B Repair/Replace removed or damaged pavement in accordance with Section 02980— Pavement Repair-and removed-or damaged-curbs,gutters,and headers inaccordance with Section 02770 — Curbs, Curb & Gutter, & Headers. Repair/Replace with like materials to match existing style, lines, grades, etc., unless otherwise directed by Engineer C Repair turf areas which become damaged by Contractor's operations at no additional cost to Owner D Level with bank sand or topsoil, conforming to Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill,& Embankment Materials, as approved by the Engineer E Provide sodding in areas of residential land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved, in accordance with Section 02922—Sodding.Use only block sodding; do not use spot sodding or sprigging. F Provide hydromulch seeding in areas of commercial, industrial or undeveloped land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved,in accordance with Section 02921 —Hydromulch Seeding. G Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using steel wheel rollers appropriate for sodding 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 01/2018 01140-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for measurement and payment of Work. B Conditions for nonconformance assessmentand nonpayment for rejected products. C References to Technical Specifications. See Bid Proposal Sheet D Reference Standards. 1 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute(CRSI) 2. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 1.02 AUTHORITY A Units and methods delineated in this Section are intended to complement the criteria of the Technical Specifications and Section 00300—Bid Proposal. B In the event of conflict, the unit specified for Bid Items in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal shall govern. C Measurements and quantities submitted by the Contractor will be verified by the Engineer D Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required by Engineer to verify quantities. 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A Quantity and measurement estimates stated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal are for contract purposes only Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work, authorized and verified by Engineer shall determine payment as stated in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. B If the actual Work requires greater or lesser quantities than those quantities indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, provide the required quantities at the unit prices contracted except as otherwise stated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement or in executed Change Order 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal shapes will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights. Welded assemblies will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction or scale weights. 05/2007 01200- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES B Measurement by Volume: 1 Stockpiles. Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width, and height or thickness. 2. Excavation and Embankment Matenals Measured by cubic dimension using the average end area method. C Measurement by Area. Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius. D Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean chord. E Stipulated Price Measurement: By unit designated in the agreement. F Other- Items measured by weight, volume, area, or lineal means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work. 1.05 PAYMENT A Payment includes full compensation for all required supervision,labor,products,tools, equipment,plant,transportation,services,and incidentals,and erection,application or installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit. The price bid shall include the total cost for required Work. Claims for payment as Unit Price Work not specifically covered in Section 00300—Bid Proposal will not be accepted. B Progress Payments for Unit Pnce Work will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by the unit price. C Progress Payments for Lump Sum Work will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of the percentage of quantities included in the schedule of values incorporated in the Work. D Final Payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities determined by Engineer multiplied by the unit price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work. 1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT A Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the Contract Documents. B If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Engineer will direct one of the following remedies. 1 The nonconforming Work will remain as is,but the unit price will be adjusted to a lower pnce at the discretion of the Engineer 2. The nonconforming Work will be modified as authorized by the Engineer, and the unit price will be adjusted to a lower pnce at the discretion of the Engineer, if the modified Work is deemed to be less suitable than onginally specified. 05/2007 01200-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES C Individual Technical Specifications may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage price reduction. D The authority of the Engineer to assess the nonconforming Work and identify payment adjustment is final. 1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS A Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1 Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to Engineer 2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement. 3 Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle. 4 Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5 Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work, unless specified otherwise. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 05/2007 01200-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01290 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for processing Change Orders, including: 1 Assignment of a responsible individual for approval and communication of changes in the Work; 2. Documentation of change in Contract Price and Contract Time, 3 Change procedures, using proposals and construction contract modifications, Work Change Directive, Stipulated Price Change Order, Unit Price Change Order, Time and Materials Change Order; 4 Execution of Change Orders, 5 Correlation of Contractor Submittals. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents C Other References 1 Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment(Data Quest Blue Book) Rental Rate is defined as the full unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL A Contractor shall provide a letter indicating the name and address of the individual authorized to execute change documents, and who shall also be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ and Subcontractors of changes to the Work. The information shall be provided at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME A Provide full information required for identification and evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of proposed changes in the Work. B Contractor shall document each Proposal for Change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow for its evaluation. 02/2008 01290- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES C Proposal for Change shall include, as a minimum, the following information as applicable: 1 Original Quantities of items in Section 00300—Bid Proposal with additions, reductions, deletions, and substitutions. 2. When Work items were not included in Section 00300—Bid Proposal, Contractor shall provide unit prices for the new items, with supporting information as required by the Engineer 3 Justification for any change in Contract Time. 4 Additional data upon request. D For changes in the Work performed on a time-and-material basis, the following additional information may be required. 1 Quantities and description of products and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3 Overhead and profit as noted in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 7 03 "Extra Work" 4 Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 5 Time records and certified copies of applicable payrolls. 6 Invoices and receipts for products, rented equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. E Rented equipment will be paid to the Contractor by actual invoice cost for the duration of time required to complete the extra work. If the extra work comprises only a portion of the rental invoice where the equipment would otherwise be on the site,the Contractor shall compute the hourly equipment rate by dividing the actual monthly invoice by 176. (One day equals 8 hours and one week equals 40 hours.) Operating costs shall not exceed the estimated operating costs given for the item of equipment in the Blue Book. F For changes in the work performed on a time-and-materials basis using Contractor- owned equipment, compute rates with the Blue Book as follows 1 Multiply the appropriate Rental Rate by an adjustment factor of 70 percent plus the full rate shown for operating costs. The Rental Rate utilized shall be the lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly or monthly rates. Use 150 percent of the Rental Rate for double shifts (one extra shift per day) and 200 percent of the Rental Rate for more than two shifts per day No other rate adjustments shall apply 2. Standby rates shall be 50 percent of the appropnate Rental Rate shown in the Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed. 1.05 CHANGE PROCEDURES A Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of a Change Order Issuance of a Work Change Directive or written acceptance by the Engineer of changes will be formalized into Change Orders. All such changes will be in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7 01 "Change Orders" 02/2008 01290-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES B The Engineer will advise Contractor of Minor Changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time as authorized by Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7 02 "Minor Changes", by issuing supplemental instructions. C Contractor may request clarification of Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents or other information. Response by the Engineer to a Request for Information does not authorize the Contractor to perform tasks outside the scope of the Work. All changes must be authorized as described in this Section. 1.06 PROPOSALS FOR CHANGE AND CONTRACT MODIFICATION A The Engineer may issue a-Request for Proposal,which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Plans and Technical Specifications.The Engineer may also request a proposal in the response to a Request for Information. Contractor will prepare and submit its Proposal for Change within 7 days or as specified in the request. B The Contractor may propose an unsolicited change by submitting a Proposal for Change to the Engineer describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time including full documentation. 1.07 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE A Engineer may issue a signed Work Change Directive instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order B The document will describe changes in the Work and will designate a method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. C Contractor shall proceed promptly to execute the changes in the Work in accordance with the Work Change Directive. 1.08 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A A Stipulated Price Change Order will be based on an accepted Proposal for Change including the Contractor's lump sum price quotation. 1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A Where Unit Prices for the affected items of the Work are included in Section 00300- Bid Proposal , the Unit Price Change Order will be based on unit prices as originally bid, subject to provisions of Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. B Where unit pnces of the Work are not pre-determined in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, Work Change Directive or accepted Proposal for Change will specify the unit prices to be used. 02/2008 01290-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.10 TIME-AND-MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A Contractor shall provide an itemized account and supporting data after completion of change,within time limits indicated for claims in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. B Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Price and Contract Time as provided in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. C Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on time-and-material basis as specified in this Section, 1 04 "Documentation of Change in Contract Price and Contract Time" D Contractor shall provide full information required for evaluation of changes,and shall substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION A Engineer will issue Change Orders, Work Change Directives, or accepted Proposals for Change for signatures of parties named in Section 00500 — Standard Form of Agreement. 1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A For Stipulated Pnce Contracts, Contractor shall promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. B For Unit Pnce Contracts,the next monthly Application for Payment of the Work after acceptance of a Change Order will be revised to include any new items not previously included and the appropnate umt rates. C Contractor shall promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time,and shall revise schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit for review D Contractor shall promptly enter changes to the on-site and record copies of the Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents as required in Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01290-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS Section 01310 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Section includes general coordination including Preconstruction Conference, Site Mobilization Conference, and Progress Meetings. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01100—Summary of Work 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Coordination is required throughout the documents. Refer to all of the Contract Documents and coordinate as necessary 1.03 ENGINEER AND REPRESENTATIVES A The Engineer may act directly or through designated representatives as defined in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 1 01 "Owner, Contractor, and Engineer", and as identified by name at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 CONTRACTOR COORDINATION A Coordinate scheduling,submittals,and work of the various Technical Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B Coordinate completion and clean up of the Work for Substantial Completion and for portions of the Work designated for Owner's partial occupancy C Coordinate access to Project Site for correction of nonconforming work to minimize disruption of Owner's activities where Owner is in partial occupancy 1.05 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A Engineer will schedule a Preconstruction Conference. B Attendance Required. Engineer's representatives,Consultants,Contractor,and major Subcontractors. C Agenda. 1 Distribution of Contract Documents. 2. Designation of personnel representing the parties to the Contract, and the Consultant. 3 Review of insurance. 02/2008 01310- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 4 Discussion of formats proposed by the Contractor for Schedule of Values, and Construction Schedule. 5 Discussion of required Submittals, including,but not limited to, Work Plans, Traffic Control Plans, Safety Programs, Construction Photographs. 6 Procedures and processing of Shop Drawings and other submittals, substitutions, Applications for Payment, Requests for Information, Request for Proposal, Change Orders, and Contract Closeout. 7 Scheduling of the Work and coordination with other contractors. 8 Review of Subcontractors. 9 Appropriate agenda items listed in this Section, 1 06 "Site Mobilization Conference", when Preconstruction-Conference_and_Site Mobilization Conference are combined. 10 Procedures for testing. 11 Procedures for maintaining Project Record Documents. 12. Designation of the individual authorized to execute change documents and their responsibilities. 13 Discussion of requirements of a Trench Safety Program. 1.06 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE A When required by Section 01100—Summary of Work,Engineer will schedule a Site Mobilization Conference at the Project Site prior to Contractor occupancy B Attendance Required. Engineer representatives, Consultants, Contractor's Superintendent, and major Subcontractors C Agenda. 1 Use of premises by Owner and Contractor 2. Safety and first aid procedures 3 Construction controls provided by Owner 4 Temporary utilities 5 Survey and layout 6 Security and housekeeping procedures 1.07 PROGRESS MEETINGS A Progress Meetings shall be held at Project Site or other location as designated by the Engineer Meeting shall be held at monthly intervals, or more frequent intervals if directed by Engineer B Attendance Required. Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Engineer representatives, and Consultants as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. C Engineer or City's representative will make arrangements for meetings,and recording minutes. D Engineer or City's representative will prepare the agenda and preside at meetings. 02/2008 01310-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS E Contractor shall provide required information and be prepared to discuss each agenda item. F Agenda. 1 Review minutes of previous meeting. 2. Review of Construction Schedule, Applications for Payment,payroll and compliance submittals. 3 Field observations,problems, and decisions. 4 Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5 Review of Submittal Schedule and status of submittals. 6 Review status of Requests for Information, Requests for Proposal. 7 Review status of Change Orders. 8 Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 9 Maintenance of updates to Construction Schedule. 10 Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 11 Planned progress during succeeding work period. 12. Coordination of projected progress. 13 Maintenance of quality and work standards. 14 Effect of proposed changes on Construction Schedule and coordination. 15 Other items relating to the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01310-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS Section 01350 SUBMITTALS 1.0 GENERAL This Section contains general lists of Submittals and Technical Specifications that may be required for the Work. When Submittals are required elsewhere in these Technical Specifications, refer to this Section for Submittal requirements and procedures. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Submittal procedures for 1 Schedule of Values 2. Construction Schedules 3 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples 4 Operations and Maintenance Data 5 Manufacturer's Certificates 6 Construction Photographs 7 Project Record Documents 8. Design Mixes B References to the following Technical Specifications 1 Section 01310—Coordination&Meetings 2. Section 01630—Product Options & Substitutions 3 Section 01100—Summary of Work 4 Section 01380—Construction Photographs 5 Section 01760—Project Record Documents 6. Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers 1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A Scheduling and Handling 1 Schedule Submittals well in advance of the need for material or equipment for construction. Allow time to make delivery of material or equipment after Submittal is approved. 2. Develop a Submittal Schedule that allows sufficient time for initial review, correction,resubmission and final review of all submittals.The Engineer will review and return submittals to the Contractor as expeditiously as possible but the amount of time required for review will vary depending on the complexity and quantity of data submitted. In no case will a Submittal Schedule be acceptable which allows less than 30 days for initial review by the Engineer This time for review shall in no way be justification for delays or additional compensation to the Contractor 3 The Engineer's review of submittals covers conformity to the Plans,Technical Specifications, and dimensions which affect the layout. The Contractor is responsible for quantity determination. The Contractor is responsible for any errors, omissions or deviations from the Contract requirements, review of 01/2008 01350- 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS submittals in no way relieves the Contractor from his obligation to furnish required items according to the Plans and Technical Specifications. 4 Submit 5 copies of documents unless otherwise specified in this Section or by individual Technical Specifications. 5 Revise and resubmit submittals as required. Identify all changes made since previous submittal. 6. The Contractor shall assume the risk for material or equipment which is fabricated or delivered prior to approval. No material or equipment shall be incorporated into the Work or included in Applications for Payment until approval has been obtained in the specified manner B Transmittal Form and Numbering 1 Transmit each submittal to the Engineer with a transmittal form. 2. Sequentially number each transmittal form beginning with the number 1 Re- Submittals shall use the original number with an alphabetic suffix(i.e.,2A for first Re-Submittal of Submittal 2 or 15C for third Re-Submittal of Submittal 15) Each submittal shall only contain one type of work, material, or equipment. Mixed submittals will not be accepted. 3 Identify vanations from requirements of Contract Documents and identify product or system limitations. 4 For submittal numbering of video tapes, see this Section, 1 10 "Video" C Contractor's Certification 1 Each submittal shall contain a statement or stamp signed by the Contractor, certifying that the items have been reviewed in detail and are correct and in accordance with Contract Documents, except as noted by any requested variance. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A Submit a Schedule of Values at least 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment. A Schedule of Values shall be provided for each of the items indicated as Lump Sum (LS) in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal for which the Contractor requests to receive Progress Payments. B Schedule of Values shall be typewritten on 8-1/2"x 11",plain bond,white paper Use the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as a format for listing costs of Work by Section. C Round off figures for each listed item to the nearest $100 00 except for the value of one item, if necessary, to make the total price for all items listed in the Schedule of Values equal to the applicable Lump Sum in Section 00300—Bid Proposal. D For Unit Pnce Contracts, items should include a proportional share of Contractor's overhead and profit, such that the total of all items listed in the Schedule of Values equals the Contract amount. For Stipulated Pnce Contracts,Mobilization,Bonds,and Insurance may be listed as separate items in the Schedule of Values. 01/2008 01350-2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS E For Lump Sum equipment items, where Submittals for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports in conjunction with Operation and Maintenance Data are required, include a separate item for equipment Operation and Maintenance Data Submittals and a separate item for Submittals of equipment Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports, each valued at five (5)percent of the Lump Sum. F Revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit for items affected by contract modifications,Change Orders,and Work Change Directives. Submit revised Schedule of Values 10 days pnor to the first Application for Payment after the changes are approved by the Engineer 1.04 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A Submit Construction Schedules for the Work in accordance with the requirements of this Section. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall be,at a minimum,a bar chart, (computer generated or prepared manually) and a narrative report. B During the Preconstruction Meeting, as noted in Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings, the Contractor shall provide a sample of the format to be used for the Construction Schedule Submittal.The format is subject to approval by the Engineer Review of the Submittal will be provided within 7 days of the Submittal of the sample. C Within 7 days of the receipt of approval of the Contractor's format, or 14 days of the Notice to Proceed, whichever is later, the Contractor shall submit a proposed Construction Schedule for review The Construction Schedule Submittal shall meet the following requirements. 1 The Construction Schedule shall usually include a total of at least 20 but not more than 50 activities Fewer activities may be accepted,if approved by the Engineer 2. For Projects with work at different physical locations,each location should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 3 For projects with multiple crafts or significant subcontractor components,these elements should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 4 For Projects with multiple types of tasks within the scope,these types of work should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 5 For Projects with significant major equipment items or materials worth over 25 percent of the Total Contract Price, the Construction Schedule shall indicate dates when these items are to be purchased,when they are to be delivered,and when installed. 6. For Projects where operating plants are involved, each period of work which will require the shut down of any process or operation shall be identified in the Construction Schedule and must be agreed to by the Engineer pnor to starting work in the area. 7 A Billing Schedule(tabulation of the estimated monthly billings)for the Work shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor with the first Construction Schedule. This information is not required in the monthly updates, unless significant changes in Work require re-submittal of the Construction Schedule for review The total for each month and a cumulative total will be indicated. 01/2008 01350-3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS These monthly forecasts are only for planning purposes of the Engineer Monthly payments for actual work completed will be made by the Engineer in accordance with Section 00700- General Conditions of Agreement. D The Contractor must receive approval of the Engineer for the Construction Schedule and Billing Schedule prior to the first monthly Application for Payment. No payment will be made until these are accepted. E Upon written request from the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and submit for approval all or any part of the Construction Schedule to reflect changed conditions in the Work or deviations made from the original plan and schedule. F The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall thereafter be updated with the Actual Start and Actual Finish Dates, Percent Complete, and Remaining Duration of each Activity and submitted monthly The date to be used in updating the monthly Construction Schedule shall be the same Date as is used in the monthly Application for Payment. This monthly update of the Construction Schedule shall be required before the monthly Application for Payment will be processed for payment. G The narrative Construction Schedule Report shall include a description of changes made to the Construction Schedule; Activities Added to the Construction Schedule; Activities Deleted from the Construction Schedule, any other changes made to the Construction Schedule other than the addition of Actual Start Dates and Actual Finish Dates and Remaining Durations. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA,AND SAMPLES A Shop Drawings 1 Submit Shop Drawings for review as required by the Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1 02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each Shop Drawing. 3 The Shop Drawing shall accurately and distinctly present the following: a. Field and erection dimensions clearly identified as such. b Arrangement and section views. c. Relation to adjacent materials or structure including complete information for making connections between work under this Contract and work under other contracts. d. Kinds of materials and finishes. e. Parts list and descriptions. f Assembly Shop Drawings of equipment components and accessories showing their respective positions and relationships to the complete equipment package. g. Where necessary for clarity, identify details by reference to sheet numbers and detail numbers, schedule or room numbers as shown on the Plans. 4 Shop Drawing Drawings shall be to scale,and shall be a true representation of the specific equipment or item to be furnished. 01/2008 01350-4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS B Product Data 1 Submit Product Data for review when required in individual Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1 02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each data item submitted. 3 Mark each copy to identify applicable products,models,options to be used in this Project. Supplement manufacturers'standard data to provide information unique to this Project, where required by the Technical Specification. 4 For products specified only by reference standard,submit manufacturer,trade name, model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard. 5 For Approved Products, those designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words"or approved equal",submit manufacturer,trade name, model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard. 6. For products proposed as alternates to Approved Products, refer to Section 01630-Product Options and Substitutions, 1 04"Selection Options"and 1.07 "Substitution Procedures" 7 For products that are neither Pre-Approved, Approved, specified only by reference standard, nor proposed as alternates, submit product description, trade name, manufacturer, and supplier Contractor shall provide additional information upon written request by Engineer or Owner C Samples 1 Submit samples for review as required by the Technical Specification. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1 02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on each sample or a firmly attached sheet of paper 3 Submit the number of samples specified in the Technical Specification,one of which will be retained by the Engineer 4 Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are identified in the Technical Specifications. 1.06 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA A When specified in Technical Specification,submit manufacturers'printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, operation, adjusting, finishing, and maintenance. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section. 1 02"Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each document. C Identify conflicts between manufacturers'instructions and Contract Documents. 1.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers' certificate of compliance for review by Engineer B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1 02"Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of the certificate. 01/2008 01350-5 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS C Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. D Manufacturer's Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or - product,.but must be acceptable to Engineer 1.08 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Submit photographs in accordance with Section 01380—Construction Photographs. 1 Prints Prepare 2 prints of each view and submit 1 print directly to the City's Representative within 7 days of taking photographs. One print shall be retained by the Contractor and made available at all times for reference on the job site. B PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1 Pnor to the commencement of any construction,take digital color photographs on the entire route of the project 2. Photographs Two prints, color, matte finish, 3 x 5 inch size, mounted on 81 x 11-inch soft card stock, with left edge binding margin for three hole punch, or in plastic pockets in three-ring notebook. 3 Th photographs shall show- a. Date photographs were taken b Location of the photograph, house number and street name. (This information may be shown on a chalk board in the photograph by a label on the mountings.) 4 Photographs should show the condition of the following a. Esplanades and boulevards b Yards (near, side and far side of street) c. Housewalk, sidewalk and driveway; curb d. Area between walk and curb 1) Particular features(yard lights, shrubs, fences, trees, etc.) 2) Landscaping and decorative features. C POST CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1 On completion of construction, provide photographs of any public or private property which has been repaired or restored and any damage which is or may be the subject of complaints 1.09 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Submit Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01760—Project Record Documents. 1.10 VIDEO A Submit television video in DVD format as required in individual Technical Specifications. B Transmittal forms for video disks shall be numbered sequentially beginning with TO1, T02, T03, etc. 01/2008 01350-6 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS 1.11 DESIGN MIXES A When specified, submit design mixes for review B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1 02"Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each design mix. C Mark each design mix to identify proportions,gradations,and additives for each class and type of design mix submitted. Include applicable test results on samples for each mix. D Maintain a copy of approved design mixes at mixing plant. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 01/2008 01350-7 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS Section 01380 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for construction photographs and submittals. B References Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01100—Summary of Work 2. Section 01350—Submittals 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Construction Photographs under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for installed Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A When required by Section 01100 — Summary of Work, submit photographs in accordance applicable provisions of this Section. B Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350—Submittals. C Prepare three(3)prints of each view and submit two (2) prints directly to the Project Manager within seven(7)days of taking photographs. One(1)print shall be retained by the Contractor in the field office at the Project Site and available at all times for reference. D When requested by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall submit extra pnnts of photographs, for distribution directly to designated parties who will pay the costs for the extra prints directly to the photographer E When required by individual Sections, submit photographs taken prior to start of the Work to show original Project Site conditions. F When required by Contract Documents, submit photographs with Application for Payment. G When required by individual Sections,submit photographs taken following completion of the Work to show the condition in which the Project Site will be left. H With each submittal,include photographic negatives in protective envelopes,identified by Project Name, Contractor, and date photographs were taken. 01/2008 01380- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Contractor shall be responsible for the timely execution of the photographs, their vantage point, direction of shot, and quality 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS A Photographs shall be digital quality and shall be submitted on a CD B The photographs shall show on a non-elective chalkboard or white board,readable in the photograph. 1 Job number 2. Date and time photographs were taken. 3 Location of the photograph, house number and street, along with the project number C Indicate the condition of the following: 1 Esplanades and boulevards. 2. Yards (near side and far side of street) 3 House-walk and sidewalk. 4 Curb 5 Area between walk and curb 6. P_articular_features_(yardlights, shrubs,_fence, trees,_etc.) 7 Date shall be on negative. 8 Provide notation of vantage point marked for location and direction of shot on a key plan of the Project Site. D Sufficient number of photographs shall be taken to show the existence or non- existence of cracked concrete and the condition of trees, shrubs and grass. E Identify each photograph with an applied label or rubber stamp on the back with the following information. 1 Name of the Project. 2. Name and address of the photographer(if a professional photographer is used) 3 Name of the Contractor 4 Date the photograph was taken. 5 Photographs to be in plastic pockets and bound in three-ring notebook for easy access and viewing. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Prior to the commencement of the Work, take photographs of the entire route of the Project Site. 01/2008 01380-2of3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 3.02 POST-CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Following the completion of the Work,take photographs from corresponding vantage points and direction of shots. 3.03 PROGESS PHOTOGRAPHS A Take photographs at intervals, coinciding with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment and submit on CD with monthly Application for Payment. B Select the vantage points for each shot each month to best show the status of construction and progress since the last photographs were taken. Take not less than two (2) shots from the same vantage point creating a time-lapsed sequence. C Follow direction when given by the Project Manager in selecting vantage points. END OF SECTION 01/2008 01380-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Section 01420 REFERENCED STANDARDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A General quality assurance as related to Reference Standards and a list of references. B References to Technical Specifications. None 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date as stated in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. C Request clarification from Engineer before proceeding should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, N W Washington, DC 20001 ACI American Concrete Institute P O Box 19150 Reford Station Detroit,MI 48219-0150 AGC Associated General Contractors of America 1957 E Street,N W Washington,DC 20006 AI Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park, MD 20740 AITC American Institute of Timber Construction 333 W Hampden Avenue Englewood, CO 80110 02/2008 01420- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS AISC Amencan Institute of Steel Construction 400 North Michigan Avenue,Eighth Floor Chicago, IL 60611 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16th Street,N W Washington,DC 20036 ASME Amencan Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 ANSI Amencan National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York,NY 10018 APA American Plywood Association Box 11700 Tacoma, WA 98411 API American Petroleum Institute 1220 L Street, N W Washington, DC 20005 AREA American Railway Engineering Association 50 F Street, N W Washington, DC 20001 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia,PA 19103 AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda,MD 20014 AWS American Welding Society PO Box 35104 Miami, FL 33135 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 02/2008 01420-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue,N W Washington, DC 20036 CRD U S.A. Corps of Engineers Code of Ordinances City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, TX 77581 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758 EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association 707 Westchester Avenue White Plains,NY 10604 FDA U.S Food and Drug Administration 5600 Fisher Lane Rockville,MD 20857-0001 FS Federal Standardization Documents General Services Administration, Specifications Unit(WFSIS) 7th and D Street S W Washington,DC 20406 ICEA Insulated Cable Engineer Association PO Box 440 S Yarmouth, MA 02664 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 445 Hoes Lane P O Box 1331 Piscataway, NJ 0855-1331 MIL Military Specifications General Services Administration, Specifications Unit(WFSIS) 7th and D Street S W Washington, DC 20406 NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers P 0 Box 986 Katy,TX 77450 02/2008 01420-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers'Association 2101 L Street,N W., Suite 300 Washington, DC 20037 NFPA National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park, P 0 Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269-9101 OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration U S Department of Labor, Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 PCA Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 60077-1083 PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 North Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 SDI Steel Deck Institute Box 9506 Canton, OH 44711 SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh,PA 15213 TAC Texas Administrative Code TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality P 0 Box 13087 Austin, TX 78711-3087 TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation 125 East 11th Street Austin, TX 78701-2483 Texas MUTCD Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2003 Adoption) (published by Texas Department of Transportation) UL Underwnters'Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook, IL 60062 UNI-BELL UNI-BELL Pipe Association 2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155 02/2008 01420-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Dallas, TX 75234 WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute 942 Main Street—Suite 300 Hartford, CT 06103 WWD/PI Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation P 0 Box 12157 Austin, TX 78711 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01420-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL Section 01430 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Quality assurance and control of installation and manufacturer's field services and reports. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce the Work of specified quality at no additional cost to the Owner B Comply fully with manufacturers' installation instructions, including each step in sequence. C Request clarification from Project Manager before proceeding should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents. D Comply with specified Standards as minimum requirements for the Work except when more stringent tolerances,codes,or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship E Perform work by persons qualified to produce the specified level of workmanship F Obtain copies of Standards and maintain at Project Site when required by individual Technical Specifications. 1.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A When specified in individual Technical Specifications, provide material or product suppliers' or manufacturers' technical representative to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation,quality of workmanship,start-up of equipment, operator training, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate operation,as required. Conform to minimum time requirements for start-up operations and operator training if defined in Technical Specifications. 02/2008 01430- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL B At the Project Manager's request, submit qualifications of manufacturer's representative to Project Manager fifteen (15) days in advance of required representative's services. The representative shall be subject to approval of Project Manager C Manufacturer's representative shall report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers'written instructions. Submit report within one(1)day of observation to Project Manager for review 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01430-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND OBSERVATION SERVICES Section 01440 OBSERVATION SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Observation services and references. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 INSPECTION A Project Manager will appoint an Observer as a representative of the Owner to oversee inspections,tests,and other services specified in individual Technical Specifications. B Alternately, Project Manager may appoint, employ, and pay an independent firm to provide additional observation or construction management services as indicated in Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services. C Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to Project Manager,Engineer, and Contractor, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. D Contractor shall assist and cooperate with the Observer;furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, and storage. E Contractor shall notify Project Manager 24 hours pnor to expected time for operations requiring services. Notify Engineer and independent firm when noted. F Contractor shall sign and acknowledge report for Observer 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 09/2009 01440- 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES Section 01450 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Testing Laboratory Services and Contractor responsibilities related to those services. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals C Referenced Standards 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 3740, "Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction" b ASTM E 329, "Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction" 1.02 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A Owner will select,employ,and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform inspection and testing identified in individual Technical Specifications. B Employment of testing laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C Owner or designated representative shall schedule and monitor testing as required to provide timely results and to avoid delay to the Work. D Contractor shall be responsible for paying for services of commercial testing laboratory, with prior approval of Owner, to perform the following: 1 Pipe diameter deflection tests on all flexible and semi-rigid sanitary sewer collection system pipe installation 2. Laboratory services required to establish mix design proposed for use for Portland cement concrete, asphaltic concrete mixtures and other material mixes requiring control by testing laboratory when required because of change in source of materials or other conditions not caused by Owner 3 Tests required to establish optimum moisture of earth and base materials and to determine required compactive effort to meet density requirements. 4 Cores to test for thickness. 5 Testing and inspection performed for the Contractor's convenience. 6 Retesting and repetitions of laboratory services when initial tests indicate work does not comply with requirements of Contract Documents. 04/2008 01450- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.03 LABORATORY REPORTS A The Engineer will receive 1 copy, the Project Manager will receive 2 copies, and the Contractor will receive 2 copies of Laboratory Reports from the testing laboratory One of the Contractor's copies shall remain at the Project Site for duration of Project. Test results which indicate non-conformance shall be transmitted immediately via fax from the testing laboratory to the Contractor and Project Manager 1.04 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor D Laboratory has no authonty to stop the Work. 1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A Notify Project Manager and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. Notify Engineer if specification section requires the presence of the Engineer B Cooperate with laboratory personnel in collecting samples to be tested or collected on Project Site. C Provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. D Provide samples to laboratory in advance of their intended use to allow thorough examination and testing. E Provide incidental labor and facilities for access to the Work to be tested,to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, and to facilitate tests and inspections including storage and curing of test samples. F Arrange with laboratory and pay for 1 Retesting required for failed tests. 2. Retesting for nonconforming Work. 3 Additional sampling and tests requested by Contractor for his own purposes. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 04/2008 01450-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 3.01 CONDUCTING TESTING A Laboratory sampling and testing shall conform to ASTM D 3740 and ASTM E 329,as well as other test standards specified in individual Technical Specifications. END OF SECTION 04/2008 01450-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Section 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Temporary facilities and the necessary controls for the Work includmg utilities, telephone, sanitary facilities, field office, storage sheds and building, safety requirements,first aid equipment,fire protection,security measures,protection of the Work and property, access roads and parking, environmental controls, disposal of trash,debris,and excavated material,pest and rodent control,water runoff and erosion control. B References to Technical Specifications Section 00200—Instructions to Bidders Section 01100—Summary of Work Section 01350—Submittals Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation Section 01100—Summary of Work Section 01600—Material&Equipment Section 01570—Trench Safety System Section 01555—Traffic Control&Regulation Section 01720—Field Surveying Section 01563 —Tree&Plant Protection Section 01564—Control of Ground Water& Surface Water Section 13730- Computer Equipment C Referenced Standards Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA) National Fire Protection Association(NFPA) Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas D Definitions. Underground Structures - sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes, chambers, electrical and signal conduits, tunnels, and other existing subsurface installations located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Surface Structures - existing buildings, structures and other constructed installations above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to 12-2-2011 01500- 1 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS buildings,tanks,walls,bndges,roads, dams, channels, open drainage,piping,poles, wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks, guard cables, fencing, and other facilities that are visible above the ground surface. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A The facilities and controls specified in this Section are considered minimum for the Work. The Contractor may provide additional facilities and controls for the proper execution of the Work and to meet Contractor's responsibilities for protection of persons and property B Comply with applicable requirements specified m other Technical Specifications. Maintain and operate temporary facilities and systems to assure continuous service. Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or to original condition. 1.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A Temporary Service Make arrangements with utility service companies for such temporary services as are necessary to construct the work and manage the site. Abide by rules and regulations of the utility service companies or authorities having jurisdiction. Be responsible for utility service costs until the Work is Substantially Complete. Included are fuel,power,light,heat,and other utility services necessary for execution, completion,testing, and initial operation of the Work. B Water Provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices, or for other use as required for proper completion of the Work. 12-2-2011 01500-2 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS For water to be drawn from public water supply, obtain special permit or license and - meter from the proper City officials. For facilities under construction, establish a water/sewer billing account with City's Utility Billing Department.A deposit based on rates established by latest ordinance will be required. For water drawn from fire hydrants,apply for and receive a construction water meter from City'Public Works Department. Identify specific location for construction water meter installation. Once installed,water meter may not be moved without notification of Public Works Department. Install backflow preventer on fire hydrant supply if not included in City provided meter Provide and maintain an adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption by Contractor personnel. C Electricity and Lighting 1 Provide temporary electric power service in Contractor's name, as required for the prosecution of the Work, including testing of Work. Provide power for lighting, operation of the Contractor's equipment, or for any other use by Contractor or as necessary to maintain any of Owner's on-going operations as may continue on the site during any scheduled shutdown. Minimum lighting level shall be 5 foot-candles for open areas, 10 foot-candles for stairs and shops. 2 Provide permanent electric power service,in the Contractor's name,to the work or site as and when required by the schedule of the work to achieve Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion. Contractor to establish service billing in its name and transfer service and billing to the Owner upon acceptance of the work as Substantially Complete and suitable for beneficial occupancy by the Owner D Natural Gas Provide and pay for natural gas service to the work as and when required by the schedule to achieve Substantial Completion. Contractor to establish service billing in its name and transfer service and billing to the Owner upon acceptance of the work as Substantially Complete and suitable for beneficial occupancy by the Owner E Temporary Heat and Ventilation Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of the Work. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions, maintain enclosed areas at a minimum of 50 degrees F F Telephone Provide emergency telephone service at the Project Site for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing services. G Sanitary Facilities Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on the Project Site,in compliance with federal, state, and local regulations. Locate toilets on the Project Site near the 12-2-2011 01500-3 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS work and secluded from view insofar as possible. Keep toilets clean and supplied throughout the course of the Work. Enforce the use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at the Project Site. Such facilities shall be enclosed. Pit-type toilets will not be permitted. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause a nuisance or health problem, have sewage and waste hauled off-site and properly disposed in accordance with local regulations. Control areas where sanitary facilities are located in conformance with Section 01566 —Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 1.06 FIELD OFFICE A Provision of a Field Office and other specific temporary facilities as required in paragraph B below UNLESS otherwise stated in Section 00800 - Special Conditions of the Agreement,or Section 01100—Summary of Work. Provide for transportation,move-in,set-up,tie-down and,when project is complete,removal and move-out. The Contractor shall confirm location of office and other temporary facilities with Owner's Representative at Pre-Construction Meeting prior to delivery and set up Location of temporary facilities shall be approved by the Owner's Representative by way of the submittal process. B At a minimum, the Contractor's field office shall provide for, contain or serve to provide a secured space for project administrative operations, periodic progress meetings,on-site storage for project files and plans,office space for CONTRACTOR's field supervisory personnel and provide a separate securable office space for OWNER's Representative including: meeting table and chairs, a single two drawer filing cabinet,a built-in drawing table and plan holders. Provide electric lighting and HVAC to the mobile office. 1 Field Office shall provide for, at a minimum, a high speed internet connection for use by Owner's Representative or Construction Manager as controlled by Paragraph A above. 1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A Provide for storage of materials under the provisions of Section 01600—Material & Equipment. 1.08 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A Contractor shall prepare, submit and follow a Safety Program that complies with federal, state, and local safety codes, statutes, and practices. Include in the Safety Program documented response to excavation, embankment, and trench safety requirements as specified in Section 01570—Trench Safety System. B Conduct operations in strict accord with applicable federal,state and local safety codes and statutes and with good construction practice. The Contractor is fully responsible and obligated to establish and maintain procedures for safety of all work,personnel and equipment involved in the Work. 12-2-2011 01500-4 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS C Observe and comply with Texas Occupational Safety Act (Art. 5182a, V C.S ) and with all safety and health standards promulgated by Secretary of Labor under Section 107 of Contract Work Hours and Standards Act,published in OSHA Standards -29 CFR, Part 1926, and adopted by Secretary of Labor under the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and to any other legislation enacted for safety and health of Contractor employees. Such safety and health standards apply to subcontractors and their employees as well as to the Contractor and its employees. D Observance of and compliance with the regulations shall be solely and without qualification the responsibility of the Contractor without reliance or superintendence of or direction by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative. Immediately advise the Engineer of investigation or inspection by Federal Safety and Health inspectors of the Contractor or subcontractor's work or place of work on the Project Site under this Contract,and after such investigation or inspection,advise the Engineer of the results. Submit one copy of accident reports to Engineer within ten(10) days of occurrence. E Protect areas occupied by workmen using the best available devices for detection of lethal and combustible gases. Test such devices frequently to assure their functional capability Constantly observe infiltration of liquids into the Work area for visual or odor evidence of contamination. Take immediate and appropriate steps to seal off entry of contaminated liquids to the Work area. F Safety measures, including but not limited to safety personnel, first-aid equipment, ventilating equipment and safety equipment,in the Plans and Technical Specifications are obligations of the Contractor G Maintain required coordination with the local Police and Fire Departments during the entire period covered by the Contract. 1.09 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT A Provide a first aid kit throughout the construction period. List telephone numbers for physicians,hospitals, and ambulance services in each first aid kit. B Have at least one person thoroughly trained in first aid procedures present on the Project Site whenever work is in progress. 1.10 FIRE PROTECTION A Fire Protection Standards. Conform to specified fire protection and prevention requirements as well as those that may be established by Federal, State, or local governmental agencies. B Comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA Standard No 241, Safeguarding Building Construction and Demolition Operations. Provide portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 10,Portable Fire Extinguishers,for each temporary building,and for every 3000 square feet of floor area of facilities under construction. 12-2-2011 01500-5 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Locate portable fire extinguishers within 50 feet maximum from any point on the Project Site. C. Fire Prevention and Safety Measures. Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas. Post suitable warning signs in areas that are continuously or intermittently hazardous. Use metal safety containers for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in or near stairways or exits. Maintain clear exits from all points within a structure. 1.11 SECURITY MEASURES A Protect all matenals, equipment, and property associated with the Work from loss, theft,damage,and vandalism. Contractor's duty to protect property includes Owner's property B If existing fencing or barriers are breached or removed for purposes of construction, provide and maintain temporary security fencing equal to existing as approved by Owner's Representative. 1.12 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES A Prevent damage to existing public utilities during construction. These utilities are shown on the Plans at their approximate locations. Give owners of these utilities at least 48 hours notice before commencing Work in the area, for locating the utilities during construction,and for making adjustments or relocation of the utilities when they conflict with the proposed Work. 1.13 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Preventive Actions. Take precautions, provide programs, and take actions necessary to protect the Work and public and private property from damage. Take action to prevent damage, injury or loss, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Store apparatus,materials,supplies,and equipment in an orderly, safe manner that will not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or the Work of any other contractor, any utility service company, or the Owner's operations. b. Provide suitable storage for materials that are subject to damage by exposure to weather,theft,breakage, or otherwise. c. Place upon the Work or any part thereof only such loads as are consistent with the safety of that portion of the Work. d. Frequently clean up refuse,rubbish,scrap materials,and debris caused by construction operations,keeping the Work safe and orderly 12-2-2011 01500-6 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS e. Provide safe barricades and guard rails around openings, for scaffolding, for temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas. Obtain written consent from proper parties before entering or occupying with workers, tools,materials or equipment,privately owned land except on easements provided for construction. Assume full responsibility for the preservation of public and private property on or adjacent to the site. If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account of any act, omission,neglect, or misconduct in execution of the Work by the Contractor, it shall be restored by the Contractor to a condition equal to or better than that existing before the damage was done. B Barricades and Warning Signals. Where Work is performed on or adjacent to any roadway, right-of-way, or public place, furnish and erect barricades, fences, lights,warning signs, and danger signals, provide watchmen,and take other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and protection of the Work.Conform to Section 01555—Traffic Control& Regulation. C Preserving Control Points Maintain permanent benchmarks,public or private elevation or property demarcation and control monumentation, or other reference points. Unless otherwise directed in writing,replace at no cost to the Owner,those monuments,property corners or other permanent demarcations that are damaged or destroyed in accordance with Section 01720—Field Surveying. D Tree and Plant Protection. Protect trees, shrubs,lawns, outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as designated on the Plans,and in accordance with requirements of Section 01563—Tree &Plant Protection. E Protection of Underground and Surface Structures Known underground structures, including water, sewer, electric, and telephone services are shown on the Plans in accordance with the best information available,but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. Contractor is responsible for making Locate Calls. Explore ahead of trenchmg and excavation work and uncover obstructing underground structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to them and to prevent interruption of utility services. Restore to onginal condition damages to underground structure at no additignal cost to the Owner Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility which is damaged,broken,or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. 12-2-2011 01500-7 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Necessary changes in location of the Work may be made by the Engineer to avoid unanticipated underground structures. If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface installations is required and not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents,the Engineer will direct Contractor in writing to perform the Work, which shall be paid for under the provisions for changes in the Contract Price as described in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. Support in place and protect from direct or indirect injury to underground and surface structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Install such supports carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before installmg structure supports,Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that the methods and procedures to be used have been approved by the owner of the structure. Avoid moving or in any way changing the property of public utilities or private service corporations without prior written consent of a responsible official of that service or public utility Representatives of these utilities reserve the right to enter within the limits of this project for the purpose of maintaining their properties,or of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be considered necessary by performance of this Contract. Notify the owners and/or operators of utilities and pipelines of the nature of construction operations to be performed and the date or dates on which those operations will be performed. When construction operations are required in the immediate vicinity of existing structures,pipelines,or utilities,give a minimum of five (5)working days advance notice. Probe and flag the location of underground utilities prior to commencement of excavation. Keep flags in place until construction operations reach and uncover the utility Assume risks attending the presence or proximity of underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits to the Work including but not limited to damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by the Work to any structure. Immediately repair damage caused, to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged structure. 1.14 PROTECTION OF THE WORK Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer needed,prior to completion of the Work. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment,materials, and surfaces. 1.15 ROADS AND PARKING A Prevent interference with traffic and Owner operations on existing roads. B Minimize use of existing streets and driveways by construction traffic C Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment,materials, and surfaces. 12-2-2011 01500-8 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS D Construct and maintain temporary detours, ramps, and roads to provide for normal public traffic flow when use of public roads or streets is closed by necessities of the Work. E Provide mats or other means to prevent overloading or damage to existing roadways from tracked equipment or exceptionally large or heavy trucks or equipment F Designate temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking. Locate as approved by Engineer G Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment unnecessarily in existing parking areas. 1.16 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A Provide and maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction as necessary for controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and adjacent areas. B Comply with statutes,regulations,and ordinances which relate to the proposed Work for the prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources, including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, PL 91- 190,Executive Order 11514 C Provide, install and maintain storm water runoff control mcluding but not limited to temporary entrance, silt fencing, etc. as specified in Contract Documents. D Recognize and adhere to the environmental requirements of the Project. Disturbed areas shall be strictly limited to boundaries established by the Contract Documents. Burning of rubbish, debris or waste matenals is not permitted. 1.17 POLLUTION CONTROL A Provide methods,means,and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil,water or atmosphere by discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. B Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain any spillage,and to remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off-site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. C Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entenng receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems in conformance with TPDES requirements and Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. D Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. 12-2-2011 01500-9 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS E Use equipment during construction that conforms to current federal, state, and local laws and regulations. 1.18 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL A Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of Project Site. B Employ methods and use materials which will not adversely affect conditions at the Project Site or adjoining properties. 1.19 NOISE CONTROL A Provide vehicles, equipment, and construction activities that minimize noise to the greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to OSHA Standards- 29 CFR and in no case will noise levels be permitted which create a nuisance in the surrounding neighborhoods. B Conduct construction operations during daylight hours from 7 30 a.m. to 6.00 p.m. except as approved by Engineer C Comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Codes of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas. 1.20 DUST CONTROL A Control objectionable dust caused by operation of vehicles and equipment under the provisions of Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 1.21 WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION CONTROL A Provide methods to control surface water,runoff,subsurface water,and water pumped from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work,the Project Site, or adjoining properties in accordance with Section 01564—Control of Ground Water& Surface Water and Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. B Inspect earthwork penodically to detect any evidence of the start of erosion. Apply corrective measures as required to control erosion. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 12-2-2011 01500- 10 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION Section 01505 MOBILIZATION 1.1 GENERAL 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A Mobilization of construction equipment and facilities onto the Work. B Referenced Standards. 1 Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT) 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) 1.3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Payment for Mobilization is on a Lump Sum basis and shall not exceed three percent(3%) of the total bid price. B. Payment for 50% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the first monthly Application for Payment.Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable. 1 Schedule of Values (Section 01350—Submittals) 2. Trench Safety Program(Section 01570—Trench Safety System) 3 Construction Schedule (Section 01350—Submittals) 4 Pre-construction Photographs (Section 01380—Construction Photographs) 5 Installation and acceptance of Project Identification Sign(s)(Section 01580—Project Identification Signs) 6 Installation and acceptance of Field Office (Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls) 7 Installation and acceptance of TPDES requirements (Section 01565 - TPDES Requirements) C. Payment for 25% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the second monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable 1 Installation of High Speed Internet Access (Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls) D Payment for 15% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the third monthly Application for Payment. E. Payment for the remaining 10% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the fourth monthly Application for Payment. F For contracts with a duration of less than 120 days,payment for the remaining 50% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the second monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Engineer of the items listed in B and C. above, as applicable. 08/2018 01505- 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION G Mobilization payments will be subject to Retainage as stipulated in Section 00700 General Conditions of Agreement. 2.1 PRODUCTS 2.2 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Provide specified number of project identification sign(s)per Section 01580 The name, address and contact information of the general contractor for the project shall be shown on the sign per Section 01580 and the attached exhibit. 3.1 EXECUTION 3.2 PLACEMENT OF PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Place a Project Identification Sign as described in Section 01580,part 1 03,D visible to passing traffic or as directed by Engineer END OF SECTION 08/2018 01505- 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS Section 01550 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of erosion and sediment control for Stabilized Construction Exits used during construction and until final development of the Project site. B References-to-Technical-Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01562—Waste Matenal Disposal 3 Section 01565 —TPDES Requirements 4 Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation C Referenced Standards. 1 American Society of Testing and-Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4632, "Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required in this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on Geotextile fabric. C Sieve analysis of aggregates conforming to requirements in this Section,2.02"Course Aggregates" 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A Provide woven or non-woven geotextile fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B By ASTM D 4632, geotextile fabric shall have a minimum grab strength of 270 psi any principal direction, and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140 C Both the geotextile and threads shall be resistant to chemical attack,mildew, and rot and shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 - months of expected usable life at a temperature range of 0°F to 120°F 12/2015 01550- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS D Representative Manufacturers. Mirafi, Inc., Or-Equal. 2.02 COARSE AGGREGATES A Coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone,gravel,concrete,crushed blast furnace slag,or a combination of these materials. Aggregate shall be composed of clean,hard, durable materials free from adherent coatings, salt,alkali,dirt,clay,loam,shale,soft or flaky matenals, or organic and injurious matter B Course aggregates shall be open graded with a size 3"to 6" 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A The Contractor shall provide stabilized construction exits at the construction,staging, parking, storage, and disposal areas to keep the street clean of mud carried by construction vehicle and equipment. Such erosion and sediment controls shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Maintain existing erosion and sediment control systems located within the Project Site until acceptance of the Work or until directed by the Engineer to remove and discard the existing system. Maintenance shall be performed routinely to remove soil build up or, as required by the Engineer D Regularly inspect and repair or replace components of stabilized construction exits. Unless otherwise directed, maintain them until the Work is accepted by the Owner Remove stabilized construction exits promptly when directed by the Engineer Discard removed materials in accordance with Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal. E Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated rights-of-way and easements for construction. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems, including vegetative systems shall be repaired immediately F Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Section 01566-Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation and Section 01565 TPDES Requirements. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A Provide stabilized access roads, subdivision roads, parking areas, and other on-site vehicle transportation routes where shown on Plans. 12/2015 01550-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS B Provide stabilized construction exits, and truck washing areas when approved by - Engmeer, of the sizes and locations where shown on Plans or as specified in this Section. C Vehicles leaving construction areas shall have their tires cleaned to remove sediment prior to entrance onto public right-of-way When washing is needed to remove sediment, Contractor shall construct a truck washing area. Truck washing shall be done on stabilized areas which drain into a drainage system protected by erosion and sediment control measures. D Details for Stabilized Construction Exits are shown on the Plans. Construction of all other stabilized areas shall be to the same requirements. Roadway width shall be at least 14 feet for one-way traffic and 20 feet for two-way traffic and shall be sufficient for all ingress and egress. Furnish and place geotextile fabric as a permeable separator to prevent mixing of coarse aggregate with underlying soil. Exposure of geotextile fabric to the elements between laydown and cover shall be a maximum of 14 days to minimize damage potential. E Roads and parking areas shall be graded to provide sufficient drainage away from stabilized areas. Use sandbags,gravel,boards,or similar methods to prevent sediment from entering public right-of-way, receiving stream or storm water conveyance system. F The stabilized areas shall be inspected and maintained daily Provide periodic top dressing with additional coarse aggregates to maintain the required depth. Repair and clean out damaged control measures used to trap sediment. All sediment spilled, dropped,washed,or tracked onto public right-of-way shall be removed immediately G The length of the stabilized area shall be as shown on the Plans,but not less than 50 feet. The thickness shall not be less than 8 inches. The width shall not be less than full width of all points of ingress or egress. H Stabilization for other areas shall have the same coarse aggregate,thickness,and width requirements as the stabilized construction exit,except where shown otherwise on the Plans. I Stabilized area may be widened or lengthened to accommodate truck washing area when authorized by Engineer J Alternative methods of construction may be utilized when shown on Plans, or when approved by the Engineer END OF SECTION 12/2015 01550-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION Section 01555 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for traffic control plans,signs,signals,control devices,flares,lights and traffic signals, as well as construction parking control, designated haul routes and bridging of trenches and excavations. B Requirements for and qualifications of Flaggers. C References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises D Referenced Standards. 1 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Traffic Control and Regulation. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Traffic Control and Regulation,including submittal of a traffic control plan if different from the one provided on the Plans, provision of traffic control devices, and provision of equipment and personnel as necessary to protect the Work and the public. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted for traffic control and regulation. B Flaggers. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Flaggers as required for the Work. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted for Flaggers. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B A Traffic Control Plan responsive to the Texas MUTCD and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer is incorporated into the Plans. If the Contractor proposes to implement traffic control different than the plan provided, he shall submit a Traffic Control Plan in conformance with Texas MUTCD for approval of the Engineer C For both the Traffic Control Plan and Flaggers' use, submit Schedules of Values within 30 days following the Notice to Proceed. D Each week submit a daily log for Flaggers listing name,badge number,time start,time finish, and hours worked. 03/2008 01555- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.04 FLAGGERS A Unless otherwise specified, use only Flaggers who are off-duty,regularly employed, uniformed Peace Officers. B Flaggers are required at the following locations. 1 Where multi-lane vehicular traffic must be diverted into single-lane vehicular traffic. 2. Where vehicular traffic must change lanes abruptly 3 Where construction equipment either enters or crosses vehicular traffic lanes and walks. 4 Where construction equipment may intermittently encroach on vehicular traffic lanes and unprotected walks and cross-walks. 5 Where construction activities might affect public safety and convenience. 6. Where traffic regulation is needed due to rerouting of vehicular traffic around the work site. 7 When requested by Owner C The use of Flaggers is for the purpose of assisting in the regulation of traffic flow and movement, and does not in any way relieve the contractor of full responsibility for taking such other steps and provide such other Flaggers or personnel as the Contractor may deem necessary to protect the work and the public, and does not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for any damage for which he would otherwise be liable. Flaggers shall be used and maintained at such points for such periods of time as may be required to provide for the public safety and convenience of travel. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGNS,SIGNALS,AND DEVICES A Comply with Texas MUTCD regulations. B Traffic Cones and Drums, Flares and Lights As approved by agencies having jurisdiction. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PUBLIC ROADS A Abide by laws and regulations of governing authorities when using public roads. If the Contractor's work requires that public roads be temporarily impeded or closed, approvals shall be obtained from governing authorities and permits paid for before starting any work. Coordinate activities with the Engineer B Contractor shall maintain at all times a 10-foot-wide all-weather lane adjacent to work areas which shall be kept free of construction equipment and debris and shall be for the use of emergency vehicles, or as otherwise provided in the Traffic Control Plan. 03/2008 01555-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION C Contractor shall not obstruct the normal flow of traffic from 7.00 a.m.to 9.00 a.m.and 4.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m. on designated major artenals or as directed by the Engineer D Contractor shall maintain local driveway access to residential and commercial properties adjacent to work areas at all times. E Cleanliness of Surrounding Streets 1 Keep streets used for entering or leaving the job area free of excavated matenal, debris, and any foreign material resulting from construction operations. Leave the area broom-clean or its equivalent at the end of the work day F Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking, and access by emergency vehicles. G Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles in existing facilities. Maintain vehicular access to and through parking areas. H Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non-designated areas. 3.02 FLARES AND LIGHTS A Provide flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to guide traffic. 3.03 HAUL ROUTES A Utilize haul routes designated by Owner or shown on the Plans for construction traffic. B Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes. C Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic and minimize interference with public traffic. D Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused by vehicles utilizing haul routes. 3.04 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS A Install traffic control devices at approaches to the site and on site, at crossroads, detours, parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected public traffic. B Relocate traffic signs and control devices as Work progresses to maintain effective traffic control. 3.05 BRIDGING TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS A Whenever necessary,bridge trenches and excavation to permit an unobstructed flow of traffic 03/2008 01555-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION B Secure bridging against displacement by using adjustable cleats,angles,bolts or other devices whenever bridge is installed. 1 On an existing bus route, 2. When more than five percent of daily traffic is comprised of commercial or truck traffic, 3 When more than two separate plates are used for the bridge, or 4 When bndge is to be used for more than five consecutive days. C Install budging to operate with minimum noise. D Adequately shore the trench or excavation to support bndge and traffic. E Extend steel plates used for bridging a minimum of one foot beyond edges of trench or excavation. Use temporary paving materials (premix) to feather edges of plates to minimize wheel impact on secured bridging. F Use steel plates of sufficient thickness to support H-20 loading, truck or lane, that produces maximum stress. 3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. B Remove equipment and devices when no longer required. C Repair damage caused by installation. D Remove post settings to a depth of 2 feet. END OF SECTION 03/2008 01555-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER Section 01561 REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of reinforced filter fabric barrier to control erosion and contain sediments and pollutants in channelized flow areas. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion &Sedimentation C Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 3786,"Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting strength of Textile Fabrics" b ASTM D 4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" 1.02 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for reinforced filter fabric barrier is on a linear foot basis between the limits of the beginning and ending fence posts, measured, accepted, and complete in place. B Payment for filter fabric barrier will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, supervision, and incidental expenses for construction of these items,complete in place,including,but not limited to protection of trees,maintenance requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile fabnc 05/2008 01561 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B By ASTM - D4632, geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any principal direction, a Mullen burst strength exceeding 200psi by ASTM-D3786,and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140 C Filter fabnc shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F D Representative Manufacturer Mirafi,Inc., or equal. 2.02 FILTER FABRIC REINFORCEMENT A Provide woven galvanized steel wire fence with minimum thickness of 14 gauge and a maximum mesh spacing of 6 inches. B Welded wire shall be galvanized, 2-inch by 4-inch, welded wire fabric, 121 gauge. 2.03 EXECUTION 2.04 PREPARATION A Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Plans. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric barrier Unless otherwise directed,maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the Work is accepted by the Owner Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Engineer Discard removed materials in accordance with Section 1562—Waste Material Disposal. D Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 05/2008 01561 -2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 2.05 INSTALLATION A Install reinforced filter fabnc barriers for erosion and sediment control used dunng construction and until the final development of the Project Site. Reinforced filter fabric barriers are used to retain sedimentation in channelized flow areas. B Provide reinforced filter fabric barrier in accordance with the Plan detail for Reinforced Filter Fabnc Barrier Reinforced filter fabric barrier systems shall be installed in such a manner that runoff will percolate through the system and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. C Trench in the toe of the reinforced filter fabric barrier with a spade or mechanical trencher as shown on the Plans. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. D Reinforced filter fabric bamer shall have a height of 18 inches. E Securely fasten the filter fabric to the wire with tie wires. F Provide the filter fabnc in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely G Inspect the reinforced filter fabric barrier systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the barrier or 6 inches, whichever is less. END OF SECTION 05/2008 01561 -3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL Section 01562 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Disposal of waste material and salvageable material. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion &Sedimentation 3 Section 01600—Materials &Equipment 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Obtain and submit applicable permits for proposed disposal sites. C Submit a Waste Material Disposal Plan. D Submit a copy of written permission from property owners,along with a description of the property,prior to disposal of excess material adjacent to the Project Site. Submit a written and signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work. City of Pearland requires individual fill placement permits for all fill placed within the City limits 1.04 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL PLAN A Contractor shall formulate and implement a plan for the collection and disposal of waste materials on the Project Site which includes the following information. 1 Schedule for collection and inspection. 2. Location of trash and waste receptacles. 3 Provisions for liquid waste and potential water pollutants material. B The plan shall comply with applicable federal, state, and local health and safety regulations and Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion &Sedimentation. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 07/2006 01562- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL A Excavated material. When indicated on Plans, load, haul, and deposit excavated material at a location or locations outside the limits of Project Site. B Base, surface, and bedding material. Deliver gravel, asphaltic, or other base and surfacing material designated for salvage to the location designated by the Engineer C Pipe culvert: Deliver culverts designated for salvage to Owner's storage area. D Other salvageable materials. Conform to requirements of individual Technical Specifications. E Coordinate delivery of salvageable material with Engineer F When temporary, on-site storage of salvaged materials is required, comply with applicable provisions of Section 01600—Materials &Equipment. 3.02 SEDIMENT DISPOSAL A Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the Project. If a spoil site is not designated on the Plans, dispose of sediment off site at a location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. B Off-site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor C Sediment to be placed at the Project Site should be spread evenly throughout the designated area,compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way D If sediment has been contaminated,it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. 3.03 EXCESS MATERIAL,WASTE,AND EQUIPMENT A Vegetation,rubble,broken concrete,debris,asphaltic concrete pavement,excess soil, and other materials not designated for salvage,shall become the property of Contractor and shall be removed from the Project Site and legally disposed of. B Dispose of removed equipment,materials,waste and debris in a manner conforming to applicable laws and regulations C Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to the Project Site when written permission is obtained from property owner under the provisions of this Section, 1 03D 07/2006 01562-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL D Verify the flood plain status of any proposed disposal site. Do not dispose of excavated materials in an area designated as within the 100-year Flood Hazard Area. E Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is maintained in a neat and orderly condition. F No materials shall be disposed in a manner to damage the Owner in any way END OF SECTION 07/2006 01562-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION , Section 01563 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Tree and plant protection. B References to Technical Specifications None 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS A Preserve and protect existing trees and plants to remain from foliage,branch,trunk,or root damage that could result from construction operations. B Prevent following types of damage: 1 Compaction of root zone by foot or vehicular traffic, or matenal storage. 2. Trunk damage from equipment operations,material storage, or from nailing or bolting. 3 Trunk and branch damage caused by ropes or guy wires or machine impacts. 4 Root poisoning from spilled solvents, gasoline,paint, and other noxious matenals. 5 Branch damage due to improper pruning or trimming. 6 Damage from lack of water due to a. Cutting or altering natural water migration patterns near root zones. b. Failure to provide adequate watering. 7 Damage from alteration of soil pH factor caused by depositing lime, concrete,plaster, or other base materials near roots. 8 Cutting feeder of roots or roots larger than 1-1/2 inches in diameter 1.04 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT A When trees,other than those designated for removal,are destroyed or badly damaged as a result of construction operations,remove and replace with same size,species,and vanety up to and including 8 inches in trunk diameter Trees larger than 8 inches in diameter shall be replaced with an 8-inch diameter tree of the same species and variety and total contract amount will be reduced by an amount determined from the following International Shade Tree Conference formula. 0 7854 x D2 x $10 00 where D is diameter in inches of tree or shrub trunk measured 12 inches above grade. B All necessary tree replacements shall be as approved by Engineer/Urban Forester 02/2013 01563- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Asphalt paint: Emulsified asphalt or other adhesive, elastic, antiseptic coating formulated for horticultural use on cut or injured plant tissue,free from kerosene and coal creosote. B Burlap Suitable for use as tree wrapping. C Fertilizer Liquid containing 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorus, and 5 percent potash. D Temporary Barrier Fence. Plastic, bright orange color for visibility, 48 inches in height, 8.5 pounds weight minimum. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING TREES AND SHRUBS A Except for trees and shrubs shown on Plans to be removed,all trees and shrubs within the Project Site area are to remain and be protected from damage. B For designated trees to be removed,perform the following: 1 Stake right-of-way limits and identify any tree of diameter greater than 4 inches which is to be removed. Mark trees prior to felling with an X in orange paint, clearly visible, on the trunk, and at eye level. 2. After marking trees give a minimum of 48-hours notice in writing to the Engineer of intent to begin felling operations. 3 Trees whose trunks are only partially in the right-of-way shall be protected and preserved as described below C For trees or shrubs to remain,perform the following: 1 Trim trees and shrubs only as necessary a. Trees and shrubs requiring pruning for construction should also be pruned for balance as well as to maintain proper form and branching habit. b Cut limbs at branch collar No stubs should remain on trees. Branch cuts should not gouge outer layer of tree structure or trunk. 2. Use extreme care to prevent excessive damage to root systems. a. Roots in construction areas will be cut smoothly with a trencher before excavation begins. Do not allow ripping of roots with a backhoe or other equipment. b. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out. c. Cover exposed roots with soil as soon as possible. 3 Prevent damage or compaction of root zone (area inside dripline)by construction activities. a. Do not allow scarring of trunks or limbs by equipment or other means. 02/2013 01563-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION b Do not store construction materials, vehicles, or excavated material inside dripline of trees. c. Do not pour liquid materials inside dripline. 4 Water and fertilize trees and shrubs that will remain to maintain their health during construction period. a. Supplemental watering of landscaping during construction should be done once a week in months receiving average rainfall and twice a week in months receiving below average rainfall. b. This watenng shall consist of saturating soils at least 6 to 8 inches beneath surface. 5 W_ater_areas currently being served by pnvate_sprinkler systems while systems are temporarily taken out of service to maintain health of existing landscapes. 6 At option of the Contractor and with the Engineer's permission,trees and shrubs to remain may be temporarily transplanted and returned to original positions under supervision of professional horticulturist. 3.02 PROTECTIVE CONTROLS A Protection of trees or shrubs in open area. 1 Install steel dnve-in fence posts in protective circle, approximately 8 feet on center, at the dripline of the leaf canopy of trees or 2 ft. around shrubs. 2. Drive steel drive-in fence posts 3 feet minimum into ground, leaving 5 feet minimum above ground. 3 For trees or shrubs in paved areas, use moveable posts constructed from concrete-filled steel pipe 2-1/2 inches minimum in diameter mounted in rubber auto tires filled with concrete. 4 Mount plastic temporary barrier safety fence on posts. B Timber-wrap protection for trees in close proximity of moving or mechanical equipment and construction work: 1 Wrap trunk with layer of burlap 2. Install 2 x 4's or 2 x 6's (5-foot to 6-foot lengths)vertically, spaced 3 inches to 5 inches apart around circumference of tree trunk. 3 Tie in place with 12 to 9 gage steel wire. 3.03 MAINTENANCE OF NEWLY PLANTED TREES A Water newly planted trees adequately to maintain and support healthy plants at the time of planting. B The Contractor guarantees that trees planted for this Work shall remain alive and healthy at least until the end of a one-year warranty period. 1 Within four weeks of notice from Owner, Contractor shall replace, at his expense, any dead trees or any trees that in the opinion of Owner,have become unhealthy or unsightly or have lost their natural shape as a result of additional growth, improper pruning or maintenance, or weather conditions. 02/2013 01563-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 2. When tree must be replaced,the guarantee period for that tree shall begin on date of replacement of tree, subject to the Owner's inspection, for no less than one year 3 Straighten leaning trees and bear entire cost. 4 Dispose of trees rejected at any time by Engineer at Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 02/2013 01563 -4 of 4 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER Section 01564 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Dewatering,depressurizing,draining,and maintaining trench and structure excavations and foundation beds in dry and stable condition. B Protecting work against surface runoff and using flood waters. C Disposing of removed water D References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems 4 Section 01565—TPDES Requirements 5 Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation E Referenced Standards. 1 Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 2. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) 3 Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas 4 Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council (WWD/PI) F Definitions 1 Ground Water Control Systems -installations external to the excavation such as well points, eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes dewatering and depressurization. a. Dewatenng-lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations and disposing of removed water The intent of dewatenng is to increase stability of excavated slopes, prevent dislocation of material from slopes or bottoms of excavations,reduce lateral loads on sheeting and bracing; improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated matenal,prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations, and to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and construction of structures and other installations. b Depressurization-reduction in piezometric pressure within strata not controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. 2. Surface Water Control-diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rain water away from the excavation. 3 Excavation Drainage-keeping excavations free of surface and seepage water 02/2008 01564- 1 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for and control of ground water for open cut pipe excavations shall be on a linear foot basis and shall not exceed the length of open cut pipe installation in the area requiring ground water control. B Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for control of ground water for any condition(s) other than those described in this Section, 1 02A. No separate payment will be made for control of surface water Include the cost to control non-pipe excavation ground water and surface water in price for Work requiring such controls. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit a Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan for review by the Engineer prior to start of any field work. The plan shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. The plan shall include the following: 1 Results of subsurface investigation and description of the extent and characteristics of water bearing layers subject to ground water control. 2. Names of equipment suppliers and installation subcontractors. 3 A description of proposed ground water control systems indicating arrangement, location, depth and capacities of system components, installation details and criteria, and operation and maintenance procedures. 4 A description of proposed monitoring and control system indicating depths and locations of piezometers and monitoring wells, monitoring installation details and criteria, type of equipment and instrumentation with pertinent data and characteristics. 5 A description of proposed filters including types, sizes, capacities and manufacturer's application recommendations. 6. Design calculations demonstrating adequacy of proposed systems for intended applications. Define potential area of influence of ground water control operation near contaminated areas. 7 Operating requirements, including piezometric control elevations for dewatering and depressurization. 8. Excavation drainage methods including typical drainage layers, sump pump application and other necessary means. 9 Surface water control and drainage installations. 10 Proposed methods and locations for disposing of removed water C Submit the following records upon completed initial installation. 1 Installation and development reports for well points, eductors, and deep wells. 02/2008 01564-2 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER 2. Installation reports and baseline readings for piezometers and monitoring wells. 3 Baseline analytical test data of water from monitoring wells. 4 Initial flow rates. D Submit the following records on a weekly basis during operations 1 Records of flow rates and piezometric elevations obtained dunng monitoring of dewatenng and depressurization. Refer to this Section, 3 02 "Requirements for Eductor,Well Points, or Deep Wells" 2. Maintenance records for ground water control installations,piezometers, and monitoring wells. E Submit the following records at end of the Work. Decommissioning(abandonment) reports for monitoring wells and piezometers installed by other during the design phase and left for Contractor's monitoring and use. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A Conduct subsurface investigations to identify groundwater conditions and to provide parameters for design, installation, and operation of groundwater control systems. B Design a ground water control system, compatible with the requirements of OSHA Standards - 29 CFR, Part 1926, and Section 01570 -Trench Safety Systems of these Technical Specifications, to produce the following results. 1 Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting excavations. 2. Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations. 3 Preclude damage to adjacent properties,buildings, structures, utilities, installed facilities, and other work. 4 Prevent the loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick condition, or softening of the foundation strata. 5 Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations. C Ground water control systems may include single-stage or multiple-stage well point systems, eductor and ejector-type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these equipment types. D Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other source entering the excavation. Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage matenals, such as crushed stone and filter fabnc, together with sump pumping. E Provide ditches,berms,pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface water from excavation and other work areas. F Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells. 02/2008 01564-3 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER G Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures and any settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction, existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water wells,or affect potentially contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water control systems or resulting from failure of the system to protect property as required. H Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells. I Provide environmental monitonng wells installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the ground water control system. J Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies and left for Contractors monitonng and use. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. B Comply with TCEQ regulations and WWD/PI Advisory Council for development, - drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system. C Obtain permit from TCEQ under the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES),for storm water discharge from construction sites. Refer to Section 01565— TPDES, 3 02 "Certification Requirements" D Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of groundwater and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing storm drains and natural water sources. Because the review and permitting process may be lengthy, take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals. E Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the vicinity of potentially contaminated sites. F Implement control of ground and surface water under the provisions of Section 01566 —Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve desired results for dewatering. Selected equipment and materials are subject to review 02/2008 01564-4 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER of the Engineer through Submittals required in Section 01350 — Submittals, 1 06 "Operations and Maintenance Data" B Eductors, well points, or deep wells, where used, must be furnished, installed and operated by an experienced contractor regularly engaged in ground water control system design, installation, and operation. C Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control system includes piezometers and monitoring wells, and devices, such as flow meters, for observing and recording flow rates. D All equipment must be in good repair and operating order E Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure continuous operation, where required. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GROUND WATER CONTROL A Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing layers,piezometric pressures,and soil parameters for design and installation of ground water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to determine the drawdown characteristics of the water-bearing layers. The results shall be presented in the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. Refer to this Section, 1 03B B Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and handle ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site conditions. Monitor effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent property C Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the Plan. Notify Engineer in writing of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and changes to the Work. Provide revised drawings and calculations with such notification. D Provide for continuous system operation, including nights, weekends, and holidays. Arrange for appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for dewatering system. E Monitor operations to verify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade for prosecution of subsequent operations. F Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation, depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or installed works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall be defined in the Plan. 02/2008 01564-5 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER G Maintain water level below subgrade elevation. Do not allow levels to rise until foundation concrete has achieved design strength. H During backfilling,dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of 5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement. I Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering. Remove pipe drain when it has served its purpose. If removal of pipe is impractical, provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout or cement-sand grout when pipe is removed from service. J Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated underground drainage system may be reduced,such as for units designed to withstand hydrostatic uplift pressure. Provide a means of draining the affected portion of underground system,including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during operations and remove it when no longer required. K Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of surface or ground water is no longer required. L Compact backfill as required by the Contract Documents. 3.02 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR,WELL POINTS,OR DEEP WELLS A For aboveground piping in ground water control system, include a 12-inch minimum length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored. B Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft excavations in water bearing materials are predrained prior to excavation. Provide separate piezometers for monitoring of dewatenng and for monitoring of depressurization. Install piezometers and monitoring wells for tunneling as appropriate for Contractor's selected method of work. C Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning the associated excavation. D Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations,but only where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is predrained by an existing system such that the criteria of the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan are satisfied. 02/2008 01564-6 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER E Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development. F Provide additional ground water control installations or change the methods in the event that the installations according to the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance cntena defined by the Plan and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1 03A. G Mechanical dewatenng equipment shall comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas. 3.03 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE A Contractor may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained, stable trench conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of the following methods or combination of methods 1 Sump pumping in combination with. a. Layer of crushed stone and filter fabnc. b Sand and gravel drains. 2. Wells for ground water control. B Use sump pumping and a drainage layer, as defined in ASTM D 2321,placed on the foundation beneath pipe bedding or thickened bedding layer of Class I material. 3.04 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION A Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitonng wells while the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area. Keep system in good operating condition. B Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule. C Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed, only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to maintain and make observations, as specified. D Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground water control operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wells when directed by the Engineer 3.05 MONITORING AND RECORDING A Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each wellpoint or eductor header used in dewatenng system. Also monitor and record water level and ground water recovery These records shall be obtained daily until steady conditions are achieved, and twice weekly thereafter 02/2008 01564-7 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER B Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or piezometers or wells are removed, except when Engineer determines that more frequent monitoring and recording are required. Comply with Engineer's direction for increased monitoring and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective dewatering for intended purpose. 3.06 SURFACE WATER CONTROL A Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through use of dikes, ditches,curb walls,pipes,sumps or other approved means. The requirement includes temporary works required to protect adjoining properties from surface drainage caused by construction operations. B Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into drainage channels or storm drains, when approved by agencies having jurisdiction. Provide settling basins when required by such agencies. C Provide additional surface water control measures or change the methods in the event that the measures according to the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance critena defined by the Plan and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1 03B END OF SECTION 02/2008 01564-8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS Section 01565 TPDES REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL A As used herein and in conjunction with TPDES General Permit No.TXR150000,the term OPERATOR refers to the CONTRACTOR. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A Description-of the-required-documentation to-be prepared,signed and-submitted-by the Contractor before conducting construction operations, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System(TPDES)General Permit as issued March 5, 2003, re-issued March 5, 2013, and re-issued March 5, 2018, by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality under the provisions of Section 402 of the Clean Water Act-and-Section 26 040 of the Texas Water Code. B Contractor's responsibility for implementation,maintenance,and inspection of storm water pollution prevention control measures including,but not limited to,erosion and sediment controls,storm water management plans,waste collection and disposal,off- site vehicle tracking,and other practices shown on the Plans or specified elsewhere in this or other Technical Specifications.This Specification provides guidelines and Best Management Practices (BMP's)information for the Contractor to use in adhering to all local, state and federal environmental regulations with respect to storm water pollution prevention during construction activity C References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01310—Coordination&Meetings 3 Section 01770—Contract Closeout D Referenced Standards 1 Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) E Other References 1 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan(SWPPP) found in Appendix A of these Technical Specifications. 1.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 08/2018 01565- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 REQUIRED NOTICES A The Contractor shall complete, sign,and date the Contractor's Notice of Intent(NOI) attached in Appendix A. The signed copy of the Contractor's NOI shall be returned to the TCEQ It is contractor's responsibility to pay for any fees associated with the permit. Submission of the NOI is required by both the Owner and the Contractor before construction operations start. B Upon completion of construction and acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Contractor shall complete, sign, and date the Contractor's Notice of Termination (NOT) attached in Appendix A. 3.02 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A On the Operator's Information form attached in Appendix A, the Contractor shall complete name, address, and telephone number for the Contractor; the names of persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures and all Subcontractors. B The Contractor and Subcontractors named in the Contractor's Information form shall read, sign, and date the Contractor's/Subcontractor's Certification form, attached in Appendix A. C The persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures shall read, sign, and date the Contractor's Inspection and Maintenance Certification form, attached in Appendix A. D The Contractor's Information form and all certification forms shall be submitted to the Owner before beginning construction. E Contractor shall review implementation of the SWPPP in a meeting with the Owner and Engineer prior to start of construction in accordance with Section 01310 — Coordination&Meetings. 3.03 RETENTION OF RECORDS A The Contractor shall keep a copy of the SWPPP at the Project Site or at the Contractor's office from the date that it became effective to the date the Work is accepted by the Owner B At Contract Closeout,the Contractor shall submit to the Owner all TPDES forms and certifications, as well as a copy of the SWPPP, in accordance with Section 01770— Contract Closeout. The SWPPP records and data will be retained by Owner for a period of 3 years from the date the Work is accepted by the Owner 08/2018 01565-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS 3.04 POSTING OF NOTICES A The following notices shall be posted from the date that this SWPPP goes into effect until the date the Work is accepted by the Owner 1 Copies of the Notices of Intent submitted by the Owner and Contractor and a brief Description of Construction Activity being conducted at the Project Site, as given in Article 1 of the SWPPP, shall be posted at the Project Site or at Contractor's office in a prominent place for public viewing. 2. Notice to drivers of equipment and vehicles, instructing them to stop, check, and clean tires of debris and mud before driving onto traffic lanes. Post such notices at every stabilized construction exit area. 3 In an easily visible location on Project Site,post a notice of waste disposal procedures. 4 Notice of hazardous material handling and emergency procedures shall be posted with the NOI on Project Site. Keep copies of Material Safety Data Sheets at a location on Project Site that is known to all personnel. 5 Keep a copy of each signed certification at the Project Site or at Contractor's office. APPENDIX A FOLLOWS THIS SECTION END OF SECTION 08/2018 01565-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS Section 01565 TPDES REQUIREMENTS (APPENDIX A) Table of Contents TCEQ General Permit NOI TCEQ Form 20022 TCEQ Form—20134 NOC TCEQ Form—20023 Site Notice Forms 08/2018 01565-4 of 4 �r arrr M JIMI Off "IN arillj, General Permit to Discharge Under TCEQ the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activities TXR150000 Effective March 5, 2018 printed on TEXAS COMMISSION ON ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY recycled paper Texas Commission on Environmental Quality P.O.Box 13087,Austin,Texas 787u-3087 0 OF (Ix r. GENERAL PERMIT TO DISCHARGE UNDER THE TEXAS POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM under provisions of Section 402 of the Clean Water Act and Chapter 26 of the Texas Water Code This permit supersedes and replaces TPDES General Permit No.TXR150000,issued March 5,2013 Construction sites that discharge stormwater associated with construction activity located in the state of Texas may discharge to surface water in the state only according to monitoring requirements and other conditions set forth in this general permit,as well as the rules of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ or Commission),the laws of the State of Texas,and other orders of the Commission of the TCEQ. The issuance of this general permit does not grant to the permittee the right to use private or public property for conveyance of stormwater and certain non-stormwater discharges along the discharge route. This includes property belonging to but not limited to any individual,partnership,corporation or other entity Neither does this general permit authorize any invasion of personal rights nor any violation of federal,state,or local laws or regulations. It is the responsibility of the permittee to acquire property rights as may be necessary to use the discharge route. This general permit and the authorization contained herein shall expire at midnight,five years from the permit effective date. EFFECTIVE DATE. March 5,2018 ISSUED DATE. 2�g_1 e, t 1 �1�'- For he Co �!nission TPDES GENERAL PERMIT NUMBER TXRi50000 RELATING TO STORMWATER DISCHARGES ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES Table of Contents Part I. Flow Chart and Definitions 5 Section A. Flow Chart to Determine Whether Coverage is Required 5 Section B. Definitions 6 Part II. Permit Applicability and Coverage 13 Section A. Discharges Eligible for Authorization 13 1. Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity 13 2. Discharges of Stormwater Associated with Construction Support Activities 13 3. Non-Stormwater Discharges 13 4. Other Permitted Discharges 14 Section B. Concrete Truck Wash Out 14 Section C. Limitations on Permit Coverage 14 1. Post Construction Discharges 14 2. Prohibition of Non-Stormwater Discharges 14 3. Compliance with Water Quality Standards 14 4. Impaired Receiving Waters and Total Maximum Daily Load(TMDL)Requirements 14 5. Discharges to the Edwards Aquifer Recharge or Contributing Zone 15 6. Discharges to Specific Watersheds and Water Quality Areas 16 7 Protection of Streams and Watersheds by Other Governmental Entities 16 8. Indian Country Lands 16 9 Oil and Gas Production and Transportation 16 10. Stormwater Discharges from Agricultural Activities. 16 11. Endangered Species Act. 16 12. Other 17 Section D Deadlines for Obtaining Authorization to Discharge 17 1. Large Construction Activities 17 2. Small Construction Activities 17 Section E. Obtaining Authorization to Discharge 17 1. Automatic Authorization for Small Construction Activities with Low Potential for Erosion. 17 2. Automatic Authorization for Small Construction Activities: 18 3. Authorization for Large Construction Activities: 19 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 4. Waivers for Small Construction Activities: .20 5. Effective Date of Coverage .20 6. Notice of Change(NOC) 21 7 Signatory Requirement for NOI Forms,Notice of Termination(NOT)Forms,NOC Letters,and Construction Site Notices 22 8. Contents of the NOI 22 Section F Terminating Coverage 23 1. Notice of Termination(NOT)Required 23 2. Minimum Contents of the NOT 23 3. Termination of Coverage for Small Construction Sites and for Secondary Operators at Large Construction Sites 24 4. Transfer of Day-to-Day Operational Control. 24 Section G Waivers from Coverage 25 1. Waiver Applicability and Coverage. 25 2. Steps to Obtaining a Waiver 26 3. Effective Date of a LREW 26 4. Activities Extending Beyond the LREW Period. 26 Section H. Alternative TPDES Permit Coverage. 27 1. Individual Permit Alternative 27 2. Alternative Authorizations for Certain Discharges 27 3. Individual Permit Required 27 4. Alternative Discharge Authorization 27 Section I. Permit Expiration. 27 Part III. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plans(SWP3) .28 Section A. Shared SWP3 Development 29 Section B. Responsibilities of Operators 29 1. Secondary Operators and Primary Operators with Control Over Construction Plans and Specifications 29 2. Primary Operators with Day-to-Day Operational Control .30 Section C. Deadlines for SWP3 Preparation,Implementation,and Compliance .30 Section D Plan Review and Making Plans Available .30 Section E. Revisions and Updates to SWP3s 31 Section F Contents of SWP3 31 Section G Erosion and Sediment Control Requirements Applicable to All Sites 40 Part IV Stormwater Runoff from Concrete Batch Plants .42 Section A. Benchmark Sampling Requirements .42 Section B. Best Management Practices(BMPs)and SWP3 Requirements •44 Page 3 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 Section C. Prohibition of Wastewater Discharges. .46 Part V Concrete Truck Wash Out Requirements .46 Part VI. Retention of Records. 47 Part VII.Standard Permit Conditions 47 Part VIII. Fees .48 Appendix A. Automatic Authorization .50 Appendix B.Erosivity Index(EI)Zones in Texas 52 Appendix C: Isoerodent Map 53 Appendix D. Erosivity Indices-for-EI Zones-in Texas 54 Page 4 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Part I. Flow Chart and Definitions Section A. Flow Chart to Determine Whether Coverage is Required When calculating the acreage of land area disturbed,include the disturbed land-area of all construction and construction support activities. How much land will be disturbed?(*1) 1 ncre 1 or more acres (*1) (*1) •vO Do you meet the 1ps Will 5 or more definition of ► acres be disturbed? "operator?"(02) (*1) =O YES Permit Coverage Required • Prepare and Implement SWP3 • Post Site Notice • Submit Copy of Site Notice to MS4 Operator V � J i Are you a"primary NOoperator?"(*2) r / 1 Permit Coveraee Not f l«S Required,Unless Part r Permit Coverage Renuired of a Larger Common • Prepare and Implement SWP3 Plan of Development • Submit NOI to TCEQ or Sale • Post Site Notice • Submit Copy ofNOl to MS4 Operator• (*1) To determine the size of the construction project,use the size of the entire area to be disturbed,and include the size of the larger common plan of development or sale,if the project is part of a larger project(refer to Part LB.,"Definitions,"for an explanation of"common plan of development or sale"). (*.2) Refer to the definitions for"operator,""primary operator,"and"secondary operator"in Part I, Section B.of this permit. Page 5 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Section B. Definitions Arid Areas-Areas with an average annual rainfall of o to 10 inches. Best Management Practices(BMPs)-Schedules of activities,prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures,structural controls,local ordinances,and other management practices to prevent or reduce the discharge of pollutants. BMPs also include treatment requirements,operating procedures,and practices to control construction site runoff,spills or leaks,waste disposal,or drainage from raw material storage areas. Commencement of Construction-The initial disturbance of soils associated with clearing,grading,or excavation activities,as well as other construction-related activities (e.g.,stockpiling of fill material,demolition) Common Plan of Development-A construction activity that is completed in separate stages,separate phases,or in combination with other construction activities. A common plan of development(also known as a"common plan of development or sale")is identified by the documentation for the construction project that identifies the scope of the project,and may include plats,blueprints,marketing plans,contracts,building permits,a public notice or hearing,zoning requests,or other similar documentation and activities. A common plan of development does not necessarily include all construction projects within the jurisdiction of a public entity(e.g.,a city or university) Construction of roads or buildings in different parts of the jurisdiction would be considered separate"common plans,"with only the interconnected parts of a project being considered part of a"common plan"(e.g.,a building and its associated parking lot and driveways,airport runway and associated taxiways,a building complex,etc.) Where discrete construction projects occur within a larger common plan of development or sale but are located 1/4 mile or more apart,and the area between the projects is not being disturbed,each individual project can be treated as a separate plan of development or sale,provided that any interconnecting road,pipeline or utility project that is part of the same"common plan"is not included in the area to be disturbed. Construction Activity-Includes soil disturbance activities,including clearing,grading, excavating,construction-related activity(e.g.,stockpiling of fill material,demolition),and construction support activity This does not include routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line and grade,hydraulic capacity,or original purpose of the site (e.g.,the routine grading of existing dirt roads,asphalt overlays of existing roads,the routine clearing of existing right-of-ways,and similar maintenance activities). Regulated construction activity is defined in terms of small and large construction activity Construction Support Activity—A construction-related activity that specifically supports construction activity,which can involve earth disturbance or pollutant-generating activities of its own,and can include,but are not limited to,activities associated with concrete or asphalt batch plants,rock crushers,equipment staging or storage areas,chemical storage areas,material storage areas,material borrow areas,and excavated material disposal areas. Construction support activity must only directly support the construction activity authorized under this general permit. Dewatering—The act of draining rainwater or groundwater from building foundations, vaults,and trenches. Discharge—For the purposes of this permit,the drainage,release,or disposal of pollutants in stormwater and certain non-stormwater from areas where soil disturbing activities(e.g., clearing,grading,excavation,stockpiling of fill material,and demolition),construction materials or equipment storage or maintenance(e.g.,fill piles,borrow area,concrete truck wash out,fueling),or other industrial stormwater directly related to the construction process (e.g.,concrete or asphalt batch plants)are located. Drought-Stricken Area—For the purposes of this permit,an area in which the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's U.S.Seasonal Drought Outlook indicates for the period during which the construction will occur that any of the following conditions are Page 6 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15o000 likely. (1)"Drought to persist or intensify", (2)"Drought ongoing,some improvement",(3) "Drought likely to improve,impacts ease",or(4)"Drought development likely" See http://www.cpc.ncep.noaa.gov/products/expert assessment/seasonal drought.html. Edwards Aquifer-As defined under Texas Administrative Code(TAC)§213.3 of this title (relating to the Edwards Aquifer),that portion of an arcuate belt of porous,water-bearing, predominantly carbonate rocks known as the Edwards and Associated Limestones in the Balcones Fault Zone trending from west to east to northeast in Kinney,Uvalde,Medina, Bexar,Comal,Hays,Travis,and Williamson Counties; and composed of the Salmon Peak Limestone,McKnight Formation,West Nueces Formation,Devil's River Limestone,Person Formation,Kainer Formation,Edwards Formation,and Georgetown Formation. The permeable aquifer units generally overlie the less-permeable Glen Rose Formation to the south,overlie the less-permeable Comanche Peak and Walnut Formations north of the Colorado River,and underlie the less-permeable Del Rio Clay regionally Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone-Generally,that area where the stratigraphic units constituting the Edwards Aquifer crop out,including the outcrops of other geologic formations in proximity to the Edwards Aquifer,where caves,sinkholes,faults,fractures,or other permeable features would create a potential for recharge of surface waters into the Edwards Aquifer The recharge zone is identified as that area designated as such on official maps located in the offices of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ)and the appropriate regional office. The Edwards Aquifer Map Viewer,located at http.//www.tceq.texas.gov/comphance/field ops/eapp/mapdisclaimer.html,can be used to determine where the recharge zone is located. Edwards Aquifer Contributing Zone-The area or watershed where runoff from precipitation flows downgradient to the recharge zone of the Edwards Aquifer The contributing zone is located upstream(upgradient)and generally north and northwest of the recharge zone for the following counties:all areas within Kinney County,except the area within the watershed draining to Segment No.2304 of the Rio Grande Basin,all areas within Uvalde,Medina,Bexar,and Comal Counties;all areas within Hays and Travis Counties, except the area within the watersheds draining to the Colorado River above a point 1.3 miles upstream from Tom Miller Dam,Lake Austin at the confluence of Barrow Brook Cove, Segment No. 1403 of the Colorado River Basin,and all areas within Williamson County, except the area within the watersheds draining to the Lampasas River above the dam at Stillhouse Hollow reservoir,Segment No.1216 of the Brazos River Basin. The contributing zone is illustrated on the Edwards Aquifer map viewer at http.//www.tceq.texas.gov/compliance/field ops/eapp/mapdisclaimer.html. Effluent Limitations Guideline(ELG)—Defined in 4o Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)§122.2 as a regulation published by the Administrator under§3o4(b)of the Clean Water Act(CWA)to adopt or revise effluent limitations. Facility or Activity—For the purpose of this permit,referring to a construction site,the location of construction activity,or a construction support activity that is regulated under this general permit,including all contiguous land and fixtures(for example,ponds and materials stockpiles),structures,or appurtenances used at a construction site or industrial site. Final Stabilization-A construction site status where any of the following conditions are met: (a) All soil disturbing activities at the site have been completed and a uniform(that is, evenly distributed,without large bare areas)perennial vegetative cover with a density of at least 7o%of the native background vegetative cover for the area has been established on all unpaved areas and areas not covered by permanent structures,or equivalent permanent stabilization measures(such as the use of riprap,gabions,or geotextiles) have been employed. Page 7 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 (b) For individual lots in a residential construction site by either (1) the homebuilder completing final stabilization as specified in condition(a)above; or (2) the homebuilder establishing temporary stabilization for an individual lot prior to the time of transfer of the ownership of the home to the buyer and after informing the homeowner of the need for,and benefits of,final stabilization.If temporary stabilization is not feasible,then the homebuilder may fulfill this requirement by retaining perimeter controls or BMPs,and informing the homeowner of the need for removal of temporary controls and the establishment of final stabilization. Fulfillment of this requirement must be documented in the homebuilder's stormwater pollution prevention plan(SWP3) (c) For construction activities on land used for agricultural purposes(such as pipelines across crop or range land),final stabilization may be accomplished by returning the disturbed land to its preconstruction agricultural use. Areas disturbed that were not previously used for agricultural activities,such as buffer strips immediately adjacent to surface water and areas that are not being returned to their preconstruction agricultural use must meet the final stabilization conditions of condition(a)above. (d) In arid,semi-arid,and drought-stricken areas only,all soil disturbing activities at the site have been completed and both of the following criteria have been met: (1) Temporary erosion control measures(for example,degradable rolled erosion control product)are selected,designed,and installed along with an appropriate seed base to provide erosion control for at least three years without active maintenance by the operator,and (2) The temporary erosion control measures are selected,designed,and installed to achieve 7o%of the native background vegetative coverage within three years. Hyperchlorination of Waterlines—Treatment of potable water lines or tanks with chlorine for disinfection purposes,typically following repair or partial replacement of the waterline or tank,and subsequently flushing the contents. Impaired Water-A surface water body that is identified as impaired on the latest approved CWA§3o3(d)List or waters with an EPA-approved or established total maximum daily load(TMDL)that are found on the latest EPA approved Texas Integrated Report of Surface Water Quality for CWA Sections 3o5(b)and 3o3(d),which lists the category 4 and 5 water bodies. Indian Country Land—All land within the limits of any Indian reservation under the jurisdiction of the United States government,notwithstanding the issuance of any patent, and,including rights-of-way running through the reservation,(2)all dependent Indian communities with the borders of the United States whether within the originally or subsequently acquired territory thereof,and whether within or without the limits of a state; and(3)all Indian allotments,the Indian titles to which have not been extinguished, including rights-of-way running through the same. (4o CFR§122.2) Indian Tribe-Any Indian Tribe,band,group,or community recognized by the Secretary of the Interior and exercising governmental authority over a Federal Indian Reservation(40 CFR§122.2). Infeasible—Not technologically possible,or not economically practicable and achievable in light of best industry practices. (4o CFR§45o.ii(b)) Large Construction Activity-Construction activities including clearing,grading,and excavating that result in land disturbance of equal to or greater than five(5)acres of land. Large construction activity also includes the disturbance of less than five(5)acres of total Page 8 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 land area that is part of a larger common plan of development or sale if the larger common plan will ultimately disturb equal to or greater than five(5)acres of land. Large construction activity does not include routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line and grade,hydraulic capacity,or original purpose of the site(for example,the routine grading of existing dirt roads,asphalt overlays of existing roads,the routine clearing of existing right-of-ways,and similar maintenance activities.) Linear Project—Includes the construction of roads,bridges,conduits,substructures, pipelines,sewer lines,towers,poles,cables,wires,connectors,switching,regulating and transforming equipment and associated ancillary facilities in a long,narrow area. Low Rainfall Erosivity Waiver(LREW)-A written submission to the executive director from an operator of a construction site that is considered as small construction activity under the permit,which qualifies for a waiver from the requirements for small construction activities,only during the period of time when the calculated rainfall erosivity factor is less than five(5) Minimize-To reduce or eliminate to the extent achievable using stormwater controls that are technologically available and economically practicable and achievable in light of best industry practices. Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System(MS4)-A separate storm sewer system owned or operated by the United States,a state,city,town,county,district,association,or other public body(created by or pursuant to state law)having jurisdiction over the disposal of sewage,industrial wastes,stormwater,or other wastes,including special districts under state law such as a sewer district,flood control or drainage district,or similar entity,or an Indian tribe or an authorized Indian tribal organization,that discharges to surface water in the state. Notice of Change(NOC)—Written notification to the executive director from a discharger authorized under this permit,providing changes to information that was previously provided to the agency in a notice of intent form. Notice of Intent(NOI)-A written submission to the executive director from an applicant requesting coverage under this general permit. Notice of Termination(NOT)-A written submission to the executive director from a discharger authorized under this general permit requesting termination of coverage. Operator-The person or persons associated with a large or small construction activity that is either a primary or secondary operator as defined below- Primary Operator—the person or persons associated with construction activity that meets either of the following two criteria. (a) the person or persons have on-site operational control over construction plans and specifications,including the ability to make modifications to those plans and specifications;or (b) the person or persons have day-to-day operational control of those activities at a construction site that are necessary to ensure compliance with a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan(SWP3)for the site or other permit conditions(for example,they are authorized to direct workers at a site to carry out activities required by the SWP3 or comply with other permit conditions). Secondary Operator—The person or entity,often the property owner,whose operational control is limited to: (a) the employment of other operators,such as a general contractor,to perform or supervise construction activities,or Page 9 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 (b) the ability to approve or disapprove changes to construction plans and specifications,_ but who does not have day-to-day on-site operational control over construction activities at the site. Secondary operators must either prepare their own SWP3 or participate in a shared SWP3 that covers the areas of the construction site,where they have control over the construction plans and specifications. If there is not a primary operator at the construction site,then the secondary operator is defined as the primary operator and must comply with the requirements for primary operators. Outfall-For the purpose of this permit,a point source at the point where stormwater runoff associated with construction activity discharges to surface water in the state and does not include open conveyances connecting two municipal separate storm sewers,or pipes, tunnels,or other conveyances that connect segments of the same stream or other water of the U.S.and are used to convey waters of the U.S. Permittee-An operator authorized under this general permit. The authorization may be gained through submission of a notice of intent,by waiver,or by meeting the requirements for automatic coverage to discharge stormwater runoff and certain non-stormwater discharges from construction activity Point Source—Any discernible,confined,and discrete conveyance,including but not limited to,any pipe,ditch,channel,tunnel,conduit,well,discrete fissure,container,rolling stock concentrated animal feeding operation,landfill leachate collection system,vessel or other floating craft from which pollutants are,or may be,discharged. This term does not include return flows from irrigated agriculture or agricultural stormwater runoff(4o CFR §122.2). Pollutant-Dredged spoil,solid waste,incinerator residue,sewage,garbage,sewage sludge, filter backwash,munitions,chemical wastes,biological materials,radioactive materials,heat, wrecked or discarded equipment,rock,sand,cellar dirt,and industrial,municipal,and agricultural waste discharged into any surface water in the state. The term"pollutant"does not include tail water or runoff water from irrigation or rainwater runoff from cultivated or uncultivated rangeland,pastureland,and farmland. For the purpose of this permit,the term "pollutant"includes sediment. Pollution-The alteration of the physical,thermal,chemical,or biological quality of,or the contamination of,any surface water in the state that renders the water harmful,detrimental, or injurious to humans,animal life,vegetation,or property or to public health,safety,or welfare,or impairs the usefulness or the public enjoyment of the water for any lawful or reasonable purpose(Texas Water Code(TWC) §26.001(14)) Rainfall Erosivity Factor(R factor)-the total annual erosive potential that is due to climatic effects,and is part of the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation(RUSLE). Receiving Water-A"Water of the United States"as defined in 40 CFR§122.2 or a surface water in the state into which the regulated stormwater discharges. Semiarid Areas-areas with an average annual rainfall of 10 to 20 inches. Separate Storm Sewer System-A conveyance or system of conveyances(including roads with drainage systems,streets,catch basins,curbs,gutters,ditches,man-made channels,or storm drains),designed or used for collecting or conveying stormwater;that is not a combined sewer,and that is not part of a publicly owned treatment works(POTW). Small Construction Activity-Construction activities including clearing,grading,and excavating that result in land disturbance of equal to or greater than one(1)acre and less than five(5)acres of land. Small construction activity also includes the disturbance of less than one(1)acre of total land area that is part of a larger common plan of development or sale if the larger common plan will ultimately disturb equal to or greater than one(1)and Page 10 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 less than five(5)acres of land. Small construction activity does not include routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line and grade,hydraulic capacity,or original purpose of the site(for example,the routine grading of existing dirt roads,asphalt overlays of existing roads,the routine clearing of existing right-of-ways,and similar maintenance activities) Steep Slopes—Where a state,Tribe,local government,or industry technical manual(e.g. stormwater BMP manual)has defined what is to be considered a"steep slope",this permit's definition automatically adopts that definition. Where no such definition exists,steep slopes are automatically defined as those that are 15 percent or greater in grade. Stormwater(or Stormwater Runoff)-Rainfall runoff,snow melt runoff,and surface runoff and drainage. Stormwater-Associated-with-Construction Activity=Stormwater runoff,as-defined above,from a construction activity Structural Control(or Practice)-A pollution prevention practice that requires the construction of a device,or the use of a device,to reduce or prevent pollution in stormwater runoff. Structural controls and practices may include but are not limited to:silt fences, earthen dikes,drainage swales,sediment traps,check dams,subsurface drains,storm drain inlet protection,rock outlet protection,reinforced soil retaining systems,gabions,and temporary or permanent sediment basins. Surface Water in the State- Lakes,bays,ponds,impounding reservoirs,springs,rivers, streams,creeks,estuaries,wetlands,marshes,inlets,canals,the Gulf of Mexico inside the territorial limits of the state(from the mean high water mark(MHWM)out io.36 miles into the Gulf),and all other bodies of surface water,natural or artificial,inland or coastal,fresh or salt,navigable or non-navigable,and including the beds and banks of all water-courses and bodies of surface water,that are wholly or partially inside or bordering the state or subject to the jurisdiction of the state; except that waters in treatment systems which are authorized by state or federal law,regulation,or permit,and which are created for the purpose of waste treatment are not considered to be water in the state. Temporary Stabilization-A condition where exposed soils or disturbed areas are provided a protective cover or other structural control to prevent the migration of pollutants. Temporary stabilization may include temporary seeding,geotextiles,mulches,and other techniques to reduce or eliminate erosion until either permanent stabilization can be achieved or until further construction activities take place. Thawing Conditions—for the purposes of this permit,thawing conditions are expected based on the historical likelihood of two or more days with daytime temperatures greater than 32 T This date can be determined by looking at historical weather data. Note: The estimation of thawing conditions is for planning purposes only During construction,the permittee will be required to conduct-site inspections based upon actual conditions(i.e.,if thawing conditions occur sooner than expected,the permittee will be required to conduct inspections at the regular frequency). Total Maximum Daily Load(TMDL)-The total amount of a pollutant that a water body can assimilate and still meet the Texas Surface Water Quality Standards. Turbidity—A condition of water quality characterized by the presence of suspended solids and/or organic material. Waters of the United States-Waters of the United States or waters of the U.S.means: (a) all waters which are currently used,were used in the past,or may be susceptible to use in interstate or foreign commerce,including all waters which are subject to the ebb and flow of the tide; (b) all interstate waters,including interstate wetlands; Page ii Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 (c) all other waters such as intrastate lakes,rivers,streams(including intermittent streams),mudflats,sandflats,wetlands,sloughs,prairie potholes,wet meadows, playa lakes,or natural ponds that the use,degradation,or destruction of which would affect or could affect interstate or foreign commerce including any such waters: (1) which are or could be used by interstate or foreign travelers for recreational or other purposes; (2) from which fish or shellfish are or could be taken and sold in interstate or foreign commerce;or (3) which are used or could be used for industrial purposes by industries in interstate commerce; (d) all impoundments of waters otherwise defined as waters of the United States under this-definition, (e) tributaries of waters identified in paragraphs(a)through(d)of this definition, (f) the territorial sea,and (g) wetlands adjacent to waters(other than waters that are themselves wetlands) identified in paragraphs(a)through(f)of this definition. Waste treatment systems,including treatment ponds or lagoons designed to meet the requirements of CWA are not waters of the U.S. This exclusion applies only to manmade bodies of water which neither were originally created in waters of the U.S. (such as disposal area in wetlands)nor resulted from the impoundment of waters of the U.S. Waters of the U.S.do not include prior converted cropland. Notwithstanding the determination of an area's status as prior converted cropland by any other federal agency,for the purposes of the CWA,the final authority regarding CWA jurisdiction remains with EPA. Page 12 Part II. Permit Applicability and Coverage Section A. Discharges Eligible for Authorization i. Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity Discharges of stormwater runoff and certain non-stormwater discharges from small and large construction activities may be authorized under this general permit. 2. Discharges of Stormwater Associated with Construction Support Activities Discharges of stormwater runoff and certain non-stormwater discharges from construction support activities as defined in Part I.B of this general permit may be authorized,provided that the following conditions are met: (a) the construction support activities are located within one(i)mile from the boundary of the construction site where the construction activity authorized under the permit is being conducted that requires the support of these activities; (b) an SWP3 is developed for the permitted construction site according to the provisions in Part III.F of this general permit,and includes appropriate controls and measures to reduce erosion and the discharge of pollutants in stormwater runoff according to the provisions in Part III.G of this general permit; (c) the activities are directly related to the construction site; (d) the activities are not a commercial operation,nor serve other unrelated construction projects, and (e) the activities do not continue to operate beyond the completion of the construction activity at the project it supports. Construction support activities that operate outside the terms provided in(a)through(e) above must obtain authorization under a separate Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System(TPDES)permit,which may include the TPDES Multi Sector General Permit(MSGP),TXRo50000(related to stormwater discharges associated with industrial activity),an alternative general permit(if available),or an individual water quality permit. 3. Non-Stormwater Discharges The following non-stormwater discharges from sites authorized under this general permit are also eligible for authorization under this general permit: (a) discharges from fire-fighting activities(fire-fighting activities do not include washing of trucks,run-off water from training activities,test water from fire suppression systems,or similar activities); (b) uncontaminated fire hydrant flushings(excluding discharges of hyperchlorinated water,unless the water is first dechlorinated and discharges are not expected to adversely affect aquatic life),which include flushings from systems that utilize potable water,surface water,or groundwater that does not contain additional pollutants(uncontaminated fire hydrant flushings do not include systems utilizing reclaimed wastewater as a source water); (c) water from the routine external washing of vehicles,the external portion of buildings or structures,and pavement,where detergents and soaps are not used, where spills or leaks of toxic or hazardous materials have not occurred(unless spilled materials have been removed,and if local state,or federal regulations are applicable,the materials are removed according to those regulations),and where the purpose is to remove mud,dirt,or dust; Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 (d) uncontaminated water used to control dust; (e) potable water sources,including waterline flushings,but excluding discharges of hyperchlorinated water,unless the water is first dechlorinated and discharges are not expected to adversely affect aquatic life; (f) uncontaminated air conditioning condensate; (g) uncontaminated ground water or spring water,including foundation or footing drains where flows are not contaminated with industrial materials such as solvents, and (h) lawn watering and similar irrigation drainage. 4. Other Permitted Discharges Any discharge authorized under a separate National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System(NPDES),TPDES,or TCEQ permit maybe combined with discharges authorized by this general permit,provided those discharges comply with the associated permit. Section B. Concrete Truck Wash Out The wash out of concrete trucks at regulated construction sites must be performed in accordance with the requirements of Part V of this general permit. Section C. Limitations on Permit Coverage 1. Post Construction Discharges Discharges that occur after construction activities have been completed,and after the construction site and any supporting activity site have undergone final stabilization,are not eligible for coverage under this general permit. Discharges originating from the sites are not authorized under this general permit following the submission of the notice of termination(NOT)or removal of the appropriate site notice,as applicable,for the regulated construction activity 2. Prohibition of Non-Stormwater Discharges Except as otherwise provided in Part II.A of this general permit,only discharges that are composed entirely of stormwater associated with construction activity may be authorized under this general permit. 3. Compliance with Water Quality Standards Discharges to surface water in the state that would cause,have the reasonable potential to cause,or contribute to a violation of water quality standards or that would fail to protect and maintain existing designated uses of surface water in the state are not eligible for coverage under this general permit. The executive director may require an application for an individual permit or alternative general permit(see Parts II.H.2 and 3.)to authorize discharges to surface water in the state if the executive director determines that any activity will cause,has the reasonable potential to cause,or contribute to a violation of water quality standards or is found to cause,has the reasonable potential to cause,or contribute to,the impairment of a designated use. The executive director may also require an application for an individual permit considering factors described in Part II.H.3 of this general permit. 4. Impaired Receiving Waters and Total Maximum Daily Load(TMDL) Requirements The permittee shall determine whether the authorized discharge is to an impaired water body on the latest EPA-approved CWA Section 3o3(d)List or waters with an EPA- approved or established TMDL that are found on the latest EPA-approved Texas Page 14 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Integrated Report of Surface Water Quality for CWA Sections 3o5(b)and 3o3(d), which lists the category 4 and 5 water bodies. New sources or new discharges of the pollutants of concern to impaired waters are not authorized by this permit unless otherwise allowable under 3o TAC Chapter 305 and applicable state law Impaired waters are those that do not meet applicable water quality standard(s)and are listed as category 4 or 5 in the current version of the Texas Integrated Report of Surface Water Quality,and waterbodies listed on the CWA§ 3o3(d)list.Pollutants of concern are those for which the water body is listed as impaired. Discharges of the pollutants of concern to impaired water bodies for which there is a TMDL are not eligible for coverage under this general_permit unless they are consistent with the approved TMDL. Permittees must incorporate the conditions and requirements applicable to their discharges into their SWP3,in order to be eligible for coverage under this general permit. For consistency with the construction stormwater-related items in an approved TMDL,the SWP3 must be consistent with any applicable condition,goal,or requirement in the TMDL,TMDL Implementation Plan(I-Plan),or as otherwise directed by the executive director 5. Discharges to the Edwards Aquifer Recharge or Contributing Zone Discharges cannot be authorized by this general permit where prohibited by 3o TAC Chapter 213(relating to Edwards Aquifer). In addition,commencement of construction (i.e.,the initial disturbance of soils associated with clearing,grading,or excavating activities,as well as other construction-related activities such as stockpiling of fill material and demolition)at a site regulated under 3o TAC Chapter 213,may not begin until the appropriate Edwards Aquifer Protection Plan(EAPP)has been approved by the TCEQ's Edwards Aquifer Protection Program. (a) For newdischarges-located-within the Edwards Aquifer-Recharge Zone,or within that area upstream from the recharge zone and defined as the Contributing Zone (CZ),operators must meet all applicable requirements of,and operate according to, 3o TAC Chapter 213(Edwards Aquifer Rule)in addition to the provisions and requirements of this general permit. (b) For existing discharges located within the Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone,the requirements of the agency-approved Water Pollution Abatement Plan(WPAP) under the Edwards Aquifer Rule is in addition to the requirements of this general permit. BMPs and maintenance schedules for structural stormwater controls,for example,may be required as a provision of the rule. All applicable requirements of the Edwards Aquifer Rule for reductions of suspended solids in stormwater runoff are in addition to the requirements in this general permit for this pollutant. (c) For discharges located within ten stream miles upstream of the Edwards Aquifer recharge zone,applicants shall also submit a copy of the NOI to the appropriate TCEQ regional office. Counties: Comal,Bexar,Medina,Uvalde,and Kinney Contact: TCEQ Water Program Manager San Antonio Regional Office 1425o Judson Road San Antonio,Texas 78233-4480 (210)490-3096 Counties: Williamson,Travis,and Hays Contact: TCEQ Water Program Manager Austin Regional Office 12100 Park 35 Circle Page 15 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Room 179,Building A Austin,Texas 78753 (512)339-2929 6. Discharges to Specific Watersheds and Water Quality Areas Discharges otherwise eligible for coverage cannot be authorized by this general permit where prohibited by 3o TAC Chapter 311(relating to Watershed Protection)for water quality areas and watersheds. 7 Protection of Streams and Watersheds by Other Governmental Entities This general permit does not limit the authority or ability of federal,other state,or local governmental entities from placing additional or more stringent requirements on construction activities or discharges from construction activities. For example,this permit does not limit the authority of a home-rule municipality provided by Texas Local Government Code§401.002. 8. Indian Country Lands Stormwater runoff from construction activities occurring on Indian Country lands are not under the authority of the TCEQ and are not eligible for coverage under this general permit. If discharges of stormwater require authorization under federal NPDES regulations,authority for these discharges must be obtained from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency(EPA) 9. Oil and Gas Production and Transportation Stormwater runoff from construction activities associated with the exploration, development,or production of oil or gas or geothermal resources,including transportation of crude oil or natural gas by pipeline,are not under the authority of the TCEQ and are not eligible for coverage under this general permit. Authorization for stormwater discharges from construction activities that are associated with production of oil or gas or geothermal resources,including transportation of crude oil or natural gas by pipeline must be obtained,as required,from the U.S.EPA or the Texas Railroad Commission,as applicable. Discharge of stormwater related to construction activity, from a facility that stores both refined products intended for off-site use and crude oil in aboveground storage tanks,is regulated by the TCEQ and is eligible for coverage under this general permit. 10. Stormwater Discharges from Agricultural Activities Stormwater discharges from agricultural activities that are not point source discharges of stormwater are not subject to TPDES permit requirements. These activities may include clearing and cultivating ground for crops,construction of fences to contain livestock,construction of stock ponds,and other similar agricultural activities. Discharges of stormwater runoff associated with the construction of facilities that are subject to TPDES regulations,such as the construction of concentrated animal feeding operations,would be point sources regulated under this general permit. ii. Endangered Species Act Discharges that would adversely affect a listed endangered or threatened aquatic or aquatic-dependent species or its critical habitat are not authorized by this permit,unless the requirements of the Endangered Species Act are satisfied.Federal requirements related to endangered species apply to all TPDES permitted discharges and site-specific controls may be required to ensure that protection of endangered or threatened species is achieved. If a permittee has concerns over potential impacts to listed species,the permittee may contact TCEQ for additional information. Page 16 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 12. Other Nothing in Part II of the general permit is intended to negate any person's ability to assert force majeure(act of God,war,strike,riot,or other catastrophe)defenses found in 3o TAC§70.7 Section D. Deadlines for Obtaining Authorization to Discharge 1. Large Construction Activities (a) New Construction-Discharges from sites where the commencement of construction activity occurs on or after the effective date of this general permit must be authorized,either under this general permit or a separate TPDES permit,prior to the commencement of those construction activities. (b) Ongoing Construction-Operators of large construction activities continuing to operate after the effective date of this permit,and authorized under the TPDES Construction General Permit TXR150000(effective on March 5, 2013),must submit an NOI to renew authorization or a NOT to terminate coverage under this general permit within 90 days of the effective date of this general permit. During this interim or grace period,as a requirement of this TPDES permit,the operator must continue to meet the conditions and requirements of the 2013 TPDES general permit. 2. Small Construction Activities (a) New Construction-Discharges from sites where the commencement of construction activity occurs on or after the effective date of this general permit must be authorized,either under this general permit or a separate TPDES permit,prior to the commencement of those construction activities. (b) Ongoing Construction-Discharges from ongoing small construction activities that commenced prior to the effective date of this general permit,and that do not meet the conditions to qualify for termination of this permit as described in Part II.F of this general permit,must meet the requirements to be authorized,either under this general permit or a separate TPDES permit,within 90 days of the effective date of this general permit. During this interim period,as a requirement of this TPDES permit,the operator must continue to meet the conditions and requirements of the 2013 TPDES Construction General Permit. Section E. Obtaining Authorization to Discharge 1. Automatic Authorization for Small Construction Activities with Low Potential for Erosion. Operators of small construction activity,as defined in Part I.B of this general permit, shall not submit an NOI for coverage,unless otherwise required by the executive director Operators of small construction activities,which occur in certain counties and during periods of low potential for erosion that do not meet the conditions of the waiver described in Part II.G of this general permit,may be automatically authorized under this general permit if all the following conditions are met. (a) the construction activity occurs in a county and during the corresponding date range(s)listed in Appendix A, (b) the construction activity is initiated and completed,including either final or temporary stabilization of all disturbed areas,within the time frame identified in Appendix A for the location of the construction site; Page 17 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 (c) all temporary stabilization is adequately maintained to effectively reduce or prohibit erosion,permanent stabilization activities have been initiated,and a condition of final stabilization is completed no later than 30 days following the end date of the time frame identified in Appendix A for the location of the construction site; (d) the permittee signs a completed TCEQ small construction site notice for low potential for erosion,including the certification statement; (e) a signed and certified copy of the small construction site notice for low potential for erosion is posted at the construction site in a location where it is readily available for viewing by the general public,local,state,and federal authorities prior to commencing construction activities,and maintained in that location until completion of the construction activity; NOTE. Posted site notices may have a redacted signature as long as there is an original signed and certified site notice,with a viewable signature,located on- site and available for review by any applicable regulatory authority (f) a copy of the signed and certified small construction site notice for low potential for erosion is provided to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge at least two days prior to commencement of construction activities; (g) discharges of stormwater runoff or other non-stormwater discharges from any supporting concrete batch plant or asphalt batch plant is separately authorized under an individual TPDES permit,another TPDES general permit,or under an individual TCEQ permit where stormwater and non-stormwater is disposed of by evaporation or irrigation(discharges are adjacent to water in the state),and (h) any non-stormwater discharges are either authorized under a separate permit or authorization,are not considered by TCEQ to be a wastewater,or are captured and routed for disposal at a publicly operated treatment works or licensed waste disposal facility If all of the conditions in(a)—(h)above are met,then the operator(s)of small construction activities with low potential for erosion are not required to develop a SWP3. If an operator is conducting small construction activities and any of the above conditions (a)—(h)are not met,the operator cannot declare coverage under the automatic authorization for small construction activities with low potential for erosion and must meet the requirements for automatic authorization(all other)small construction activities,described below in Part II.E.2. For small construction activities that occur during a period with a low potential for erosion,where automatic authorization under this section is not available,an operator may apply for and obtain a waiver from permitting(Low Rainfall Erosivity Waiver— LREW),as described in Part II.G of this general permit. Waivers from coverage under the LREW do not allow for any discharges of non-stormwater and the operator must ensure that discharges on non-stormwater are either authorized under a separate permit or authorization. 2. Automatic Authorization for Small Construction Activities. Operators of small construction activities as defined in Part I.B of this general permit shall not submit an NOI for coverage,unless otherwise required by the executive director Operators of small construction activities,as defined in Part I.B of this general permit or as defined but who do not meet in the conditions and requirements located in Part II.E.A above,may be automatically authorized for small construction activities,provided that they meet all of the following conditions: Page i8 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR115o000 (a) develop a SWP3 according to the provisions of this general permit,that covers either the entire site or all portions of the site for which the applicant is the operator,and implement the SWP3 prior to commencing construction activities; (b) all operators of regulated small construction activities must post a copy of a signed and certified Small Construction site notice,the notice must be posted at the construction site in a location where it is safely and readily available for viewing by the general public,local,state,and federal authorities,at least two days prior to commencing construction activity,and maintain the notice in that location until completion of the construction activity(for linear construction activities,e.g. pipeline or highway,the site notice must be placed in a publicly accessible location near where construction is actively underway;notice for these linear sites may be relocated,as necessary,along the length of the project,and the notice must be safely and readily available for viewing by the general public;local,state,and federal authorities); (c) operators must maintain a posted site notice at the construction site until final stabilization has been achieved, and NOTE. Posted site notices may have a redacted signature as long as there is an original signed and certified Small Construction site notice,with a viewable signature,located on-site and available for review by an applicable regulatory authority (d) provide a copy of the signed and certified construction site notice to the operator of any municipal separate storm sewer system(MS4)receiving the discharge at least two days prior to commencement of construction activities. As described in Part I.B of this general permit,large construction activities include those that will disturb less than five(5)acres of land,but that are part of a larger common plan of development or sale that will ultimately disturb five(5)or more acres of land,and must meet the requirements of Part II.E.3.below 3. Authorization for Large Construction Activities. Operators of large construction activities that qualify for coverage under this general permit must meet all of the following conditions: (a) develop a SWP3 according to the provisions of this general permit that covers either the entire site or-all portions of the site where the applicant is the operator The SWP3 must be developed and implemented prior to obtaining coverage and prior to commencing construction activities; (b) primary operators of large construction activities must submit an NOI prior to commencing construction activity at a construction site.A completed NOI must be submitted to TCEQ electronically using the online e-Permits system on TCEQ's website. Operators with an electronic reporting waiver must submit a completed NOI to TCEQ at least seven(7)days prior to prior to commencing construction activity to obtain provisional coverage seven(7)days from the postmark date for delivery to the TCEQ An authorization is no longer provisional when the executive director finds the NOI is administratively complete and an authorization number is issued to the permittee for the construction site indicated on the NOI. If an additional primary operator is added after the initial NOI is submitted,the additional primary operator must meet the same requirements for existing primary operator(s),as indicated above. If the primary operator changes due to responsibility at the site being transferred from one primary operator to another after the initial NOI is submitted,the new primary operator must submit a paper NOI or an electronic NOI at least ten(1o) Page 19 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 days prior to assuming operational control of a construction site and commencing construction activity Operators that submit NOIs electronically must use the online e-Permits system available through the TCEQ website. (c) all operators of large construction activities must post a site notice in accordance with Part III.D.2 of this permit. The site notice must be located where it is safely and readily available for viewing by the general public,local,state,and federal authorities prior to commencing construction activities,and must be maintained in that location until completion of the construction activity(for linear construction activities,e.g.pipeline or highway,the site notice must be placed in a publicly accessible location near where construction is actively underway;notice for these linear sites maybe relocated,as necessary,along the length of the project,and the notice must be safely and readily available for viewing by the general public,local, state,and federal authorities); (d) two days prior to commencing construction activities,all primary operators must: i. provide a copy of the signed NOI to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge and to any secondary construction operator,and ii. list in the SWP3 the names and addresses of all MS4 operators receiving a copy; (e) all persons meeting the definition of"secondary operator"in Part I of this permit are hereby notified that they are regulated under this general permit,but are not required to submit an NOI,provided that a primary operator at the site has submitted an NOI,or prior to commencement of construction activities,a primary operator is required to submit an NOI and the secondary operator has provided notification to the operator(s)of the need to obtain coverage(with records of notification available upon request). Any secondary operator notified under this provision may alternatively submit an NOI under this general permit,may seek coverage under an alternative TPDES individual permit,or may seek coverage under an alternative TPDES general permit if available;and (f) all secondary operators of large construction activities must post a copy of the signed and certified Secondary Operator construction site notice and provide a copy of the signed and certified site notice to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge at least two days prior to the commencement construction activities. NOTE. Posted site notices may have a redacted signature as long as there is an original signed and certified Secondary Operator construction site notice,with a viewable signature,located on-site and available for review by an applicable regulatory authority Effective September 1,2018,applicants must submit an NOI using the online e-Permits system available through the TCEQ website,or request and obtain a waiver from electronic reporting from the TCEQ Waivers from electronic reporting are not transferrable and expire on the same date as the authorization to discharge. 4. Waivers for Small Construction Activities: Operators of certain small construction activities may obtain a waiver from coverage under this general permit,if applicable. The requirements are outlined in Part II.G below 5. Effective Date of Coverage (a) Operators of small construction activities as described in either Part II.E.1 or II.E.2 above are authorized immediately following compliance with the applicable conditions of Part II.E.1 or II.E.2. Secondary operators of large construction Page 20 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 activities as described in Part II.E.3 above are authorized immediately following compliance with the applicable conditions in Part II.E.3. For activities located in areas regulated by 30 TAC Chapter 213,related to the Edwards Aquifer,this authorization to discharge is separate from the requirements of the operator's responsibilities under that rule. Construction may not commence for sites regulated under 3o TAC Chapter 213 until all applicable requirements of that rule are met. (b) Primary operators of large construction activities as described in Part II.E.3 above that electronically submit an NOI are authorized immediately following confirmation of receipt of the electronic form by the TCEQ,unless otherwise notified by the executive director Operators with an electronic reporting waiver are provisionally authorized seven(7)days from the date that a completed paper NOI is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ,unless otherwise notified by the executive director An authorization is no longer provisional when the executive director finds-the NOI is administratively complete and an authorization number is issued to the permittee for the construction site indicated on the NOI. For construction activities located in areas regulated by 3o TAC Chapter 213,related to the Edwards Aquifer,this authorization to discharge is separate from the requirements of the operator's responsibilities_under that rule. Construction activities may not commence for sites regulated under 3o TAC Chapter 213 until all applicable requirements of that rule are met. (c) Operators are not prohibited from submitting late NOIs or posting late notices to obtain authorization under this general permit. The TCEQ reserves the right to take appropriate enforcement action for any unpermitted activities that may have occurred between the time construction commenced and authorization was obtained. (d) If operators that submitted NOIs have active authorizations for construction activities that are-ongoing-when-the-term-of-the-current-general permit-expires-and a new general permit is issued,a 9o-day interim(grace)period is granted to provide coverage that is administratively continued until operatorswith active authorizations can obtain coverage under the newly issued CGP The 9o-day grace period starts on the effective date of the newly issued CGP Deadlines for obtaining coverage for operators of small and large construction are provided in Part II.D.1 and 2 above. 6. Notice of Change(NOC) If relevant information provided in the NOI changes,the operator that has submitted the NOI must submit an NOC to TCEQ at least fourteen(14)days before the change occurs, if possible. Where a 14-day advance notice is not possible,the operator must submit an NOC to TCEQ within 14-days of discovery of the change. If the operator becomes aware that it failed to submit any relevant facts or submitted incorrect information in an NOI, the correct information must be submitted to TCEQ in an NOC within 14 days after discovery The NOC shall be submitted on a form provided by the executive director,or by letter if an NOC form is not available. A copy of the NOC form or letter must also be placed in the SWP3 and provided to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge. A list that includes the names and addresses of all MS4 operators receiving a copy of the NOC(or NOC letter)must be included in the SWP3. Information on an NOC may include,but is not limited to,the following: a change in the description of the construction project;an increase in the number of acres disturbed(for increases of one or more acres),or the name of the operator(where the name of the operator has changed). A transfer of operational control from one operator to another,including a transfer of the ownership of a company Coverage under this general permit is not transferable Page 21 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 from one operator to another or one company to another,and may not be included in an NOC. A transfer of ownership of a company may include,but is not limited to,the following: changes to the structure of a company,such as changing from a partnership to a corporation or changing corporation types,so that the filing number(or charter number)that is on record with the Texas Secretary of State must be changed. An NOC is not required for notifying TCEQ of a decrease in the number of acres disturbed. This information must be included in the SWP3 and retained on site. Effective September 1,2018,applicants must submit an NOC using the online e-Permits system available through the TCEQ website,or request and obtain a waiver from electronic reporting from the TCEQ Waivers from electronic reporting are not transferrable and expire on the same date as the authorization to discharge. 7 Signatory Requirement for NOI Forms,Notice of Termination(NOT)Forms,NOC Letters,and Construction Site Notices NOI forms,NOT forms,NOC letters,and Construction Site Notices that require a signature must be signed according to 3o TAC§305.44(relating to Signatories for Applications) 8. Contents of the NOI The NOI form shall require,at a minimum,the following information. (a) the TPDES CGP authorization number for existing authorizations under this general permit,where the operator submits an NOI to renew coverage within 90 days of the effective date of this general permit; (b) the name,address,and telephone number of the operator filing the NOI for permit coverage; (c) the name(or other identifier),address,county,and latitude/longitude of the construction project or site; (d) the number of acres that will be disturbed by the applicant; (e) confirmation that the project or site will not be located on Indian Country lands; (f) confirmation that a SWP3 has been developed in accordance with this general permit,that it will be implemented prior to commencement of construction activities,and that it is compliant with any applicable local sediment and erosion control plans;for multiple operators who prepare a shared SWP3,the confirmation for an operator may be limited to its obligations under the SWP3 provided all obligations are confirmed by at least one operator; (g) name of the receiving water(s), (h) the classified segment number for each classified segment that receives discharges from the regulated construction activity(if the discharge is not directly to a classified segment,then the classified segment number of the first classified segment that those discharges reach),and (i) the name of all surface waters receiving discharges from the regulated construction activity that are on the latest EPA-approved CWA§3o3(d)List of impaired waters or Texas Integrated Report of Surface Water Quality for CWA Sections 305(b)and 303(d)as not meeting applicable state water quality standards. Page 22 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Section F. Terminating Coverage 1. Notice of Termination(NOT)Required Each operator that has submitted an NOI for authorization of large construction activities under this general permit must apply to terminate that authorization following the conditions described in this section of the general permit. Authorization of large construction must be terminated by submitting an NOT on a paper form to TCEQ supplied by the executive director or electronically via the online e- Permits system available through the TCEQ website. Authorization to discharge under this general permit terminates at midnight on the day a paper NOT is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ or immediately following confirmation of the receipt of the NOT submitted electronically by the TCEQ Compliance with the conditions and requirements of this permit is required until an NOT is submitted. Effective September 1,2018,applicants must submit an NOT using the online e-Permits system available through the TCEQ website,or request and obtain a waiver from electronic reporting from the TCEQ Waivers from electronic reporting are not transferrable and expire on the same date as the authorization to discharge. The NOT must be submitted to TCEQ,and a copy of the NOT provided to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge(with a list in the SWP3 of the names and addresses of all MS4 operators receiving a copy),within 3o days after any of the following conditions are met: (a) final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that are the responsibility of the operator; (b) a transfer of operational control has occurred(See Section II.F.4 below);or (c) the operator has obtained alternative authorization under an individual TPDES permit or alternative TPDES general permit. 2. Minimum Contents of the NOT The NOT form shall require,at a minimum,the following information. (a) if authorization for construction activity was granted following submission of an NOI,the permittee's site-specific TPDES authorization number for a specific construction site; (b) an indication of whether final stabilization has been achieved at the site and a NOT has been submitted or if the permittee is simply no longer an operator at the site; (c) the name,address,and telephone number of the permittee submitting the NOT, (d) the name(or other identifier),address,county,and location(latitude/longitude)of the construction project or site;and (e) a signed certification that either all stormwater discharges requiring authorization under this general permit will no longer occur,or that the applicant is no longer the operator of the facility or construction site,and that all temporary structural erosion controls have either been removed,will be removed on a schedule defined in the SWP3,or have been transferred to a new operator if the new operator has applied for permit coverage. Erosion controls that are designed to remain in place for an indefinite period,such as mulches and fiber mats,are not required to be removed or scheduled for removal. Page 23 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 3. Termination of Coverage for Small Construction Sites and for Secondary Operators at Large Construction Sites (a) Each operator that has obtained automatic authorization for small construction or is a secondary operator for large construction must perform the following when terminating coverage under the permit: i. remove the site notice; ii. complete the applicable portion of the site'notice related to removal of the site notice;and iii. submit a copy of the completed site notice to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge(or provide alternative notification as allowed by the MS4 operator, with documentation of such notification included in the SWP3) (b) The activities described in Part II.F.3.(a)above must be completed by the operator within 3o days of meeting any of the following conditions: i. final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that are the responsibility of the operator; ii. a transfer of day-to-day operational control over activities necessary to ensure compliance with the SWP3 and other permit conditions has occurred(See Section II.F.4.below);or iii. the operator has obtained alternative authorization under an individual or general TPDES permit. Authorization to discharge under this general permit terminates immediately upon removal of the applicable site notice. Compliance with the conditions and requirements of this permit is required until the site notice is removed. 4. Transfer of Day-to-Day Operational Control (a) When the primary operator of a large construction activity changes or operational control over activities necessary to ensure compliance with the SWP3 and other permit conditions is transferred to another primary operator,the original operator must do the following: i. submit an NOT within ten(1o)days prior to the date that responsibility for operations terminates,and the new operator must submit an NOI at least ten (io)days prior to the transfer of operational control,in accordance with condition(c)below;and ii. submit a copy of the NOT from the primary operator terminating its coverage under the permit and its operational control of the construction site and submit a copy of the NOI from the new primary operator to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge in accordance with Part II.F.1 above. (b) For transfer of operational control,operators of small construction activities and secondary operators of large construction activities who are not required to submit an NOI must do the following: i. the existing operator must remove the original site notice,and the new operator must post the required site notice prior to the transfer of operational control,in accordance with the conditions in Part II.F.4.(c)i or ii below;and ii. a copy of the site notice,which must be completed and provided to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge,in accordance with Part II.F.3 above. (c) Each operator is responsible for determining its role as an operator as defined in Part I.B and obtaining authorization under the permit,as described above in Part Page 24 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 II.E.i—3. Where authorization has been obtained by submitting an NOI for coverage under this general permit,permit coverage is not transferable from one operator to another A transfer of operational control can include changes to the structure of a company,such as changing from a partnership to a corporation,or changing to a different corporation type such that a different filing(or charter) number is established with the Texas Secretary of State. A transfer of operational control can also occur when of the following criteria is met,as applicable: i. Another operator has assumed control over all areas of the site that do not meet the definition for final stabilization, ii. all silt fences and other temporary erosion controls have either been removed, scheduled for removal as defined in the SWP3,or transferred to a new operator,provided that the original permitted operator has attempted to notify the new operator in writing of the requirement to obtain permit coverage. Records of this notification(or attempt at notification)shall be retained by the operator transferring operational control to another operator in accordance with Part VI of this permit. Erosion controls that are designed to remain in place for an indefinite period,such as mulches and fiber mats,are not required to be removed or scheduled for removal,or iii. a homebuilder has purchased one or more lots from an operator who obtained coverage under this general permit for a common plan of development or sale. The homebuilder is considered a new operator and shall comply with the requirements of this permit. Under these circumstances,the homebuilder is only responsible for compliance with the general permit requirements as they apply to the lot(s)it has operational control over in a larger common plan of development,and the original operator remains responsible for common controls or discharges,and must amend its SWP3 to remove the lot(s) transferred to the homebuilder Section G. Waivers from Coverage The executive director may waive the otherwise applicable requirements of this general permit for stormwater discharges from small construction activities under the terms and conditions described in this section. 1. Waiver Applicability and Coverage Operators of small construction activities may apply for and receive a waiver from the requirements to obtain authorization under this general permit,when the calculated rainfall erosivity(R)factor for the entire period of the construction project is less than five(5). The operator must submit either a signed paper Low Rainfall Erosivity Waiver(LREW) certification form to the TCEQ,supplied by the executive director,or complete the form electronically via the online e-Permits system available through the TCEQ website. The form is a certification by the operator that the small construction activity will commence and be completed within a period when the value of the calculated R factor is less than five(5). The paper LREW certification form must be postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ at least seven(7)days before construction activity begins or,if submitted electronically, construction may begin at any time following the receipt of written confirmation from TCEQ that a complete electronic application was submitted and acknowledged. This waiver from coverage does not apply to any non-stormwater discharges,including what is allowed under this permit. The operator must insure that all non-stormwater discharges are either authorized under a separate permit or authorization,or are captured and routed to an authorized treatment facility for disposal. Page 25 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Effective September 1,2018,applicants must submit an LREW using the online e- Permits system available through the TCEQ website,or request and obtain a waiver from electronic reporting from the TCEQ Waivers from electronic reporting are not transferrable and expire on the same date as the authorization to discharge. 2. Steps to Obtaining a Waiver The construction site operator may calculate the R factor to request a waiver using the following steps: (a) Estimate the construction start date and the construction end date. The construction end date is the date that final stabilization will be achieved. (b) Find the appropriate Erosivity Index(EI)zone in Appendix B of this permit. (c) Find the EI percentage for the project period by adding the results for each period of the project using the table provided in Appendix D of this permit,in EPA Fact Sheet 2.1,or in USDA Handbook 703,by subtracting the start value from the end value to find the percent EI for the site. (d) Refer to the Isoerodent Map(Appendix C of this permit)and interpolate the annual isoerodent value for the proposed construction location. (e) Multiply the percent value obtained in Step(c)above by the annual isoerodent value obtained in Step(d) This is the R factor for the proposed project. If the value is less than 5,then a waiver may be obtained. If the value is five(5)or more,then a waiver may not be obtained,and the operator must obtain coverage under Part II.E.2.of this permit. Alternatively,the operator may calculate a site-specific R factor utilizing the following online calculator http.//ei.tamu.edu/index.html,or using another available resource. A copy of the LREW certification form is not required to be posted at the small construction site. 3. Effective Date of a LREW Unless otherwise notified by the executive director,operators of small construction activities seeking coverage under a LREW are provisionally waived from the otherwise applicable requirements of this general permit seven(7)days from the date that a completed paper LREW certification form is postmarked for delivery to TCEQ,or immediately upon receiving confirmation of approval of an electronic submittal,made via the online e-Permits system available through the TCEQ website. Effective September 1, 2018,applicants seeking coverage under a LREW must submit an application for a LREW using the online e-Permits system available through the TCEQ website,or request and obtain a waiver from electronic reporting from the TCEQ Waivers from electronic reporting are not transferrable and expire on the same date as the authorization to discharge. 4. Activities Extending Beyond the LREW Period If a construction activity extends beyond the approved waiver period due to circumstances beyond the control of the operator,the operator must either (a) recalculate the R factor using the original start date and a new projected ending date,and if the R factor is still under five(5),submit a new waiver certification form at least two(2)days before the end of the original waiver period,or (b) obtain authorization under this general permit according to the requirements for automatic authorization for small construction activities in Part II.E.2 of this permit, prior to the end of the approved LREW period. Page 26 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Section H. Alternative TPDES Permit Coverage 1. Individual Permit Alternative Any discharge eligible for coverage under this general permit may alternatively be authorized under an individual TPDES permit according to 3o TAC§305(relating to Consolidated Permits) Applications for individual permit coverage must be submitted at least three hundred and thirty(33o)days prior to commencement of construction activities to ensure timely authorization. Existing coverage under this general permit should not be terminated until an individual permit is issued and in effect. 2. Alternative Authorizations for Certain Discharges Certain discharges eligible for authorization under this general permit may alternatively be authorized under a separate general permit according to 3o TAC Chapter 205(relating to General Permits for Waste Discharges),as applicable. 3. Individual Permit Required The executive director may require an operator of a construction site,otherwise eligible for authorization under this general permit,to apply for an individual TPDES permit in the following circumstances: (a) the conditions of an approved TMDL or TMDL I-Plan on the receiving water; (b) the activity being determined to cause,has a reasonable potential to cause,or contribute to a violation of water quality standards or being found to cause,or contribute to,the loss of a designated use of surface water in the state: and (c) any other consideration defined in 3o TAC Chapter 205(relating to General Permits for Waste Discharges)including 3o TAC Chapter 2o5.4(c)(3)(D),which allows the commission to deny authorization under the general permit and require an individual permit if a discharger has been determined by the executive director to have been out of compliance with any rule,order,or permit of the commission, including non-payment of fees assessed by the executive director A discharger with a TCEQ compliance history rating of"unsatisfactory"is ineligible for coverage under this general permit. In that case,30 TAC§60.3 requires the executive director to deny or suspend an authorization to discharge under a general permit. However,per TWC§26.o4o(h),a discharger is entitled to a hearing before the commission prior to having an authorization denied or suspended for having an "unsatisfactory"compliance history Denial of authorization to discharge under this general permit or suspension of a permittee's authorization under this general permit for reasons other than compliance history shall be done according to commission rules in 3o TAC Chapter 205(relating to General Permits for Waste Discharges). 4. Alternative Discharge Authorization Any discharge eligible for authorization under this general permit may alternatively be authorized under a separate general permit according to 3o TAC Chapter 205(relating to General Permits for Waste Discharges),if applicable. Section I. Permit Expiration 1. This general permit is effective for a term not to exceed five(5)years. All active discharge authorizations expire on the date provided on page one(1)of this permit. Following public notice and comment,as provided by 3o TAC§205.3(relating to Public Notice,Public Meetings,and Public Comment),the commission may amend, Page 2 g 7 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 revoke,cancel,or renew this general permit. All authorizations that are active at the time the permit term expires will be administratively continued as indicated in Part II.I.2 below and in Part II.D.1(h)and D.2(b)of this permit. 2. If the executive director publishes a notice of the intent to renew or amend this general permit before the expiration date,the permit will remain in effect for existing,authorized discharges until the commission takes final action on the permit. Upon issuance of a renewed or amended permit,permittees may be required to submit an NOI within 90 days following the effective date of the renewed or amended permit,unless that permit provides for an alternative method for obtaining authorization. 3. If the commission does not propose to reissue this general permit within 90 days before the expiration date,permittees shall apply for authorization under an individual permit or an alternative general permit. If the application for an individual permit is submitted before the expiration date,authorization under this expiring general permit remains in effect until the issuance or denial of an individual permit. No new NOIs will be accepted nor new authorizations honored under the general permit after the expiration date. Part III. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plans(SWP3) All regulated construction site operators shall prepare an SWP3,prior to submittal of an NOI,to address discharges authorized under Parts II.E.2 and II.E.3 of this general permit that will reach Waters of the U.S. This includes discharges to MS4s and privately owned separate storm sewer systems that drain into surface water in the state or Waters of the U.S. Individual operators at a site may develop separate SWP3s that cover only their portion of the project,provided reference is made to the other operators at the site. Where there is more than one SWP3 for a site,operators must coordinate to ensure that BMPs and controls are consistent and do not negate or impair the effectiveness of each other Regardless of whether a single comprehensive SWP3 is developed or separate SWP3s are developed for each operator,it is the responsibility of each operator to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of this general permit in the areas of the construction site where that operator has control over construction plans and specifications or day-to-day operations. An SWP3 must describe the implementation of practices that will be used to minimize to the extent practicable the discharge of pollutants in stormwater associated with construction activity and non-stormwater discharges described in Part II.A.3,in compliance with the terms and conditions of this permit. An SWP3 must also identify any potential sources of pollution that have been determined to cause,have a reasonable potential to cause,or contribute to a violation of water quality standards or have been found to cause or contribute to the loss of a designated use of surface water in the state from discharges of stormwater from construction activities and construction support activities. Where potential sources of these pollutants are present at a construction site,the SWP3 must also contain a description of the management practices that will be used to prevent these pollutants from being discharged into surface water in the state or Waters of the U.S. NOTE. Construction support activities can also include vehicle repair areas,fueling areas,etc.that are present at a construction site solely for the support construction activities and are only used by operators at the construction site. The SWP3 is intended to serve as a road map for how the construction operator will comply with the effluent limits and other conditions of this permit and does not establish the effluent limits that apply to the construction site's discharges. These limits are established in Part III.G of the permit. Page 28 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150o030 Section A. Shared SWP3 Development For more effective coordination of BMPs and opportunities for cost sharing,a cooperative effort by the different operators at a site is encouraged. Operators of small and large construction activities must independently obtain authorization under this permit,but may work together with other regulated operators at the construction site to prepare and implement a single,comprehensive SWP3,which can be shared by some or all operators,for the construction activities that each of the operators are performing at the entire construction site. i. The SWP3 must include the_following: (a) for small construction-activities—the-name-of each operator that participates in the shared SWP3, (b) for large construction activities-the name of each operator that participates in the shared SWP3,the general permit authorization numbers of each operator (or the date that the NOI was submitted to TCEQ by each operator that has not received an authorization number for coverage under this permit),and (c) for large and small construction activities-the signature of each operator participating in the shared SWP3. 2. The SWP3 must clearly indicate which operator is responsible for satisfying each shared requirement of the SWP3. If the responsibility for satisfying a requirement is not described in the plan,then each permittee is entirely responsible for meeting the requirement within the boundaries of the construction site where they perform construction activities. The SWP3 must clearly describe responsibilities for meeting each requirement in shared or common areas. 3. The SWP3 may provide that one operator is responsible for preparation of a SWP3 in compliance with the CGP,and another operator is responsible for implementation of the SWP3 at the project site. Section B. Responsibilities of Operators i. Secondary Operators and Primary Operators with Control Over Construction Plans and Specifications All secondary operators and primary operators with control over construction plans and specifications shall. (a) ensure the project specifications allow or provide that adequate BMPs are developed to meet the requirements of Part III of this general permit; (b) ensure that the SWP3 indicates the areas of the project where they have control over project specifications,including the ability to make modifications in specifications; (c) ensure that all other operators affected by modifications in project specifications are notified in a timely manner so that those operators may modify their BMP s as necessary to remain compliant with the conditions of this general permit;and (d) ensure that the SWP3 for portions of the project where they are operators indicates the name and site-specific TPDES authorization number(s)for operators with the day-to-day operational control over those activities necessary to ensure compliance with the SWP3 and other permit conditions. If a primary operator has not been authorized or has abandoned the site,the secondary operator is considered to be the responsible party and must obtain authorization Page 29 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR1500o0 as a primary operator under the permit,until the authority for day-to-day operational control is transferred to another primary operator The new primary operator must update or develop a new SWP3 that will reflect the transfer of operational control and include any additional updates to the SWP3 to meet requirements of the permit. 2. Primary Operators with Day-to-Day Operational Control Primary operators with day-to-day operational control of those activities at a project that are necessary to ensure compliance with an SWP3 and other permit conditions must ensure that the SWP3 accomplishes the following requirements. (a) meets the requirements of this general permit for those portions of the project where they are operators; (b) identifies the parties responsible for implementation of BMPs described in the SWP3, (c) indicates areas of the project where they have operational control over day-to- day activities;and (d) the name and site-specific TPDES authorization number of the parties with control over project specifications,including the ability to make modifications in specifications for areas where they have operational control over day-to-day activities. Section C. Deadlines for SWP3 Preparation,Implementation,and Compliance The SWP3 must be prepared prior to obtaining authorization under this general permit, and implemented prior to commencing construction activities that result in soil disturbance. The SWP3 must be prepared so that it provides for compliance with the terms and conditions of this general-permit. Section D. Plan Review and Making Plans Available 1. The SWP3 must be retained on-site at the construction site or,if the site is inactive or does not have an on-site location to store the plan,a notice must be posted describing the location of the SWP3. The SWP3 must be made readily available at the time of an on-site inspection to: the executive director; a federal,state,or local agency approving sediment and erosion plans,grading plans,or stormwater management plans;local government officials; and the operator of a municipal separate storm sewer receiving discharges from the site. If the SWP3 is retained off-site,then it shall be made available as soon as reasonably possible. In most instances,it is reasonable that the SWP3 shall be made available within 24 hours of the request. 2. Operators with authorization for construction activity under this general permit must post a TCEQ site notice at the construction site at a place readily available for viewing by the general public,and local,state,and federal authorities. (a) Primary and secondary operators of large construction activities must each post a TCEQ construction site notice,respective to their role as an operator at the construction site,as required above and according to requirements in Part II.E.3 of this general permit. (b) Primary and secondary operators of small construction activities must post the TCEQ site notice as required in Part III.D.2.(a)above and for the specific type of small construction described in Part II.E.1 and 2 of the permit. (c) If the construction project is a linear construction project,such as a pipeline or highway,the notices must be placed in a publicly accessible location near where construction is actively underway Site notices for small and large construction Page 3o Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 activities at these linear construction sites may be located,as necessary,along the length of the project,but must still be readily available for viewing by the general public;local,state,and federal authorities;and contain the following information. i. the site-specific TPDES authorization number for the project if assigned, ii. the operator name,contact name,and contact phone number; iii. a brief description of the project; and iv the location of the SWP3. 3. This permit does not provide the general public with any right to trespass on a construction site for any reason,including inspection of a site;nor does this permit require that permittees allow members of the general public access to a construction site. Section E. Revisions and Updates to SWP3s The permittee must revise or update the SWP3 within seven days of when any of the following occurs: 1. a change in design,construction,operation,or maintenance that has a significant effect on the discharge of pollutants and that has not been previously addressed in the SWP3, 2. changing site conditions based on updated plans and specifications,new operators, new areas of responsibility,and changes in BMPs;or 3. results of inspections or investigations by construction site personnel authorized by the permittee,operators of a municipal separate storm sewer system receiving the discharge,authorized TCEQ personnel,or a federal,state or local agency approving sediment and erosion plans indicate the SWP3 is proving ineffective in eliminating or significantly minimizing pollutants in discharges authorized under this general permit. Section F. Contents of SWP3 The SWP3 must be developed and implemented by primary operators of small and large construction activities and include,at a minimum,the information described in this section and must comply with the construction and development effluent guidelines in Part III,Section G of the general permit. 1. A site or project description,which includes the following information. (a) a description of the nature of the construction activity; (b) a list of potential pollutants and their sources; (c) a description of the intended schedule or sequence of activities that will disturb soils for major portions of the site,including estimated start dates and duration of activities, (d) the total number of acres of the entire property and the total number of acres where construction activities will occur,including areas where construction support activities(defined in Part I.B of this general permit)occur; (e) data describing the soil or the quality of any discharge from the site; (f) a map showing the general location of the site(e.g.a portion of a city or county map); (g) a detailed site map(or maps)indicating the following: 3 Page 1 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 i. drainage patterns and approximate slopes anticipated after major grading activities; ii. areas where soil disturbance will occur; iii. locations of all controls and buffers,either planned or in place; iv locations where temporary or permanent stabilization practices are expected to be used, v locations of construction support activities,including those located off-site; vi. surface waters(including wetlands)either at,adjacent,or in close proximity to the site,and also indicate whether those waters are impaired, vii. locations where stormwater discharges from the site directly to a surface water body or a municipal separate storm sewer system, viii. vehicle wash areas;and ix. designated points on the site where vehicles will exit onto paved roads(for instance,this applies to construction transition from unstable dirt areas to exterior paved roads) Where the amount of information required to be included on the map would result in a single map being difficult to read and interpret,the operator shall develop a series of maps that collectively include the required information. (h) the location and description of support activities authorized under the permittee's NOI,including asphalt plants,concrete plants,and other activities providing support to the construction site that is authorized under this general permit; (i) the name of receiving waters at or near the site that maybe disturbed or that may receive discharges from disturbed areas of the project; (j) a copy of this TPDES general permit; (k) the NOI and the acknowledgement of provisional and non-provisional authorization for primary operators of large construction sites,and the site notice for small construction sites and for secondary operators of large construction sites, (1) stormwater and allowable non-stormwater discharge locations,including storm drain inlets on site and in the immediate vicinity of the construction site where construction support activities will occur; and (m) locations of all pollutant-generating activities at the construction site and where construction support activities will occur,such as the following: Paving operations; concrete,paint and stucco washout and water disposal,solid waste storage and disposal, and dewatering operations. 2. A description of the BMPs that will be used to minimize pollution in runoff. The description must identify the general timing or sequence for implementation. At a minimum,the description must include the following components: (a) General Requirements i. Erosion and sediment controls must be designed to retain sediment on-site to the extent practicable with consideration for local topography,soil type, and rainfall. ii. Control measures must be properly selected,installed,and maintained according to the manufacturer's or designer's specifications. Page 32 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 iii. Controls must be developed to minimize the offsite transport of litter, construction debris,and construction materials. (b) Erosion Control and Stabilization Practices The SWP3 must include a description of temporary and permanent erosion control and stabilization practices for the construction site,where small or large construction activity will occur The erosion control and stabilization practices selected by the permittee must be compliant with the requirements for sediment and erosion control,located in Part III.G of this permit. The description of the SWP3 must also include a schedule of when the practices will be implemented. Site plans must ensure that existing vegetation at the construction site is preserved where it is possible. i. Erosion control and stabilization practices may include but are not limited to• establishment of temporary or permanent vegetation,mulching, geotextiles,sod stabilization,vegetative buffer strips,protection of existing trees and vegetation,slope texturing,temporary velocity dissipation devices,flow diversion mechanisms,and other similar measures. ii. The following records must be maintained and either attached to or referenced in the SWP3,and made readily available upon request to the parties listed in Part III.D.1 of this general permit: (A) the dates when major grading activities occur; (B) the dates when construction activities temporarily or permanently cease on a portion of the site;and (C) the dates when stabilization measures are initiated. iii. Erosion control and stabilization measures must be initiated immediately in portions of the site where construction activities have temporarily ceased and will not resume for a period exceeding 14 calendar days. Stabilization measures that provide a protective cover must be initiated immediately in portions of the site where construction activities have permanently ceased. The term"immediately"is used to define the deadline for initiating stabilization measures.In the context of this requirement,"immediately"means as soon as practicable,but no later than the end of the next work day,following the day when the earth-disturbing activities have temporarily or permanently ceased. Except as provided in (A)through(D)below,these measures must be completed as soon as practicable,but no more than 14 calendar days after the initiation of soil stabilization measures. (A) Where the immediate initiation of vegetative stabilization measures after construction activity has temporarily or permanently ceased due to frozen conditions, non-vegetative controls must be implemented until thawing conditions(as defined in Part I.B of this general permit) are present,and vegetative stabilization measures can be initiated as soon as practicable. (B) In arid areas,semi-arid areas,or drought-stricken areas,as they are defined in Part I.B of this general permit,where the immediate initiation of vegetative stabilization measures after construction activity has temporarily or permanently ceased or is precluded by arid conditions,other types of erosion control and stabilization measures must be initiated at the site as soon as practicable. Where vegetative controls are infeasible due to arid conditions,and within 14 calendar days of a temporary or permanent cessation of construction activity in any portion of the site,the operator shall immediately install non- Page 33 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 vegetative erosion controls in areas of the construction site where construction activity is complete or has ceased. If non-vegetative controls are infeasible,the operator shall install temporary sediment controls as required in Part III.F.2.(b).iii.(C)below (C) In areas where non-vegetative controls are infeasible,the operator may alternatively utilize temporary perimeter controls. The operator must document in the SWP3 the reason why stabilization measures are not feasible,and must demonstrate that the perimeter controls will retain sediment on site to the extent practicable. The operator must continue to inspect the BMPs at the frequencies established in Part III.F 7.(c)for unstabilized sites. (D) The requirement for permittees to initiate stabilization is triggered as soon as it is known with reasonable certainty that construction activity at the site or in certain areas of the site will be stopped for 14 or more additional calendar days. If the initiation or completion of vegetative stabilization is prevented by circumstances beyond the control of the permittee,the permittee must employ and implement alternative stabilization measures immediately When conditions at the site changes that would allow for vegetative stabilization,then the permittee must initiate or complete vegetative stabilization as soon as practicable. iv Final stabilization must be achieved prior to termination of permit coverage. v TCEQ does not expect that temporary or permanent stabilization measures to be applied to areas that are intended to be left un-vegetated or un- stabilized following construction(e.g.,dirt access roads,utility pole pads, areas being used for storage of vehicles,equipment,or materials). (c) Sediment Control Practices The SWP3 must include a description of any sediment control practices used to remove eroded soils from stormwater runoff,including the general timing or sequence for implementation of controls. i. Sites With Drainage Areas of Ten or More Acres (A) Sedimentation Basin(s) (1) A sedimentation basin is required,where feasible,for a common drainage location that serves an area with ten(1o)or more acres disturbed at one time. A sedimentation basin may be temporary or permanent,and must provide sufficient storage to contain a calculated volume of runoff from a 2-year,24-hour storm from each disturbed acre drained. When calculating the volume of runoff from a 2-year,24-hour storm event,it is not required to include the flows from offsite areas and flow from onsite areas that are either undisturbed or have already undergone permanent stabilization,if these flows are diverted around both the disturbed areas of the site and the sediment basin.Capacity calculations shall be included in the SWP3. (2) Where rainfall data is not available or a calculation cannot be performed,the sedimentation basin must provide at least 3,600 cubic feet of storage per acre drained until final stabilization of the site. Page 34 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 (3) If a sedimentation basin is not feasible,then the permittee shall provide equivalent control measures until final stabilization of the site. In determining whether installing a sediment basin is feasible,the permittee may consider factors such as site soils, slope,available area,public safety,precipitation patterns,site geometry,site vegetation,infiltration capacity,geotechnical factors,depth to groundwater,and other similar considerations. The permittee shall document the reason that the sediment basins are not feasible,and shall utilize equivalent control measures, which may include a series of smaller sediment basins. (4) Unless infeasible,when discharging from sedimentation basins and impoundments,the permittee shall utilize outlet structures that withdraw water from the surface. (B) Perimeter Controls: At a minimum,silt fences,vegetative buffer strips,or equivalent sediment controls are required for all down slope boundaries of the construction area,and for those side slope boundaries deemed appropriate as dictated by individual site conditions. ii. Controls for Sites With Drainage Areas Less than Ten Acres: (A) Sediment traps and sediment basins may be used to control solids in stormwater runoff for drainage locations serving less than ten(io) acres. At a minimum,silt fences,vegetative buffer strips,or equivalent sediment controls are required for all down slope boundaries of the construction area,and for those side slope boundaries deemed appropriate as dictated by individual site conditions. (B) Alternatively,a sediment basin that provides storage for a calculated volume of runoff from a 2-year,24-hour storm from each disturbed acre drained may be utilized. Where rainfall data is not available or a calculation cannot be performed,a temporary or permanent sediment basin providing 3,60o cubic feet of storage per acre drained maybe provided. If a calculation is performed,then the calculation shall be included in the SWP3. (C) If sedimentation basins or impoundments are used,the permittee shall comply with the requirements in Part III.G.6 of this general permit. 3. Description of Permanent Stormwater Controls A description of any stormwater control measures that will be installed during the construction process to control pollutants in stormwater discharges that may occur after construction operations have been completed must be included in the SWP3. Permittees are responsible for the installation and maintenance of stormwater management measures,as follows: (a) permittees authorized under the permit for small construction activities are responsible for the installation and maintenance of stormwater control measures prior to final stabilization of the site;or (b) permittees authorized under the permit for large construction activities are responsible for the installation and maintenance of stormwater control measures prior to final stabilization of the site and prior to submission of an NOT 4. Other Required Controls and BMPs Page 35 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 (a) Permittees shall minimize,to the extent practicable,the off-site vehicle tracking of sediments and the generation of dust. The SWP3 shall include a description of controls utilized to accomplish this requirement. (b) The SWP3 must include a description of construction and waste materials expected to be stored on-site and a description of controls to minimize pollutants from these materials. (c) The SWP3 must include a description of potential pollutant sources in discharges of stormwater from all areas of the construction site where construction activity,including construction support activities,will be located, and a description of controls and measures that will be implemented at those sites to minimize pollutant discharges. (d) Permittees shall place velocity dissipation devices at discharge locations and along the length of any outfall channel(i.e.,runoff conveyance)to provide a non- erosive flow velocity from the structure to a water course,so that the natural physical and biological characteristics and functions are maintained and protected. (e) Permittees shall design and utilize appropriate controls to minimize the offsite transport of suspended sediments and other pollutants if it is necessary to pump or channel standing water from the site. (f) Permittees shall ensure that all other required controls and BMPs comply with all of the requirements of Part III.G of this general permit. (g) For demolition of any structure with at least io,000 square feet of floor space that was built or renovated before January 1,198o,and the receiving waterbody is impaired for polychlorinated biphenyls(PCBs)• i. Implement controls to minimize the exposure of PCB-containing building materials,including paint,caulk,and pre-198o fluorescent lighting fixtures to precipitation and to stormwater;and ii. Ensure that disposal of such materials is performed in compliance with applicable state,federal,and local laws. 5. Documentation of Compliance with Approved State and Local Plans (a) Permittees must ensure that the SWP3 is consistent with requirements specified in applicable sediment and erosion site plans or site permits,or stormwater management site plans or site permits approved by federal,state,or local officials. (b) SWP3s must be updated as necessary to remain consistent with any changes applicable to protecting surface water resources in sediment erosion site plans or site permits,or stormwater management site plans or site permits approved by state or local official for which the permittee receives written notice. (c) If the permittee is required to prepare a separate management plan,including but not limited to a WPAP or Contributing Zone Plan in accordance with 3o TAC Chapter 213(related to the Edwards Aquifer),then a copy of that plan must be either included in the SWP3 or made readily available upon request to authorized personnel of the TCEQ The permittee shall maintain a copy of the approval letter for the plan in its SWP3. 6. Maintenance Requirements (a) All protective measures identified in the SWP3 must be maintained in effective operating condition. If,through inspections or other means, as soon as the permittee determines that BMPs are not operating effectively,then the permittee shall perform maintenance as necessary to maintain the continued effectiveness Page 36 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR1500o0 of stormwater controls,and prior to the next rain event if feasible. If maintenance prior to the next anticipated storm event is impracticable,the reason shall be documented in the SWP3 and maintenance must be scheduled and accomplished as soon as practicable. Erosion and sediment controls that have been intentionally disabled,run-over,removed,or otherwise rendered ineffective must be replaced or corrected immediately upon discovery (b) If periodic inspections or other information indicates a control has been used incorrectly,is performing inadequately,or is damaged,then the operator shall replace or modify the control as soon as practicable after making the discovery (c) Sediment must be removed from sediment traps and sedimentation ponds no later than the time that design capacity has been reduced by 5o%. For perimeter controls such as silt fences,berms,etc.,the trapped sediment must be removed before it reaches 5o%of the above-ground height. (d) If sediment escapes the site,accumulations must be removed at a frequency that minimizes off-site impacts,and prior to the next rain event,if feasible. If the permittee does not own or operate the off-site conveyance,then the permittee shall work with the owner or operator of the property to remove the sediment. 7 Inspections of Controls (a) Personnel provided by the permittee must inspect disturbed areas (cleared, graded,or excavated)of the construction site that do not meet the requirements of final stabilization in this general permit,all locations where stabilization measures have been implemented,areas of construction support activity covered under this permit,stormwater controls(including pollution prevention controls) for evidence of,or the potential for,the discharge of pollutants,areas where stormwater typically flows within the construction site,and points of discharge from the construction site. i. Personnel conducting these inspections must be knowledgeable of this general permit,the construction activities at the site,and the SWP3 for the site. ii. Personnel conducting these inspections are not required to have signatory authority for inspection reports under 3o TAC§305.128. (b) Requirements for Inspections i. Inspect all stormwater controls(including sediment and erosion control measures identified in the SWP3)to ensure that they are installed properly, appear to be operational,and minimizing pollutants in discharges,as intended. ii. Identify locations on the construction site where new or modified stormwater controls are necessary iii. Check for signs of visible erosion and sedimentation that can be attributed to the points of discharge where discharges leave the construction site or discharge into any surface water in the state flowing within or adjacent to the construction site. iv Identify any incidents of noncompliance observed during the inspection. v Inspect locations where vehicles enter or exit the site for evidence of off-site sediment tracking. vi. If an inspection is performed when discharges from the construction site are occurring:identify all discharge points at the site,observe and document the visual quality of the discharge(i.e.,color,odor,floating,settled,or Page 37 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 suspended solids,foam,oil sheen,and other such indicators of pollutants in stormwater) vii. Complete any necessary maintenance needed,based on the results of the inspection and in accordance with the requirements listed in Part III.F.6 above. (c) Inspection frequencies: i. Inspections of construction sites must be conducted at least once every 14 calendar days and within 24 hours of the end of a storm event of o.5 inches or greater,unless as otherwise provided below in Part III.F 7.(c).ii—v below ii. Inspection frequencies must be conducted at least once every month in areas of the construction site that meet final stabilization or have been temporarily stabilized. iii. Inspection frequencies for construction sites,where runoff is unlikely due to the occurrence of frozen conditions at the site,must be conducted at least once every month until thawing conditions begin to occur(See definitions for thawing conditions in Part I.B). The SWP3 must also contain a record of the approximate beginning and ending dates of when frozen conditions occurred at the site,which resulted in inspections being conducted monthly, while those conditions persisted,instead of at the interval of once every 14 calendar days and within 24 hours of the end of a storm event of o.5 inches or greater iv In arid,semi-arid,or drought-stricken areas,inspections must be conducted at least once every month and within 24 hours after the end of a storm event of o.5 inches or greater The SWP3 must also contain a record of the total rainfall measured,as well as the approximate beginning and ending dates of when drought conditions occurred at the site,which resulted in inspections being conducted monthly,while those conditions persisted,instead of at the interval of once every 14 calendar days and within 24 hours of the end of a storm event of o.5 inches or greater v As an alternative to the inspection schedule in Part III.F 7.(c).i above,the SWP3 may be developed to require that these inspections will occur at least once every seven(7)calendar days. If this alternative schedule is developed, then the inspection must occur regardless of whether or not there has been a rainfall event since the previous inspection. vi. The inspection procedures described in Part III.F 7(c).i.—v above can be performed at the frequencies and under the applicable conditions indicated for each schedule option,provided that the SWP3 reflects the current schedule and that any changes to the schedule are made in accordance with the following provisions: the inspection frequency schedule can only be changed a maximum of one time each month,the schedule change must be implemented at the beginning of a calendar month,and the reason for the schedule change documented in the SWP3(e.g.,end of"dry"season and beginning of"wet"season) (d) Utility line installation,pipeline construction,and other examples of long, narrow,linear construction activities may provide inspection personnel with limited access to the areas described in Part III.F 7.(a)above. i. Inspection of linear construction sites could require the use of vehicles that could compromise areas of temporary or permanent stabilization,cause Page 38 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 additional disturbance of soils,and result in the increase the potential for erosion. In these circumstances,controls must be inspected at least once every 14 calendar days and within 24 hours of the end of a storm event of 0.5 inches or greater,but representative inspections may be performed. ii. For representative inspections,personnel must inspect controls along the construction site for 0.25 mile above and below each access point where a roadway,undisturbed right-of-way,or other similar feature intersects the construction site and allows access to the areas described in Part III.F 7.(a) above. The conditions of the controls along each inspected o.25 mile portion may be considered as representative of the condition of controls along that reach extending from the end of the 0.25 mile portion to either the end of the next o.25 mile inspected portion,or to the end of the project, whichever occurs first. As an alternative to the inspection schedule described in Part III.F 7.(c).i above,the SWP3 may be developed to require that these inspections will occur at least once every seven(7)calendar days. If this alternative schedule is developed,the inspection must occur regardless of whether or not there has been a rainfall event since the previous inspection. iii. The SWP3 for a linear construction site must reflect the current inspection schedule. Any changes to the inspection schedule must be made in accordance with the following provisions: (A) the schedule may be changed a maximum of one time each month, (B) the schedule change must be implemented at the beginning of a calendar month,and (C) the reason for the schedule change must be documented in the SWP3 (e.g.,end of"dry"season and beginning of"wet"season). (e) In the event of flooding or other uncontrollable situations which prohibit access to the inspection sites,inspections must be conducted as soon as access is practicable. (f) Inspection Reports i. A report summarizing the scope of any inspection must be completed within 24-hours following the inspection. The report must also include the date(s) of the inspection and major observations relating to the implementation of the SWP3. Major observations in the report must include: the locations of where erosion and discharges of sediment or other pollutants from the site have occurred,locations of BMPs that need to be maintained,locations of BMPs that failed to operate as designed or proved inadequate for a particular location, and locations where additional BMPs are needed. ii. Actions taken as a result of inspections must be described within,and retained as a part of,the SWP3. Reports must identify any incidents of non- compliance. Where a report does not identify any incidents of non- compliance,the report must contain a certification that the facility or site is in compliance with the SWP3 and this permit. The report must be retained as part of the SWP3 and signed by the person and in the manner required by 30 TAC§305.128(relating to Signatories to Reports). iii. The names and qualifications of personnel making the inspections for the permittee may be documented once in the SWP3 rather than being included in each report. (g) The SWP3 must be modified based on the results of inspections,as necessary,to better control pollutants in runoff. Revisions to the SWP3 must be completed Page 39 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 within seven(7)calendar days following the inspection. If existing BMPs are modified or if additional BMPs are necessary,an implementation schedule must be described in the SWP3 and wherever possible those changes implemented before the next storm event. If implementation before the next anticipated storm event is impracticable,these changes must be implemented as soon as practicable. 8. The SWP3 must identify and ensure the implementation of appropriate pollution prevention measures for all eligible non-stormwater components of the discharge,as listed in Part II.A.3 of this permit. 9. The SWP3 must include the information required in Part III.B of this general permit. io. The SWP3 must include pollution prevention procedures that comply with Part III.G.4 of this general permit. Section G. Erosion and Sediment Control Requirements Applicable to All Sites Except as provided in 4o CFR§§125.3o-125.32,any discharge regulated under this general permit,with the exception of sites that obtained waivers based on low rainfall erosivity,must achieve,at a minimum,the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by application of the best practicable control technology currently available(BPT). 1. Erosion and sediment controls.Design,install,and maintain effective erosion controls and sediment controls to minimize the discharge of pollutants.At a minimum,such controls must be designed,installed,and maintained to: (a) Control stormwater volume and velocity within the site to minimize soil erosion in order to minimize pollutant discharges, (b) Control stormwater discharges,including both peak flowrates and total stormwater volume,to minimize channel and streambank erosion and scour in the immediate vicinity of discharge point(s), (c) Minimize the amount of soil exposed during construction activity; (d) Minimize the disturbance of steep slopes; (e) Minimize sediment discharges from the site. The design,installation,and maintenance of erosion and sediment controls must address factors such as the amount,frequency,intensity and duration of precipitation,the nature of resulting stormwater runoff,and soil characteristics,including the range of soil particle sizes expected to be present on the site; (f) If earth disturbance activities are located in close proximity to a surface water in the state,provide and maintain appropriate natural buffers if feasible and as necessary,around surface water in the state,depending on site-specific topography,sensitivity,and proximity to water bodies. Direct stormwater to vegetated areas and maximize stormwater infiltration to reduce pollutant discharges,unless infeasible. If providing buffers is infeasible,the permittee shall document the reason that natural buffers are infeasible and shall implement additional erosion and sediment controls to reduce sediment load, (g) Preserve native topsoil at the site,unless the intended function of a specific area of the site dictates that the topsoil be disturbed or removed,or it is infeasible; and (h) Minimize soil compaction. In areas of the construction site where final vegetative stabilization will occur or where infiltration practices will be installed, either i. restrict vehicle and equipment use to avoid soil compaction,or Page 4o Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 ii. prior to seeding or planting areas of exposed soil that have been compacted, use techniques that condition the soils to support vegetative growth,if necessary and feasible; Minimizing soil compaction is not required where the intended function of a specific area of the site dictates that it be compacted. (i) TCEQ does not consider stormwater control features(e.g.,stormwater conveyance channels,storm drain inlets,sediment basins)to constitute"surface water"for the purposes of triggering the buffer requirement in Part III.G.1.(f) above. 2. Soil stabilization.Stabilization of disturbed areas must,at a minimum,be initiated immediately whenever any clearing,grading,excavating,or other earth disturbing activities have permanently ceased on any portion of the site,or temporarily ceased on any portion of the site and will not resume for a period exceeding 1.4 calendar days. In the context of this requirement,"immediately"means as soon as practicable, but no later than the end of the next work day,following the day when the earth- disturbing activities have temporarily or permanently ceased. Temporary stabilization must be completed no more than 1.4 calendar days after initiation of soil stabilization measures,and final stabilization must be achieved prior to termination of permit coverage. In arid,semi-arid,and drought-stricken areas where initiating vegetative stabilization measures immediately is infeasible,alternative non- vegetative stabilization measures must be employed as soon as practicable.Refer to Part III.F.2.(b)for complete erosion control and stabilization practice requirements. In limited circumstances,stabilization may not be required if the intended function of a specific area of the site necessitates that it remain disturbed. 3. Dewatering Discharges from dewatering activities,including discharges from dewatering of trenches and excavations,are prohibited,unless managed by appropriate controls. 4. Pollution prevention measures Design,install,implement,and maintain effective pollution prevention measures to minimize the discharge of pollutants.At a minimum,such measures must be designed,installed,implemented,and maintained to• (a) Minimize the discharge of pollutants from equipment and vehicle washing, wheel wash water,and other wash waters.Wash waters must be treated in a sediment basin or alternative control that provides equivalent or better treatment prior to discharge; (b) Minimize the exposure of building materials,building products,construction wastes,trash,landscape materials,fertilizers,pesticides,herbicides,detergents, sanitary waste,and other materials present on the site to precipitation and to stormwater; (c) Minimize the exposure of waste materials by closing waste container lids at the end of the work day For waste containers that do not have lids,where the container itself is not sufficiently secure enough to prevent the discharge of pollutants absent a cover and could leak,the permittee must provide either a cover(e.g.,a tarp,plastic sheeting,temporary roof)to minimize exposure of wastes to precipitation,or a similarly effective means designed to minimize the discharge of pollutants(e.g.,secondary containment);and (d) Minimize the discharge of pollutants from spills and leaks,and implement chemical spill and leak prevention and response procedures. 5. Prohibited discharges.The following discharges are prohibited. Page 4i Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15o000 (a) Wastewater from wash out of concrete,unless managed by an appropriate control, (b) Wastewater from wash out and cleanout of stucco,paint,form release oils, curing compounds and other construction materials; (c) Fuels,oils,or other pollutants used in vehicle and equipment operation and maintenance; (d) Soaps or solvents used in vehicle and equipment washing;and (e) Toxic or hazardous substances from a spill or other release. 6 Surface outlets.When discharging from basins and impoundments,utilize outlet structures that withdraw water from the surface,unless infeasible. Part IV. Stormwater Runoff from Concrete Batch Plants Discharges of stormwater runoff from concrete batch plants present at regulated construction sites and operated as a construction support activity may be authorized under the provisions of this general permit,provided that the following requirements are met for concrete batch plant(s)authorized under this permit. Only the discharges of stormwater runoff and non-stormwater from concrete batch plants that meet the requirements of a construction support activity can be authorized under this permit(see the requirements for "Non-Stormwater Discharges"in Part II.A.3 and"Discharges of Stormwater Associated with Construction Support Activity"in Part II.A.2). If discharges of stormwater runoff or non-stormwater from concrete batch plants are not authorized under this general permit,then discharges must be authorized under an alternative general permit or individual permit[see the requirement in Part II.A.2.(c)] This permit does not authorize the discharge or land disposal of any wastewater from concrete batch plants at regulated construction sites. Authorization for these wastes must be obtained under an individual permit or an alternative general permit. Section A. Benchmark Sampling Requirements 1. Operators of concrete batch plants authorized under this general permit shall sample the stormwater runoff from the concrete batch plants according to the requirements of this section of this general permit,and must conduct evaluations on the effectiveness of the SWP3 based on the following benchmark monitoring values: Table 1.Benchmark Parameters Benchmark Benchmark Value Sampling Sample Type Parameter Frequency Oil and Grease(*1) 15 mg/L 1/quarter(*2) (*3) Grab(*4) Total Suspended 5o mg/L 1/quarter(*2) (*3) Grab(*4) Solids(*1) pH 6.o—9.o Standard Units 1/quarter(*2) (*3) Grab(*4) Total Iron(*1) 1.3 mg/L 1/quarter(*2) (*3) Grab(*4) (*1) All analytical results for these parameters must be obtained from a laboratory that is accredited based on rules located in 3o TAC§25.4(a)or through the National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program(NELAP) Analysis must be performed using sufficiently sensitive methods for analysis that comply with the rules located in 4o CFR§136.1(c)and 4o CFR §122.44(i)(1)(iv) Page 42 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 (*2) When discharge occurs. Sampling is required within the first 3o minutes of discharge. If it is not practicable to take the sample,or to complete the sampling,within the first 3o minutes,sampling must be completed within the first hour of discharge. If sampling is not completed within the first 3o minutes of discharge,the reason must be documented and attached to all required reports and records of the sampling activity (*3) Sampling must be conducted at least once during each of the following periods. The first sample must be collected during the first full quarter that a stormwater discharge occurs from a concrete batch plant authorized under this general permit. January through March April through June July through September October through December For projects lasting less than one full quarter,a minimum of one sample shall be collected,provided that a stormwater discharge occurred at least once following submission of the NOI or following the date that automatic authorization was obtained under Section II.E.2,and prior to terminating coverage. (*4) A grab sample shall be collected from the stormwater discharge resulting from a storm event that is at least o.1 inches of measured precipitation that occurs at least 72 hours from the previously measurable storm event. The sample shall be collected downstream of the concrete batch plant,and where the discharge exits any BMPs utilized to handle the runoff from the batch plant,prior to commingling with any other water authorized under this general permit. 2. The permittee must compare the results of sample analyses to the benchmark values above,and must include this comparison in the overall assessment of the SWP3's effectiveness. Analytical results that exceed a benchmark value are not a violation of this permit,as these values are not numeric effluent limitations. Results of analyses are indicators that modifications of the SWP3 should be assessed and may be necessary to protect water quality The operator must investigate the cause for each exceedance and must document the results of this investigation in the SWP3 by the end of the quarter following the sampling event. The operator's investigation must identify the following: (a) any additional potential sources of pollution,such as spills that might have occurred, (b) necessary revisions to good housekeeping measures that are part of the SWP3, (c) additional BMPs,including a schedule to install or implement the BMPs; and (d) other parts of the SWP3 that may require revisions in order to meet the goal of the benchmark values. Background concentrations of specific pollutants may also be considered during the investigation. If the operator is able to relate the cause of the exceedance to background concentrations,then subsequent exceedances of benchmark values for that pollutant may be resolved by referencing earlier findings in the SWP3. Background concentrations may be identified by laboratory analyses of samples of stormwater run-on to the permitted facility,by laboratory analyses of samples of stormwater run-off from adjacent non-industrial areas,or by identifying the pollutant is a naturally occurring material in soils at the site. Page 43 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Section B. Best Management Practices(BMPs)and SWP3 Requirements Minimum SWP3 Requirements—The following are required in addition to other SWP3 requirements listed in this general permit,which include,but are not limited to the applicable requirements located in Part III.F 7 of this general permit,as follows: 1. Description of Potential Pollutant Sources-The SWP3 must provide a description of potential sources(activities and materials)that can cause,have a reasonable potential to cause or contribute to a violation of water quality standards or have been found to cause,or contribute to,the loss of a designated use of surface water in the state in stormwater discharges associated with concrete batch plants authorized under this permit. The SWP3 must describe the implementation of practices that will be used to minimize to the extent practicable the_discharge of pollutants in stormwater discharges_associated with industrial activity and non-stormwater discharges(described in Part II.A.3 of this general permit),in compliance with the terms and conditions of this general permit,including the protection of water quality, and must ensure the implementation of these practices. The following must be developed,at a minimum,in support of developing this description. (a) Drainage—The site map must include the following information. i. the location of all outfalls for stormwater discharges associated with concrete batch plants that are authorized under this permit; ii. a depiction of the drainage area and the direction of flow to the outfall(s); iii. structural controls used within the drainage area(s), iv the locations of the following areas associated with concrete batch plants that are exposed to precipitation.vehicle and equipment maintenance activities(including fueling,-repair,-and-storage-areas for-vehicles and equipment scheduled for maintenance);areas used for the treatment, storage,or disposal of wastes;liquid storage tanks; material processing and storage areas; and loading and unloading areas;and v the locations of the following:any bag house or other dust control device(s); recycle/sedimentation pond, clarifier or other device used for the treatment of facility wastewater(including the areas that drain to the treatment device),areas with significant materials;and areas where major spills or leaks have occurred. (b) Inventory of Exposed Materials—A list of materials handled at the concrete batch plant that may be exposed to stormwater and that have a potential to affect the quality of stormwater discharges associated with concrete batch plants that are authorized under this general permit. (c) Spills and Leaks-A list of significant spills and leaks of toxic or hazardous pollutants that occurred in areas exposed to stormwater and that drain to stormwater outfalls associated with concrete batch plants authorized under this general permit must be developed,maintained,and updated as needed. (d) Sampling Data-A summary of existing stormwater discharge sampling data must be maintained,if available. 2. Measures and Controls-The SWP3 must include a description of management controls to regulate pollutants identified in the SWP3's"Description of Potential Pollutant Sources"from Part IV.B.1 of this permit,and a schedule for implementation of the measures and controls. This must include,at a minimum. Page 44 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRI5o000 (a) Good Housekeeping-Good housekeeping measures must be developed and implemented in the area(s)associated with concrete batch plants. i. Operators must prevent or minimize the discharge of spilled cement, aggregate(including sand or gravel),settled dust,or other significant materials from paved portions of the site that are exposed to stormwater Measures used to minimize the presence of these materials may include regular sweeping or other equivalent practices. These practices must be conducted at a frequency that is determined based on consideration of the amount of industrial activity occurring in the area and frequency of precipitation,and shall occur at least once per week when cement or aggregate is being handled or otherwise processed in the area. ii. Operators must prevent the exposure of fine granular solids,such as cement,to stormwater Where practicable,these materials must be stored in enclosed silos,hoppers or buildings,in covered areas,or under covering. (b) Spill Prevention and Response Procedures-Areas where potential spills that can contribute pollutants to stormwater runoff,and the drainage areas from these locations,must be identified in the SWP3. Where appropriate,the SWP3 must specify material handling procedures,storage requirements,and use of equipment. Procedures for cleaning up spills must be identified in the SWP3 and made available to the appropriate personnel. (c) Inspections-Qualified facility personnel(i.e.,a person or persons with knowledge of this general permit,the concrete batch plant,and the SWP3 related to the concrete batch plant(s)for the site)must be identified to inspect designated equipment and areas of the facility specified in the SWP3. Personnel conducting these inspections are not required to have signatory authority for inspection reports under 3o TAC§305.128. Inspections of facilities in operation must be performed once-every seven days. Inspections of facilities that are not in operation must be performed at a minimum of once per month. The current inspection frequency being implemented at the facility must be recorded in the SWP3. The inspection must take place while the facility is in operation and must,at a minimum,include all areas that are exposed to stormwater at the site,including material handling areas,above ground storage tanks,hoppers or silos,dust collection/containment systems, truck wash down and equipment cleaning areas. Follow-up procedures must be used to ensure that appropriate actions are taken in response to the inspections. Records of inspections must be maintained and be made readily available for inspection upon request. (d) Employee Training-An employee training program must be developed to educate personnel responsible for implementing any component of the SWP3, or personnel otherwise responsible for stormwater pollution prevention,with the provisions of the SWP3. The frequency of training must be documented in the SWP3,and at a minimum,must consist of one training prior to the initiation of operation of the concrete batch plant. (e) Record Keeping and Internal Reporting Procedures-A description of spills and similar incidents,plus additional information that is obtained regarding the quality and quantity of stormwater discharges,must be included in the SWP3. Inspection and maintenance activities must be documented and records of those inspection and maintenance activities must be incorporated in the SWP3. (f) Management of Runoff-The SWP3 shall contain a narrative consideration for reducing the volume of runoff from concrete batch plants by diverting runoff or otherwise managing runoff,including use of infiltration,detention ponds, retention ponds,or reusing of runoff. Page 45 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 3. Comprehensive Compliance Evaluation—At least once per year,one or more qualified personnel(i.e.,a person or persons with knowledge of this general permit, the concrete batch plant,and the SWP3 related to the concrete batch plant(s)for the site)shall conduct a compliance evaluation of the plant. The evaluation must include the following. (a) Visual examination of all areas draining stormwater associated with regulated concrete batch plants for evidence of,or the potential for,pollutants entering the drainage system. These include,but are not limited to: cleaning areas, material handling areas,above ground storage tanks,hoppers or silos,dust collection/containment systems,and truck wash down and equipment cleaning areas. Measures implemented to reduce pollutants in runoff(including structural controls and implementation of management practices)must be evaluated to determine if they are effective and if they are implemented in accordance with the terms of this permit and with the permittee's SWP3. The operator shall conduct a visual inspection of equipment needed to implement the SWP3,such as spill response equipment. (b) Based on the results of the evaluation,the following must be revised as appropriate within two weeks of the evaluation. the description of potential pollutant sources identified in the SWP3(as required in Part IV.B.i, "Description of Potential Pollutant Sources");and pollution prevention measures and controls identified in the SWP3(as required in Part IV.B.2, "Measures and Controls") The revisions may include a schedule for implementing the necessary changes. (c) The permittee shall prepare and include in the SWP3 a report summarizing the scope of the evaluation,the personnel making the evaluation,the date(s)of the evaluation,major observations relating to the implementation of the SWP3,and actions taken in response to the findings of the evaluation. The report must identify any incidents of noncompliance. Where the report does not identify incidences of noncompliance,the report must contain a statement that the evaluation did not identify any incidence(s),and the report must be signed according to 3o TAC§305.128,relating to Signatories to Reports. (d) The Comprehensive Compliance Evaluation may substitute for one of the required inspections delineated in Part IV.B.2.(c)of this general permit. Section C. Prohibition of Wastewater Discharges Wastewater discharges associated with concrete production including wastewater disposal by land application are not authorized under this general permit. These wastewater discharges must be authorized under an alternative TCEQ water quality permit or otherwise disposed of in an authorized manner Discharges of concrete truck wash out at construction sites may be authorized if conducted in accordance with the requirements of Part V of this general permit. Part V. Concrete Truck Wash Out Requirements This general permit authorizes the land disposal of wash out from concrete trucks at construction sites regulated under this general permit,provided the following requirements are met. Any discharge of concrete production waste water to surface water in the state must be authorized under a separate TCEQ general permit or individual permit. A. Discharge of concrete truck wash out water to surface water in the state,including discharge to storm sewers,is prohibited by this general permit. B. Concrete truck wash out water shall be disposed in areas at the construction site where structural controls have been established to prevent discharge to surface water Page 46 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 in the state,or to areas that have a minimal slope that allow infiltration and filtering of wash out water to prevent discharge to surface water in the state. Structural controls may consist of temporary berms,temporary shallow pits,temporary storage tanks with slow rate release,or other reasonable measures to prevent runoff from the construction site. C. Wash out of concrete trucks during rainfall events shall be minimized. The discharge of concrete truck wash out water is prohibited at all times,and the operator shall insure that its BMPs are sufficient to prevent the discharge of concrete truck wash out as the result of rainfall or stormwater runoff. D. The disposal of wash out water from concrete trucks,made under authorization of this general permit must not cause or contribute to groundwater contamination. E. If a SWP3 is required to be implemented,the SWP3 shall include concrete wash out areas on the associated site map. Part VI. Retention of Records The permittee must retain the following records for a minimum period of three(3)years from the date that a NOT is submitted as required in Part II.F.1 and 2 of this permit. For activities in which an NOT is not required,records shall be retained for a minimum period of three(3)years from the date that the operator terminates coverage under Section II.F.3 of this permit. Records include: A. A copy of the SWP3, B. All reports and actions required by this permit,including a copy of the construction site notice; C. All data used to complete the NOI,if an NOI is required for coverage under this general permit; and D. All records of submittal of forms submitted to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge and to the secondary operator of a large construction site,if applicable. Part VII. Standard Permit Conditions A. The permittee has a duty to comply with all permit conditions. Failure to comply with any permit condition is a violation of the permit and statutes under which it was issued(CWA and TWC),and is grounds for enforcement action,for terminating, revoking and reissuance,or modification,or denying coverage under this general permit,or for requiring a discharger to apply for and obtain an individual TPDES permit,based on rules located in TWC§23.086,3o TAC§305.66 and 4o CFR§122.41 (a) B. Authorization under this general permit may be modified,suspended,revoked and reissued,terminated or otherwise suspended for cause,based on rules located in TWC§23.086,3o TAC§305.66 and 4o CFR§122.41(f). Filing a notice of planned changes or anticipated non-compliance by the permittee does not stay any permit condition. The permittee must furnish to the executive director,upon request and within a reasonable time,any information necessary for the executive director to determine whether cause exists for modifying,revoking and reissuing,terminating or,otherwise suspending authorization under this permit,based on rules located in TWC§23.086,3o TAC§305.66 and 4o CFR§122.41(h) Additionally,the permittee must provide to the executive director,upon request,copies of all records that the permittee is required to maintain as a condition of this general permit. C. It is not a defense for a discharger in an enforcement action that it would have been necessary to halt or reduce the permitted activity to maintain compliance with the permit conditions. Page 47 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 D. Inspection and entry shall be allowed under TWC Chapters 26-28,Texas Health and Safety Code§§361.032-361.033 and 361.037,and 4o CFR§122.41(i).The statement in TWC§26.014 that commission entry of a facility shall occur according to an establishment's rules and regulations concerning safety,internal security,and fire protection is not grounds for denial or restriction of entry to any part of the facility or site,but merely describes the commission's duty to observe appropriate rules and regulations during an inspection. E. The discharger is subject to administrative,civil,and criminal penalties,as applicable,under TWC Chapter 7 for violations including but not limited to the following: 1. negligently or knowingly violating the federal CWA§§3o1,302,306,307,308, 318,or 405,or any condition or limitation implementing any sections in a permit issued under CWA§402,or any requirement imposed in a pretreatment program approved under CWA§§4o2(a)(3)or 402(b)(8); 2. knowingly making any false statement,representation,or certification in any record or other document submitted or required to be maintained under a permit,including monitoring reports or reports of compliance or noncompliance;and 3. knowingly violating CWA§303 and placing another person in imminent danger of death or serious bodily injury F. All reports and other information requested by the executive director must be signed by the person and in the manner required by 3o TAC§305.128(relating to Signatories to Reports). G. Authorization under this general permit does not convey property or water rights of any sort and does not grant any exclusive privilege. H. The permittee shall take all reasonable steps to minimize or prevent any discharge in violation of this permit that has a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting human health or the environment. I. The permittee shall at all times properly operate and maintain all facilities and systems of treatment and control(and related appurtenances)that are installed or used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions of this permit. Proper operation and maintenance also includes adequate laboratory controls and appropriate quality assurance procedures.This provision requires the operation of back-up or auxiliary facilities or similar systems that are installed by a permittee only when the operation is necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of the permit. J. The permittee shall comply with the monitoring and reporting requirements in 40 CFR§122.41(j)and(1),as applicable. K. Analysis must be performed using sufficiently sensitive methods for analysis that comply with the rules located in 4o CFR§136.1(c)and 4o CFR§122.44(i)(1)(iv) Part VIII. Fees A. A fee of must be submitted along with the NOI. 1. $325 if submitting a paper NOI,or 2. $225 if submitting an NOI electronically B. Fees are due upon submission of the NOI. An NOI will not be declared administratively complete unless the associated fee has been paid in full. C. No separate annual fees will be assessed for this general permit. The Water Quality Annual Fee has been incorporated into the NOI fees as described above. Page 48 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 D. Effective September 1,2018,applicants seeking coverage under an NOI or LREW must submit their application using the online e-Permits system available through the TCEQ website,or request and obtain a waiver from electronic reporting from the TCEQ Waivers from electronic reporting are not transferrable and expire on the same date as the authorization to discharge. Page 49 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Appendix A: Automatic Authorization Periods of Low Erosion Potential by County-Eligible Date Ranges Andrews: Nov 15-Apr 3o Ector Nov 15-Apr 30 Archer Dec. 15-Feb.14 Edwards: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Armstrong: Nov 15-Apr 3o El Paso: Jan.1-Jul.14,or May 15-Jul. Bailey Nov 1-Apr 30,or Nov 15-May 31,or Jun.1-Aug.14,or Jun. 15-Sept.14, 14 or Jul.1-Oct.14,or Jul.15-Oct.31,or Aug.1-Apr 30,or Aug.15-May 14,or Baylor Dec.15-Feb. 14 Sept. 1-May 30,or Oct.1-Jun.14,or Borden. Nov 15-Apr 3o Nov i-Jun.30,or Nov 15-Jul._14 Brewster Nov 15-Apr 3o Fisher Dec.15-Feb.14 Briscoe: Nov 15-Apr 30 Floyd. Nov 15-Apr 30 Brown. Dec.15-Feb.14 Foard. Dec.15-Feb.14 Callahan. Dec. 15-Feb.14 Gaines: Nov 15-Apr 30 Carson. Nov 15-Apr 3o Garza. Nov 15-Apr 30 Castro: Nov 15-Apr 3o Glasscock: Nov 15-Apr 30 Childress: Dec. 15-Feb.14 Hale: Nov 15-Apr 30 Cochran. Nov 1-Apr 30,or Nov 15- Hall. Feb.1-Mar 30 May 14 Hansford. Nov 15-Apr 30 Coke: Dec.15-Feb.14 Hardeman. Dec.15-Feb. 14 Coleman. Dec. 15-Feb.14 Hartley Nov 15-Apr 30 Collingsworth. Jan.1-Mar 30,or Dec.1- Haskell. Dec.15-Feb.14 Feb.28 Hockley Nov 1-Apr 14,or Nov 15- Concho: Dec. 15-Feb.14 Apr 30 Cottle: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Howard. Nov 15-Apr 30 Crane: Nov 15-Apr 3o Hudspeth. Nov 1-May 14 Crockett: Nov 15-Jan.14,or Feb. 1- Hutchinson. Nov 15-Apr 30 Mar 3o Irion. Dec.15-Feb.14 Crosby- Nov 15-Apr 30 Jeff Davis: Nov 1-Apr 30 or Nov 15- Culberson. Nov 1-May 14 May 14 Dallam. Nov 1-Apr 14,or Nov 15-Apr Jones: Dec.15-Feb.14 30 Kent: Nov 15-Jan.14 or Feb.1-Mar 30 Dawson. Nov 15-Apr 3o Kerr Dec. 15-Feb.14 Deaf Smith. Nov 15-Apr 3o Kimble: Dec.15-Feb. 14 Dickens: Nov 15-Jan. 14,or Feb. 1-Mar King: Dec.15-Feb.14 30 Dimmit: Dec.15-Feb. 14 Kinney Dec.15-Feb. 14 Donley Jan. 1-Mar 30,or Dec. 1-Feb. Knox: Dec.15-Feb. 14 28 Lamb- Nov 1-Apr 14,or Nov 15-Apr Eastland. Dec.15-Feb.14 30 Page 50 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Loving: Nov 1-Apr 30,or Nov 15-May Scurry Nov 15-Apr 30 14 Shackelford. Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Lubbock: Nov 15-Apr 3o Sherman. Nov 15-Apr 30 Lynn. Nov 15-Apr 3o Stephens: Dec. 15-Feb.14 Martin. Nov 15-Apr 3o Sterling: Nov 15-Apr 30 Mason. Dec.15-Feb.14 Stonewall. Dec.15-Feb. 14 Maverick: Dec. 15-Feb.14 Sutton. Dec. 15-Feb. 14 McCulloch. Dec. 15-Feb.14 Swisher Nov 15-Apr 30 Menard. Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Taylor. Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Midland. Nov 15-Apr 30 Terrell. Nov 15-Apr 30 Mitchell. Nov 15-Apr 3o Terry Nov 15-Apr 30 Moore: Nov 15-Apr 3o Throckmorton. Dec.15-Feb.14 Motley Nov 15-Jan. 14,or Feb. 1-Mar Tom Green. Dec. 15-Feb.14 30 Nolan. Dec.15-Feb. 14 Upton. Nov 15-Apr 30 Oldham. Nov 15-Apr 3o Uvalde: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Parmer• Nov 1-Apr 14,or Nov 15-Apr Val Verde: Nov 15-Jan.14,or Feb. 1- Mar 30 30 Pecos: Nov 15-Apr 3o Ward. Nov 1-Apr 14,or Nov 15-Apr 30 Potter Nov 15-Apr 3o Wichita. Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Presidio: Nov 1-Apr 30,or Nov 15- May 14 Wilbarger Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Randall. Nov 15-Apr 30 WinklerNov 1-Apr 30,or Nov 15- May 14 Reagan. Nov 15-Apr 3o Yoakum. Nov 1-Apr 30,or Nov 15- Real. Dec. 15-Feb. 14 May 14 Reeves: Nov 1-Apr 30,or Nov 15-May Young: Dec.15-Feb. 14 14 Wheeler Jan.1-Mar 30,or Dec. 1-Feb. Runnels: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 28 Schleicher Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Zavala. Dec.15-Feb. 14 Page 51 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 Appendix B:Erosivity Index(EI)Zones in Texas r T.... ..t., .e: ;,••� * w p r +' - i Oa*!4#*4a6 jt*4 yv'a`�h 41 r € * �a�ea�s.sa !! k { . 041 .# fir m 4 e ''. e . • • .: a! •n..sx t Mstr 9• it awe'. .'ar.,r. a "`° €",,'''t:::.*':.:'a : t* *t a..tg a.x a * *!4-at A**M 4 a'4 '_.. ,y arr ar4+.taR eaE 4,44, t i a ' •.'M it s t•t t a a t♦' 4f ak 4 b ell..*' M,p aka a.w as........*a5.r.F..w Wit. .. . .. >' °P4 mt� »mar ti. ie * €�yf 4#*,, w 66 fY t6*a@r r: " r 4 a: +� ♦ "r' *.re ee. r a4®a i♦�y araor `(`''' •f4 . r ®+rt +xsi 41* „1."MA4*s ' . w.... m a°. , a; f 4 ..4..4. s.a sek. t •,t### * _ _ iw- _.ery tw.:. 4. a g• . 3t • a w.rr11�Re s.s. b p: �It*i • „sMr�rarrtw� :. A .r 6. II ''r#{{ Mks* ,...+ a4aaizaa .� # a..*, trs aA tit d i .e !"" ► x t i,B.a :d Y aw ass i .aa..aa. fi t r.� ` .s$. :+t 4s t"`_ i Mir Y? 2 ':.ram' �°:+wcc..;a am..e Ya °€ .•,,' . € 4;.'.t+t'a S « a 1*:ems e :ae...n. a 'w as.sr OR*— x..raw if" e i .~ �e t m lia x .`s*.,.. *XIicii. o.c e.R t as. a m.. aaa.ra .. q't.Ee'a a e t.".e a e, 4 N} #1 t"" 14; 4 r..a a i«se:a.: as aam ue— pat?y�Rne. ..} t*m°* ....1. r".�. *',} a i'"e y��pp •. aat � ara ww �. f��L' # » _.a .4' .r a P a i. r t i& 9l* dta wa► t* ar **4 as 's y Y $ *.t..........,. .,,. a-. . stwd,i ,,44.ite Ry1t *Mtae Crt + *sl a6R .e *T� a }:1.` ! * 9 , ' `^'. iice�'' q A.�*t c.$4 ii tV MI!@ 8 .Hops 1Rl.vew a* h 'M` ,.a t!2 s..`.". i ea:.*a..a.«w wes ate we*amp t -. •at.a :. e'* 'r aW4Y1� Y.f i-.aT x .a €, ►,t e.4.t ease Va'aat'Wee INN eila , a " t MY" '�y�.... . 3 i a ♦ 4 r t a Y R i *'!r aai f W'tl Vae ittft *Sa y MiC JP# � � € „xa k'tRs i sai r€a :.asaaFM Falr + as . a4**N a . rx'€� e .tts t r 3i. tax. t€ .p..saes are. wa.w+Mda aw * € s. v _ itzf#M a* .,,-�4'.�, .*'r0 a:t.Es.. 4 rarer wata wmat Mk .' 'i; a• tars 0 .*e;,„„ "a.., ?,*1 -- x - .s ax 1�W..uaar x. �.; ��'., i +c € * ."'at,' ! «r-irb.i. i -, +..a 4. �a* . a �. e s} a a,. ..r a.r.. w ar � '47 �,*� ap * ,t -" a a,,,€ s eet�;.t,a.xam-w..a. (4 -r€i--K84NYtiYzzs M t M ,, 0 OR 1.... Ell Iv g lit 0 , t . a Mt e.arta*,,.. ...r N!c w.w R.i.4r �.s{=u ;^ p # #, x fa r r'e. . . `r. -•_ *, 4471474447114174474.11.471.7 • _ �'t`• a.*t ! .1.• as a 0,enNs s..tom- ,.' t ^. *A' !....41 4 7 f4. : La.ewe 3**.** .a am W. .ate _--«�,1 , -"*!:gym ? t 2tE€.u 2: 66%i ere, at Y 4a N 'i 3 Y,> 5 Adapted from Chapter 2 of USDA Agriculture Handbook 703. `Predicting Soil Erosion by Water A Guide to Conservation Planning With the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation(RUSLE),"U.S.Department of Agriculture,Agricultural Research Service Page 52 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Appendix C: Isoerodent Map arZireW itIhP IIlh. pi aim"maw. W ridVial �`a'�t fffr; $!II t o r' aw Mpi, 1 IIafi I 1 4b i .,l ►I' It 3.'u '1, ' I i tillgortaltarairoie lortivoliti...*aikint. 44Efilt 4/1 -al kr motativa, AitioviltFeah3ro_raiiiitte„,0 ' Ito 1" ram .: ft'fiatt. rnalzalziri --46:e , 671 1• Illa iyi Ir litgi ii.-1:01:#44iiitiii4)41:04,01101M. Itit 43°°4111 49'7 4 5 4' 4 ill* Vet'IP 'CI"... 01 1 T____ Adapted from Chapter 2 of USDA Agriculture Handbook 703. "Predicting Soil Erosion by Water A Guide to Conservation Planning With the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation(RUSLE),"U.S.Department of Agriculture,Agricultural Research Service Page 53 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 Appendix D: Erosivity Indices for EI Zones in Texas Periods: EI# 1/1 1/16 1/31 2/15 3/1 3/i6 3/31 4/15 4/30 5/15 5/30 6/14 6/29 7/14 7/29 8/13 8/z8 9/12 9/27 10/12 io/2711/11 11/26 12/11 12/31 89 0 1 1 2 3 4 7 2 8 27 38 48 55 62 69 76 83 90 94 97 98 99 100 100 100 90 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 13 21 29 37 46 54 6o 65 69 74 81 87 92 95 97 98 99 100 91 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 6 16 29 39 46 53 60 67 74 81 88 95 99 99 100 100 100 92 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 6 16 29 39 46 53 60 67 74 81 88 95 99 99 100 100 100 93 0 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 13 25 40 49 56 62 67 72 76 8o 85 91 97 98 99 99 100 94 0 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 21 29 38 47 53 57 61 65 7o 76 83 88 91 94 96 98 100 95 0 1 3 5 7 9 11 14 18 27 35 41 46 51 57 62 68 73 79 84 89 93 96 98 100 96 0 2 4 6 9 12 17 23 30 37 43 49 54 58 62 66 7o 74 78 82 86 90 94 97 100 97 0 1 3 5 7 10 14 20 28 37 48 56 61 64 68 72 77 81 86 89 92 95 98 99 100 io6 0 3 6 9 13 17 21 27 33 38 44 49 55 61 67 71 75 78 81 84 86 90 94 97 100 Each period begins on the date listed in the table above and lasts until the day before the following period. The final period begins on December-nand ends on December 31. Table adapted from Chapter 2 of USDA Agriculture Handbook 703. `Predicting Soil Erosion by Water•A Guide to Conservation Planning With the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation(RUSLE),"U.S.Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service Page 54 TCEQ Office Use Only Permit No: CN RN: Notice of Intent (NOI) for an Authorization for Stormwater Discharges Associated with iiMVELO Construction Activity under TCEQTCECI TPDES General Permit TXR150000 IMPORTANT INFORMATION Please read and use the General Information and Instructions prior to filling out each question in the NOI form. Use the NOI Checklist to ensure all required information is completed correctly Incomplete applications delay approval or result in automatic denial. Once processed your permit authorization can be viewed by entering the following link into your Internet browser http://www2 tceq texas.gov/wq_dpa/index.cfm or you can contact TCEQ Stormwater Processing Center at 512-239-3700 ePERMETS Effective September 1, 2018, this paper form must be submitted to TCEQ with a completed electronic reporting waiver form(TCEQ 20754). To submit an NOI electronically, enter the following web address into your Internet browser and follow the instructions: https.//www3 tceq.texas.gov/steers/index.cfm APPLICATION FEE AND PAYMENT The application fee for submitting a paper NOI is $325 The application fee for electronic submittal of a NOI through the TCEQ ePermits system(STEERS)is $22 5 Payment of the application fee can be submitted by mail or through the TCEQ ePay system. The payment and the NOI must be mailed to separate addresses. To access the TCEQ ePay system enter the following web address into your Internet browser http://www tceq texas.gov/epay Provide your payment information for verification of payment: • If payment was mailed to TCEQ, provide the following: o Check/Money Order Number __ o Name printed on Check: _ _ • If payment was made via ePay, provide the following: o Voucher Number , __ o A copy of the payment voucher is attached to this paper NOI form. TCEQ-20022(3/6/2018) Page 1 Notice of Intent for Construction Stormwater Discharges under TXR150000 RENEWAL(This portion of the NOI is not applicable after June 3,_2018)— Is this NOI for a renewal of an existing authorization? ❑,Yes 0 No If Yes, provide the authorization number here: TXR15 NOTE. If an authorization number is not provided, a new number will be assigned. SECTION 1. OPERATOR (APPLICANT) a) If the applicant is currently a customer with TCEQ, what is the Customer Number (CN)issued to this entity? CN (Refer to Section La) of the Instructions) b) What is the Legal Name of the entity (applicant) applying for this permit? (The legal name must be spelled exactly as filed with the Texas Secretary of State, County, or in the legal document forming the entity) c) What is the contact information for the Operator (Responsible Authority)? Prefix(Mr Ms. Miss): _ First and Last Name: Suffix: Title: Credentials. __ Phone Number- Fax Number _, E-mail. Mailing Address: __ City, State, and Zip Code: Mailing Information if outside USA. Territory �_ Country Code: Postal Code:P_ d) Indicate the type of customer• ❑ Individual ❑ Federal Government ❑ Limited Partnership 0 County Government ❑ General Partnership 0 State Government ❑ Trust p City Government ❑ Sole Proprietorship (D.B.A.) 0 Other Government ❑ Corporation CI Other µ I�Estate e) Is the applicant an independent operator? 0 Yes ❑ No TCEQ-2oo22(3/6/2018) Page 2 Notice of Intent for Construction Stormwater Discharges under TXR150000 (If a governmental entity, a subsidiary, or part of a larger corporation, check No.) f) Number of Employees. Select the range applicable to your company ❑ 0-20 ❑ 251-500 ❑ 21-100 ❑ 501 or higher ❑ 101-250 g) Customer Business Tax and Filing Numbers: (Required for Corporations and Limited Partnerships. Not Required for Individuals, Government, or Sole Proprietors.) State Franchise Tax ID Number Federal Tax BY Texas Secretary of State Charter (filing) Number DUNS Number (if known): SECTION 2. APPLICATION CONTACT Is the application contact the same as the applicant identified above? ❑ Yes, go to Section 3 LD No, complete this section Prefix(Mr Ms.Miss): First and Last Name: Suffix: Title: Credential. Organization Name: _, Phone Number Fax Number E-mail. Mailing Address. Internal Routing (Mail Code, Etc.)- City, State, and Zip Code: E Mailing information if outside USA. Territory Country Code: __ _Postal Code: r - SECTION 3. REGULATED ENTITY (RE)INFORMATION ON PROJECT OR SITE a) If this is an existing permitted site, what is the Regulated Entity Number (RN) issued to this site? RN (Refer to Section 3.a) of the Instructions) TCEQ-2oo22(3/6/2018) Page 3 Notice of Intent for Construction Stormwater Discharges under TXR15o000 b) Name of project or site (the name known by the community where it's located): c) In your own words,briefly describe the type of construction occurring at the regulated site (residential, industrial, commercial, or other). , _ w d) County or Counties (if located in more than one): _ e) Latitude: _ Longitude: f) Site Address/Location If the site has a physical address such as 12100 Park 35 Circle, Austin, TX 78753, complete Section A. If the site does not have a physical address, provide a location description in Section B. Example: located on the north side of FM 123, 2 miles west of the intersection of FM 123 and Highway 1 Section A: Street Number and Name: City, State, and Zip Code: Section B. Location Description. City(or city nearest to)where the site is located. Zip Code where the site is located. SECTION 4. GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS a) Is the project or site located on Indian Country Lands? D Yes, do not submit this form. You must obtain authorization through EPA Region 6. ❑ No b) Is your construction activity associated with a facility that, when completed, would be associated with the exploration, development, or production of oil or gas or geothermal resources? ❑ Yes. Note: The construction stormwater runoff may be under jurisdiction of the Railroad Commission of Texas and may need to obtain authorization through EPA Region 6. ❑ No c) What is the Primary Standard Industrial Classification(SIC) Code that best describes the construction activity being conducted at the site? __ d) What is the Secondary SIC Code(s),if applicable? e) What is the total number of acres to be disturbed? f) Is the project part of a larger common plan of development or sale? TCEQ-20022(3/6/2018) Page 4 Notice of Intent for Construction Stormwater Discharges under TXRi50000 ❑ Yes 0,No The total number of acres disturbed, provided in e) above, must be 5 or more. If the total number of acres disturbed is less than 5, do not submit this form. See the requirements in the general permit for small construction sites. g) What is the estimated start date of the project? h) What is the estimated end date of the project? T i) Will concrete truck washout be performed at the site? 0 Yes a No j) What is the name of the first water body(ies) to receive the stormwater runoff or potential runoff from the site? k) What is the segment number(s) of the classified water body(ies) that the discharge will eventually reach? 1) Is the discharge into a Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System(MS4)? 0Yes '0 No If Yes, provide the name of the MS4 operator - Note: The general permit requires you to send a copy of this NOI form to the MS4 operator m) Is the discharge or potential discharge from the site within the Recharge Zone, Contributing Zone, or Contributing Zone within the Transition Zone of the Edwards Aquifer, as defined in 30 TAC Chapter 213? D;Yes, complete the certification below 0 No, go to Section 5 I certify that the copy of the TCEQ approved Plan required by the Edwards Aquifer Rule (30 TAC Chapter 213) that is included or referenced in the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan will be implemented. ❑,Yes SECTION 5. NOI CERTIFICATION a) I certify that I have obtained a copy and understand the terms and conditions of the Construction General Permit (TXR150000). D Yes b) I certify that the full legal name of the entity applying for this permit has been provided and is legally authorized to do business in Texas. 0 Yes c) I understand that a Notice of Termination(NOT)must be submitted when this authorization is no longer needed. 0 Yes d) I certify that a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan has been developed, will be implemented prior to construction and to the best of my knowledge and belief is compliant with any applicable local sediment and erosion control plans, as required in the Construction General Permit (TXR150000). 0 Yes Note: For multiple operators who prepare a shared SWP3, the confirmation of an operator may be limited to its obligations under the SWP3, provided all obligations are confirmed by at least one operator TCEQ-2oo22(3/6/2018) Page 5 Notice of Intent for Construction Stormwater Discharges under TXR15o000 SECTION 6. APPLICANT CERTIFICATION SIGNATURE Operator Signatory Name: Operator Signatory Title: I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. I further certify that I am authorized under 30 Texas Administrative Code §305 44 to sign and submit this document, and can provide documentation in proof of such authorization upon request. Signature (use blue ink)• Date: TCEQ-2oo22(3/6/2018) Page 6 Notice of Intent for Construction Stormwater Discharges under TXRi50000 NOTICE OF INTENT CHECKLIST (T150000) Did you complete everything?Use this checklist to be sure! Are you ready to mail your form to TCEQ? Go to the General Information Section of the Instructions for mailing addresses. Confirm each item(or applicable item)in this form is complete. This checklist is for use by the applicant to ensure a complete application is being submitted. Missing information may result in denial of coverage under the general permit. (See NOI process description in the General Information and Instructions.) APPLICATION FEE If paying by check: ❑ Check was mailed separately to the TCEQs Cashier's Office. (See Instructions for Cashier's address and Application address.) ❑, Check number and name on check is provided in this application. If using ePay ❑ The voucher number is provided in this application and a copy of the voucher is attached. RENEWAL O If this application is for renewal of an existing authorization, the authorization number is provided. OPERATOR INFORMATION ❑ Customer Number (CN)issued by TCEQ Central Registry ❑ Legal name as filed to do business in Texas. (Call TX SOS 512-463-5555 to verify) O Name and title of responsible authority signing the application. Phone number and e-mail address 0 Mailing address is complete&verifiable with USPS.www.usps.com ❑ Type of operator (entity type) Is applicant an independent operator? • Number of employees. ©For corporations or limited partnerships - Tax ID and SOS filing numbers. ©Application contact and address is complete&verifiable with USPS. http.//www.usps.com REGULATED ENTITY(RE)INFORMATION ON PROJECT OR Sfl'E ❑ Regulated Entity Number (RN) (if site is already regulated by TCEQ) ❑ Site/project name and construction activity description 0 County O Latitude and longitude http.//www.tceq.texas.gov/gis/scpnaview.html TCEQ-20022 Checklist(03/06/2018) Page 1 © Site Address/Location. Do not use a rural route or post office box. GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS q Indian Country Lands -the facility is not on Indian Country Lands. O Construction activity related to facility associated to oil, gas, or geothermal resources p Primary SIC Code that best describes the construction activity being conducted at the site. www.osha.gov/oshstats/sicser.html © Estimated starting and ending dates of the project. O Confirmation of concrete truck washout. O Acres disturbed is provided and qualifies for coverage through a NOI. 0 Common plan of development or sale. 0 Receiving water body or water bodies. © Segment number or numbers. © MS4 operator 0 Edwards Aquifer rule. CER H ICATION O Certification statements have been checked indicating Yes. D Signature meets 30 Texas Administrative Code (TAC) §305 44 and is original. TCEQ-20022 Checklist(03/06/2018) Page 2 Instructions for Notice of Intent (NOI) for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under TPDES General Permit (TXR150000) GENERAL INFORMATION Where to Send the Notice of Intent (NOI): _._. _.. By Regular Mail. By Overnight or Express Mail. TCEQ TCEQ Stormwater Processing Center (MC228) Stormwater Processing Center (MC228) P O Box 13087 12100 Park 35 Circle Austin, Texas 78711-3087 Austin, TX Application Fee: The application fee of $325 is required to be paid at the time the NOI is submitted. Failure to submit payment at the time the application is filed will cause delays in acknowledgment or denial of coverage under the general permit. Payment of the fee may be made by check or money order, payable to TCEQ, or through EPAY (electronic payment through the web) Mailed Payments. Use the attached General Permit Payment Submittal Form. The application fee is submitted to a different address than the NOI. Read the General Permit Payment Submittal Form for further instructions, including the address to send the payment. ePAY Electronic Payment: http.//www.tceq.texas.gov/epay When making the payment you must select Water Quality, and then select the fee category "General Permit Construction Storm Water Discharge NOI Application" You must include a copy of the payment voucher with your NOI. Your NOI will not be considered complete without the payment voucher TCEQ Contact List: Application- status and form questions. 512-239-3700, swpermit@tceq.texas.gov Technical questions: 512-239-4671, swgp@tceq texas.gov Environmental Law Division. 512-239-0600 Records Management - obtain copies of forms. 512-239-0900 Reports from databases (as available): 512-239-DATA(3282) Cashier's office: 512-239-0357 or 512-239-0187 Notice of Intent Process: When your NOI is received by the program, the form will be processed as follows. • Administrative Review Each item on the form will be reviewed for a complete response. In addition, the operator's legal name must be verified with Texas Secretary of State as valid and active (if applicable). The address(es) on the form must be verified with the US Postal service as receiving regular mail delivery Do not give an overnight/express mailing address. TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 1 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 • Notice of Deficiency If an item is incomplete or not verifiable as indicated above, a notice of deficiency (NOD) will be mailed to the operator The operator will have 30 days to respond to the NOD The response will be reviewed for completeness. • Acknowledgment of Coverage: An Acknowledgment Certificate will be mailed to the operator This certificate acknowledges coverage under the general permit. or Denial of Coverage: If the operator fails to respond to the NOD or the response is inadequate, coverage under the general permit may be denied. If coverage is denied, the operator will be notified. General Permit (Your Permit) For NOIs submitted electronically through ePermits, provisional coverage under the general permit begins immediately following confirmation of receipt of the NOI form by the TCEQ. For paper NOIs, provisional coverage under the general permit begins 7 days after a completed NOI is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ You should have a copy of your general permit when submitting your application. You may view and print your permit for which you are seeking coverage, on the TCEQ web site http://www.tceq.texas.gov Search using keyword TXR150000 ;Change in Operator -- _ — -- _ _ - An-authorization under the-general-permit-is-not-transferable. If the operator of the regulated project or site changes, the present permittee must submit a Notice of Termination and the new operator must submit a Notice of Intent. The NOT and NOI must be submitted no later than 10 days prior to the change in Operator status. ITCEQ_Central Registry Core Data Forme The Core Data Form has been incorporated into this form. Do not send a Core Data Form to TCEQ.After final acknowledgment of coverage under the general permit, the program will assign a Customer Number and Regulated Entity Number,if one has not already been assigned to this customer or site. For existing customers and sites, you can find the Customer Number and Regulated Entity Number by entering the following web address into your Internet browser http•//wwwl5 tceq.texas.gov/crpub/ or you can contact the TCEQ Stormwater Processing Center at 512-239-3700 for assistance. On the website, you can search by your permit number, the Regulated Entity(RN)number, or the Customer Number (CN). If you do not know these numbers, you can select "Advanced Search" to search by permittee name, site address, etc. The Customer (Permittee) is responsible for providing consistent information to the TCEQ, and for updating all CN and RN data for all authorizations as changes occur For this permit, a Notice of Change form must be submitted to the program area. TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 2 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 I'STRUC-TTONS FOR FILLING OUT THE NOI FORM - Renewal of General Permit. Dischargers holding active authorizations under the expired General Permit are required to submit a NOI to continue coverage. The existing permit number is required. If the permit number is not provided or has been terminated, expired, or denied, a new permit number will be issued. Section 1 OPERATOR(APPLICANT) _ _ a) Customer Number (CN) TCEQ's Central Registry will assign each customer a number that begins with CN, followed by nine digits. This is not a permit number, registration number, or license number If the applicant is an existing TCEQ customer, the Customer Number is available at the following website: http.//www15.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/ If the applicant is not an existing TCEQ customer, leave the space for CN blank. b) Legal Name of Applicant Provide the current legal name of the applicant. The name must be provided exactly as filed with the Texas Secretary of State (SOS), or on other legal documents forming the entity, as filed in the county You may contact the SOS at 512-463-5555, for more information related to filing in Texas. If filed in the county, provide a copy of the legal documents showing the legal name. c) Contact Information for the Applicant (Responsible Authority) Provide information for the person signing the application in the Certification section. This person is also referred to-as the Responsible Authority Provide a complete mailing address for receiving mail from the TCEQ The mailing address must be recognized by the US Postal Service.You may verify the address on the following website: https.//tools.usps.com/go/ZipLookupAction!input.action. The phone number should provide contact to the applicant. The fax number and e-mail address are optional and should correspond to the applicant. d) Type of Customer (Entity Type) Check only one box that identifies the type of entity Use the descriptions below to identify the appropriate entity type. Note that the selected entity type also indicates the name that must be provided as an applicant for an authorization. Individual An individual is a customer who has not established a business,but conducts an activity that needs to be regulated by the TCEQ. Partnership A customer that is established as a partnership as defined by the Texas Secretary of State Office (TX SOS) If the customer is a 'General Partnership' or `Joint Venture' filed in the county(not filed with TX SOS), the legal name of each partner forming the 'General Partnership' or 'Joint Venture' must be provided. Each 'legal entity' must apply as a co-applicant. TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 3 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Trust or Estate A trust and an estate are fiduciary relationships governing the trustee/executor with respect to the trust/estate property Sole Proprietorship (DBA) A sole proprietorship is a customer that is owned by only one person and has not been incorporated. This business may 1 be under the person's name 2 have its own name (doing business as or DBA) 3 have any number of employees. If the customer is a Sole Proprietorship or DBA, the 'legal name' of the individual business 'owner' must be provided. The DBA name is not recognized as the 'legal name' of the entity The DBA name may be used for the site name (regulated entity). Corporation A customer that meets all of these conditions. 1 is a legally incorporated entity under the laws of any state or country 2 is recognized as a corporation by the Texas Secretary of State 3 has proper operating authority to operate in Texas The corporation's 'legal name' as filed with the Texas Secretary of State must be provided as applicant. An'assumed' name of a corporation is not recognized as the 'legal name' of the entity Government Federal, state, county, or city government(as appropriate) The customer is either an agency of one of these levels of government or the governmental body itself. The government agency's 'legal name' must be provided as the applicant. A department name or other description of the organization is not recognized as the 'legal name' Other This may include a utility district, water district, tribal government, college district, council of governments, or river authority Provide the specific type of government. e) Independent Entity Check No if this customer is a subsidiary, part of a larger company, or is a governmental entity Otherwise, check Yes. f) Number of Employees Check one box to show the number of employees for this customer's entire company, at all locations. This is not necessarily the number of employees at the site named in the application. TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 4 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 g) Customer Business Tax and Filing Numbers These are required for Corporations and Limited Partnerships. These are not required for Individuals, Government, and Sole Proprietors. State Franchise Tax ID Number Corporations and limited liability companies that operate in Texas are issued a franchise tax identification number If this customer is a corporation or limited liability company, enter the Tax ID number Federal Tax ID All businesses, except for some small sole proprietors, individuals, or general partnerships should have a federal taxpayer identification number (TIN). Enter this number here. Use no prefixes, dashes, or hyphens. Sole proprietors, individuals, or general partnerships do not need to provide a federal tax ID TX SOS Charter (filing) Number Corporations and limited Partnerships required to register with the Texas Secretary of State are issued a charter or filing number You may obtain further information by calling SOS at 512-463-5555 DUNS Number Most businesses have a DUNS (Data Universal Numbering System)number issued by Dun and Bradstreet Corp If this customer has one, enter it here. Section 2. APPLICATION CONTACT Provide the name and contact information for the person that TCEQ can contact for additional information regarding this application. Section 3.REGULATED ENTITY(RE)INFORMATION ON PROJECT OR S[ a) Regulated Entity Number (RN) The RN is issued by TCEQ's Central Registry to sites where an activity is regulated by TCEQ This is not a permit number, registration number, or license number Search TCEQ's Central Registry to see if the site has an assigned RN at http.//wwwl5.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/ If this regulated entity has not been assigned an RN, leave this space blank. If the site of your business is part of a larger business site, an RN may already be assigned for the larger site.Use the RN assigned for the larger site. If the site is found, provide the assigned RN and provide the information for the site to be authorized through this application. The site information for this authorization may vary from the larger site information. An example is a chemical plant where a unit is owned or operated by a separate corporation that is accessible by the same physical address of your unit or facility Other examples include industrial parks identified by one common address but different corporations have control of defined areas within the site. In both cases, an RN would be assigned for the physical address location and the permitted sites would be identified separately under the same RN TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 5 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 b) Name of the Project or Site Provide the name of the site or project as known by the public in the area where the site is located. The name you provide on this application will be used in the TCEQ Central Registry as the Regulated Entity name. c) Description of Activity Regulated In your own words,briefly describe the primary business that you are doing that requires this authorization.Do not repeat the SIC Code description. d) County Provide the name of the county where the site or project is located. If the site or project is located in more than one county, provide the county names as secondary e) Latitude and Longitude Enter the latitude and longitude of the site in degrees,minutes, and seconds or decimal form. For help obtaining the latitude and longitude, go to: http.//www.tceq.texas.gov/ais/sgmaview.html. f) Site Address/Location If a site has an address that includes a street number and street name, enter the complete address for the site in Section A. If the physical address is not recognized as a USPS delivery address, you may need to validate the address with your local police (911 service) or through an online map site used to locate a site. Please confirm this to be a complete and valid address. Do not use a rural route or post office box for a site location. If a site does not have an address that includes a street number and street name, provide a complete written location description in Section B.For example: "The site is located on the north side of FM 123, 2 miles west of the intersection of FM 123 and Highway 1 " Provide the city(or nearest city) and zip code of the site location. Section 4. GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS _.. a) Indian Country Lands If your site is located on Indian Country Lands, the TCEQ does not have authority to process your application.You must obtain authorization through EPA Region 6, Dallas. Do not submit this form to TCEQ. b) Construction activity associated with facility associated with exploration, development, or production of oil, gas, or geothermal resources If your activity is associated with oil and gas exploration, development, or production, you may be under jurisdiction of the Railroad Commission of Texas (RRC) and may need to obtain authorization from EPA Region 6. Construction activities associated with a facility related to oil, gas or geothermal resources may include the construction of a well site; treatment or storage facility; underground hydrocarbon or natural gas storage facility; reclamation plant; gas processing facility; compressor station, terminal facility where crude oil is stored prior to refining and at which refined products are stored solely for use at the facility; a TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 6 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 carbon dioxide geologic storage facility; and a gathering, transmission, or distribution pipeline that will transport crude oil or natural gas, including natural gas liquids, prior to refining of such oil or the use of the natural gas in any manufacturing process or as a residential or industrial fuel. Where required by federal law, discharges of stormwater associated with construction activities under the RRC's jurisdiction must be authorized by the EPA and the RRC, as applicable. Activities under RRC jurisdiction include construction of a facility that, when completed,would be associated with the exploration, development, or production of oil or gas or geothermal resources, such as a well site; treatment or storage facility; underground hydrocarbon or_natural gas storage facility; reclamation plant; gas processing facility; compressor station, terminal facility where crude oil is stored prior to refining and at which refined products are stored solely for use at the facility; a carbon dioxide geologic storage facility under the jurisdiction of the RRC, and a gathering, transmission, or distribution pipeline that will transport crude oil or natural gas, including natural gas liquids, prior to refining of such oil or the use of the natural gas in any manufacturing process or as a residential or industrial fuel. The RRC also has jurisdiction over stormwater from land-disturbance associated with a site survey that is conducted prior to construction of a facility that would be regulated by the RRC. Under 33 U.S.C. §1342(1)(2) and §1362(24),EPA cannot require a permit for discharges of stormwater from field activities or operations associated with{oil and gas} exploration, production, processing, or treatment operations, or transmission facilities, including activities necessary to prepare a site for drilling and for the movement and placement of drilling equipment,whether or not such field activities or operations may be considered to be construction activities unless the discharge is contaminated by contact with any overburden,raw material, intermediate product, finished-product,byproducts orwaste-product 1-ocate-d onrthe-site of-the-facility-Under §3.8 of this title (relating to Water Protection), the RRC prohibits operators from causing or allowing pollution of surface or subsurface water Operators are encouraged to implement and maintain best management practices (BMPs) to minimize discharges of pollutants, including sediment, in stormwater during construction activities to help ensure protection of surface water quality during storm events. For more information about the jurisdictions of the RRC and-the TCEQ,read the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU)between the RRC and TCEQ at 16 Texas Administrative Code, Part 1, Chapter 3, Rule 3.30,by entering the following link into an internet browser http://texreg.sos.state.tx.us/public/readtac$ext.TacPage?s1=R&app=9&p_dir=&p_rloc= &p_tloc=&p_ploc=&pg=l&p_tac=&ti=16&pt=1&ch=3&r1=30 or contact the TCEQ Stormwater Team at 512-239-4671 for additional information. c) Primary Standard Industrial Classification(SIC) Code Provide the SIC Code that best describes the construction activity being conducted at this site. Common SIC Codes related to construction activities include: • 1521 - Construction of Single Family Homes • 1522 - Construction of Residential Buildings Other than Single Family Homes • 1541 - Construction of Industrial Buildings and Warehouses TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 7 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 • 1542 - Construction of Non-residential Buildings, other than Industrial Buildings and Warehouses • 1611 - Highway and Street Construction, except Highway Construction • 1622 - Bridge, Tunnel, and Elevated Highway Construction • 1623 -Water, Sewer, Pipeline and Communications, and Power Line Construction For help with SIC Codes, enter the following link into your Internet browser http.//www.osha.gov/p1s/nnis/sicsearch.htrnl or you can contact the TCEQ Small Business and Local Government Assistance Section at 800-447-2827 for assistance. d) Secondary SIC Code Secondary SIC Code(s) may be provided. Leave this blank if not applicable. For help with SIC Codes, enter the following link into your Internet browser http://www.os.ha.gov/pls/inns/sicsearch.html or you can contact the TCEQ Small Business and Environmental Assistance Section at 800-447-2827 for assistance. e) Total Number of Acres Disturbed Provide the approximate number of acres that the construction site will disturb Construction activities that disturb less than one acre, unless they are part of a larger common plan that disturbs more than one acre, do not require permit coverage. Construction activities that disturb between one and five acres,unless they are part of a common plan that disturbs more than five acres, do not require submission of an NOI. Therefore, the estimated area of land disturbed should not be less than five, unless the project is part of a larger common plan that disturbs five or more acres. Disturbed means any Bearing, grading, excavating, or other similar activities. If you have any questions about this item, please contact the stormwater technical staff by phone at 512-239-4671 or by email at swgp@tceq texas.gov f) Common Plan of Development Construction activities that disturb less than five acres do not require submission of an NOI unless they are part of a common plan of development or for sale where the area disturbed is five or more acres. Therefore, the estimated area of land disturbed should not be less than five, unless the project is part of a larger common plan that disturbs five or more acres. Disturbed means any clearing, grading, excavating, or other similar activities. For more information on what a common plan of development is, refer to the definition of"Common Plan of Development" in the Definitions section of the general permit or enter the following link into your Internet browser www.tceq.texas.gov/permitting/stormwater/common_plan_of_development_step s.html For further information, go to the TCEQ stormwater construction webpage enter the following link into your Internet browser www.tceq.texas.gov/goto/construction and search for "Additional Guidance and Quick Links" If you have any further questions about the Common Plan of Development you can contact the TCEQ Stormwater Team at 512-239-4671 or the TCEQ Small Business and Environmental Assistance at 800-447- 2827 TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 8 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 g) Estimated Start Date of the Project This is the date that any construction activity or construction support activity is initiated at the site. If renewing the permit provide the original start date of when construction activity for this project began. h) Estimated End Date of the Project This is the date that any construction activity or construction support activity will end and final stabilization will be achieved at the site. i) Will concrete truck washout be performed at the site? Indicate if you expect that operators of concrete trucks will washout concrete trucks at the construction site. j) Identify the water body(s)receiving stormwater runoff The stormwater may be discharged directly to a receiving stream or through a MS4 from your site. It eventually reaches a receiving water body such as a local stream or lake, possibly via a drainage ditch. You must provide the name of the water body that receives the discharge from the site (a local stream or lake) If your site has more than one outfall you need to include the name of the first water body for each outfall,if they are different. k) Identify the segment number(s) of the classified water body(s) Identify the classified segment number(s) receiving a discharge directly or indirectly Enter the following link into your internet browser to find the segment number of the classified water body where stormwater will flow from the site: www.tceq.texas.gov/waterqualityhnonitoring/viewer.html or by contacting the TCEQ Water Quality Division at (512) 239-4671 for assistance. You may also find the segment number in TCEQ publication GI-316 by entering the following link into your internet browser www.tceg.texas.gov/publications/gi/gi-316 or by contacting the TCEQ Water Quality Division at (512) 239-4671 for assistance. If the discharge is into an unclassified receiving water and then crosses state lines prior to entering a classified segment, select the appropriate watershed. • 0100 (Canadian River Basin) • 0200 (Red River Basin) • 0300 (Sulfur River Basin) • 0400 (Cypress Creek Basin) • 0500 (Sabine River Basin) Call the Water Quality Assessments section at 512-239-4671 for further assistance. 1) Discharge into MS4 -Identify the MS4 Operator The discharge may initially be into a municipal separate storm sewer system(MS4). If the stormwater discharge is into an MS4, provide the name of the entity that operates the MS4 where the stormwater discharges. An MS4 operator is often a city, town, county, or utility district,but possibly can be another form of government. Please note that the Construction General Permit requires the Operator to supply the MS4 with a TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 9 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 copy of the NOI submitted to TCEQ For assistance, you may call the technical staff at 512-239-4671 m) Discharges to the Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone and Certification The general permit requires the approved Contributing Zone Plan or Water Pollution Abatement Plan to be included or referenced as a part of the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. See maps on the TCEQ website to determine if the site is located within the Recharge Zone, Contributing Zone, or Contributing Zone within the Transition Zone of the Edwards Aquifer by entering the following link into an Internet browser www.tceq.texas.gov/field/eapp/viewer.html or by contacting the TCEQ Water Quality Division at 512-239-4671 for assistance. If the discharge or potential discharge is within the Recharge Zone, Contributing Zone, or Contributing Zone within the Transition Zone of the Edwards Aquifer, a site-specific authorization approved by the Executive Director under the Edwards Aquifer Protection Program(30 TAC Chapter 213)is required before construction can begin. For questions regarding the Edwards Aquifer Protection Program, contact the appropriate TCEQ Regional Office. For projects in Hays, Travis and Williamson Counties.Austin Regional Office, 12100 Park 35 Circle, Austin, TX 78753, 512-339- 2929 For Projects in Bexar, Comal, Kinney, Medina and Uvalde Counties. TCEQ San Antonio Regional Office, 14250 Judson Rd., San Antonio, TX 78233-4480, 210-490- 3096. ;Section 5 NOI CERIIMCATION Note: Failure to indicate Yes to all of the certification items may result in denial of coverage under the general permit. a) Certification of Understanding the Terms and Conditions of Construction General Permit (TXR150000) Provisional coverage under the Construction General Permit (TXR150000)begins 7 days after the completed paper NOI is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ. Electronic applications submitted through ePermits have immediate provisional coverage. You must obtain a copy and read the Construction General Permit before submitting your application. You may view and print the Construction General Permit for which you are seeking coverage at the TCEQ web site by entering the following link into an Internet browser www.tcefttexas.gov/goto/construction or you may contact the TCEQ Stormwater processing Center at 512-239-3700 for assistance. b) Certification of Legal Name The full legal name of the applicant as authorized to do business in Texas is required. The name must be provided exactly as filed with the Texas Secretary of State (SOS), or on other legal documents forming the entity, that is filed in the county where doing business.You may contact the SOS at 512-463 5555, for more information related to filing in Texas. c) Understanding of Notice of Termination A permittee shall terminate coverage under the Construction General Permit through the submittal of a NOT when the operator of the facility changes, final stabilization has TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 10 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 been reached, the discharge becomes authorized under an individual permit, or the construction activity never began at this site. d) Certification of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan The SWP3 identifies the areas and activities that could produce contaminated runoff at your site and then tells how you will ensure that this contamination is mitigated. For example, in describing your mitigation measures, your site's plan might identify the devices that collect and filter stormwater, tell how those devices are to be maintained, and tell how frequently that maintenance is to be carried out. You must develop this plan in accordance with the TCEQ general permit requirements. This plan must be developed and implemented before you complete this NOI. The SWP3 must be available for a TCEQ investigator to review on request. Section 6.APPLICANT CERTIFICATION SIGNATURE The certification must bear an original signature of a person meeting the signatory requirements specified under 30 Texas Administrative Code (TAC) §305 44. If you are a corporation: The regulation that controls who may sign an NOI or similar form is 30 Texas Administrative Code §305 44(a)(1) (see below) According to this code provision, any corporate representative may sign an NOI or similar form so long as the authority to sign such a document has been delegated to that person in accordance with corporate procedures. By signing the NOI or similar form, you are certifying that such authority has been delegated to you. The TCEQ may request documentation evidencing such authority If you are a municipality or other government entity. The regulation that controls who may sign an NOI or similar form is 30 Texas Administrative Code §305 44(a)(3) (see below). According to this code provision, only a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may sign an NOI or similar form. Persons such as the City Mayor or County Commissioner will be considered ranking elected officials. In order to identify the principal executive officer of your government entity, it may be beneficial to consult your city charter, county or city ordinances, or the Texas statute(s)under which your government entity was formed.An NOI or similar document that is signed by a government official who is not a ranking elected official or principal executive officer does not conform to §305 44(a)(3) The signatory requirement may not be delegated to a government representative other than those identified in the regulation. By signing the NOI or similar form, you are certifying that you are either a ranking elected official or principal executive officer as required by the administrative code. Documentation demonstrating your position as a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may be requested by the TCEQ. If you have any questions or need additional information concerning the signatory requirements discussed above, please contact the TCEQ's Environmental Law Division at 512-239-0600 TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 11 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 130 Texas Administrative Code _ _ ^ §305 44. Signatories to Applications (a)All applications shall be signed as follows. (1)For a corporation, the application shall be signed by a responsible corporate officer For purposes of this paragraph, a responsible corporate officer means a president, secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs similar policy or decision- making functions for the corporation, or the manager of one or more manufacturing, production, or operating facilities employing more than 250 persons or having gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding $25 million(in second-quarter 1980 dollars),if authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures. Corporate procedures governing authority to sign permit or post-closure order applications may provide for assignment or delegation to applicable corporate positions rather than to specific individuals. (2)For a partnership or sole proprietorship, the application shall be signed by a general partner or the proprietor, respectively (3) For a municipality, state, federal, or other public agency, the application shall be signed by either a principal executive officer or a ranking elected official. For purposes of this paragraph, a principal executive officer of a federal agency includes the chief executive officer of the agency, or a senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency(e.g., regional administrator of the EPA). TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 12 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Texas Commission on Environmental Quality General Permit Payment Submittal Form Use this form to submit your Application Fee only if you are mailing your payment. Instructions: • Complete items 1 through 5 below. • Staple your check in the space provided at the bottom of this document. • Do not mail this form with your NOI form. • Do not mail this form to the same address as your NOl. Mail this form and your check to either of the following: By Regular U.S.Mail By Overnight or Express Mail Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Financial Administration Division Financial Administration Division Cashier's Office, MC-214 Cashier's Office, MC-214 P O Box 13088 12100 Park 35 Circle Austin, TX 78711-3088 Austin;TX78753 Fee Code: GPA General Permit: TXR1S0000 1 Check or Money Order No. P 2 Amount of Check/Money Order mm Yv 3 Date of Check or Money Order , 4. Name on Check or Money Order 5 NOI Information. If the check is for more than one NOI,list each Project or Site (RE)Name and Physical Address exactly as provided on the NOI. Do not submit a copy of the NOI with this form, as it could cause duplicate permit application entries! If there is not enough space on the form to list all of the projects or sites the authorization will cover, then attach a list of the additional sites. Project/Site (RE)Name: — Project/Site (RE)Physical Address. Staple the check or money order to this form in this space. TCEQ-20134 (03/06/2018) Page 1 Texas Commission on Environmental Quality General Permit Payment Submittal Form Use this form to submit your Application Fee only if you are mailing your payment. • Complete items 1 through 5 below. • Staple your check in the space provided at the bottom of this document. • Do not mail this form with your NOI form. • Do not mail this form to the same address as your NOI. Mail this form and your check to: BY REGULAR U.S.MAIL BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL Texas Commission on Environmental Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Quality Financial Administration Division Financial Administration Division Cashier's Office,MC-214 Cashier's Office,MC-214 P 0 Box 13088 12100 Park 85 Circle Austin,TX 78711-3088 Austin,TX 78753 Fee Code: GPA General Permit: TXG920o00 1. Check/Money Order No: YY 2. Amount of Check/Money Order 3. Date of Check or Money Order 4. Name on Check or Money Order 5. NOI INFORMATION If the check is for more than one NOI,list each Project/Site(RE)Name and Physical Address exactly as provided on the NOI. DO NOT SUBMIT A COPY OF THE NOI WITH THIS FORM AS IT COULD CAUSE DUPLICATE PERMIT ENTRIES. See Attached List of Sites(If more space is needed,you may attach a list.) Project/Site(RE)Name: Project/Site(RE) Physical Address. YYuY Staple Check in This Space TCEQ-20134(04/13/2006) Page 1 TCEQ Office Use Only Permit No: RN: RN Region: `� Notice of Termination (NOT) for Authorizations under TCEQ TPDES General Permit TXR150000 IMPORTANT INFORMATION: Please read and use the General Information and Instructions prior to filling out each question in the form. Effective September 1, 2018, this paper form must be submitted to TCEQ with a completed electronic reporting waiver form(TCEQ 20754). ePermits: This form is available on our online permitting system. Sign up for online permitting at: https.//www3.tceq.texas.go\/steers/ What is the permit number to be terminated? TXR15 L TXRCW Section 1.1. OPERATOR (Permittee) a) What is the Customer Number(CN)issued to this entity? CN b) What is the Legal Name of the current permittee? c) Provide the contact information for the Operator(Responsible Authority). Prefix(Mr Ms. or Miss): _ First and Last Name:. =Suffix: Title: Credentials: Phone Number Fax Number _. Email. .. Mailing Address. City, State, and Zip Code: Country Mailing Information, if outside USA. m _ Section 2. APPLICATION CONTACT This is the person TCEQ will contact if additional information is needed regarding this application. Is the application contact the same as the permittee identified above? p, Yes, go to Section 3 0 No, complete section below TCEQ-20023 (03/09/2018) Page 1 Notice of Termination for TXR150000 Prefix(Mr Ms. or Miss):! 1 First and Last Name: Suffix: ; .l Title: r ; Credentials:; w 4 ~F 4 Phone Number r Fax Number Email. ' Mailing Address. ( _ _ City, State, and Zip Code: ? Country Mailing Information, if outside USA. .,.._ Section 3. REGULATED ENTITY (RE) INFORMATION ON PROJECT OR SITE a) TCEQ issued RE Reference Number(RN):RN b) Name of project or site as known by the local community c) County,or counties if more than 1 LI- vv,� d) Latitude: f Longitude: e) Site Address/Location: If the site has a physical address such as 12100 Park 35 Circle,Austin, TX 78753, complete Section 3A. If the site does not have a physical address,provide a location description in Section 3B. Example: located on the north side of FM 123, 2 miles west of the intersection of FM 123 and Highway 1 Section 3A.Physical Address of Project or Site: Street Number and Name:' City, State, and Zip Code: " Section 3B: Site Location Description: Location description: City where the site is located or,if not in a city,what is the nearest city I Zip Code where the site is located. ,, Section 4. REASON FOR TERMINATION Check the reason for termination. EI Final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that are the responsibility of the Operator and all silt fences and other temporary erosion controls have been removed, or scheduled for removal as defined in the SWP3 0 Another permitted Operator has assumed control over all areas of the site that have not been finally stabilized, and temporary erosion controls that have been identified in the SWP3 have been transferred to the new Operator TCEQ-20023 (03/09/2018) Page 2 Notice of Termination for TXR150000 0 The discharge is now authorized under an alternate TPDES permit. p The activity never began at this site that is regulated under the general permit. Section 5. CERTIFICATION Signatory Name: Signatory Title: I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information,the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief,true, accurate, and complete. I am aware there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. I further certify that I am authorized under 30 Texas Administrative Code §305 44 to sign and submit this document, and can provide documentation in proof of such authorization upon request. Signature (use blue ink): Date: TCEQ-20023 (03/09/2018) Page 3 Notice of Termination for TXR150000 Instructions for Notice of Termination (NOT) for Authorizations under TPDES General Permit TXR150000 GENERAL INFORMATION Where to Send the Notice of Termination(NOT): BY REGULAR U.S. MAIL.. BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Stormwater Processing Center (MC-228) Stormwater Processing Center(MC-228) P O Box 13087 12100 Park 35 Circle Austin,Texas 78711-3087 Austin,TX 78753 TCEQ Contact List: Application status and form questions: 512-239-3700, swperinit�tceq.texas.go\ Technical questions: 512-239-4671, swgpc.�tceq.texas.gov Environmental Law Division. 512-239-0600 Records Management- obtain copies of forms: 512-239-0900 Reports from databases(as available): 512-239-DATA(3282) Cashier's office: 512-239-0357 or 512-239-0187 Notice of Termination Process: A Notice of Termination is effective on the date postmarked for delivery to TCEQ. When your NOT is received by the program,the form will be processed as follows: 1) Administrative Review The form will be reviewed to confirm the following: • the permit number is provided, • the permit is active and has been approved, • the entity terminating the permit is the current permittee; • the site information matches the original permit record, and • the form has the required original signature with title and date. 2) Notice of Deficiency If an item is incomplete or not verifiable as indicated above, a phone call will be made to the applicant to clear the deficiency A letter will not be sent to the permittee if unable to process the form. 3) Confirmation of Termination. A Notice of Termination Confirmation letter will be mailed to the operator Chan:e in Operator: An authorization under the general permit is not transferable. If the operator of the regulated entity changes,the present permittee must submit a Notice of Termination and the new operator must submit a Notice of Intent. The NOT and NOI must be submitted not later than 10 days prior to the change in Operator status. INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING OUT THE FORM The majority of permit information related to the current operator and regulated entity are available at the following website:http://www2.tceq_texas.gov/wa_d��a/index.cfm. TCEQ-20023 (03/09/2018) Page 1 Instructions for Notice of Termination for TXR150000 Section 1. 0•erator (Current Permittee): a) Customer Number(CN) TCEQ's Central Registry assigns each customer a number that begins with CN, followed by nine digits. This is not a permit number, registration number, or license number The Customer Number, for the current permittee,is available at the following website: http://www2.tceq.texas.gov/wq_dpa/index.cfm. b) Legal Name of Operator The operator must be the same entity as previously submitted on the original Notice of Intent for the permit number provided. The current operator name, as provided on the current authorization, is available at the following website: htti .//www2.tceci.texas.gov/wq_dpa/index.cfin. c) Contact Information for the Operator (Responsible Authority) Provide information for person signing the NOT application in the Certification section. This person is also referred to as the Responsible Authority Provide a complete mailing address for receiving mail from the TCEQ Update the address if different than previously submitted for the Notice of Intent or Notice of Change. The mailing address must be recognized by the US Postal Service. You may verify the address on the following website:https://tools.usps.com/go/ZipLookupAction!inputaction. The phone number should provide contact to the operator The fax number and e-mail address are optional and should correspond to the operator Section 2. A •lication Contact: Provide the name, title and contact information of the person that TCEQ can contact for additional information regarding this application. Section 3. Re: ated Entity (RE) Information on Project or Site: a) Regulated Entity Reference Number(RN) A number issued by TCEQ's Central Registry to sites where an activity regulated by TCEQ. This is not a permit number,registration number, or license number The Regulated Entity Reference Number is available at the following website: http.//www2.tceq.texas.gov/wq_dpa/index.cfm. b) Name of the Project or Site Provide the name of the site as known by the public in the area where the site is located. c) County Identify the county or counties in which the regulated entity is located. d) Latitude and Longitude Enter the latitude and longitude of the site in degrees,minutes, and seconds or decimal form. The latitude and longitude as provided on the current authorization is available at the following website: http://www2.tceq.texas.gov/wq-dpa/index.cfm. e) Site/Project(RE)Physical Address/Location Information The physical address/location information, as provided on the current authorization, is available at the following website: http://www2.tceq.texas.gov/wq_dpa/index.cfm. TCEQ-20023 (03/09/2018) Page 2 Instructions for Notice of Termination for TXR150000 Section 3A.If a site has an address that includes a street number and street name, enter the complete address for the site. If the physical address is not recognized as a USPS delivery address,you may need to validate the address with your local police(911 service)or through an online map site used to locate the site. Please confirm this to be a complete and valid address. Do not use a rural route or post office box for a site location. Section 3B.If a site does not have an address that includes a street number and street name, provide a complete written location description.For example: "The site is located on the north side of FM 123, 2 miles west of the intersection of FM 123 and Highway 1 " Provide the city(or nearest city) and Zip Code of the facility location. Section 4. Reason for Termination: The Notice of Termination form is only for use to terminate the authorization(permit). The Permittee must indicate the specific reason for terminating by checking one of the options. If the reason is not listed then provide an attachment that explains the reason for termination. Please read your general permit carefully to determine when to terminate your permit. Permits will not be reactivated after submitting a termination form. The termination is effective on the date postmarked for delivery to TCEQ. Section 5. Certification: The certification must bear an original signature of a person meeting the signatory requirements specified under 30 Texas Administrative Code §305 44. IF YOUAREA CORPORATION.• The regulation that controls who may sign an application form is 30 Texas Administrative Code §305 44(a),which is provided below According to this code provision, any corporate representative may sign an NOI or similar form so long as the authority to sign such a document has been delegated to that person in accordance with corporate procedures. By signing the NOI or similar form,you are certifying that such authority has been delegated to you. The TCEQ may request documentation evidencing such authority IF YOU AREA MUNICIPALITY OR OTHER GOVERNMENT ENTITY The regulation that controls who may sign an NOI or similar form is 30 Texas Administrative Code §305 44(a),which is provided below According to this code provision, only a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may sign an NOI or similar form. Persons such as the City Mayor or County Commissioner will be considered ranking elected officials. In order to identify the principal executive officer of your government entity,it may be beneficial to consult your city charter, county or city ordinances,or the Texas statutes under which your government entity was formed.An NOI or similar document that is signed by a government official who is not a ranking elected official or principal executive officer does not conform to §305 44(a)(3). The signatory requirement may not be delegated to a government representative other than those identified in the regulation.By signing the NOI or similar form,you are certifying that you are either a ranking elected official or principal executive officer as required by the administrative code. Documentation demonstrating your position as a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may be requested by the TCEQ If you have any questions or need additional information concerning the signatory requirements discussed above,please contact the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality's Environmental Law Division at 512-239-0600. TCEQ-20023 (03/09/2018) Page 3 Instructions for Notice of Termination for TXR150000 30 Texas Administrative Code§305.44. Signatories to Applications (a) All applications shall be signed as follows. (1) For a corporation,the application shall be signed by a responsible corporate officer For purposes of this paragraph,a responsible corporate officer means a president, secretary,treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs similar policy or decision-making functions for the corporation;or the manager of one or more manufacturing,production,or operating facilities employing more than 250 persons or having gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding$25 million(in second-quarter 1980 dollars),if authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures. Corporate procedures governing authority to sign permit or post-closure order applications may provide for assignment or delegation to applicable corporate positions rather than to specific individuals. (2) For a partnership or sole proprietorship,_the applicationshall_be signed_by a general partner or the proprietor,respectively (3) For a municipality,state,federal, or other public agency, the application shall be signed by either a principal executive officer or a ranking elected official. For purposes of this paragraph,a principal executive officer of a federal agency includes the chief executive officer of the agency, or a senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency(e.g.,regional administrator of the EPA). TCEQ 20023 (03/09/2018) Page 4 Instructions for Notice of Termination for TXR150000 r IMP iiiiP LARGE CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE FOR THE Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) Stormwater Program TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000 "PRIMARY OPERATOR"NOTICE This notice applies to construction sites operating under Part II.E.3 of the TPDES General Permit Number TXR150000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from construction sites equal to or greater than five acres, including the larger common plan of development. The information on this notice is required in Part III.D.2. of the general permit. Additional information regarding the TCEQ stormwater permit program may be found on the internet at: http.//www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq construction.html Site-Specific TPDES Authorization Number Operator Name. Contact Name and Phone Number Project Description. Physical address or description of the site's location, and estimated start date and projected end date, or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized. Location of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. NNW "'WMMN ilia. %Milli IMF, Mil MO NM III __ Iffli. LARGE CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE FOR THE Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) Stormwater Program TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000 "SECONDARY OPERA TOR "NOTICE This notice applies to secondary operators of construction sites operating under Part II.E.3 of the TPDES General Permit Number TXR150000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from construction sites equal to or greater than five acres, including the larger common plan of development. The information on this notice is required in Part lII.D.2. of the general permit. Additional information regarding the TCEQ stormwater permit program may be found on the internet at: http.//www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq construction.html Site-Specific TPDES Authorization Number ill Operator Name. Contact Name and Phone Number Project Description. Physical address or description of the site's location, and estimated start date and projected end date, or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized. Location of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan(SWP3) For Large Construction Activities Authorized Under Part II.E.3 (Obtaining Authorization to Discharge) the following certification must be completed. I (Typed or Printed Name Person Completing This Certification)certify under penalty of law that I have read and understand the eligibility requirements for claiming an authorization under Part II.E.3 of TPDES General Permit TXR150000 and agree to comply with the terms of this permit. A stormwater pollution prevention plan has been developed and will be implemented prior to construction, according to permit requirements. A copy of this signed notice is supplied to the operator of the MS4 if discharges enter an MS4 I am aware there are significant penalties for providing false information or for conducting unauthorized discharges,including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Signature and Title Date Date Notice Removed 411 MS4 operator notified per Part II.F.3 mew NEM SMALL CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE FOR THE Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) Stormwater Program TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000 The following information is posted in compliance with Part II.E.2. of the TCEQ General Permit Number TXR150000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from small construction sites. Additional information regarding the TCEQ stormwater permit program may be found on the Internet at: http.//www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq construction.html 11 Operator Name. Contact Name and Phone Number roject Description. Physical address or description of the site's location, estimated start date and projected end date, or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized Location of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. For Small Construction Activities Authonzed Under Part II.E.2. (Obtaining Authorization to Discharge) the following certification must be completed. I (Typed or Printed Name Person Completing This Certification)certify under penalty of law that I have read and understand the eligibility requirements for claiming an authorization under Part II.E.2. of TPDES General Permit TXR150000 and agree to comply with the terms of this permit. A stormwater pollution prevention plan has been developed and will be implemented prior to construction, according to permit requirements. A copy of this signed notice is supplied to the operator of the MS4 if discharges enter an MS4 I am aware there are significant penalties for providing false information or for conducting unauthorized discharges,including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Signature and Title Date Date Notice Removed MS4 operator notified per Part II.F.3 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION Section 01566 SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Descriptions of measures and practices, in response to TPDES General Permit TXR 150000, which shall be used on the Work to eliminate or significantly minimize pollutants in discharges into Surface Water in the State by controlling erosion and sediments at their source. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01550—Stabilized Construction Exit 2. Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal 3 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls C Definitions 1 Potential Water Pollutant- any substance that could potentially alter the physical, thermal,chemical, or biological quality of the Surface Water in the State, rendenng the water harmful, detrimental, or injurious to humans, animal life, vegetation, or property, or to public health, safety or welfare, or impairs the usefulness or the public enjoyment of the water for any lawful or reasonable purpose. 1.02 MEAUSREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Plans and this Technical Specification. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C The Contractor shall install, maintain, and inspect erosion and sediment control measures and practices that operate effectively and as specified in the Plans and in this or other Technical Specifications. 07/2006 01566- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION D Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of the limits of construction or dedicated rights-of-way and easements. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately by the Contractor E The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting, storing,hauling, and disposing of spoil, silt, waste materials, and contaminated material resulting from erosion and sediment control measures as specified in this or other Technical Specifications and in compliance with applicable federal, state, and local rules and regulations. 3.02 EXPOSED SOIL A When soil is exposed as a result of clearing,grading,excavating,stockpiling,or other soil disturbing activities, the Contractor shall implement measures to effectively control erosion and prevent the escape of sediments from the Project Site. B Control measures may include the following practices. 1 Preserve existing vegetation to the extent possible. 2. Construct drainage swales,berms, or sediment basins. 3 Maintain grades to minimize the velocity of sheet flow over disturbed areas and promote evaporation and infiltration of storm water directly into the ground. 4 Install filter fabric fences or bamers, sediment traps, seepage basins, gabions, or storm drain inlet protection devices. 5 Utilize vegetative buffer strips, mulching, or riprap C When the placement of topsoil,bank sand, or other soil material is specified, after an area has been brought to grade and immediately pnor to placement, loosen the subgrade discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 2 inches to permit bonding to the subsoil. D When all soil disturbing activities have been completed, establish a perennial vegetative cover on all areas that are not paved, covered by permanent structures, or otherwise permanently stabilized. 3.03 DUST CONTROL A Implement control measures to minimize dust creation and movement on construction sites and roads and to prevent airborne sediment from reaching receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems, to reduce on-site and off-site damage, to prevent health hazards, and to improve traffic safety B Control blowing dust by using one or more of the following measures 1 Mulches bound with chemical binders. 2. Temporary vegetative cover 3 Tillage to roughen surface and bring clods to the surface. 4 Irrigation by water sprinkling. 07/2006 01566-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 5 Barriers using solid board fences,burlap fences, crate walls,bales of hay, or similar materials. C Implement dust control measures immediately whenever dust can be observed blowing on the Project Site. 3.04 DEMOLITION AREAS A Demolition activities which create large amounts of dust with significant concentrations of heavy metals or other potential water pollutants shall use methods described in this Section,3 03"Dust Control",to limit transport of airborne pollutants. However, water or slurry used to control dust contaminated with heavy metals or potential water pollutants shall be retained on the Project Site and shall not be allowed to run directly into watercourses or storm water conveyance systems by the appropriate use of control measures described in this Section. Methods of ultimate disposal of these materials shall be carried out in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal health and safety regulations. 3.05 SEDIMENT TRACKING A Minimize off-site tracking of sediments and the generation of dust by construction vehicles, keeping the streets clean or construction debris and mud, by implementing one or more of the following control measures. 1 Restrict all ingress and egress-to-stabilized construction exits. 2. Stabilize areas used for staging, parking, storage or disposal. 3 Stabilize on-site vehicle transportation routes. 4 Remove mud and other debris, washing if necessary, from vehicles prior to entrance onto public roadways from the Project Site. 5 Maintain grade to minimize the occurrence of mud on the Project Site. B Construct stabilized construction areas under the provisions of Section 01550 — Stabilized Construction Exists. C In addition to Stabilized Construction Exits shovel or sweep the pavement to the extent necessary to keep the street clean. Water-hosing or sweeping of debris and mud off of the street into adjacent areas is not allowed. 3.06 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR A Control equipment maintenance and repair so that oils,gasoline,grease,solvents,and other potential water pollutants cannot be washed directly into receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems. B Control measures may include the following practices. 1 Confine maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment to areas specifically designated for that purpose. 2. Provide these areas with adequate waste disposal receptacles for liquid as well as solid waste. 07/2006 01566-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 3 Clean and inspect maintenance and repair areas daily 4 Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate. 5 Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area. 6. Place plastic matting, packed clay, tar paper, or other impervious material to prevent contamination of soil in the area. 7 Isolate areas of contaminated soil or other materials to facilitate proper removal and disposal. C Where effective control measures are not feasible,equipment shall be taken off-site for maintenance and repair 3.07 WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL A Conduct operations in conformance with the plan provided in Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal and utilize such control measures,described in this Section,as may be necessary to eliminate or significantly reduce the discharge of possible water pollutants from the Project Site as a result of waste collection and disposal. B Keep receptacles and waste collection areas neat and orderly to the extent possible. Waste shall not be allowed to overflow its container or accumulate from day-to-day Locate trash collection points where they will least likely be affected by concentrated storm water runoff 3.08 WASHING AREAS A Vehicles such as concrete delivery trucks or dump trucks and other construction equipment shall not be washed at locations where the runoff will flow directly into a watercourse or storm water conveyance system. Preventative measures may include the following practices. 1 Designate special areas for washing vehicles. 2. Locate these areas where the wash water will spread out and evaporate or infiltrate directly into the ground, or where the runoff can be collected in a temporary holding or seepage basin. 3 Beneath wash areas construct a gravel or rock base to minimize mud production. B Construct washing areas under the provisions of Section 01550 — Stabilized Construction Exists. 3.09 STORAGE AND USAGE OF POTENTIAL WATER POLLUTANTS A Store and use potential water pollutants such as pesticides,fertilizers,distillate fuels, lubricants, solvents, cements, paints, acids, caustics, and other toxic substances in accordance with manufacturers' guidelines, Material Safety Data Sheets, and with local, state, and federal regulations. 07/2006 01566-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION B Isolate these substances in areas where they are to be stored,opened or used such that they will not cause pollution of runoff from the Project Site. Preventative measures may include the following practices 1 Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate. 2. Store containers on raised platforms. 3 Place plastic matting,packed clay, tar paper, or other impervious material to prevent contamination of soil in the area. 4 Provide protective cover or weather proof enclosure. 5 Minimize accidental spillage. 6. Keep containers tightly closed. 7 Periodically inspect containers for leakage. 8 Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area. 9 Provide berms, filter fabric fences or barriers, or sediment basins. 10 Designate washing areas for containers and other items that have come in contact with potential water pollutants. C Avoid overuse of substances such as pesticides and fertilizers which could produce contaminated runoff. 3.10 SANITARY FACILITIES A Provide the Project Site with adequate portable toilets for workers in accordance with Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls,and applicable health regulations. B Control areas where sanitary facilities are located so that sewage or chemicals will not be washed directly into receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems by using one or more of the following measures. 1 Inspect the facilities daily 2. Service the facilities as often as necessary to maintain cleanliness and prevent overflows. 3 Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate 4 Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area END OF SECTION 07/2006 01566-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM Section 01570 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Trench safety system for the construction of trench excavations. B Trench safety system for excavation of utilities, excavation of structures, and embankment which fall under provisions of federal, state, or local excavation safety laws. C. References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals D Referenced Standards. 1 Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA) E. Definitions 1 Trench. A narrow excavation(in relation to its depth)made below the surface of the ground. In general,the depth is greater than the width,but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet. 2. Trench safety system requirements apply to larger open excavations if the erection of structures or other installations limits the space between the excavation slope and the installation to dimensions equivalent to a trench as defined. 3 Trench safety systems include both Protective Systems and Shonng Systems but are not limited to sloping, sheeting,trench boxes or trench shields, slide rail systems, sheet piling, cribbing,bracing, shoring, dewatering or diversion of water to provide adequate drainage. 5/2013 01570- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM a. Protective System. A method of protecting employees from cave-ins, from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an excavation, or from the collapse of an adjacent structure. b. Shoring System. A structure, which supports the sides of an excavation, to prevent cave-ins,maintain stable soil conditions, or to prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements. c. Special Shoring: A shonng system meeting Special Shonng Requirements for locations identified on the Plans. 4 Competent Person- one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary,hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authonzation to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for trench safety systems used on utility excavations is on a linear foot basis,measured along the centerline of the trench. Payment for trench safety systems includes payment for manholes and other line structures. B Unless indicated in as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for shoring systems under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for trench safety systems. C If shown on the Plans and included in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as a separate Bid Item, Measurement and Payment for Special Shoring system installation for trench excavation is on a square foot basis,measured and completed in place. D Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench safety systems used on structural excavations under this Section. Include cost for trench safety system used on structural excavations in applicable structure installation. E. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench safety systems used on roadway excavation or embankment under this Section. Include cost in applicable Sections. F Refer to Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit a safety plan specifically for the construction of trench excavation, excavation of utilities, excavation of structures, and embankment which fall under provisions of 5/2013 01570-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM federal, state, or local excavation safety laws. Design the Trench Safety Plan to be in accordance with OSHA Standards - 29CFR governing the presence and activities of individuals working in and around trench excavations, and in accordance with any Special Shoring requirements at locations shown on the Plans. Include in the plan, submittal of the contact information for the Competent Person. C Have Shop Drawings for trench safety systems sealed, as required by OSHA, by a Professional Engineer, licensed by the State of Texas, retained and paid by the Contractor 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with the provision of Excavations,Trenching,and Shoring,OSHA Standards-29 CFR,Part 1926,Subpart P, as amended,including Final Rule,published m the Federal Register Vol.54,No.209 on Tuesday, October 31, 1989 The sections that are incorporated into these Technical Specifications, by reference, include Standard 1926 650—652. B A reproduction of the OSHA Standards — 29 CFR included in Subpart P — "Excavations"from the Federal Register Vol. 54,No.209 is available upon request to Contractors bidding on the Work. The Owner assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the reproduction. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining a copy of this section of the Federal Register C Include in the Trench Safety Program measures that establish compliance with the standard interpretation of the General Duty Clause,Section 5.(a)(1),of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970—20 USC 654 which states, "Employers must shore or otherwise protect employees who walk/work at the base of an embankment from possible collapse." D Legislation that has been enacted by the State of Texas with regard to Trench Safety Systems is hereby incorporated, by reference, into these specifications. Under Texas Statutes, refer to Chapter 756 of the Health and Safety Code, SUBCHAPTER C TRENCH SAFETY E. Reference materials, if developed for this Work,will be issued by the Engineer along with the Bid Documents, including the following: 1 Geotechnical information obtained for use in design of the trench safety system. 2. Special Shoring Requirements. 1.05 INDEMNIFICATION A. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its employees, and agents, from any and all damages, costs(including,without limitation,legal fees, court costs, and the cost of investigation),judgments or claims by anyone for injury or death of 5/2013 01570-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM persons resulting from the collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this Contract. B Contractor acknowledges and agrees that this indemnity provision provides indemnity for the Owner in case the Owner is negligent either by act or omission in providing for trench safety, including, but not limited to safety program and design reviews, inspections, failures to issue stop work orders, and the hinng of the Contractor C Review of the safety program by the Engineer will only be in regard to compliance with the Contract Documents and will not constitute approval by the Engineer nor relieve Contractor of obligations under state and federal trench safety laws. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with provisions of OSHA Standards—29 CFR. B Specially designed trench safety systems shall be installed in accordance with the Contractor's trench excavation safety program for the locations and conditions identified in the program. C Install Special Shoring at the locations shown on the Plans. D Obtain verification from a Competent Person, defined in this Section and as identified in the Contractor's Trench Safety Program, that trench boxes and other pre- manufactured systems are certified for the actual installation conditions. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Conduct daily inspections by Contractor or Contractor's independently retained consultant, of the trench safety systems to ensure that the installed systems and operations meet OSHA Standards—29 CFR and other personnel protection regulations requirements. B If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent, immediately stop work in the trench and move personnel to safe locations until necessary precautions have been taken to safeguard personnel. C. Maintain a permanent record of daily inspections. 5/2013 01570-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify specific applicability of the selected or specially designed trench safety systems to each field condition encountered on the Work. END OF SECTION 5/2013 01570-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS Section 01580 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Project identification sign description. B Installation. C. Maintenance and removal. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for design, fabrication, installation, and maintenance of prof ect identification signs under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in the pay item for Section 01505 -Mobilization. B If changes to project identification signs are requested by the City Engineer to keep them current,payment will be made by change order C Skid-mounted signs shall be relocated as directed by the City Engineer at no additional cost to-the City Post-mounted signs shall be relocated once, if directed in writing by the City Engineer, at no additional cost to the City If a post-mounted sign is relocated more than once at the written direction of the City Engineer, payment will be made by change order 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Sign Construction. Project identification signs shall be constructed of new materials and painted new for the project. Construct post-mounted signs as shown on Construction Sign Details. B Appearance Project identification signs shall be maintained to present a clean and neat look throughout the project duration. C Sign Manufacturer/Maker Experienced as a professional sign company D Sign Placement: Place signs at locations as directed by the City Engineer The City Engineer will provide sign placement instructions at the Pre-construction Meeting. 1 A linear project is one involving paving, overlay, sewer lines, storm drainage, or water mains that run in the right-of-way over a distance. A 10/2014 01580-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS linear project requires a project identification sign at each end of the construction site. 2. Single Site or Building Projects. Provide one project identification sign. 3 Multiple Sites. Provide one project identification sign at each site. 4 Sign Relocation. As work progresses at each site, it may be necessary to move and relocate project identification signs. Relocate signs as directed in writing by the City Engineer E. Alternate Skid-mounted Sign Construction. Post-mounted signs are preferred,but skid-mounted signs are allowed, especially for projects with noncontiguous locations where work progresses from one location to another The skid structure shall be designed so that the sign will withstand a 60-mile-per-hour wind load directly to the face or back of the sign. Use stakes, straps, or ballast. Approval of the use of skid-mounted signs shall not release the Contractor from responsibility of maintaining a project identification sign on the project site and shall not make the City responsible for the security of such signs. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures. B Show content, layout, lettering style, lettering size, and colors. Make sign and lettering to scale, clearly indicating condensed lettering, if used. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGN MATERIALS A. Structure and Framing: All sign materials shall be new 1 Sign Posts. Use 4-inch by 4-inch treated wood posts, sized to fix top of sign at 6 FEET ABOVE GROUND 2. Sign Supports and Skid Bracing: 2-inch by 4-inch wood framing material. 3 Skid Members. 2-inch by 6-inch wood framing matenal. 4 Fasteners a. Use galvanized steel fasteners. b. Use 3/8-inch by 5-1/2-inch button head carriage bolts to attach sign to posts. Secure with nuts and flat head washers at locations as recommended by Sign Manufacturer c. Cover button heads with white reflective film or paint to match sign background B Sign and Sign Header Use medium density overlaid marine plywood, minimum 1/2-inch thick. Use full-size 4-foot by 8-foot sheets for sign and a single piece for header to minimize joints, do not piece wood to fabricate a sign face. C Paint and Primers. White paint used to prime surfaces and to resist weathering shall be an industrial grade,fast-drying,oil-based paint with gloss finish. Paint structural 10/2014 01580-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS and framing members white on all sides and edges to resist weathenng. Paint sign and sign header matenal white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint all sign surfaces with this weather-protective paint prior to adding any sign paint or adhesive applications. D Colors. Follow criteria established by attached Exhibit 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install project identification signs within 10 calendar days after Date of Commencement. B Erect signs where designated by the City Engineer at the Pre-construction Meeting or as described in part 1 03 of this Section. Position the sign in such a manner as to be fully visible and readable to the general public. C. Erect sign level and plumb. D If mounted on posts, sink posts a minimum of 30 inches below grade in 10-inch diameter posthole. Stabilize posts with sharp sand or concrete to minimize lateral motion. Leave a minimum of 8 feet of post above existing grade for mounting of the sign and header E. Erect sign so that the top edge of the sign, is no higher than 6 feet above existing grade. 3.02 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL A. Keep signs and supports clean. Repair deterioration and damage. B Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations to a depth of 2 feet upon completion of Project. Restore the area to a condition equal to or better than before construction. END OF SECTION 10/2014 01580-3 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN EXHIBIT m First •_ _.__. Iua„pressson. .roT`PiMIMAmoY. rrxxAra Pleg� �t ni PROJECT NAME LOCATED HERE :- ' �, PROJECT. ul PROJECT NO. 12345678 Capital Improvement CITY OF PEARLAND Signage Layout CAPITAL PROJECT PROJECT SCHEDULE:MONTH/YEAR AO S Various MAYOR:TOM REID BUDGET: $DOLLAR AMOUNT q,,,,s„., l COUNCILPOSMON1:TONYCARBONE ENGINEER/ARCHITECT: Peadand,Texas toutat yos nott SCOTT SHARMAN on�6. October 2014 COUNCIL POSITION 3:OARYMOORE 1 NAME GOES HERE FILENAME. MAYOR PRO TEMI AKIN ORDENEAUM capital improvement O ❑ COUNOLPOSWON As GREO Mkt CONTRACTOR: UN bianklempiate I , October 2014 p, CITY MANAMA. CLAYPEARSON_OT ; CONTRACTOR NAME GOES HERE ,- •�.>erE::•I�I�S �I>�FroNsr� DEPUTY Y MANAGER:JON ERANSON , NNT ESIrnT6EIIEMPEEAUSINIIFD Ass TcaYMAESAOER:TRENT PRAWN peariandtx.gov/departments!engineering-capital-projects/projects RA, EISFEEDFRI RIRE. Mm-m->a 1 WE4$?LMGFIMMIIS .ICR FbCM FERINCEIalam lu7EDMIC IM SPECIAL NOTE.CONTACT CITY SECRETARY FOR CURRENT COUNCIL NAMES 1 tlslur„ONSetraEEESOtAc I SINGLE SIDE MOO MARINE GRADE PLYWOOD FINISHED WITH ALKYD ENAMEL GLOSS WHITE ! I3C NTTTOPRO ELECTRICAL SERVICE EL£CTNICAL SEtiYICE9 TO rtU:SIGN COMPUTER CUT VINYL AND DIGITAL PRINT 5 YEAR LIFE MINIMUM MATERIALS u u sson EmnsasrEGF Eo. INSTALL ON TWO 4"X4"TREATED POSTS,MIN.DEPTH IS 24",OR SKID MOUNTED AS SITE REQ'D. 1 CLIENT APPROVAL i 1 10/2014 01580-4 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT Section 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of matenals and equipment. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this work is a component. 1.03 PRODUCTS A Products. Means material,equipment,or systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation,fabrication,conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for reuse. B Do not reuse matenals and equipment,designated to be removed,except as specified by the Contract Documents. C Provide equipment and components from the fewest number of manufacturers as is practical, in order to simplify spare parts inventory and to allow for maximum interchangeability of components. For multiple components of the same size,type or application, use the same make and model of component throughout the Work. 1.04 TRANSPORTATION A Make arrangements for transportation, delivery, and handling of equipment and materials required for timely completion of the Work. B Transport and handle products in accordance with instructions. C Consign and address shipping documents to the proper party giving name of Project, street number, and City Shipments shall be delivered to the Contractor 1.05 DELIVERY A Arrange deliveries of products to accommodate the Construction Schedule and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. Avoid deliveries that cause lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage space. 07/2006 01600- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT B Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the Project Site and to accommodate the following: 1 Work of other contractors or the Owner 2. Limitations of storage space. 3 Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products. 4 Owner's use of premises. C Have products delivered to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. D Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure: 1 Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Quantities are correct. 3 Containers and packages are intact; labels are legible. 4 Products are properly protected and undamaged. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A Coordinate the off-loading of materials and equipment delivered to the Project Site. If necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction, Contractor shall relocate materials and equipment at no additional cost to the Owner B Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those provided by the Owner, by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging. C Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent breaking scraping, marring, or otherwise damaging products or surrounding areas. D Handle products by methods to prevent over bending or overstressing. E Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. F Handle materials and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. G Do not drop, roll, or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable materials handling equipment. 1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIAL A Store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Technical Specifications. Control storage of potential water pollutants in conformance with Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. B Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. Place loose soil materials,and materials to be incorporated into the Work to prevent damage to any part of the Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of the Work and to utility service company installations in the vicinity of the Work. 07/2006 01600-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT C Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. D Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. E Restrict storage to areas available on the construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Plans or approved by the Project Manager F Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate. G Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises. Damage to lawns,sidewalks,streets or other improvements shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Project Manager H Protect stored materials and equipment against loss or damage. I Store materials in manufacturers'unopened containers. J Materials delivered and stored along the line of the Work shall be not closer than 3 feet to any fire hydrant. Public and private drives and street crossings shall be kept open. K The total length which materials may be distributed along the route of construction at any one time is 1000 lineal feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Project Manager 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01600-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Section 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Options for making product or process selections. B Procedures for proposing equivalent construction products or processes,including pre- approved, and approved products or processes C References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01350—Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and-related-Sections under the provisions of Section 01350—Submittals. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A Product: Means,materials,equipment,or systems incorporated into the Work.Product does not include machinery and equipment used for production,fabrication,conveying, and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for re-use. B Process Any proprietary system or method for installing system components resulting in an integral, functioning part of the Work. For this Section, the word Product includes Processes. 1.04 SELECTION OPTIONS A Pre-approved Products. Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers are designated in the Technical Specifications as"pre-approved" Products of other manufacturers or suppliers will not be acceptable under this Contract and will not be considered under the submittal process for approving alternate products. B Approved Products Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal" Approval of alternate products not listed in the Technical Specifications may be obtained through provisions of this Section and Section 01350—Submittals. The procedure for approval of alternate products is not applicable to Pre-approved Products C Product Compatibility. To the maximum extent possible,provide products that are of the same type or function from a single manufacturer, make, or source. Where more than one choice is available as a Contractor's option, select a product which is compatible with other products already selected, specified, or in use by the Owner 07/2006 01630- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A Furnish information the Engineer deems necessary to judge equivalency of the alternate product. B Pay for laboratory testing as well as any other review or examination cost needed to establish the equivalency between products which enables the Engineer to make such a judgment. C If the Engineer determines that an alternate product is not equivalent to that named in the Technical Specifications,the Contractor shall furnish one of the specified products. 1.06 ENGINEER'S REVIEW A Alternate products may be used only if approved in writing by the Engineer The Engineer's determination regarding acceptance of a proposed alternate product is final. B Alternate products will be accepted if the product is judged by the Engineer to be equivalent to the specified product or to offer substantial benefit to the Owner C The Owner retains the right to accept any product deemed advantageous to the Owner, and similarly, to reject any product deemed not beneficial to the Owner 1.07 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE A Collect and assemble technical information applicable to the proposed product to aid in determining equivalency as related to the Approved Product specified. B Submit a written request for a product to be considered as an alternate product along with the product information within fourteen(14)days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. C After the submittal period has expired, requests for alternate products will be considered only when a specified product becomes unavailable because of conditions beyond the Contractor's control. D Submit 5 copies of each request for alternate product approval. Include the following information. 1 Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 2. For products. a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b Manufacturer's literature with product description, performance and test data, and reference standards. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and date of installation. Include the name of the Owner, Architect/Engineer, and installing contractor .- 07/2006 01630-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 3 For construction methods a. Detailed description of proposed method. b Shop Drawings illustrating methods. 4 Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified. 5 Data relating to changes in Construction Schedule 6 Relationship to separate contracts, if any 7 Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. 8 Other information requested by the Engineer E Approved alternate products will be subject to the same review process as the specified product would have been for Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01630-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING Section 01720 FIELD SURVEYING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for surveyors and surveys. B Procedures pertaining to survey control points and reference points. C References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL A Conform to State of Texas laws for surveys requiring licensed surveyors. Employ a land surveyor acceptable to Engineer 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit to Engineer the name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work. C Submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work on request. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. B Submit Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. 1.06 EXAMINATION A Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting Work. B Notify Engineer immediately of any discrepancies discovered. 07/2006 01720- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING 1.07 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A Control datum for survey is that established by Owner-provided survey and indicated on Plans. B Locate and protect survey control points,including property corners,prior to starting site work. Use caution to preserve permanent reference points dunng construction. C The Contractor shall not reset; nor cause to be reset, lost, disturbed, or damaged, control points. Promptly notify Engineer of disturbance or damage to any control point(s) D Notify Engineer 48 hours in advance of need for relocation of reference points due to changes in grades or other reasons. E Report promptly to Engineer the loss or destruction of any reference point. F Any re-staking of control points lost,disturbed,or damaged by Contractor's operations will be provided by Owner at Contractor's expense. G Employ a Registered Public Land Surveyor to reset any missing,disturbed,or damaged monumentation. 1.08 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. B Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on Project Site, referenced to established control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. C Establish and record in survey notes elevations,lines and levels to provide quantities required for Measurement and Payment and to provide appropriate controls for the Work. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropnate means. 1 Site improvements including pavements, stakes for grading; fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2. Gnd or axis for structures. 3 Mounumented Baseline. D Verify periodically layouts by same means. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01720-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND STARTING SYSTEMS Section 01750 STARTING SYSTEMS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Starting systems. B Demonstration and instructions. C Testing, adjusting, and balancing. D References to Technical specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01430—Contractor's Quality Control 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Contractor shall conduct all start-up operations under this Contract in conformance with Section 01430—Contractor's Quality Control. B Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. C Notify Engineer 7 days prior to startup of each item. D Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may cause damage. E Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with - those required by the equipment or system manufacturer 07/2006 01750- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND STARTING SYSTEMS F Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. G Execute start-up under Contractor's supervision in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. H When specified in individual specification sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect,check and approve equipment or system installation prior to and during start-up,and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. 3.02 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to Owner two weeks minimum prior to date of Substantial Completion. B Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with Owner in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. C Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed-upon times, at equipment location. D Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 3.03 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING A Contractor shall start, test, adjust, balance, and provide reports on all installed equipment as provided for in this section. B Owner may also appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform testing, adjusting, and balancing. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Owner indicating observations and results of the tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with specified requirements and with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C Owner's employment of an independent firm shall not relieve the Contractor's responsibility under this section. END OF SECTION 07/2006 01750-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01760 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Maintenance and Submittal of Record Documents and Samples. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01770—Contract Closeout 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350—Submittals. 1.04 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A Maintain one copy of Record Documents at the Project Site in accordance with Section 00700— General Conditions of Agreement, 3 02 "Keeping Plans and Specifications Accessible" B Store Record Documents and Samples in field office if a field office is required by Contract Documents, or in a secure location. Provide files,racks, and secure storage for Record Documents and Samples. C Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large,printed letters. D Maintain Record Documents in a clean,dry,and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. E Keep Record Documents and Samples available for inspection by Engineer 1.05 RECORDING A Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. B Plans, Change Orders, and Shop Drawings. Legibly mark each item to record all actual construction, or "as built" conditions, including: . 1 Measured horizontal locations and elevations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 07/2006 01760- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2. Elevations of underground utilities referenced to bench marks utilized for the Work. 3 Field changes of dimension and detail. 4 Changes made by modifications. 5 Details not on original Plans. 6 References to related Shop Drawings and Modifications. C Record information with a red pen or pencil on a set of drawings indicated as the Record Document Set,provided by Engineer 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION A Deliver Record Documents and Samples to Owner in accordance with Section 01770— Contract Closeout. END OF SECTION 07/2006 01760-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Section 01770 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Closeout procedures including final submittals such as operation and maintenance data, warranties, and spare parts and maintenance materials. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A Comply with Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement regarding Final Completion and Final Payment when Work is complete and ready for Engineer's final inspection. B Provide Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. C Complete or correct items on punch list,with no new items added. Any new items will be addressed during warranty period. D The Owner will occupy portions of the Work as specified in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. E Contractor shall request Final Inspection at least two weeks prior to Final Acceptance. 1.05 FINAL CLEANING A Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B Clean debris from drainage systems. C Clean Project Site, sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. 09/2009 01770- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT D Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities from the Project Site following the final test of utilities and completion of the Work. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A Submit Operations and Maintenance data under provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.07 WARRANTIES A Provide one original of each warranty from Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Manufacturers. B Provide Table of Contents and assemble warranties in 3-nng/D binder with durable plastic cover C Submit warranties prior to Final Application for Payment. 1 Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 1 09 "Substantially Completed" 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION Contractor shall diligently pursue completion of the items and activities contained in the Contract Close Out and Project Record Document sections of the project manual. Notwithstanding any performance of warranty work,the work of Contract Closeout shall be complete within thirty (30) days of the date of Final Completion and Acceptance of the work. END OF SECTION 09/2009 01770-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION Section 02200 SITE PREPARATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Removal of topsoil, stripping and stockpiling, clearing and grubbing. B Removal and disposal of waste materials, excess materials, debris and trash. C Removal of obstructions. D Excavation and fill. E Salvaging of designated item. F References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 5 Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill and Embankment Material 6 Section 02330—Embankment 7 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises G Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this-Work is a component. B If Site Preparation is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit embankment material sources and product quality information in accordance this Section. 1/2018 02200- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 1.04 TESTING A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment, backfill, back-dressing, and embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 —Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. A Clear Project Site of trees,shrubs,and other vegetation,except for those designated by Owner to be left standing. B Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees designated to remain. C Completely remove stumps,roots,and other debris protruding through ground surface. 1 On areas required for roadway, channel, or structural excavation, remove stumps, 2" diameter or larger limbs and roots,to depth of 2 feet below lower elevation of excavation. 2 On areas required for embankment construction, remove 2" diameter limbs, stumps and roots to depth of 2 feet below ground surface 3 Trees and stumps may be cut off as close to natural ground as practicable on areas which are to be covered by at least 3 feet of embankment D Fill depressions caused by cleanng and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material,unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. 1 Place fill material in honzontal layers not exceeding 6 inches loose depth,and thoroughly compact to density equal to adjacent original ground. E Complete operations by bulldozing,blading,and grading so that prepared area is free of holes,unplanned ditches, abrupt changes in elevations and irregular contours,and preserve drainage of area. 1 Blade entire area to prevent ponding of water and to provide drainage,except in areas to be immediately excavated 1/2018 02200-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 3.02 TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING A Obtain approval of topsoil quality before excavating and stockpiling. B Excavate topsoil for esplanades and areas to receive grass or landscaping from areas to be further excavated. C Topsoil Stripping: 1 Remove growths of grass from areas before stripping. 2 Topsoil is defined as surface soil found of depth of not less than 4 inches. 3 Strip topsoil to depths encountered. 4 Perform stripping in a manner to prevent intermingling of topsoil with underlying sterile subsoil and remove objectionable materials,including clay lumps, stones over 2 in. in diameter,weeds,roots, leaves, and debris. 5 Where trees are designated by Owner to be left standing,stop topsoil stripping at extreme limits of tree drip line to prevent damage to main root system. D Topsoil Stockpiling: 1 Stockpile in areas designated on Plans. 2. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water 3 Cover storage piles, if required to prevent wind-blown dust. 4 Stockpile topsoil to depth not exceeding 8 feet. Stockpile in a manner to prevent erosion. 3.03 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL A Undercut, remove, and replace material which Engineer designates as unsuitable for subsequent construction. B Material used to replace unsuitable material shall be suitable material from site excavation or as indicated on Plans. 3.04 EXCAVATION AND FILL A Construction surveying shall be performed by qualified personnel under the direction of the contractor Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy and correctness of this work. In the event that the work consists of significant alteration of the topographic features of natural grade, contractor shall perform enough topographic survey to substantiate existing pre-construction elevations. No claim shall be made for additional excavation or grade adjustment in excess of quantities contained in the contract documents without demonstrable evidence that such conditions existed prior to start of the work B Depressed site areas shall be filled using material from high areas, insofar as practicable 1/2018 02200-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION C When fill obtained from high areas is exhausted, fill to indicated rough grade elevations under roadways with"Structural Fill"and open areas not under structures or roadways with"General Fill", or as indicated on Plans. D Place and compact fill in accordance with Section 02330—Embankment. 3.05 SALVAGEABLE ITEMS AND MATERIAL A Items designated by Engineer to be salvaged are to be carefully removed,so as to cause no damage to the salvaged items and delivered to Owner's storage yard. 3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. END OF SECTION 1/2018 02200-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION Section 02220 SITE DEMOLITION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Demolishing and removing existing pavements, structures, equipment and materials only to the extent as indicated on the Plans. B Removing concrete paving, asphaltic concrete pavement, and base courses. C Removing concrete curbs, concrete curb and gutters, sidewalks and driveways. D Removing pipe culverts and sewers. E Removing miscellaneous structures of wood,plastics, metals, concrete, masonry, or combination of concrete and masonry, etc. F Disposing of demolished matenals and equipment. G References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Control 4 Section 01100—Summary of Work 5 Section 01730—Cutting and Patching 6 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises 7 Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for removing and disposing of existing pavement and structures under this Section. Include cost for removing and disposing of existing pavement and structures in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If indicated as a Bid Item,measurement will be as follows 1 Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete base and surfacing,and removing asphaltic surfacing,is on a square yard basis measured between lips of gutters. 2. Measurement for removing and disposing of cement stabilized shell base course,with or without asphalt surfacing, is on a square yard basis. 3 Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete base and surfacing with curbs,is on a square yard basis measured from back to back of curbs. Payment includes removal of all base,asphaltic surfacing,concrete pavement,esplanade curbs, curb and gutters, and paving headers. 07/2006 02220- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION 4 Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete pavement is on a square yard basis measured from back to back of curbs. 5 Measurement for removing and disposing of monolithic curb and gutter, removing monolithic concrete curb,and removing concrete curb,is on a lineal foot basis measured along the face of the curb. 6 Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete sidewalk and driveway is on a square yard basis. 7 Measurement for removing and disposing of miscellaneous concrete and masonry removal is on a cubic yard basis of the structure in place. 8 Measurement for removing and disposing of pipe culverts and sewers is on a lineal foot basis for each diameter of type of pipe removed. 9 Measurement for removing and disposing of unlisted materials shall be on the lump sum basis. C No payment will be made for work outside maximum payment limits indicated on Plans, or in areas removed for Contractor's convenience. D Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit proposed methods, equipment, materials and sequence of operations for demolition. Describe coordination for shutting off,capping,and removing temporary utilities. Plan operations to minimize temporary disruption of utilities to existing facilities or adjacent property C Submit proposed demolition and removal schedule for approval. Notify Engineer in writing at least 48 hours before starting demolition. D Submit an approved copy of demolition schedule to Engineer prior to commencement of demolition operations. E Obtain a permit for building demolition, as required. 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. B The Contractor shall be responsible for safety and integrity of adjacent structures and shall be liable for any damage due to movement or settlement. Provide proper framing and shoring necessary for support. Cease operations if an adjacent structure appears to be endangered. Resume demolition only after proper protective measures have been taken. 07/2006 02220-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION 1.05 OWNERSHIP OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT A Materials and equipment designated for reuse or salvage are listed in Section 01100— Summary of Work. Protect items designated for reuse or salvage from damage during demolition,handling and storage. Restore damaged items to satisfactory condition. B Materials and equipment not designated for reuse or salvage become the property of the Contractor 1.06 STORAGE AND HANDLING A Store and protect materials and equipment designated for reuse until time of installation. B Deliver and unload items to be salvaged to storage areas indicated on Plans. C Remove equipment and materials not designated for reuse or salvage and all waste and debris resulting from demolition from site. Remove material as work progresses to avoid clutter 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FOR DEMOLITION A Use equipment and materials approved as prescribed m this Section, 1 03"Submittals' B Use of a"drop hammer"must have the Engineer's prior approval. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Prior to demolition, make an inspection with Engineer to determine the condition of existing structures and features adjacent to items designated for demolition. B Engineer will mark or list existing equipment to remain the property of the Owner C Do not proceed with demolition or removal operations until after the joint inspection and subsequent authorization by Engineer D Stop demolition and notify Engineer if underground fuel storage tanks, asbestos, PCB's, contaminated soils, or other hazardous materials are encountered. 3.02 UTILITY SERVICES A Follow rules and regulations of authorities or companies having jurisdiction over communications,pipelines, and electrical distribution services. B Notify and coordinate with utility company and adjacent building occupants when temporary interruption of utility service is necessary 07/2006 02220-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION C When required by the Work, cutting, patching, and fitting of Work to existing facilities,accommodating installation or connection of Work with existing facilities,or uncovering Work for access, inspection, or testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 01730—Cutting and Patching 3.03 MECHANICAL WORK ITEMS A Mechanical removals consist of dismantling and removing existing piping, pumps, motors,water tanks,equipment and other appurtenances. It includes cutting,capping, and plugging required to restore use of existing utilities. B Remove existing process,water, chemical,gas, fuel oil and other piping not required for new work. Take out piping to the limits shown or to a point where it will not interfere with the new work. Piping not indicated to be removed or which does not interfere with new work shall be removed to the nearest solid support,capped,and the remainder left in place Purge chemical and fuel lines and tanks. Venfy that such lines are safe prior to removal or capping. C Where piping that is to be removed passes through existing walls,cut and cap piping on each side of the wall. Use cap appropriate for pipe material to be capped. Provide fire-rated sealant for walls classified as fire-rated. D When underground piping, which is not located in the public right-of-way, is to be altered or removed,cap the remaining piping. Abandoned underground piping maybe left in place unless it interferes with new-work-or is shown or specified to be removed. Piping less than 15 inches in diameter may be plugged and abandoned in place. For piping 15 inches in diameter and greater to be abandoned,fill with sand,pressure grout or other approved method and plug with concrete or brick masonry bulkhead. E Remove waste and vent piping to points shown. Plug pipe and cleanouts and plugs. Where vent stacks pass through an existing roof that is to remam,remove the stack and patch the hole in the roof,making it watertight. Comply with requirements of existing roof installer so as to maintain roof warranty F Conform to applicable codes when making any changes to plumbing and heating systems. 3.04 ELECTRICAL WORK ITEMS A Electrical removals consist of disconnecting and removing existing switchgear, distribution switchboards,control panels,bus duct,conduits and wires,panel boards, lighting fixtures, and miscellaneous electrical equipment. B Remove existing electrical equipment and fixtures to prevent damage to allow continued operation of existing systems and to maintain the integrity of the grounding systems. 07/2006 02220-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION C Remove poles and metering equipment, if designated for removal on the Plans. Coordinate electrical removals with the power company, as necessary Venfy that power is properly de-energized and disconnected. D Where shown or otherwise required, remove wiring in underground duct systems. Verify function of wiring before disconnecting and removing. Plug ducts which are not to be reused at entry to buildings. E Changes to electrical systems shall conform to applicable codes. 3.05 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. B Remove from the site all items contained in or upon the structure not designated for reuse or salvage in accordance with this Section and Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal. C Follow method of disposal as required by regulatory agencies. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02220-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND Section 02252 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Cement stabilized sand for backfill and bedding. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Materials 3 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services C Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 558, "Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density (Unit Weight)Relations of Soil-Cement Mixtures" b ASTM D 1632, "Practice for Making and Curing Soil-Cement Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Laboratory" c. ASTM D 1633, "Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Molded Soil-Cement Cylinders" d. ASTM C 150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement" e. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" f. ASTM D 2487, "Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)" g. ASTM C 142, "Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates" h. ASTM C 123, "Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in Aggregate" i. ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete" j ASTM C 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" k. ASTM C 94, "Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete" 1. ASTM C 31,"Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as an Extra Item, no separate payment will be made for cement stabilized sand under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for applicable utility or structure installation. B If use of cement stabilized sand is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as an Extra Item,measurement will be on a per ton basis. A conversion between volumes calculated based on theoretical limits and total weight will be made based on a ratio of 1 64 tons per cubic yard. 02/2009 02252- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit material qualification and design mix tests to include• 1 Three series of tests of sand or fine aggregate material from the proposed source. Tests shall mclude procedures defined in this Section, 2.01 "Materials" 2. Three moisture-density relationship tests prepared using the matenal qualified by the tests in this Section, 1 03B 1 Blends of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and bank run sand shall be tested at the ratio to be used for the design mix testing. 3 Design mix report to meet the specifications of this Section, 1 04 "Design Requirements" The design mix shall include compressive strength tests after 48-hours and 7 days curing. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A Design sand-cement mixture to produce a mmimum unconfined compressive strength of 100 pounds per square inch in 48 hours when compacted to a minimum 95 percent in accordance with ASTM D 558 and when cured in accordance with ASTM D 1632, and tested in accordance with ASTM D 1633 Mix shall contain a minimum of 1-1/2 sacks of cement per cubic yard. Compact mix with a moisture content on the dry side of optimum. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Cement shall be Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C 150 B Sand shall be clean, durable, and meet grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C 33 and the following requirements. 1 Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of ASTM D 2487 2. Deleterious material content: a. Clay lumps shall comprise less than 0.5 percent by ASTM C 142. b Lightweight pieces shall comprise less than 5 0 percent by ASTM C 123 c. Organic impurities shall produce color no darker than the standard color by ASTM C 40 ASTM. 3 Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318. C Fine aggregate,manufactured from crushed concrete meeting the quality requirements for crushed rock material in Section 02255 - Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials, may be used as a complete or partial substitute for Bank Sand. The blending ratio of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and Bank Sand shall be defined in the mix design report. 02/2009 02252-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND D Water shall be potable,free of oils,acids,alkalies,organic matter,or other deleterious substances,meeting requirements of ASTM C 94 2.02 MIXING MATERIALS A Thoroughly mix sand, cement and water in proportions of the mix design using a pugmill-type mixer The plant shall be equipped with automatic weight controls to ensure correct mix proportions. B Stamp batch ticket at plant with time of loading directly after mixing. Material not placed and compacted within 4 hours after mixing shall be rejected. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A Place sand-cement mixture in 8-inch-thick loose lifts and compact to a minimum of 95 percent of ASTM D 558, unless otherwise specified on Plans. The moisture content during compaction shall be on the dry side of optimum but sufficient for hydration. Perform and complete compaction of sand-cement mixture within 4 hours after addition of water to mix at the plant. B Do not place or compact sand-cement mixture in standing or free water 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B Mixing plant inspections will be performed periodically Material samples will be obtained and tested in accordance with this Section, 2 01 "Materials", if there is evidence of change in material characteristic. C One sample of cement stabilized sand shall be obtained for each 150 tons of material placed per day with no less than one sample per day of production.Random samples of delivered cement stabilized sand shall be taken in the field at point of delivery in accordance with ASTM 3665 Obtain three individual samples of approximately 12 to 15 lb each from the first,middle, and last third of the truck and composite them into one sample for test purpose. D Prepare and mold four specimens (for each sample obtained) in accordance with ASTM D558,Method A,without adjusting moisture content.Samples will be molded at approximately same time material is being used,but no later than 4 hours after water is added to mix. E After molding,specimens will be removed from molds and cured in accordance with ASTM D 1632. 02/2009 02252-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND F Specimens will be tested for compressive strength in accordance with ASTM D 1633, Method A. Two specimens will be tested at 48 hours plus or minus 2 hours and two specimens will be tested at 7 days plus or minus 4 hours. G A strength test will be average of strengths of two specimens molded from same sample of material and tested at same age. Average daily strength will be average of strengths of all specimens molded during one day's production and tested at same age. H Precision and Bias. Test results shall meet recommended guideline for precision in ASTM D 1633 Section 9 I Reporting: Test reports shall contain, as a minimum,the following information. 1 Supplier and plant number 2. Time material was batched 3 Time material was sampled 4 Test age(exact hours) 5 Average 48-hour strength 6 Average 7-day strength 7 Specification section number 8 Indication of compliance/non-compliance 9 Mixture identification 10 Truck and ticket numbers 11 The time of molding 12. Moisture content at time of molding 13 Required-strength 14 Test method designations 15 Compressive strength data as required by ASTM D 1633 16 Supplier mixture identification 17 Specimen diameter and height, in. 18 Specimen cross-sectional area, sq in. J The cement content will be checked on samples obtained in the field whenever there are apparent changes in the mix properties. 3.03 ACCEPTANCE A Strength level of material will be considered satisfactory if: 1 The average 48-hour strength is greater than 100 psi with no individual strength test below 70 psi. 2. All 7-day individual strength tests(average of two specimens)are greater than or equal to100 psi. B Material will be considered deficient when 7-day individual strength test(average of two specimens) is less than 100 psi but greater than 70 psi. See Paragraph 3 04 Adjustment for Deficient Strength. C The matenal will be considered unacceptable and subject to removal and replacement at Contractors expense when individual strength test(average of two specimens)has 7-day strength less than 70 psi 02/2009 02252-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND D When moving average of three daily 48-hour averages falls below 100 psi,discontinue shipment to project until plant is capable of producing material,which exceeds 100 psi at 48 hours. Five 48-hour strength tests shall be made in this determination with no individual strength tests less than 100 psi. E Testing laboratory shall notify Contractor,Project Manager,and material supplier by facsimile of tests indicating results falling below specified strength requirements within 24 hours. F If any strength test of laboratory cured specimens falls below the specified strength, Contractor may, at his own expense, request test of cores drilled from the area in question in accordance with ASTM C42. In such cases,three(3)cores shall be taken for each strength test that falls below the values given in 3 03.A. G Cement stabilized sand in an area represented by core tests shall be considered satisfactory if the average of three(3)cores is equal to at least 100 psi and if no single core is less that 70 psi.Additional testing of cores extracted from locations represented by erratic core strength results will be permitted. 3.04 ADJUSTMENT FOR DEFICIENT STRENGTH A When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength greater than or equal to 100 psi, then material will be considered satisfactory and bid price will be paid in full. B When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength less than 100 psi and greater than or equal to 70 psi,material shall be accepted contingent on credit in payment Compute credit by the following formula. Credit per Cubic Yard=$30.00 x 2 (100 psi -Actual psi) 100 C When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength less than 70 pounds per square inch,then remove and replace cement-sand mixture and paving and other necessary work at no cost to City END OF SECTION 02/2009 02252-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS Section 02255 BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A A reference source for materials used as embedment, backfill, back-dressing, and embankment,specified elsewhere in the Technical Specifications,and their associated material qualification testing requirements. B Source qualifications and handling of these materials. C Material use and application is specified on the Plans or in individual Technical Specifications referencing materials either by Material Classification or by Product Description. D References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete 2. Section 02910—Topsoil 3 Section 02252—Cement Stabilized Sand E Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 2487, "Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)" b ASTM C 142, "Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates" c. ASTM C 123, "Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in Aggregate" d. ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete" e. ASTM C 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" f ASTM D 1140, "Standard Test Methods for Amount of Material in Soils Finer the No 200 (70-urn) Sieve" g. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" h. ASTM C 136, "Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates" i. ASTM C 131, "Standard Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine" 07/2007 02255- 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A Materials shall be classified for the purpose of quality control in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification Symbols as defined in ASTM D 2487 1 Class I. Well-graded gravels and sands, gravel-sand mixtures, crushed well- graded rock, little or no fines (GW, SW) a. Plasticity index. non-plastic. b Gradation. D6o/D10- greater than 4 percent; amount passing No 200 sieve-less than or equal to 5 percent. 2. Class II. Poorly graded gravels and sands, silty gravels and sands, little to moderate fines a. Plasticity index. non-plastic to 4 b Gradations. Gradation (GP, SP) amount passing No. 200 sieve - less than 5 percent. Gradation(GM,SM) amount passing No 200 sieve-between 12 percent and 50 percent. c Borderline gradations with dual classifications(e.g., SP-SM) amount passing No. 200 sieve-between 5 percent and 12 percent. 3 Class III. Clayey gravels and sands, poorly graded mixtures of gravel, sand, silt, and clay(GC, SC, and dual classifications, e.g., SP-SC) a. Plasticity index. greater than 7 b Gradation. amount passing No 200 sieve-between 12 percent and 50 percent. 4 Class WA. Lean clays (CL) a. Plasticity Indexes. Plasticity index. greater than 7, and above A line. Borderline plasticity with dual classifications (CL-ML) PI between 4 and 7 b Liquid limit: less than 50 c. Gradation. amount passing No 200 sieve- greater than 50 percent. d. Inorganic. 5 Class IVB Fat clays (CH) a. Plasticity index. above A line. b Liquid limit: 50 or greater c. Gradation. amount passing No 200 sieve- greater than 50 percent. d. Inorganic. B Use soils with dual class designation according to ASTM D 2487, and which are not defined above, according to the more restrictive class. 2.02 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS A Unsuitable Material. Unsuitable soil materials are the following: 07/2007 02255-2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 1 Materials that are classified as ML,CL-ML,MH,PT,OH and OL according to ASTM D 2487 2. Materials that cannot be compacted to the required density due to either gradation, plasticity, or moisture content. 3 Materials that contain large clods, aggregates, stones greater than 3 inches in any dimension, debris, vegetation, waste or any other deleterious materials. 4 Materials that are contaminated with hydrocarbons or other chemical contaminants. B Suitable Material. Soil materials meeting specification requirements. Unsuitable soils meeting specification requirements for suitable soils after treatment with,for example, lime or cement shall be considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated. C General Fill. Material that is free of stones greater than 3 inches,free of roots,waste, debris,trash,organic material,unstable material,non-soil matter,hydrocarbon or other contamination, confoiiiung to the following limits for deleterious matenals. 1 Clay lumps. Less than 0.5 percent for Class I, and less than 2.0 percent for Class II, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142. 2. Lightweight pieces. Less than 5 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 123 3 Organic impurities No color darker than standard color when tested in accordance with ASTM C 40 D Random Fill. Soils defined by ASTM D 2487 as Class I,II,III, IV, or fat clay(CH), sand,gravel,or a combination,from excavation or borrow,which can be compacted to form stable embankments, and conforming to 1 Liquid Limit: 65 maximum, ASTM-D4318 2. Plasticity Index. 0 minimum, 45 maximum, ASTM -D4318. 3 Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable matenal. 4 Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. E Structural Fill. Soils defined by ASTM D 2487 as Class I,II,III,or IV,sand,gravel,or a combination, from excavation or borrow, which can be compacted to form stable embankments and fills conforming to 1 Liquid Limit: 45 maximum, ASTM D 4318. 2. Plasticity Index. 12 minimum, 20 maximum, ASTM D 4318 3 Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material. 4 Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. F Select Fill. Class III clayey gravel or sand or Class IV lean clay or clayey soils treated with lime or cement, and conforming to 07/2007 02255-3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 1 Plasticity Index. 7 minimum, 20 maximum, ASTM D 4318 2. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or penshable material. 3 Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. G Concrete Fill. Conform to requirements for Class B concrete as specified in Section 03300- Cast-in-Place Concrete. H Topsoil. Conform to requirements specified in Section 02910 -Topsoil. Bank Sand. Durable Bank Sand classified as SP, SW, or SM by the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D 2487) meeting the following requirements 1 Less than 15 percent passing the number 200 sieve when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1140 The amount of clay lumps or balls not exceeding 2 percent. 2. Material passing the number 40 sieve shall meet the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318 a. Liquid limit: not exceeding 25 percent. b Plasticity index. not exceeding 7 J Cement Stabilized Sand. Conform to requirements of Section 02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand. K Concrete Sand. Natural sand, manufactured sand, or a combination of natural and manufactured sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136 SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 3/8" 100 No 4 95 to 100 No 8 80 to 100 No 16 50 to 85 No. 30 25 to 60 No. 50 10 to 30 No 100 2 to 10 L Gem Sand. Sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 for course aggregates specified for number 8 size and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136 SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 3/8" 95 to 100 No 4 60 to 80 No 8 15 to 40 07/2007 02255-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS M Pea Gravel. Durable particles composed of small, smooth,rounded stones or pebbles and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136 SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 1/2" 100 3/8" 85 to 100 No. 4 10 to 30 No. 8 0 to 10 No 16 Oto 5 N Crushed Aggregates. Crushed aggregates consist of durable particles obtained from an approved source and meeting the following requirements. 1 Materials of one product delivered for the same construction activity from a single source. 2. Non-plastic fines. 3 Los Angeles Abrasion Test wear not exceeding 45 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131 4 Crushed aggregate shall have a minimum of 90 percent of the particles retained on the No 4 sieve with 2 or more crushed faces as determined by TxDOT Tex- 460-A, Part I. 5 Crushed stone. Produced from oversize plant processed stone or gravel,sized by crushing to predominantly angular particles from a naturally occurring - single source. Uncrushed gravel are not acceptable materials for embedment where crushed stone is shown on the applicable utility embedment drawing details. 6 Crushed Concrete: Crushed concrete is an acceptable substitute for crushed stone as utility backfill. Gradation and quality control test requirements are the same as crushed stone. Provide crushed concrete produced from normal weight concrete of uniform quality; containing particles of aggregate and cement material,free from other substances such as asphalt,reinforcing steel fragments, soil, waste gypsum (calcium sulfate), or debris. 7 Gradations, as determined in accordance with TxDOT Tex-110-E. PERCENT PASSING BY WEIGHT FOR PIPE SIEVE EMBEDMENT BY RANGES OF NOMINAL PIPES SIZES >15" 15" -8" <8" 1" 95 - 100 100 - 3/4" 60- 90 90— 100 100 1/2" 25 - 60 - 90— 100 3/8" - 20—55 40- 70 No 4 0 - 5 0- 10 0 - 15 Nob - 0- 5 0 - 5 07/2007 02255-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SOURCE QUALIFICATIONS FOR BORROW MATERIAL A Use of material encountered in excavations is acceptable, provided applicable requirements are satisfied. If excavation material is not acceptable,provide from other approved source. B Identify off-site sources for materials at least 14 days ahead of intended use so that the Engineer may obtain samples for verification testing. C Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started. If sources previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products,furnish materials from other approved sources. Materials may be subjected to inspection or additional venfication testing after delivery Materials which do not meet the requirements will be rejected. Do not use material which,after approval,has become unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by contamination. Once a matenal is approved by the Engineer, a Change Order is required to change to a different material. D Bank sand, select fill, and random fill, if available in the project excavation, may be obtained by selective excavation and acceptance testing. Obtain additional quantities of these materials and other materials required to complete the Work from off-site sources. E The Owner does not represent or guarantee that any soil found in the excavation work will be suitable and acceptable as backfill material. 3.02 MATERIAL HANDLING A When material is obtained from either a commercial or non-commercial borrow pit, open the pit to expose the vertical faces of the various strata for identification and selection of approved material to be used. Excavate the selected matenal by vertical cuts extending through the exposed strata to achieve uniformity in the product. B Establish temporary stockpile locations for practical material handling and control,and venfication testing by the Engineer in advance of final placement. Obtain approval from landowner for storage of backfill material on adjacent private property C When stockpiling material near the Project Site,use appropriate methods to eliminate blowing of materials into adjacent areas and prevent runoff containing sediments from entering the drainage system. D Place material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to prevent slides or cave-ins. Do not place stockpiles of excavated materials on public streets. 07/2007 02255-6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS E Place stockpiles in layers to avoid segregation of processed materials. Load material by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile. END OF SECTION t 07/2007 02255-7 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR DETENTION PONDS Section 02315 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR DETENTION PONDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation of materials for detention ponds. B Placement of fill within the project limit. C. References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01760—Project Record Documents 4 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 5 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 6 Section 01532—Waste Material Disposal 7 Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill and Embankment Material 8. Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems 9 Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 10 Section 01720—Field Surveying 11 Section 02220—Site Demolition 12. Section 02200—Site Preparation 13 Section 02330—Embankment 14 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises D Referenced Standards 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" b. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" c. ASTM 1556,"Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method" d. ASTM 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" e. ASTM 2922, "Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 2. Occupation Safety and Health Administration(OSHA) 3 Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT) 1/2018 02315 Page 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR DETENTION PONDS a. Tex-101-E,Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing. b. Tex-110-E,Particle Size Analysis of Soils. E. Definitions. 1 Final Survey—the survey completed after the detention pond excavation is complete, all on site fill material has been placed, all excess fill material has been hauled off site, final grades have been completed. This survey shall be completed prior to the placement of any concrete,topsoil or installation of Bio-swales. 2. Initial Survey — the survey completed after site preparation has been completed and prior to any excavation. 3 Over-Excavation— excavation of unsatisfactory soils in the bottom and or side slopes of the detention pond as identified by the material testing lab during excavation. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and payment for detention pond excavation fill placement and excess material disposal shall be on a cubic yard basis and paid for in a single pay item. 1 Payment will be made monthly based on estimated quantities up to 90% of the total bid quantity included in section 00300 — Bid Proposal. No additional payment will be made until submittal and approval of the final survey Survey shall-be-in-accordance-with Section 01720 Field-Surveying. 2. The Engineer shall calculate the final pay item quantity using the Initial and Final Surveys. Payment will be based on the calculated volume of material excavated from the pond. No separate payment is made for fill material placed either inside or outside the project boundaries Contractor shall not be paid for excavation quantities below the grades or outside of the limits of established bank as shown on the plans.The Engineers calculated quantities shall be final. B Measurement and Payment for Over-Excavation and Backfill of Unsuitable Materials shall be on a cubic yard basis. All Over-Excavation must be approved by the Engineer prior to work being done, in order to be paid. Quantities to be over excavated shall be agreed to by the Contractor and Owners Representative on a daily basis. C. Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1/2018 02315 Page 2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR DETENTION PONDS B Initial Survey, Signed and Sealed by a Texas Licensed Land Surveyor on a maximum grid of 25' A hard copy and electronic file capable of creating a digital terrain model shall be submitted. C Final Survey,Signed and Sealed by a Texas Licensed Land Surveyor on a maximum grid of 25' A hard copy and electronic file capable of creating a digital terrain model shall be submitted. D Submit record drawings documenting locations of grade breaks and swales, referenced to survey Control Points,under the provisions of Section 01760—Project Record Documents, 1 04C Include location of approved Over- Excavation and back fill. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. 1.04 TESTING A. Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450— Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A. Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Contractor shall use on-site materials for backfill that conforms to the requirements in Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill and Embankment Material. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Perform excavation with equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this section. B. Use equipment which will produce the degree of compaction specified. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Construction surveying shall be performed by qualified personnel under the direction of the contractor Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy and correctness of this work. In the event that the work consists of significant alteration of the CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR DETENTION PONDS topographic features of natural grade, contractor shall perform enough topographic survey to substantiate existing pre-construction elevations. No claim shall be made for additional excavation or grade adjustment in excess of quantities contained in the contract documents without demonstrable evidence that such conditions existed prior to start of the work B Employ a Trench Safety Plan as specified in Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems. C Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and Surface Water D Identify required lines, levels, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01720 — Field Surveying. E. Perform the Initial Survey in accordance with this Specification and Section 01720- Field Surveying. F Identify existing structures and utilities above and below grade. Stake and flag their location. G Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, in conformance with requirements of Section 02220—Site Demolition, as applicable. H. Area shall be cleared and grubbed under the provisions of Section 02200 — Site Preparation prior to excavation. I. Strip and stockpile topsoil under the provisions of Section 02200—Site Preparation. Ensure strip material to be used a topsoil meets criteria in Section 02910-Topsoil and is kept separated from unsuitable material. J Upon discovery of unknown or badly deteriorated utilities not designed for removal,or concealed conditions, discontinue work. Notify Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding in such areas. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Perform excavation work to an elevation that shall allow the finished grades as shown on the plans Some areas shown on the plans include 3"of top soils and some the finished grade areas do not include the placement of top soil.If the top soil is not included in the finished grade, the top soil is part of a separate contract and shall be done by others. B Excavated soil shall be classified as suitable or unsuitable backfill. Any soils deemed unsuitable for backfill shall be hauled off site.Material suitable for backfill shall be stockpiled until no longer needed and then disposed of. CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR DETENTION PONDS C. If when the Contractor reaches the required elevation and finds the subgrade soil to be of questionable quality, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and request the Owner's laboratory to test the soil. If the laboratory finds the soil to be unsuitable,the Contractor shall Over-Excavate the unsuitable soil and replace with on-site material that meets the Clay-Liner material requirements. The Contractor shall coordinate the Over-Excavation with the Owner's Representative and Laboratory to ensure all unsuitable material is removed and the quantity of unsuitable material is properly recorded for payment. D While waiting for lab results for unsuitable soil,Contractor may continue excavation in other parts of the Detention Pond, after the area of concern has been staked out. E. Prior to Final Grading the Contractor shall install any underground utilities to ensure the subgrade material is suitable. The excavation of the underground utilities shall be in accordance with Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities F After Final Grading the Contractor shall perform and submit the Final Survey in accordance with Section 01720—Field Surveying. 3.03 DEWATERING A. Maintain ground water control as directed by Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and Surface Water No separate payment shall be made for dewatering associated with work. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests will be performed initially on a minimum of three different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with TxDOT Tex 101-E and Tex-110-E. Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity B In-place density tests of compacted subgrade will be performed according to ASTM D 1556,or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions. 1 A minimum of three density tests for each full work shift when compaction is being performed. 2. Density tests will be performed in all placement areas. 3 The number of tests will be increased in inspection determines that soils types or moisture contents are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density C. At least three tests for moisture-density relationships will be initially performed for each type of backfill material in accordance with ASTM D 698 Additional CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR DETENTION PONDS moisture-density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity D If tests indicate work does not meet specified compaction requirements,recondition, re-compact, and retest at Contractor's expense. 3.05 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A. Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140- Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.06 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A. Maintain excavation and embankment areas until start of subsequent work.Repair and re-compact slides,washouts,settlements,or areas with loss of density at no cost to the Owner B Prevent erosion at all times and maintain slopes until vegetation has been established. END OF SECTION CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ROADWAYS Section 02316 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ROADWAYS 1.1 GENERAL 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation of materials for roadways. B Excavation of materials for roadside ditches. C. References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01760—Project Record Documents 4 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 5 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 6. Section 02255 —Bedding,Backfill and Embankment Material 7 Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems 8. Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 9 Section 01720—Field Surveying 10. Section 02220—Site Demolition 11 Section 02200— Site Preparation 12. Section 02330—Embankment 13 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises D Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) a. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" b. ASTM D 1556,"Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method" c. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (ShallowDepth)" d. ASTM D 3017,"Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 1.3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement shall be by the cubic yard measured in place,including labor,equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 1/2018 02316- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ROADWAYS B Payment includes control of ground water and surface water, trench safety systems, removal of existing pavements and structures,repair and maintenance of excavated or backfilled areas, and other measures specified in this Section and not included in payment elsewhere. C. Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. D No payment will be made for material excavated under the following conditions. 1 More than 2 feet outside of vertical planes behind back of curbs. 2. For portion within limits of trench for utilities constructed by open-cut methods. 3 As indicated otherwise on Drawings. E. Construction Surveying shall be performed by qualified personnel under the direction of the Contractor Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy and correctness of this work. In the event that the Work consists of significant alteration of the topographic features of natural grade, Contractor shall perform enough topographic survey to substantiate existing pre-construction elevations. No claim shall be made for additional excavation or grade adjustment in excess of quantities contained in the contract documents without demonstrable evidence that such conditions existed prior to start of the Work. F Excavation--and-Backfill-quantities that--exceed the--construction-plans shall be substantiated with topographic survey of finished grade by survey (RPLS) and - verified by the Engineer at contractor's expense. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit product quality,material sources,and field quality information in accordance with this Section. C. Submit field red lines documenting location of roadway excavation as installed, referenced to survey Control Points,under the provisions of Section 01760—Project Record Documents, 1 04C. Include location of utilities and structures encountered or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. 1.5 TESTING A. Testing and analysis of product quality, matenal sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 —Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1/2018 02316-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ROADWAYS 1.6 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A. Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.1 PRODUCTS 2.2 MATERIALS A. Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment, backfill, back-dressing, and embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 —Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material. 3.1 EXECUTION 3.2 PREPARATION A. Employ a Trench Safety Plan as specified in Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems. B Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and Surface Water C. Identify required lines, levels, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01720 — Field Surveying. D Identify existing structures and utilities above and below grade. Stake and flag their location. E. Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, in conformance with requirements of Section 02220— Site Demolition, as applicable F Area shall be cleared and grubbed under the provisions of Section 02200 — Site Preparation prior to excavation. G Strip and stockpile topsoil under the provisions of Section 02200—Site Preparation. H. Upon discovery of unknown or badly deteriorated utilities, or concealed conditions, discontinue work. Notify Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding in such areas. 3.3 EXCAVATION A. Excavate to lines and grades shown on Plans. 1/2018 02316-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ROADWAYS B Areas of unsuitable material shall be removed,backfilled with embankment materials, and compacted under the provisions of Section 02330—Embankment. C. At intersections,grade back at minimum slope of one inch per foot. Produce a smooth riding junction with intersecting street. Maintain proper drainage. 1/2018 02316-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ROADWAYS D Fill over-excavated areas in accordance with requirements of Section 02330 — Embankment at no cost to the Owner 3.4 COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain moisture content of embankment materials to attain required compaction density B Compact to minimum densities at moisture content of optimum to 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D 698,unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 1 Areas under future paving and shoulders Minimum density of 95 percent of maximum dry density 2. Other areas. Minimum density of 90 percent of maximum dry density 3.5 TOLERANCES A. Top of compacted surface.Plus or minus 1/2 inch in cross section,or in 16 foot length. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Compaction Testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 under provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services. B Three or more tests,at Engineer's/Owner's option,will be taken for each 1,000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of embankment perlift. C. If tests indicate work does not meet specified compaction requirements,recondition, re-compact, and retest at Contractor's expense. 3.7 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A. Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises. B In unpaved areas, grade surface as a uniform slope from installed appurtenances to natural grade and stabilize as indicated on Plans. 1/2018 02316-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ROADWAYS 3.8 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A. Maintain excavation and embankment areas until start of subsequent work. Repair and re-compact slides,washouts,settlements,or areas with loss of density at no cost to the Owner B Prevent erosion at all times. Maintain ditches and cut temporary swales to allow natural drainage in order to avoid damage to roadway Do not allow water to pond in excavations. C. Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas,where practical,to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. END OF SECTION 1/2018 02316-6 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES Section 02317 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Excavation,backfilling, and compaction of backfill for structures. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350- Submittals 3 Section 01760—Project Record Documents 4 Section 01450-Testing Laboratory Services 5 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 6 Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Materials 7 Section 01570-Trench Safety System 8 Section 01564- Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 9 Section 02220- Site Demolition 10 Section 02200—Site Preparation 11 Section 02252- Cement Stabilized Sand 12. Section 01562-Waste Material Disposal C Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Matenals (ASTM) a. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" b ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" c. ASTM D 1556,"Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method" d. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" e. ASTM D 3017, "Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 3 Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) a. Tex-101-E,Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing b Tex-110-E,Particle Size Analysis of Soils D Definitions. 1 Backfill - matenal meeting specified quality requirements, placed and compacted under controlled conditions around pavements, structures and utilities. 07/2006 02317- 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 2. Foundation Backfill -natural soil or manufactured aggregate meeting Class I requirements and Geotextile fabrics as required to control drainage and material separation placed and compacted where needed to provide stable support for the structure foundation base. Foundation backfill may include crushed aggregate with filter fabnc as required, cement stabilized sand, or concrete seal slab 3 Foundation Base - provides a smooth, level working surface for the construction of the concrete foundation. 4 Foundation Subgrade-the surface of the natural soil which has been excavated and prepared to support the foundation base or foundation backfill, where needed. 5 Over-Excavation - excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below the foundation as shown on the Plans. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT UNIT PRICES A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Excavation and Backfill for Structures under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for construction of structures. B If Excavation and Backfill for Structures is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350— Submittals. B Submit for each structure a work plan for excavation and backfill with a complete written description which identifies details of the proposed method of construction and the sequence of operations for construction relative to excavation and backfill activities. The descriptions, with supporting illustrations, shall be sufficiently detailed to demonstrate to the Engineer that the procedures meet the requirements of the Plans and Technical Specifications. C Submit product quality,material sources,and field quality information in accordance with this Section. D Submit field red lines documenting location of structures as installed,referenced to survey Control Points, under the provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents, 1 04C. Include location of utilities and structures encountered or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. 07/2006 02317-2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 1.04 TESTING A Testing and analysis of product quality, matenal sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Contractor shall provide matenals used as embedment,backfill,back-dressing, and embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 —Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Matenal. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A Perform excavation with equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this Section. B Use equipment which will produce the degree of compaction specified. Backfill within 3 feet of walls shall be compacted with hand operated equipment. Do not use equipment weighing more than 10,000 pounds closer to walls than a horizontal distance equal to the depth of the fill at that time. Use hand operated power compaction equipment where use of heavier equipment is impractical or restricted due to weight limitations. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Employ a Trench Safety Plan as specified in Section 01570-Trench Safety Systems. B Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water C Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, in accordance with requirements of Section 02220 - Site Demolition, as applicable. D Area shall be cleared and grubbed under the provisions of Section 02200 - Site Preparation prior to excavation. 07/2006 02317-3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES E Strip and stockpile topsoil under the provisions of Section 02200-Site Preparation F Upon discovery of unknown utilities,badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work. Notify Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding in such areas. 3.02 EXCAVATION A Perform excavation work so that the underground structure can be installed to depths and alignments shown on Plans Drawings. Use caution during excavation work to avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. Keep excavation to the absolute minimum necessary No additional payment will be made for excess excavation not authonzed by Engineer B Avoid settlement of surrounding soil due to equipment operations, excavation procedures, vibration, dewatering, or other construction methods. C Prevent voids from forming outside of sheeting. Immediately fill voids with grout, concrete fill, cement stabilized sand, or other material approved by Engineer D After completion of the structure, remove sheeting, shoring, and bracing unless Engineer has approved in writing that such temporary structures may remain. Remove sheeting,shoring,and bracing in such a manner as to maintain safety during backfilling operations and to prevent damage to the Work and adjacent structures or improvements. E Immediately fill and compact voids left or caused by removal of sheeting with cement stabilized sand or material approved by Engineer 3.03 DEWATERING A Maintain ground water control as directed by Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water and until the structure is sufficiently complete to provide the required weight to resist hydrostatic uplift with a minimum safety factor of 1.2. B Maintain the ground water surface a minimum of two feet below the bottom of the foundation base. 3.04 FOUNDATION EXCAVATION A Notify Engmeer at least 48 hours prior to planned completion of foundation excavations. Do not place the foundation base until the excavation is accepted by the Engineer B Excavate to elevations shown on Plans Drawings,as needed to provide space for the foundation base, forming a level undisturbed surface, free of mud or soft matenal. Remove pockets of soft or otherwise unstable soils and replace with foundation backfill material or a material as directed by the Engineer Prior to placing matenal 07/2006 02317-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES over it,re-compact the subgrade,scarifying as needed,to 95 percent of the maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 If the specified level of compaction cannot be achieved, moisture condition the subgrade and re-compact until 95 percent is achieved,over-excavate to provide a minimum layer of 24 inches of foundation backfill material, or other means acceptable to the Engineer C Fill unauthorized excessive excavation with foundation backfill material or other material as directed by the Engineer D Protect open excavations from rainfall, runoff, freezing groundwater, or excessive drying so as to maintain foundation subgrade in a satisfactory,undisturbed condition. Keep excavations free of standing water and completely free of water during concrete placement. E Soils which become unsuitable due to inadequate dewatering or other causes, after initial excavation to the required subgrade, shall be removed and replaced with foundation backfill material, as directed by Engineer, at no additional cost to the Owner F Place foundation base, or foundation backfill material where needed, over the subgrade on same day that excavation is completed to final grade. Where base of excavations are left open for longer periods,protect them with a seal slab or cement- stabilized sand. G Where directed by the Plans Drawings,all crushed aggregate,and other free draining Class I materials,shall have a Geo-textile filter fabric separating it from native soils or select material backfill. The fabric shall overlap a minimum of 12 inches beyond where another material stops contact with the soil. H Crushed aggregate, and other Class I matenals, shall be placed in uniform layers of 8-inch maximum thickness. Compaction shall be by means of at least two passes of a vibratory compactor 3.05 FOUNDATION BASE A After the subgrade is properly prepared, including the placement of foundation backfill where needed, the foundation base shall be placed. The foundation base shall consist of a 12-inch layer of crushed aggregate or cement stabilized sand. Alternately, a 4-inch minimum seal slab may be placed. The foundation base shall extend a minimum of 12 inches beyond the edge of the structure foundation. B Where the foundation base and foundation backfill are of the same material,both can be placed in one operation. i 07/2006 02317-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 3.06 BACKFILL A Complete backfill to surface of natural ground or to lines and grades shown on Plans Drawings. Use existing material that qualifies as select material, unless indicated otherwise. Deposit backfill in uniform layers and compact each layer as specified. B Do not place backfill against concrete walls or similar structures until laboratory test breaks indicate that the concrete has reached a minimum of 85 percent of the specified compressive strength. Where walls are supported by slabs or intermediate walls,do not begin backfill operations until the slab or intermediate walls have been placed and concrete has attained sufficient strength. C Remove concrete forms before starting backfill and remove shoring and bracing as work progresses. D Maintain fill material at no less than 2 percent below and no more than 2 percent above optimum moisture content. Place fill material in uniform 8-inch maximum loose layers. Compaction of fill shall be to at least 95 percent of the maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 under paved areas. Compact to at least 90 percent around structures below unpaved areas. E Where backfill is placed against a sloped excavation surface, run compaction equipment across the boundary of the cut slope and backfill to form a compacted slope-surface for placement of the next-layer of backfill. F Place backfill using cement stabilized sand in accordance with Section 02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Tests will be performed initially on minimum of three different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics,in accordance with ASTM D 4318,and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with TxDOT Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E. Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity B In-place density tests of compacted subgrade and backfill will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions. 1 A minimum of one test for every 100 cubic yards of compacted backfill material. 2. A minimum three density tests for each full work shift. 3 Density tests will be performed in all placement areas. 4 The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil types or moisture contents are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density 07/2006 02317-6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES C At least three tests for moisture-density relationships will be initially performed for each type of backfill material in accordance with ASTM D 698 Additional moisture-density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity D If tests indicate work does not meet specified compaction requirements,recondition, re-compact, and retest at Contractor's expense. 3.08 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140- Contractor's Use of Premises. B In unpaved areas, grade surface as a uniform slope from installed appurtenances to natural grade and stabilize as indicated on Plans. 3.09 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Maintain excavation and embankment areas until start of subsequent work. Repair and re-compact slides,washouts, settlements,or areas with loss of density at no cost to the Owner B Prevent erosion at all times. Do not allow water to pond in excavations. C Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas,where practical,to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02317-7 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES Section 02318 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation,trenching,foundation,embedment,and backfill for installation of utilities, storm sewers including manholes, pipeline structures and other associated appurtenances. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350— Submittals 3 Section 01570—Trench Safety System 4 Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 5 Section 01760—Project Record Documents 6 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 7 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 8 Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Materials 9 Section 02370—Geotextile 10 Section 02220—Site Demolition 11 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises C Referenced Standards. 1 Amencan Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 2321, "Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications" b ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" c. ASTM D 558, "Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density (Unit Weight)Relations of Soil-Cement Mixtures" d. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" e. ASTM D 1556,"Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method" f. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" g. ASTM D 3017,"Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 5/2013 02318- 1 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 2. Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT) a. Tex-101-E,Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing b Tex-110-E,Particle Size Analysis of Soils D Definitions. 1 Excavation - Any man-made cut, cavity, trench, or depression in an earth surface, formed by removal of material. a. Extra Hand Excavation- excavation by manual labor at locations designated by the Engineer,which is not included in other Bid Items. b. Extra Machine Excavation- excavation by machine at locations designated by the Engineer,which is not included in other Bid Items. c. Special Excavation-excavation necessitated by obstruction of pipes, ducts, or other structures, not shown on Plans, which interfere with installation of utility piping by normal methods of excavation or augering. Contractor shall be responsible for locating such underground obstructions,sufficiently m advance of trench excavation or augering,to preclude damage to the obstructions. 2. Pipe Foundation-suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at the trench subgrade after excavation to depth of bottom of the bedding as shown on the Plans, or foundation backfill material placed and compacted in over- excavations. 3 Pipe Bedding-the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of foundation up to a level line at bottom of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 4 Haunching-the material placed on either side of pipe from top of bedding up to spring-line of pipe and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 5 Initial Backfill - the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from spring-line of pipe(top of haunching)up to a level line 12 inches above top of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 6 Pipe Embedment - the portion of trench backfill that consists of bedding, haunching, and initial backfill. 7 Trench Zone-the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of pipe embedment up to pavement subgrade or up to final grade when not beneath pavement. 5/2013 02318-2 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 8 Trench Conditions - description of the stability of trench bottom and trench walls of pipe embedment zone. Maintain trench conditions that provide for effective placement and compaction of embedment material directly on or against undisturbed soils or foundation backfill,except where structural trench support is necessary a. Dry Stable Trench. Stable and substantially dry trench conditions exist in pipe embedment zone as a result of typically dry soils or achieved by ground water control (dewatering or depressurization) for trenches extending below ground water level. b. Stable Trench with Seepage: Stable trench in which ground water seepage is controlled by excavation drainage. 1) Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils Excavation drainage is provided in lieu of or to supplement ground water control systems to control seepage and provide stable trench subgrade in predominately clayey soils prior to bedding placement. 2) Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils. Excavation drainage is provided in the embedment zone in combination with ground water control in predominately sandy or silty soils. c. Unstable Trench. Unstable trench conditions exist in the pipe embedment zone if ground water inflow or high water content causes soil disturbances,such as sloughing,sliding,boiling,heaving or loss of density 9 Sub-trench - a special case of benched excavation. Sub-trench excavation below trench shields or shoring installations may be used to allow placement and compaction of foundation or embedment materials directly against undisturbed soils. Depth of a sub-trench depends upon trench stability and safety as determined by the Contractor 10 Trench Dam - a placement of low permeability material in pipe embedment zone or foundation to prohibit ground water flow along the trench. 11 Over-Excavation and Backfill - excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below top of foundation as shown on Plans, and backfilled with foundation backfill material. 12. Foundation Backfill Materials - natural soil or manufactured aggregate of controlled gradation, and geo-textile filter fabrics as required, to control 5/2013 02318-3 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES drainage and material separation. Foundation backfill material is placed and compacted as backfill to provide stable support for bedding. Foundation backfill materials may include concrete seal slabs. 13 Trench Shield(Trench Box)-a portable worker safety structure moved along the trench as work proceeds, used as a Protective System and designed to withstand forces imposed on it by cave-in,thereby protecting persons within the trench. Trench shields may be stacked if so designed or placed in a senes depending on depth and length of excavation to be protected. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench excavation,embedment,and backfill under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for all excavation and backfill associated with the placement and construction of: underground piping,boxes,manholes and associated appurtenances mcludmg conduit, or duct work. B If Special Excavation is allowed,based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as an Extra Item,measurement will be on a cubic yard basis,measured in place,without deduction for space occupied by portions of pipes, ducts, or other structures left in place across trenches excavated under this item. 1 Payment for Special Excavation shall include. a. Dewatering and surface water control. b Protection of pipes, ducts, or other structures encountered including bracing, shonng, and sheeting necessary for support. c. Replacement of pipes, ducts, or structures damaged by special excavation operations, except where payment for replacement is authorized by Engineer due to deteriorated condition of pipes,ducts,or structure. d. Temporary disconnecting,plugging, and reconnecting of low volume water pipes,to allow machine excavation or augering,when approved by Engineer Pipe for replacement shall be new and conform to specification requirements for type of existing pipe removed. e. Placement of material from Special Excavation. f. Geo-textile material and concrete trench dams required to complete the placement of material from Special Excavation. g. Re-sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Special Excavation. h. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Work. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component: 5/2013 02318-4 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Utility piping installed in trenches excavated under this item. c. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. C If Extra Hand Excavation is allowed,based on the Engineer's direction,and indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as an Extra Item,measurement will be on a cubic yard basis,measured in place. 1 Payment for Extra Hand Excavation shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Work. c. Placement of material from Extra Hand Excavation. d. Re-sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Extra Hand Excavation. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component. a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. D If Extra Machine Excavation is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as an Extra Item,measurement will be on a cubic yard basis,measured in place. 1 Payment for Extra Machine Excavation shall include: a. Dewatenng and surface water control. b Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Work. c. Placement of material from extra machine excavation. d. Re-sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Extra Machine Excavation. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component: a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. 5/2013 02318-5 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES E. Refer to Section 01200-Measurement and Payment Procedures. No payment will be made for delays in completion of Work resulting from Extra Item Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B. Submit a written description for information only of the planned typical method of excavation,backfill placement and compaction, including: 1 Sequence of work and coordination of activities. 2. Selected trench widths. 3 Procedures for foundation and embedment placement, and compaction. 4 Procedure for use of trench boxes and other pre-manufactured systems while assunng specified compaction against undisturbed soil. 5 Procedure for installation of Special Shoring at locations identified on the Plans. C Submit product quality,material sources, and field quality information in accordance with this Section. D Submit field red lines documenting location of Utilities as installed, referenced to survey Control Points, under the provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents, 1 04C Include location of utilities and structures encountered or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. 1.04 TESTING A. Testing and analysis of product quality, matenal sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A. Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 5/2013 02318-6 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.06 SPECIAL SHORING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Special Shoring shall be, in accordance with Section 01570—Trench Safety System, designed by a Professional Engineer, licensed by the State of Texas,At Contractor's expense. B. Special Shonng shall be designed to provide support for the sides of the excavations, including soils and hydrostatic ground water pressures as applicable, and to prevent ground movements affecting adjacent installations or improvements such as structures, pavements and utilities. C. Special Shoring may be a pre-manufactured system or a field fabricated system that meets the requirements of the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment, backfill, back-dressing, and embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 —Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material. B Manufactured materials, such as crushed concrete,may be substituted for natural soil or rock products where indicated in the product specification, and approved by the Engineer,provided that the physical property criteria are determined to be satisfactory by testing. C Geotextile(Filter Fabric) Conform to requirements of Section 02370—Geotextile. D Concrete for Trench Dams Concrete backfill or 3 sack premixed(bag) concrete. E. Timber Shoring Left in Place. Untreated oak. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Perform excavation with track mounted excavator or other equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this Section. B Use only hand-operated tamping equipment until a minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained over pipes, conduits, and ducts. Do not use heavy compacting equipment until adequate cover is attained to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, or ducts. C Use trench shields or other Protective Systems or Shoring Systems which are designed and operated to achieve placement and compaction of backfill directly against undisturbed native soil. 5/2013 02318-7of15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES D Use Special Shonng systems where required which may consist of braced sheeting, braced soldier piles and lagging, slide rail systems, or other systems meeting the Special Shoring design requirements. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Employ a Trench Safety Program as specified in Section 01570 — Trench Safety Systems. B Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures conform to Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water C. Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, to conform with requirements of Section 02220—Site Demolition, as applicable. D Area shall be cleared and grubbed under the provisions of Section 02200 — Site Preparation prior to excavation. E. Stnp and stockpile topsoil under the provisions of Section 02200—Site Preparation F Schedule work so that pipe embedment can be completed on the same day that acceptable foundation has been achieved for each section of pipe installation,manhole, or other structures. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Except as otherwise specified or shown on the Plans, install underground utilities in open cut trenches with vertical sides. B Perform excavation work so that pipe,conduit,and ducts can be installed to depths and alignments shown on the Plans. Avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. C Determine trench excavation widths using the following schedule as related to pipe outside diameter(O.D). Maximum trench width shall be the minimum trench width plus 24 inches. NOMINAL MINIMUM TRENCH PIPE SIZE,INCHES WIDTH,INCHES Less than 18 O.D + 18 18 to 30 O.D +24 Greater than 30 O.D + 36 5/2013 02318-8of15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES D Use sufficient trench width or benches above the embedment zone for installation of well point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of trench makes it uneconomical or impractical to pump from the surface elevation. Provide sufficient space between shoring cross braces to permit equipment operations and handling of forms,pipe, embedment and backfill, and other materials. E. Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work at that location. Notify the Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding. F Shoring of Trench Walls. 1 Install Special Shoring in advance of trench excavation or simultaneously with the trench excavation, so that the soils within the full height of the trench excavation walls will remain fully laterally supported at all times. 2. For all types of shoring, support trench walls in the pipe embedment zone throughout the installation. Provide trench wall supports sufficiently tight to prevent washing the trench wall soil out from behind the trench wall support. 3 Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer,leave sheeting driven into or below the pipe embedment zone in place to preclude loss of support of foundation and embedment materials. Leave rangers,walers, and braces in place as long as required to support sheeting,which has been cut off,and the trench wall in the vicinity of the pipe zone. 4 Employ special methods for maintaining the integrity of embedment or foundation material. Before moving supports,place and compact embedment to sufficient depths to provide protection of pipe and stability of trench walls. As supports are moved, finish placing and compacting embedment. 5 If sheeting or other shoring is used below top of the pipe embedment zone,do not disturb pipe foundation and embedment materials by subsequent removal. Maximum thickness of removable sheeting extending into the embedment zone 1 inch. Fill voids left on removal of supports with compacted backfill material. G Use of Trench Shields. When a trench shield(trench box)is used as a worker safety device,the following requirements apply- 1 Make trench excavations of sufficient width to allow shield to be lifted or pulled freely,without damage to the trench sidewalls. 2. Move trench shields so that pipe, and backfill materials, after placement and compaction, are not damaged nor disturbed, nor the degree of compaction reduced. 5/2013 02318-9 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3 When required, place, spread, and compact pipe foundation and bedding materials beneath the shield. For backfill above bedding, move the shield as backfill is placed and ramped in. Place and compact backfill materials against undisturbed trench walls and foundation. 4 Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to be performed in a safe manner 3.03 TRENCH FOUNDATION A. Excavate bottom of trench to uniform grade to achieve stable trench conditions and satisfactory compaction of foundation or bedding materials. B Place trench dams in Class I foundations in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed. Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.04 PIPE EMBEDMENT PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Immediately prior to placement of embedment materials,the bottoms and sidewalls of trenches shall be free of loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil. B Place Geotextile,if specified,to prevent particle migration from the in-situ into open- graded(Class I)embedment materials or drainage layers. C Place embedment including bedding, haunching and initial backfill to meet requirements indicated on Plans. PVC & HDPE require cement stabilized sand bedding and backfill to one foot below subgrade or below grade if under pavement,or one foot above top of pipe if not under pavement. D For pipe installation,manually spread embedment materials around the pipe to provide uniform bearing and side support when compacted. Do not allow matenals to free-fall from heights greater than 24 inches above top of pipe. Perform placement and compaction directly against the undisturbed soils in the trench sidewalls, or against sheeting which is to remain in place. E. Do not place trench shields or shoring within height of the embedment zone unless means to maintain the density of compacted embedment material are used. If moveable supports are used in embedment zone, lift the supports incrementally to allow placement and compaction of the material against undisturbed soil. F Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during backfilling and compacting operations. When embedding coated or wrapped pipes, do not use crushed stone or other sharp, angular aggregates. 5/2013 02318- 10 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES G Place haunching material manually around the pipe and compact it to provide uniform bearing and side support. If necessary, hold small-diameter or lightweight pipe in place during compaction of haunch areas and placement beside the pipe with sand bags or other suitable means. H. Place electncal conduit directly on foundation without bedding. Shovel pipe embedment material in place and compact it using pneumatic tampers in restricted spaces,and vibratory-plate compactors or engine-powered jumping jacks in unrestricted spaces. Compact each lift before proceeding with placement of the next lift. 1 Class I embedment materials. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Systematic compaction by at least two passes of vibrating equipment. Increase compaction effort as necessary to effectively embed the pipe to meet the deflection test cnteri .. c. Moisture content as determined by Contractor for effective compaction without softening the soil of trench bottom,foundation or trench walls. 2. Class II embedment and cement stabilized sand. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by methods determined by Contractor to achieve a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined according to ASTM D 698 for Class II materials and according to ASTM D 558 for cement stabilized materials. c. Moisture content of Class II matenals within 3 percent of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 698. Moisture content of cement stabilized sands on the dry side of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration. J Place trench dams m Class I embedments in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed. Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.05 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore surface as soon as practicable. Leave only the minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction. Backfill placement and compaction shall apply to all soils excavated for the trench especially including any areas that were "benched" or over-excavated in place of trenched shoring. All disturbed soils generated during excavation,whether inside the trench or - associated with it, shall be considered to fall under this requirement. 5/2013 02318- 11 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES B Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from withdrawal of sheeting, leave the sheeting in place. Cut off sheeting 1.5 feet or more above the crown of the pipe. Remove trench supports within 5 feet from the ground surface. C For sewer pipes,use backfill materials described here as determined by trench limits. As trench zone backfill in paved areas for streets and to one foot back of curbs and pavements,use cement stabilized sand for pipe of nominal sizes less than 36 inches,or Bank Sand for pipe of nominal sizes 36 inches and larger as indicated on the Drawings. Uniformly backfill trenches unless specified otherwise according to the paved area criteria. Use select backfill within one foot below pavement subgrade for rigid pavement. For asphalt concrete,use flexible base material within one foot below pavement subgrade. D For water lines,backfill in trench zone,including auger pits,with Bank Sand, Select Fill, or Random Fill material as specified in this Section. E. For trench excavations under pavement,place trench zone backfill m lifts and compact by methods indicated below Fully compact each lift before placement of the next lift. 1 Bank Sand. a. Maximum 9-inches compacted lift thickness. b Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698 c. Moisture content within 3 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698 2. Cement Stabilized Sand. a. Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and required compaction, but not exceeding 24 inches. b Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558. c. Moisture content on the dry side of optimum determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for cement hydration. 3 Select Fill. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b Compaction by equipment providing tamping or kneading impact to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. c. Moisture content within 2 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698 F For trench excavations outside pavements,a Random Fill of suitable material may be used in the trench zone. 5/2013 02318- 12 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1 Fat clays(CH)may be used as trench zone backfill outside paved areas at the - Contractor's option. If the required density is not achieved,the Contractor,at his option and at no additional cost to the Owner,may use lime stabilization to achieve compaction requirements or use a different suitable material. 2. Maximum 9-inch compacted lift thickness for clayey soils and maximum 12- inch lift thickness for granular soils. 3 Compact to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density determmed according to ASTM D 698, or to same density as adjacent soils. 4 Moisture content as necessary to achieve density 3.06 MANHOLES,JUNCTION BOXES AND OTHER PIPELINE STRUCTURES A. Meet the requirements of adjoining utility installations for backfill of pipeline structures, as shown on the Plans. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Quality Control 1 The Engineer may sample and test backfill at: a. Sources including borrow pits, production plants and Contractor's designated off-site stockpiles. b. On-site stockpiles. c. Materials placed in the Work. 2. The Engineer may resample material at any stage of work or location if changes in characteristics are apparent. B Production Verification Testing: The Owner's testing laboratory will provide verification testing on backfill materials,as directed by the Engineer Samples may be taken at the source or at the production plant, as applicable. C Provide excavation and Trench Safety Systems at locations and to depths required for testing and retesting during construction. D Tests will be performed on a minimum of three different samples of each material type for plasticity charactenstics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E. Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in matenal gradation or plasticity 5/2013 02318- 13 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES E. At least three tests for moisture-density relationships will be performed initially for backfill materials in accordance with ASTM D 698,and for cement stabilized sand in accordance with ASTM D 558 Additional moisture-density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity F In-place density tests of compacted pipe foundation, embedment and trench zone backfill soil materials will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions. 1 A minimum of one test for every 100 linear feet measured along pipe for compacted embedment and for every 100 linear feet measured along pipe for compacted trench zone backfill material. Testing shall be performed for each lift thickness for different backfill material specified in Item 3 05 2. A minimum of three density tests for each full shift of Work when backfill is placed. 3 Density tests will be distributed among the placement areas. Placement areas are. foundation,bedding,haunching, initial backfill and trench zone. 4 The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil type or moisture content are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density, as specified. 5 Density tests may be performed at various depths below the fill surface by pit excavation. Matenal in previously placed lifts may therefore be subject to acceptance/rejection. 6 Two verification tests will be performed adjacent to in-place tests showing density less than the acceptance criteria. Placement will be rejected unless both venfication tests show acceptable results. 7 Re-compacted placement will be retested at the same frequency as the first test series, including verification tests. G Recondition,re-compact,and retest at Contractor's expense if tests indicate Work does not meet specified compaction requirements. For Cement Stabilized Sand with nonconforming density,core and test for compressive strength at Contractor's expense. H. Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection. 3.08 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A. Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with ( Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. 5/2013 02318- 14 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3.09 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A. Maintain excavation and embankment areas until start of subsequent work. Repair and re-compact slides,washouts,settlements,or areas with loss of density at no cost to the Owner B Prevent erosion at all times. Do not allow water to pond in excavations. C. Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas,where practical,to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. D Coordinate excavation within 15 feet of existing utilities with utility representative. Excavate by hand to locate existing utility, support utility with methods agreed upon by utility representative. All work shall be subsidiary to bid items in Section 00300 Bid Proposal. No additional cost to City END OF SECTION 5/2013 02318- 15 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT Section 02330 EMBANKMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Construction of embankments with excess excavated matenal and borrow B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01760—Project Record Documents 4 Section 01570—Trench Safety System 5 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 6 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 7 Section 02255 —Bedding,Backfill and Embankment Material 8 Section 02910—Topsoil 9 Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 10 Section 01720—Field Surveying 11 Section 02220—Site Demolition 12 Section 02200— Site Preparation 13 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises C Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" b. ASTM D 1556,"Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method" c. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" d. ASTM D 3017,"Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth)" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Embankment under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If embankment is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 5/2013 02330- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — -. Submittals. B Submit product quality,matenal sources,and field quality information in accordance with this Section. C Submit field red lines documenting location of embankments as installed,referenced to survey Control Points, under the provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents, 1 04C Include location of utilities and structures encountered or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. D Submit a Trench Safety Plan under the provisions of Section 01570—Trench Safety System that included measures that establish compliance with the standard interpretation of the General Duty Clause,Section 5.(a)(1),of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 — 20 USC 654 which states, "Employers must shore or otherwise protect employees who walk/work at the base of an embankment from possible collapse." 1.04 TESTING A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed_by an independent testmg laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment, backfill, back-dressing, and embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material. B Topsoil. Conform to requirements of Section 02910—Topsoil. C Borrow Material. Conform to requirements of intended use. Take borrow material from sources approved by Engineer 5/2013 02330-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify borrow and excess excavated materials to be reused, are approved. B Verify removals, and clearing and grubbing operations,have been completed. C Venfy backfill of new or relocated utilities and structures, below future grade, is complete. 3.02 PREPARATION A Employ a Trench Safety Plan as specified in Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems. B Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and Surface Water C Identify required lines, levels, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01720 — Field Surveying. D Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, in conformance with requirements of Section 02220— Site Demolition, as applicable. E Area shall be cleared and grubbed under the provisions of Section 02200 — Site Preparation prior to placing embankment or opening borrow source. F Strip and stockpile topsoil under the provisions of Section 02200—Site Preparation. G Backfill test pits, or stump holes and other surface irregularities such as small swales with embankment matenals and compact in proper lift depths according to the compaction requirements of this Section. H Areas of unsuitable material shall be removed,backfilled with embankment materials and compacted in proper lift depths according to the compaction requirements of this Section. I Upon discovery of unknown or badly deteriorated utilities, or concealed conditions, discontinue work. Notify Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding in such areas. 3.03 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A Do not conduct placement operations during inclement weather or when existing ground or embankment matenals exceed 3 percent of optimum moisture content. Contractor may manipulate wet material to facilitate drying,by disking or windrowmg, at Contractor's expense. 5/2013 02330-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT B Do not place embankment material until density and moisture content of previously placed material complies with specified requirements. C Scarify areas to receive embankment to a minimum depth of 4 inches to bond existing and new materials. Mix with first layer of embankment material. D Spread embankment material evenly,from dumped piles or windrows,into horizontal layers approximately parallel to finished grade. Place to meet specified compacted thickness. Break clods and lumps and mix materials by bladmg,harrowmg,discing,or other approved method. Each layer shall extend across full width of embankment. E Each layer shall be homogeneous and contain uniform moisture content before compaction. Mix dissimilar abutting materials to prevent abrupt changes in composition of embankment. F Layers shall not exceed depth as indicated on the Plans. G Where shown on Plans for steep slopes, cut benches into slope and scarify before placing embankment. Place increasingly wide horizontal layers of specified depth,to the level of each bench. H Build embankment layers on back slopes,adjacent to existing roadbeds,to level of old roadbed. Scarify top of old roadbed to minimum depth of four inches and re-compact with next layer I Construct to lines and grades shown on Plans. 3.04 COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS A Maintain moisture content of embankment materials to attain required compaction density B Compact to minimum densities shown on the Plans with a moisture content of optimum to 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D 698. 3.05 TOLERANCES A Top of compacted surface:Plus or minus 1/2 inch in cross section,or in 16 foot length. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 under provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services. B A minimum of three tests will be taken for each 1,000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of embankment per lift. 5/2013 02330-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT C If tests indicate work does not meet specified compaction requirements,recondition, re-compact, and retest at Contractor's expense. 3.07 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. B In unpaved areas, grade surface as a uniform slope from installed appurtenances to natural grade and stabilize as indicated on Plans. 3.08 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Maintain all embankment areas in good condition until completion of Work. B Repair and re-compact slides, washouts, settlements, areas with loss of density, or excavation damaged by Contractor's operations at no additional cost to Owner C Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas,where practical,to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. END OF SECTION 5/2013 02330-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE Section 02335 SUBGRADE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Foundation course of lime and Portland Cement stabilized in situ subgrade material. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 5 Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 6 Section 01720—Field Surveying 7 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises C. Referenced Standards 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" b. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" c. ASTM D 1556,"Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method" d. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" e. ASTM D 3017, "Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" f. ASTM C 150- Standard Specification for Portland Cement. g. ASTM D 558-Standard Test Method for Moisture-Density Relations of Soil-Cement-Mixtures. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for subgrade is on a square yard basis. Separate payment will be made for each different required type and thickness of stabilized Subgrade. Limits of measurement shall match actual pavement replaced, but no greater than maximum pavement replacement limits shown on Drawings. Limits for measurement will be extended to include installed stabilized subgrade material that extends 2 foot beyond - outside edge of pavement to be replaced, except where proposed pavement section 5/2013 02335- 1 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE shares common longitudinal or transverse edge with existing pavement section. No payment will be made for stabilized subgrade in areas beyond these limits. B. Measurement for hydrated lime and quicklime is by the ton of 2,000 pounds dry- weight basis,determined by the area to be covered and the rate of application. Do not include cost of hydrated lime or quicklime in Bid Item for subgrade. C Measurement for hme slurry is by the ton of 2,000 pounds of lime calculated on the percentage by weight of dry solids for the grade of slurry Do not include cost of lime slurry in Bid Item for subgrade. D Measurement for Portland Cement is by the ton of 2,000 pounds of dry weight basis. Do not include cost of Portland Cement in Bid Item for subgrade. E. Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit certificates stating that hydrated lime, commercial lime slurry and quicklime complies with the requirements in this Section. C. Submit weight tickets,certified by supplier,with each bulk delivery of lime to Project Site. D Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics for rotary speed mixer and compaction equipment for approval. 1.04 TESTING AND SAMPLING A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 —Testing Laboratory Services. B Tests and analysis of soil materials will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 4318 C Sampling and testing of lime slurry shall be in accordance with Tex-600-J D Sample mixtures of Portland Cement,hydrated lime or quicklime in slurry form will be tested to establish compliance with the requirements in this Section. E. Soil will be evaluated to establish percent of hydrated lime,quicklime,or lime slurry to be applied to subgrade material. F Moisture-density relationship will be established on material sample from roadway, after stabilization, in accordance with ASTM D 698. 5/2013 02335-2 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE G Soil will be evaluated to establish ratio of cement to soil to obtain desired stability Normal range is 6 percent to 10 percent by weight. H. The percentage of moisture in soil, at time of cement application,will be determined by ASTM D 558. Moisture will not be allowed to exceed quantity that will permit uniform, complete mixture of soil and cement during dry mixing operations nor specified optimum moisture content for soil cement mixture, as determined. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A. Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Bagged lime shall bear manufacturer's name, product identification, and certified weight.Bags varying more than 5 percent of certified weight may be rejected,average weight of 50 random bags in each shipment shall not be less than certified weight. B Store lime in weatherproof enclosures. Protect lime from ground dampness. C Quicklime can be dangerous, exercise extreme caution if used for the Work. Contractor shall become informed about recommended precautions in the handling, storage and use of quicklime. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 WATER A. Water shall be clean, clear; and free from oil, acids, alkali, or organic matter 2.02 LIME A. Type A-Hydrated Lime.Dry material consisting essentially of calcium hydroxide or mixture of calcium hydroxide and an allowable percentage of calcium oxide and magnesium hydroxide. B Type B-Lime Slurry Liquid mixture consisting essentially of lime solids and water in slurry form. Water or liquid portion shall not contain dissolved material in sufficient quantity to be injurious or objectionable for purpose intended. C Type C - Quicklime: Dry material consisting essentially of calcium oxide. Furnish quicklime in either of the following grades 5/2013 02335-3 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE 1 Grade DS Pebble quicklime of a gradation suitable for use in the preparation of a slurry for wet placing. 2. Grade S Finely-graded quicklime for use in the preparation of a slurry for wet placing. Do not use Grade S quicklime for dry placing. (So called "Blue Lime"is not acceptable.) D Lime shall conform to following requirements. CHEMICAL COMPOSITION TYPE A B C Active lime content, 1 2 %by weight Ca(OH)2+CaO 90 0 min 87 0 min - Unhydrated lime content, %by weight CaO 5 0 max - 87 0 min Free water content, %by weight H2O 5 0 max - - SIZING Wet Sieve, as %by weight residue retained. No 6 0.2 max 0.2 max2 8 0 max3 No 30 4 0 max 4 0 max2 - Dry sieve, as %by weight residue retained. 1-inch - - 0 0 3/4-inch - - 10 0 max Notes 1 Maximum 5 0%by weight CaO shall be allowed in determining total active lime content. 2 Maximum solids content of slurry 3 Total active lime content, as CaO, in material retained on the No 6 sieve shall not exceed 2 0%by weight of original Type C lime. E. Lime Slurry may be delivered to the Project Site as Commercial Lime Slurry, or may be prepared at the Project Site using Hydrated Lime or Quicklime. The slurry shall be free of liquids other than water and shall be of a consistency that can be handled and uniformly applied without difficulty 2.03 PORTLAND CEMENT (ONLY WHEN DIRECTED BY ENGINEER) A. ASTM C 150 Type I,bulk or sacked. 5/2013 02335-4 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE 2.04 SOIL A. Provide soil consisting of approved material free from vegetation or other objectable matter encountered in existing roadbed. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAIVIINATION A. Verify backfill of new or relocated utilities and structures below future grade is complete. B Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support imposed loads. C Verify subgrade lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and Surface Water B Identify required lines, levels, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01720 — Field Surveying. C. Cut material to bottom of subgrade using an approved cutting and pulvenzing machine meeting following requirements 1 Cutters accurately provide a smooth surface over entire width of cut to plane of secondary grade. 2. Visible indication that cut is to proper depth. D Alternatively,scarify or excavate to bottom of stabilized subgrade. Remove material or windrow to expose secondary grade. Correct wet or unstable material below secondary grade by scarifying,adding lime,and compacting. Obtain uniform stability E. Upon discovery of unknown or badly deteriorated utilities, or concealed conditions, discontinue work. Notify Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding in such areas. 3.03 LIlVIE SLURRY APPLICATION A. Mix hydrated lime or quicklime with water to form a slurry of the solids content specified. Commercial lime slurry shall have dry solids content as specified. Conform to cautionary requirements in this Section, 1 06C, concerning use of quicklime. 5/2013 02335-5 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE - B Apply slurry with a distributor truck equipped with an agitator to keep lime and water in a consistent mixture. Make successive passes over measured section of roadway to attain proper moisture and lime content. Limit spreading to an area where preliminary mixing operations can be completed on the same working day 3.04 PRELIMINARY MIXING A. Do not mix and place matenal when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. Base may be placed when temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and nsmg. B Use approved single-pass or multiple-pass rotary speed mixers to mix soil,lime, and water to required depth. Obtain a homogeneous friable mixture free of clods and lumps. C. Shape mixed subgrade to final lines and grades. D Seal subgrade as a precaution against heavy rainfall by rolling lightly with light pneumatic rollers. E. Cure soil-lime matenal for 1 to 4 days. Keep subgrade moist dunng cure. 3.05 FINAL MIXING A. Use approved single-pass or multiple-pass rotary speed mixers to uniformly mix cured soil and lime to required depth. B Add water to bring moisture content of soil mixture to a minimum of optimum or above. C Mix and pulverize until all material passes a 1 inch sieve; a minimum of 90 percent, excluding non-slaking fractions,passes a 3/4-inch sieve;and a minimum of 65 percent excluding non-slaking fractions passes a No. 4 sieve. D Shape mixed subgrade to final lines and grades. E. Do not expose hydrated lime to open air for more than 6 hours dunng interval between application and mixing. Avoid excessive hydrated lime loss due to washing or blowing. 3.06 MIXING-PORTLAND CEMENT (ONLY WHEN DIRECTED BY ENGINEER) A. Do not place and mix cement when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. Place Portland Cement base when temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising. 5/2013 02335-6 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE B Spread cement uniformly on soil at rate specified by laboratory When bulk cement spreader is used,position it by string lines or other approved method to ensure uniform distribution of cement. Apply cement only to area where operations can be continuous and completed in daylight,within 1 hour of application. Amount of moisture in soil at time of cement placement shall not exceed quantity that will permit uniform mixture of soil and cement during dry mixing operations. Do not exceed specified optimum moisture content for soil cement mixture. C Do not allow equipment other than that used in spreading and mixing, to pass over freshly spread cement until it is mixed with soil. D Dry mix cement with soil after cement application. Continue mixing until cement has been sufficiently blended with soil to prevent formation of cement balls when water is applied. Mixture of soil and cement that has not been compacted and finished shall not remain undisturbed for more than 30 minutes. E. Immediately after dry mixing is complete, uniformly apply water as necessary and incorporate it into mixture. Pressurized equipment must provide adequate supply to ensure continuous application of required amount of water to sections bemg processed within 3 hours of cement application. Ensure proper moisture distribution at all times. After last increment of water has been added, continue mixing until thorough and uniform mix has been obtained. F Ensure percentage of moisture in mixture,based on dry weights,is within 2 percentage points of specified optimum moisture content prior to compaction. When uncompacted soil cement mixture is wetted by rain indicating that average moisture content exceeds tolerance given at time of final compaction,reconstruct entire section in accordance with this Section at no additional cost to City 3.07 COMPACTION-LIME SUBGRADE A. Aerate or sprinkle to attain optimum moisture content as determined by Testing Laboratory Remove and reconstruct sections where average moisture content exceeds ranges specified at time of final compaction. B Start compaction immediately after final mixing,unless approved by Engineer C Spread and compact in two or more approximately equal layers where total compacted thickness is to be greater than 8 inches. D Compact with approved heavy pneumatic or vibrating rollers, or a combination of tamping rollers and light pneumatic rollers. Begin compaction at the bottom and continue until entire depth is uniformly compacted. E. Do not allow stabilized base to mix with underlying material. Correct irregularities or weak spots immediately by replacing material and re-compacting. 5/2013 02335-7 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE F Compact to following minimum densities at a moisture content of optimum to 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D 698,unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. 1 Areas to receive pavement without subsequent base course.Minimum density of 98 percent of maximum dry density 2. Areas to receive subsequent base course Minimum density of 95 percent of maximum dry density G Seal with approved light pneumatic tired rollers. Prevent surface hair line cracking. Rework and re-compact at areas where hair line cracking develops. H. Contractor shall conduct operations to minimize elapsed time between mixing and compacting stabilized subgrade in order to take advantage of rapid initial set characteristics. Complete compaction within 2 hours of commencing compaction and not more than 6 hours after adding and mixing the last stabilizing agent. 3.08 COMPACTION-PORTLAND CEMENT SUBGRADE(ONLY WHEN DIRECTED BY ENGINEER) A. Pnor to beginning compaction, ensure mixture is in loose condition for its full depth. Uniformly compact the loose mixture to specified density, lines and grades. B After soil and cement mixture is compacted,apply water uniformly as needed and mix thoroughly Then reshape surface to required lines, grades and cross section and lightly scarify to loosen impnnts left by compacting or shaping equipment. C. Roll resulting surface with pneumatic-tired roller and "skin" surface with power grader Thoroughly compact mixture with pneumatic roller,adding small increments of moisture,as needed. When aggregate larger than No 4 sieve is present in mixture, make one complete coverage of section with flat-wheel roller immediately after skinning operation. When approved by Project Manager, surface finishing methods may be vaned from this procedure, provided dense uniform surface, free of surface compaction planes, is produced. Maintain moisture content of surface material at its specified optimum during finishing operations. Compact and finish surface within period not to exceed 2 hours,to produce smooth, closely knit surface, free of cracks, ridges, or loose material, conforming to crown, grade and line shown on Drawings within period not to exceed 2 hours. 3.09 CURING A. Moist cure for a minimum of 3 days before placing base or surface course,or opening to traffic. Time may be adjusted as approved by Engineer Subgrade may be opened to traffic after 2 days if adequate strength has been attained to prevent damage.Restrict traffic to light pneumatic rollers or vehicles weighing less than 10 tons. 5/2013 02335-8of10 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE B Keep subgrade surface damp by spnnkhng. Roll with light pneumatic roller to keep surface knit together C Place base, surface, or seal course within 14 days after final mixing and compaction unless prior approval is obtained from Engineer 3.10 TOLERANCES A. Top of compacted surface:Plus or minus 1/4 mch in cross section or in 16 foot length. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. A minimum of three phenolphthalein test will be made at random locations per 1000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of base to determme in-place depth. B. Contractor may, at his own expense, request additional cores in the vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in-place depths. If the average of the tests falls below the required depth,place and compact additional material at no cost to the Owner C Compaction Testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 at random locations near depth determination tests. Three tests will be performed for each 1000 foot roadway section. Rework and re-compact areas that do not conform to compaction requirements at no cost to the Owner 3.12 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A. Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. B Fill test pits with new compacted lime stabilized subgrade. C. Completed surface shall be smooth and conform to typical section and established lines and grades. D In unpaved areas, grade surface as a uniform slope from installed appurtenances to natural grade and stabilize as indicated on Plans. 3.13 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A. Maintain stabilized Subgrade to lines and grades and in good condition until placement of base or surface course. B Protect the asphalt membrane, if used, from being picked up by traffic. 5/2013 02335-9 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE C Repair settlements, areas with loss of density, or areas of subgrade damaged by Contractor's operations at no additional cost to Owner by replacing and re-compacting material to full depth. D Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas,where practical,to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. END OF SECTION 5/2013 02335- 10 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR WATER LINES Section 02417 AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR WATER LINES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of pipe and casing for water lines by methods of augering. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01570—Trench Safety System 2. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 3 Section 01350—Submittals 4 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 5 Section 02635—Steel Pipe and Fittings 6 Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 7 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises C Referenced Standards 1 American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT UNIT PRICES A Measurement for augered casing with water pipe will be on a linear foot basis measured from end to end of the casing. B Payment of augered casing with water pipe will be full compensation for all labor, equipment,casing,water pipe,materials and supervision for construction complete in place including dewatenng,augenng,joints,spoil removal,pipe installation,grouting, utility adjustments,testing,and cleanup,and other work necessary for construction as shown on the Plans and as specified. C Measurement of augered water pipe will be on a linear foot basis along the axis of the pipe from auger pit to auger pit. D Payment of augered water pipe will be full compensation for labor, pipe, equipment, materials, and supervision for construction complete in place including dewatenng, jacking,utility adjustments,testing,cleanup,and other work necessary for construction as shown on the Plans and as specified. E No separate payment will be made for auger pits and other excavations under this section. Include cost of excavation, surface restoration, pavement repair, etc., for auger pits or observation pits in Sections related to the open-cut utility installation portion of the Work. Include cost of trench safety for auger pits or observation pits in Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems. F Refer to Section 01200 -Measurement and Payment Procedures. 02/2008 02417- 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR WATER LINES 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submit product data in accordance with requirements of Section 01350-Submittals. B Submit product data for casing insulators for approval. C Prior to commencement of work,furnish for the Engineer's approval, a plan showing pit locations. Approval of this plan will not relieve Contractor from responsibility to obtain specified results. D Show actual pit locations dimensioned on as-built drawings so that they can be identified in field. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A Conform to Texas Department of Transportation for installations under state highways. Owner will obtain required permits for State Highway crossings. City will make submittal to TxDOT Contractor will supply Traffic Control Plans B Installations under railroads 1 Secure and comply with requirements of right-of-entry for crossing railroad company's easement or right-of-way from railroad companies affected. Comply with railroad permit requirements. Submit copy to the Engineer 2. Use dry auger method only 3 No extra compensation for damages due to delays caused by the railroad requesting work to be done at hours which will not inconvenience the railroad. 4 Maintain minimum 35-foot clearance from centerline of tracks. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 1.06 CRITERIA FOR DETERMINING INSTALLATION LOADS A Pipes and casings shall be selected by the Contractor to carry overburden pressure and applicable surcharge and installation loads. B The criteria to be used for truck loading shall be HS-20 vehicle loading distributions in accordance with AASHTO C The Contractor shall be responsible for the selection of the casing,pipe,and pipe joints to carry the thrust of the jacks or loads due to the pulling mechanism. D The Contractor shall select the diameter of the casing to meet the minimum dimensions defined in the Plans, and to permit practical installation(including skids, pipe spiders and shims, if applicable) and grouting, where required. 02/2008 02417-2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR WATER LINES 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Piping and Fittings. As required by Plans. B Casings. Where required by Plans,in accordance with Section 02635-Steel Pipe and Fittings. C Insulators Where casings are required by Plans, casing insulator width 8 inches for pipe sizes 4 to 14 inches, 12 inches for pipe sizes 16 to 30 inches. 1 For welded steel pipe 12 inches and smaller, use Pipeline Seal & Insulator Model PE, or approved equal. 2. For other pipe matenals, use Pipeline Seal & Insulator Model C8G-2 or approved equal for pipe sizes up to 12 inches. 3 For all pipe sizes above 12 inches, use Pipeline Seal & Insulator Model C12G-2 or approved equal. D Casing End Seals Provide Pipeline Seal &Insulator Model C or approved equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A Do not exceed 100 feet for length of auger hole for uncased PVC pipe less than 12 inches in diameter without intermediate pit. B Do not exceed 75 feet for length of auger hole for uncased PVC pipe 12 inches to 16 inches in diameter without intermediate pit. C Do not exceed 80 feet for length of auger hole for uncased PVC pipe greater than 16- inches in diameter without intermediate pit. 3.02 PREPARATION A Secure right-of-entry for crossing railroad company's easement or right-of-way 3.03 JACKING A Comply with Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems for all pits, access shafts, end trenches and other excavations relating to work required by this specification. B If grade of pipe at jacking end is below ground surface, excavate suitable pits or trenches for conducting jacking operations and for placing end joints of pipe. Wherever end trenches are cut in sides of embankment or beyond it, sheath securely and brace such work to prevent earth caving. C No more than one joint shall be made-up in pit or trench prior to jacking. 02/2008 02417-3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR WATER LINES D Construction shall not interfere with operation of railroad, street, highway, or other facility, nor weaken or damage embankment or structure. E During construction operations,furnish and maintain barricades and lights to safeguard traffic and pedestrians as directed by the Engineer,until such time as backfill has been completed and removed from site. F Provide heavy-duty jacks suitable for forcing pipe through embankment. Use suitable jacking head,usually of timber, and suitable bracing between jacks and jacking head and suitable jacking frame or backstop so that jacking pressure will be applied to pipe uniformly around ring of pipe. Set pipe to be jacked on guides, properly braced together, to support section of pipe and to direct it in proper line and grade. Place jacking assembly in line with direction and grade of pipe. Excavate embankment material just ahead of pipe and remove material through pipe. Force pipe through embankment with jacks, into space thus provided. G Conform excavation for underside of pipe to contour and grade of pipe,for at least one third of circumference of pipe Provide clearance of not more than 2 inches for upper half of pipe. Taper off upper clearance to zero at point where excavation conforms to contour of pipe. H Distance that excavation shall extend beyond end of pipe depends on character of material,but it shall not exceed 2 feet in any case. Decrease distance on instructions from the Engineer,if character of material being excavated makes it desirable to keep advance excavation closer to end of pipe. I Jack pipe from low or downstream end. Lateral or vertical variation in final position of pipe from line and grade established by the Engineer will be permitted only to extent of 1 inch in 10 feet, provided such variation is regular and only in one direction and that final grade of flow line is in direction indicated on plans. J Use cutting edge of steel plate around head end of pipe extending short distance beyond end of pipe with inside angles or lugs to keep cutting edge from slipping back onto pipe. K Once jacking of pipe is begun, carry on without interruption to prevent pipe from becoming firmly set in embankment. L Remove and replace any pipe damaged in jacking operations. M Backfill pits or trenches excavated to facilitate jacking operations immediately after completion of jacking of pipe. N Grout annular space when loss of embankment occurs or when clearance of two inches is exceeded. 02/2008 02417-4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR WATER LINES 3.04 AUGERING(BORING) A Auger from approved pit locations. Excavate for pits and install shoring as outlined above under "Jacking." Auger mechanically with use of a pilot hole entire length of crossing and check for line and grade on opposite end of bore from work pit. The large hole is to be no more than 2 inches larger than diameter of bell. Place excavated material outside working pit and dispose of as required. Use water or other fluids in connection with boring operation only to lubricate cuttings, jetting will not be permitted. B In unconsolidated soil formations, a gel-forming colloidal drilling fluid may be used. Fluid is to consist of at least 10 percent of high-grade processed bentonite and shall consolidate cuttings of bit, seal walls of hole, and shall furnish lubrication for subsequent removal of cuttings and installation of pipe. 3.05 PIPE IN CASING A Pipes shall be installed in augered casings in accordance with this Section, as applicable. B Bottom of trench adjacent to each end of casing should be graded to provide firm, uniform, and continuous support for carrier pipe. If trench requires some backfill to establish final trench bottom grade, backfill material should be placed in 6-inch lifts and each layer properly compacted. C Install casing end seals in accordance with manufactures specifications. 3.06 INSULATOR INSTALLATION A Casing spacers and/or insulators should be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Special care should be taken to ensure that all subcomponents are correctly assembled and evenly tightened,and that no damage occurs during tightening or carrier pipe insertion. B Spacing of spacers or insulators should ensure that carrier pipe is adequately supported throughout its length, particularly at ends, to offset settling and possible electrical shorting. End spacer must be within 6 inches of end of casing pipe,regardless of size of casing and carrier pipe or type of spacer used. Casing spacers are designed to withstand much greater loads than can be safely applied to most coatings Therefore, spacing between spacers depends largely on load bearing capabilities of pipe coating and flexibility of pipe. 1 Spacing shall be as shown on Plans with maximum distance between spacers to be 10 feet for pipe sizes 4 to 14 inches and 8 feet for pipe sizes 16 to 30 inches. 2. For ductile iron pipe, flanged pipe, or bell-and-spigot pipe, spacers should be installed within one foot on each side of bell or flange and one in center of joint when 18-to 20-foot-long joints are used. 3 If casing or carrier pipe is angled,bent, or dented, spacing should be reduced. _ 02/2008 02417-5 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR WATER LINES C Where metallic carrier pipe is to be placed in metallic casing, provide electric insulating type spacers to ensure no contact between carrier pipe and casing. 3.07 FILLING ANNULAR SPACE A Allowable variation from line and grade shall be as specified under"Jacking." Block void space around pipe in augered hole with approximately 12 inches of packed clay or similar material approved by the Engineer,to prevent bedding or backfill from entering the void around the pipe in the augered hole when compacted. For pipe diameters 4 inches through 8 inches use minimum 1/2 cubic foot clay for pipe diameters 12 inches through 16 inches use minimum 3/4 cubic foot clay 3.08 AUGER PITS A Locate auger pits where there is minimum interference with traffic or access to property B Pit Size: Provide minimum 6-inch space between pipe and walls of bore pit. Maximum allowable width of pit shall be 5 feet unless approved by the Engineer Width of pit at surface shall not be less than at bottom. Maximum allowable length of pit shall be no more than 5 feet longer than one full joint of pipe and shall not exceed 25 feet unless approved by the Engineer C Excavate bore pits to finished grade at least 6 inches lower than grade indicated by stakes or._as_approved by the Engineer D Backfill in accordance with Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 3.09 CLEAN UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.10 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain all pipe and casing augering in good condition until completion of Work. END OF SECTION 02/2008 02417-6 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS Section 02510 WATER MAINS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of water mains, including valves, fire hydrants,wet connections, cut and plug of mains, disinfection, and hydrostatic testing for pipelines. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200 -Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 - Submittals 3 Section 02514-Fire Hydrant Assembly 4 Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete 5 Section 02512 -Polyethylene Wrap 6 Section 02417 -Augering Pipe for Water Lines 7 Section 02515 - Water Tap and Service Line Installation 8 Section 02318 -Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 9 Section 02980 -Pavement Repair 10 Section 01450 -Testing Laboratory Services 11 Section-02634-Ductile-Iron-Pipe-and-Fittings C. Referenced Standards 1 Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) 2. American Water Works Association(AWWA) 3 American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for water mains open cut or augered, with or without casing, is on a linear foot basis for each size of pipe installed. Mains Measure along axis of pipe and include fittings and valves. Branch Pipe Measure from axis of main to end of branch. B Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements. 1 Pipe shall bear Underwriter's Laboratories(UL)or Factory Mutual(FM)label. 6/2014 02510- 1 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 2. Pipe material acceptable without penalty to State's community fire insurance rating agency 3 System acceptable to City and TCEQ 4 Bacteriological disinfection acceptable to local health officials and Texas Department of Health, and TCEQ 5 Water taps and draw off lines in compliance with local municipal specifications and regulations. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section-01350 — Submittals. B Product Data. 1 Obtain from pipe manufacturer installation instructions,manuals,and printed recommendations, except for Owner furnished pipe. 2. Retain product data on job site for reference. 3 Submit certified record of tests of pipe, fittings, or valves upon request of Engineer 4 Submit hydrant manufacturer flow and friction loss curve. C. Samples. 1 Notify City when system is pressure tested and disinfected. City will take all samples for bacteriological testing as required by TCEQ 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Deliver pipe to trench in sound,undamaged condition. B Cut pipe neatly avoiding sharp,ragged, or unbeveled,plain ends and do not damage lining by cutting. C Remove damaged or rejected materials from project site. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not lay pipe when it is raining or when trench is muddy,soft,or contains standing water B 6/2014 02510-2 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC)PRESSURE PIPE A. Conform to requirements of Section 02534-PVC Pipe. All pipe used for water mains shall be blue. 2.02 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE A. Conform to requirements of Section 02532W-HDPE 2.03 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR LARGE DIAMETER WATER LINES A. Conform to requirements of Section 02513 - Steel Pipe and Fittings for Large Diameter Water Lines. 2.04 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Conform to requirements of Section 02634 -Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2.05 FIRE HYDRANTS A. Conform to requirements of Section 02514-Fire Hydrant Assembly 2.06 VALVES A. General. Conform to requirements of Section 02541 — Water and Wastewater Line Valves. 1 Manual operators a. Provide hand wheel manual operators for in-plant valves. b Equip buried valves with 2 in. square operating nuts. 2. Furnish no less than one operating key with each lot of 10 buried valves with nut operators. 3 Rotation. a. Direction. OPEN COUNTERCLOCKWISE (OPEN LEFT). 4 Shop coating: a. Shop coat ferrous metal surfaces of valves both interior and exterior for corrosion protection. b.Protect internal and external iron surfaces of valves with coating of 4 mils of two-part thermosetting epoxy AWWA C 550 5 Working and test pressures a. Valves 2 in. through 12 in. 200 psi working pressure, 400 psi hydrostatic test pressure. b Valves 14 in.through 36 in. 150 psi working pressure,300 psi hydrostatic test pressure. 6/2014 02510-3 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS B Gate Valves (2 in. Through 36 in.). 1 Buried valves. a. Comply with AWWA C500,non-rising stem(NRS),resilient wedge. b Epoxy-coated ductile iron body and bonnet, inside screw c. Bronze. Seat and disc rings, stem and mountings, and disc wedges. d. "0"ring sealed stem and 2 in. square operating nut. e. Valves 2 in. through 12 in. Vertical type without by-passes. f. Valves 16 in.through 36 in. Horizontal type with enclosed steel bevel gears resilient wedge, standard size by-pass valves. g. Stuffing box and bonnet bolts and nuts to be 304 stainless steel. h. Install in section of horizontal pipe. i. Mechanical joint ends with gasket complying with AWWA C 111 J Acceptable product: 1) East Jordan, American Flow Control, Mueller Co "A-2380 Series" C Tapping Valves and Tapping Sleeves. 1 Tapping sleeves shall be solid stainless steel and valves shall conform with all others as mentioned above. D Valve Boxes 1 Cast iron,threaded screw extension sleeve type,adjustable suitable for depth of cover over pipe,with base and cover 2. 3/16 in. thick, 5 in. diameter minimum. 3 Provide with suitable cast iron bases and covers. 4 Covers. Cast name designating type of service, e.g., "WATER" for water service. 2.07 RELATED MATERIALS A. Concrete. As specified in Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete. 6/2014 02510-4 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS B Meter Box. 1 Cast iron to Owner's dimensions. ASTM A 48. C. The service line between Curb stop and Corporation Stop shall be CTS Polyethylene, SDR—9 D Corporation and Curb Stops and Fittings. ASTM B 62,NSF 61 lead free 3.0 EXECUTION A. Conform to requirements in Section 02534-PVC Pipe, Section 02634-Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings, Section 02532W—HDPE, Section 02635 Steel Pipe and Fittings, and Section 02513 - Steel Pipe and Fittings for Large Diameter Water Lines. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Thoroughly clean pipe interiors of foreign matter before being lowered into trench. B Clean hydrant and valve interiors of foreign matter before installation. C. Employ workmen who are skilled and experienced in laying pipe of type and joint configuration being furnished. Provide watertight pipe and pipe joints. D Lay pipe to lines and grades shown on Drawings and Details. E. If asbestos-cement (A.C) pipe is encountered, follow safety practices outline in American Water Works Association's publication, "Work Practices for A/C Pipe" Strictly adhere to "recommended practices" contained in this publication and make them"mandatory practices"for this project. F For pipe diameters 36 inches and greater,clearly mark each section of pipe and fitting with unique designation on inside of pipe along with pressure class. Locate unique identifying mark minimum of five feet away from either end of each section of pipe. Provide one unique identifying mark in middle of each fitting. Place markings at consistent locations. Use permanent black paint and minimum letter height of 4 inches to mark designations. G Contractor is responsible for assunng chosen manufacturer fulfills requirements for extra fittings and,therefore, is responsible for costs due to downtime if requirements are not met. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Inspection. 1 Carefully examine each piece of pipe for soundness and specifications compliance after delivery at trench before placing in trench. 6/2014 02510-5 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 2 Remove rejected pipe and fittings from site of work and replace with sound pipe. 3 Pipe and fittings will be rejected because of any of the following: a. Cracks in pipe or fittings. b. Damaged or cracked ends. c.Damaged gaskets or gasket grooves. d. Less than minimum wall thickness. e. Defects and deformations. B Cleaning: 1 Clean interior of pipe and fittings of foreign matter before laying. 2. Keep interiors and ends clean during installation. 3 Keep joint contact surfaces clean during installation. 4 Take precautions to prevent foreign material from entering pipe during installation. 5 Do not place rubbish,tools,rags, or other materials in pipe. 6 Whenever pipe laying is stopped,place plugs in uncompleted ends of pipe. C Installation. 1 Install pipe, couplings, and fittings in accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendations. Conform to applicable installation specifications for types of pipes use. 2 Install gaskets and lubricants as recommended by manufacturer 3 Full length of each barrel of pipe shall rest solidly on pipe bed with recesses excavated to accommodate bells and joints. 4 Take up and relay pipe that has grade or joint disturbed. 5 Do not joint pipe with water in trench. 6 Keep water out of trench until jointing is completed. 7 Do not lay water pipe closer than 10 ft. horizontally from sanitary sewer 8 Do not locate joints at cross-overs with sanitary sewers closer than 9 ft. from cross-over point. 6/2014 02510-6 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 9 Where water lines cross sanitary sewers,construct in accordance with the City of Pearland Engineering Design Criteria Manual for water line or TCEQ standards whichever is more stringent 10 Where pipe ends are left for future connections, install valve and plug or cap end. Forty feet minimum line section required between valve and plug or cap end. 11 Install concrete thrust blocking at bends and tees and at ends of lines to provide adequate reaction backing. 12. Lay_not_more_than400 feet_oLpipe_in_trench ahead_ofbackfilling_operations. 13 Dig trench proper width as shown in details. When trench width below top of pipe becomes 4 feet wider than specified, install higher class of pipe or improved bedding,as determined by Engineer No additional payment will be made for higher class of pipe or improved bedding. 14 Use adequate surveying methods and equipment;employ personnel competent in use of this equipment. Horizontal and vertical deviations from alignment as indicated on Drawings shall not exceed 0 10 feet. Measure and record "as built"honzontal alignment and vertical grade at maximum of every 100 feet on record drawings. 15 Before assembling couplings,lightly coat pipe ends and outside of gaskets per manufacturer's specification. 16 Prevent damage to coating when placing backfill. Use backfill material free of large rocks or stones, or other matenal which could damage coatings. D Setting Valves, Valve Boxes and Fire Hydrants 1 Set plumb 2. Center valve boxes on valves. 3 Where feasible, locate valves outside area of roads and streets. 4 Carefully tamp back fill around each valve box to distance of 4 ft. on all sides or to undisturbed trench face if less than 4 ft. 5 Set hydrants at elevation so that connecting pipe will not have less cover than mains. 6 Set hydrants on concrete pad. 7 Depth of bury of hydrant is defined as distance from bottom of inlet pipe to ground line. 6/2014 02510-7 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 8 Place concrete thrust block back of hydrant opposite pipe connections set against vertical face of trench to prevent from blowing off line. 9 Use 5/8 in. stock stainless steel bridle rods and rod collars. 10 Place not less than 5 cu. ft. of broken stone around base of hydrant to ensure drainage. 11 Compact backfill to grade in accordance with specification section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 12. Tighten stuffing boxes. 13 Test hydrant and valve in opened and closed position to ensure that parts are in working condition. E. Joints and Jointing: 1 Rubber Gasketed Bell-and-Spigot Joints for PVC,Steel,and Ductile Iron Pipe: 2 a.After rubber gasket is placed in spigot groove of pipe,equalize rubber gasket cross section by inserting tool or bar recommended by manufacturer under rubber gasket and moving it around periphery of pipe spigot. b Lubricate gaskets per manufacturer's specification. c.Fit pipe units together in manner to avoid twisting or otherwise displacing or damaging rubber gasket. d.After pipe sections are joined,check gaskets to ensure that no displacement of gasket has occurred.If displacement has occurred,remove pipe section and remake joint as for new pipe. Remove old gasket, inspect for damage and replace if necessary before remaking joint. e.Where preventing movement of 16-inch diameter or greater pipe is necessary due to thrust,use restrained joints as shown on Drawings. 1) Include buoyancy conditions for soil unit weight when computing thrust restraint calculations. 2) Do not include passive resistance of soil in thrust restraint calculations. f. Except for PVC pipe, provide means to prevent full engagement of spigot into bell as shown on Drawings. Means may consist of wedges or other types of stops as approved by Engineer 6/2014 02510-8 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 2. Flanged Joints where required on Ductile Iron Pipe, or Steel Pipe. a. AWWA C 207 Prior to installation of bolts, accurately center and align flanged joints to prevent mechanical prestressing of flanges,pipe and equipment. Align bolt holes to straddle vertical, honzontal or north-south center line.Do not exceed 3/64 inch per foot inclination of flange face from true alignment. b Use full-face gaskets for flanged joints. Provide 1/8-inch-thick cloth inserted rubber gasket material. Cut gaskets at factory to proper dimensions. c. Use stainless steelnuts and bolts to match flange matenal.Use stainless steelnuts and bolts underground.Tighten bolts progressively to prevent unbalanced stress. Maintain at all times approximately same distance between two flanges at points around flanges.Tighten bolts alternately (180°apart)until all are evenly tight.Draw bolts tight to ensure proper seating of gaskets. d. Full length bolt isolating sleeves and washers shall be used with flanged connections. e. For in-line flange joints 30 inches in diameter and greater and at butterfly valve flanges, provide Pyrox G-10 with nitrite seal, conforming to ANSI A 21 11 mechanical joint gaskets. For in-line flange joints sized between 12 inches in diameter and greater and 24 inches in diameter and smaller,provide Phenolic PSI with nitrite seal gasket conforming to ANSI A 21 11 mechanical joint gaskets. 3 Welded Joints (Steel Pipe) a. Prior to starting work,provide certification of qualification for welders employed on project for type of work procedures and positions involved. b. Joints. AWWA C 206 Full-fillet, single lap-welded shp-type either inside or outside, or double butt-welded type; use automatic or hand welders, completely penetrate deposited metal with base metal, use filler metal compatible with base metal, keep inside of fittings and joints free from globules of weld metal which would restrict flow or become loose. Do not use mitered joints. For interior welded joints, complete backfilling before welding.For exterior field-welded joints, provide adequate working room under and beside pipe. Use exterior welds for 30-inch and smaller 6/2014 02510-9 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS c. Furnish welded joints with trimmed spigots and interior welds for 36- inch and larger pipe. d. Bell-and-spigot,lap-welded slip joints.Deflection maybe taken at joint by pulling joint up to 3/4 inch as long as 1 '/2 inch minimum lap is maintained. Spigot end may be miter cut to take deflections up to 5 degrees as long as joint tolerances are maintained. Miter end cuts of both ends of butt-welded joints may be used for joint deflections of up to 5 degrees. e. Align piping and equipment so that no part is offset more than 1/8 inch. Set fittings and joints square and true, and preserve alignment during welding operation. For butt welded joints, align abutting ends to minimize offset between surfaces. For pipe of same nominal wall thickness, do not exceed 1/16 inch offset. Use line-up clamps for this purpose;however,take care to avoid damage to linings and coatings. f. Protect epoxy or cement lining during welding by draping an 18-inch wide strip of heat resistant material over top half of pipe on each side of lining holdback to avoid damage to lining by hot splatter Protect tape coating similarly if external welding is required. g. Welding rods Compatible with metal to be welded to obtain strongest bond, E-7018 Root or"Stringer"pass shall be performed with 6011 rods and Filler and Cap shall be done using 7018 rods. h. Deposit metal in successive layers to provide at least 2 passes or beads for automatic welding and 3 passes or beads for manual welding in completed weld. i. Deposit no more than 1/4 inch of metal on each pass.Thoroughly clean each individual pass with wire brush or hammer to remove dirt,slag or flux. Do not weld under weather condition that would impair strength of weld, such as wet surface, rain or snow, dust or high winds, unless work is properly protected. k. Make tack weld of same material and by same procedure as completed weld. Otherwise,remove tack welds during welding operation. 1. Remove dirt,scale,and other foreign matter from inside piping before tying in sections, fittings, or valves. m. Welded Joints for Large Diameter Water Lines. 6/2014 02510- 10 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 1) Furnish pipe with trimmed spigots and interior welds for 36 inch and larger pipe. 2) Use exterior welds for 30 inch and smaller 3) Only one end may be miter cut.Miter end cuts of both ends of butt-welded joints may be used for joint deflections of up to 2 '/2 degrees. 4) For large diameter water lines,employ an independent certified _testing_laborator_y,_approved by Engineer, to_perform_weld acceptance tests on welded joints.Include cost of such testing and associated work to accommodate testing in contract unit price bid for water line. Furnish copies of test reports to Engineer for review Engineer has final decision as to suitability of welds tested. A) Weld acceptance critena. i) Cracking. ii) Lack of fusion/penetration. iii) Slag which exceeds one-third (t) where (t) quals material thickness. iv) Porosity/Relevant rounded indications greater than 3/16 inch, rounded indication is one of circular or elliptical shape with length equal to or less than three times its width. v) Relevant linear indications in which length of linear indication exceeds three times its width. vi) Four or more.relevant 1/16 inch rounded indications in line separated by 1/16 inch or less edge to edge. n. After pipe is joined and prior to start of welding procedure, make spigot and bell essentially concentnc by jacking, shimming or tacking to obtain clearance tolerance around periphery of joint except for deflected joints. o. Furnish each welder employed steel stencil for marking welds,so work of each welder can be identified. Mark pipe with assigned stencil adjacent to weld. When welder leaves job, stencil must be voided and not duplicated.Welder making defective welds must discontinue work and leave project site. Welder may return to project site only after recertification p Provide cylindrical corrosion barriers for epoxy lined steel pipe 24 inch diameter and smaller,unless minimum wall thickness is 0.5 inches or greater 6/2014 02510- 11 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 1) In additional to welding requirements contained herein Paragraph 3 06, conform to protection fitting manufacturer's installation recommendations. 2) Provide services of technical representative of manufacturer available on site at beginning of pipe laying operations. Representative to train welders and advise regarding installation and general construction methods. Welders must have 12 months prior experience installing protection fittings. 3) All steel pipe is to have cutback 3/4 inch to no greater than 1 inch of internal diameter coating from weld bevel. 4) Furnish steel fittings with cylindrical corrosion barriers with shop welded extensions to end of fittings. Extension length to measure no less than diameter of pipe. Shop apply lining in accordance with AWWA C210 or AWWA C213 5) All steel pipe receiving field adjustments are to be cold cut using standard practices and equipment. No cutting using torch is to be allowed. 4 Restrained Joints. a. For existing water lines and water lines less than 16 inches in diameter, restrain pipe joints with concrete thrust blocks. b Thrust restramt lengths shown on Drawings are mmimum anticipated lengths. These lengths are based on deflections indicated for large diameter lines and ductile iron pipe for small diameter lines. Adjustments in deflections or use of other pipe material may result in reduction or increase of thrust lengths. Perform calculations by pipe manufacturer to verify proposed thrust restraint lengths. Submit calculations for all pipe materials sealed by a registered Professional Engineer in State of Texas for review by Engineer Make adjustments in thrust restraint lengths at no additional cost to City c. Passive resistance of soil will not be permitted in calculation of thrust restraint. d. For 16 inch lines and larger use minimum 16 foot length of pipe in and out of joints made up of beveled pipe where restraint joint lengths are not identified on Drawings. Otherwise, provide restraint joints for a minimum length of 16 feet on each side of beveled joints. e. Installation. 6/2014 02510- 12 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 1) Install restrained joints mechanism in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2) Examine and clean mechanism, remove direct, debris and other foreign matenal. 3) Apply gasket and joint NSF 61 FDA per manufacturer's specification. 4) Verify gasket is evenly seated. 5) Do not over stab pipe into mechanism f. Prevent any lateral movement of thrust restraints throughout pressure testing and operation. g. Place 2500 psi concrete conforming to Section 03315 - Concrete for Utility Construction, for blocking at each change in direction of existing water lines, to brace pipe against undisturbed trench walls. Finish placement of concrete blocking, made from Type I cement, 4 days prior to hydrostatic testing of pipeline. Test may be made 2 days after completion of blocking if Type II cement is used. 5 Joint Grout(Steel Pipe) a. Mix cement grout mixture by machine except when less than 1/2 cubic yard is required. When less than 1/2 cubic yard is required,grout may be hand mixed. Mix grout only in quantities for immediate use. Place grout within 20 minutes of mixing. Discard grout that has set. Retempering of grout by any means is not permitted. b. Prepare grout in small batches to prevent stiffening before it is used. Do not use grout which has become so stiff that proper placement cannot be assured without retempering. Use grout for filling grooves of such consistency that it will adhere to ends of pipe. c. Surface Preparation. Remove defective concrete, laitance, dirt, oil, grease and other foreign material from concrete surfaces with wire brush or hammer to sound, clean surface. Remove rust and foreign materials from metal surfaces in contact with grout. 6/2014 02510- 13 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS d. Follow established procedures for hot and cold weather concrete placement. e. Complete joint grout operations and backfilling of pipe trenches as closely as practical to pipe laying operations. Allow grouted exterior joints to cure at least 1 hour before compacting backfill. f. Grouting exterior joint space: Hold wrapper in place on both sides of joint with minimum 5/8-mch-wide steel straps or bands. Place no additional bedding or backfill material on either side of pipe until after grout band is filled and grout has mechanically stiffened. Pull ends of wrapper together at top of pipe to form access hole. Pour grout down one side of pipe until it rises on other side. Rod or puddle grout to ensure complete filling of joint recess.Agitate for 15 minutes to allow excess water to seep through joint band. When necessary, add more grout to fill joint completely Protect gap at top of joint band from backfill by allowing grout to stiffen or by covering with structurally protective material. Do not remove band from joint. Proceed with placement of additional bedding and backfill material. g. Intenor Joints for Pipe 24 inches and Smaller Circumferentially butter bell with grout prior to insertion of spigot,strike off flush surplus grout inside pipe by pulling filled burlap bag or inflated ball through pipe with rope. After joint is engaged, finish off joint grout smooth and clean. Use swab approved by Project Manager for 20-inch pipe and smaller h. Protect exposed interior surfaces of steel joint bands by metallizing,by other approved coatings,or by pointing with grout.Joint pointing may be omitted on potable water pipelines if joint bands are protected by zinc metalizing or other approved protective coatings. i. Remove and replace improperly cured or otherwise defective grout. Strike off grout on interior joints and make smooth with inside diameter of pipe. k. When installed in tunnel or encasement pipe and clearance within casmg does not permit outside grout to be placed in normal manner, apply approved flexible sealer,such as Flex Protex or equal,to outside joint prior to joint engagement. Clean and prime surfaces receiving sealer in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Apply sufficient quantities of sealer to assure complete protection of steel in 6/2014 02510- 14 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS joint area. Fill interior of joint with grout in normal manner after joint closure. 1. Interior Joints for Water Lines 30 inches and Larger Clean joint space, wet joint surfaces,fill with stiff grout and trowel smooth and flush with mside surfaces of pipe using steel trowel so that surface is smooth. Accomplish grouting at end of each work day Obtain written acceptance from Project Engineer of inside joints before proceeding with next day's pipe laying operation. During inspection, insure no delamination of joint mortar has occurred by striking_joint mortar lining with_rubber mallet.Remove and replace delaminated_mortar lining. m. Work which requires heavy equipment to be over water line must be completed before mortar is applied to interior joints. n. Do not apply grout to joints that are out of tolerance until acceptable repairs are made. 6 Large Diameter Water Main Jomt Testing: In addition to testing individual joints with feeler gauge approximately 1/2 inch wide and 0 015-inch thick,use other joint testing procedure approved or recommended by pipe manufacturer which will help ensure watertight installation prior to backfilling.Perform tests at no additional cost to City 7 Make curves and bends by deflecting joints or other method as recommended by manufacturer and approved by the Engineer Submit details of other methods of providing curves and bends which exceed manufacturer's recommended deflection prior to installation. a. Deflection of pipe joints shall not exceed maximum deflection recommended by pipe manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. b If deflection exceeds that specified but is less than 5 percent, repair entire deflected pipe section such that maximum deflection allowed is not exceeded. c. If deflection is equal to or exceeds 5 percent from that specified, remove entire portion of deflected pipe section and install new pipe. d. Replace,repair, or reapply coatings and linings as required. e. Assessment of deflection may be measured by the Engineer at location along pipe. Arithmetical averages of deflection or similar average measurement methods will not be deemed as meeting intent of standard. 6/2014 02510- 15 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS f. When rubber gasketed pipe is laid on curve, join pipe in straight alignment and then deflect to curved alignment. 8 Closures Sections and Approved Field Modifications to Steel Pipe and Fittings. a. Apply welded-wire fabric reinforcement to interior and exterior of exposed interior and exterior surfaces greater than 6 mches in diameter Welded-wire fabric minimum W1, maximum spacing 2 inches by 4 inches, 3/8 inch from surface of steel plate or middle third of lining or coating thickness for mortar thickness less than 3/4 inch. b Fill exposed intenor and exterior surfaces with nonshrmk grout. c. For pipe diameters 36 inches and greater, perform field welds on interior and extenor of pipe. d. For large diameter water lines,provide minimum overlap of 4 mches of butt strap over adjacent piece on butt-strap closures. F Cathodic Protection Appurtenances 1 Where identified on Drawings,modify pipe for cathodic protection as detailed on Drawings and specified. Unless otherwise noted, provide insulation kits including test stations at connections to existing water system or at locations to isolate one type of cathodic system from another type, between water line, access manhole piping and other major openings in water line,or as shown on Drawings. 2 Bond joints for pipe installed in tunnel or open cut, except where insulating flanges are provided. Weld strap or clip between bell and spigot of each joint or as shown on Drawings. No additional bonding required where joints are welded for thrust restraint.Repair coatings as specified by appropnate AWWA standard,as recommended by manufacturer,and as approved by the Engineer 3 Bonding Strap or Clip Free of foreign material that may increase contact resistance between wire and strap or clip 6/2014 02510- 16 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS G Anchorage of Fittings. 1 Anchor tees, elbows and plugs in water mains with concrete thrust blocks. 2. Place blocks so that joints will be accessible for inspection and repair H. Handling: 1 Place pipe along project site where storm water or other water will not enter or pass through pipe. 2. Load, transport, unload, and otherwise handle pipe and fittings to prevent damage of any kind. Handle and transport pipe with equipment designed, constructed and arranged to prevent damage to pipe,lining and coating.Do not permit bare chains, hooks, metal bars, or narrow skids or cradles to come in contact with coatings. Where required, provide pipe fittings with sufficient interior strutting or cross bracing to prevent deflection under their own weight. 3 Hoist pipe from trench side into trench by means of sling of smooth steel cable, canvas, leather,nylon or similar material. 4 For large diameter water lines, handle pipe only by means of sling of canvas, leather,nylon,or similar material. Sling shall be minimum 36 inches in width. Do not tear or wrinkle tape layers. 5 Use precautions to prevent injury to pipe,protective linings and coatings. a. Package stacked pipe on timbers.Place protective pads under banding straps at time of packaging. b. Pad fork trucks with carpet or other suitable material.Use nylon straps around pipe for lift when relocating pipe with crane or backhoe. c. Do not lift pipe using hooks at each end of pipe. d. Do not place debris,tools, clothing, or other materials on pipe. 6 Repair damage to pipe or protective lining and coating before fmal acceptance. 7 For cement mortar line and coated steel pipe,permit no visible cracks longer than 6 inches,measured within 15 degrees of line parallel to pipe longitudinal axis of finished pipe, except: a. In surface laitance of centrifugally cast concrete. b. In sections of pipe with steel reinforcing collars or wrappers. c. Within 12 inches of pipe ends. 6/2014 02510- 17 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 8 Reject pipe with visible cracks (not meeting exceptions) and remove from project site. I. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean and dry interior of pipe and fittings of foreign matter before installation, and keep interior clean until Work has been accepted. Keep joint contact surfaces clean until jointing is completed.Do not place debris,tools,clothing or other materials in pipe. After pipe laying and joining operations are completed, clean inside of pipe and remove debris. J Inspection. Before installation, inspect each pipe and fitting for defects. Reject defective, damaged or unsound pipe and fittings and remove them from site. 3.04 WET CONNECTIONS A. Definitions 1 Wet connections consist of isolating sections of pipe to be connected with installed valves,draining the isolated sections,and completing the connections. 2. Connection of 2 inch or smaller lines,which may be referred to on Plans as"2 inch standard connections"or"gooseneck connections"will be measured as 2" wet connections. This item is not to be used as any part of a 2-inch service line. B Materials. 1 Corporation stops and saddles shall conform to requirements of Section 02515- Water Tap and Service Line Installation. 2 Valves shall conform to requirements of Section 02541 — Fire Hydrant Assembly 3 Brass fittings shall conform to requirements of AWWA C800 C Execution. 1 Plan wet connections in such manner and at such hours as to least inconvenience public. Notify Public Works Department at least 48 hours in advance of making connections. 2. DO NOT OPERATE VALVES ON MAINS IN USE BY OWNER.Owner will handle, at no cost to Contractor, all operations involving opening and closing valves for wet connections. 3 Conduct connection operations when Inspector is at job site. Connection work shall progress without interruption until complete, once existing mains have been cut or plugs have been removed for making connections. 6/2014 02510- 18 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS D 2-Inch Wet Connections 1 Tap water main. Provide and install corporation stops,saddles,as required for line and grade adjustment; and brass fittings necessary to adapt to existing main. Provide one Corporation Stop at main line and one Curb Stop at meter The service line between Curb Stop and Corporation Stop shall be CTS Polyethylene, SDR-9 3.05 CUT,PLUG AND ABANDONMENT OF MAINS A. Materials. 1 Concrete for thrust blocks. Class B conforming to requirements of Section 03305 2. Plugs and clamps shall be suitable for type of pipe to be plugged. B Execution. 1 Do not begin cut,plug and abandonment operations until replacement mam has been constructed, disinfected, and tested, and all service lines have been transferred to replacement main. 2. Install plug, clamp, and concrete thrust block and make cut at location shown on Plans. 3 Main to be abandoned shall not be valved off and shall not be cut or plugged other than at supply main or as shown on Plans. 4 After main to be abandoned has been cut and plugged,check for other sources feeding abandoned main. If sources are found,notify Engineer immediately Cut and plug abandoned main at point of other feed as directed by Engineer 5 Plug or cap all ends or openings in abandoned main in an acceptable manner approved by Engineer 6 Remove and dispose of all surface identifications such as valve boxes and fire hydrants. Valve boxes in improved streets,other than shell,may be poured full of concrete after removing cap 7 Backfill all excavations in accordance with Section 02318 —Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 8. Repair all street surfaces in accordance with Section 02980—Pavement Repair 6/2014 02510- 19 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 3.06 HYDROSTATIC TESTING A. Hydrostatically test all new water pipelines for liquids before connecting to water distribution system. B Pipelines shall be tested in lengths between valves, or plugs, of not more than 1,500 feet unless greater length is approved by Engineer C Conduct hydrostatic tests in presence of Engineer D -Preparation. 1 Disinfect water system pipelines pnor to hydrostatic testing. E. Test Procedures 1 Furnish,install,and operate connections,pump,meter and gages necessary for hydrostatic testing. 2. Allow pipeline to sit minimum of 24 hours from time it is initially disinfected until testing begins, to allow pipe wall or lining material to absorb water Contractor should be aware that periods of up to 7 days may be required for mortar lining to become saturated. 3 Expel all air and apply a minimum test pressure of 125 psi or 150 psi as directed by Engineer 4 Maintain test pressure for 8 hours. If a large quantity of water is required to maintain pressure during test,testing shall be discontinued until cause of water loss is identified and corrected. F Allowable Leakage for Water Mains. 1 During hydrostatic tests,no leakage will be allowed for sections of water mains consisting of welded joints. 2. Maximum allowable leakage for water mains with rubber gasketed joints. 11 65 gallons per inch nominal diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours while testing at the required pressure. G Correction for Failed Tests. 1 Repair all joints showing visible leaks on surface regardless of total leakage shown on test. Check all valves and fittings to ensure that no leakage occurs that could affect or invalidate test. Remove any cracked or defective pipes, fittings and valves discovered during pressure test and replace with new items. 2. Repeat test until satisfactory results are obtained. 6/2014 02510-20 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 3.07 DISINFECTION A. All waterlines constructed shall be promptly disinfected before any tests are conducted on waterlines and before waterlines are connected to water distribution system. B Water for disinfection and flushing will be furnished without charge to Contractor C. Preparation. 1 Furnish all required temporary blind flanges,cast-iron sleeves,plugs,and-other items needed to facilitate disinfection of new mains priorto connectingthem to water distribution system. Normally,each valved section of waterline requires two each 3/4-inch taps. A2-inch.minimum-blow-off is required for waterlines up to and including 6-inch diameter 2. .Fire hydrants shall be used as blow-offs to flush newly constructed waterlines 8-inch diameter and above. Where fire hydrants are not available on waterlines,locations and designs for blow-offs shall be as indicated on Plans. Install temporary blow-off valves and remove promptly upon successful completion of disinfection and testing. Abandon by turning off corp and using a stainless steel cap 3 Slowly fill each section of pipe with water in a manner approved by Engineer Average-water-velocity when iihngpipehne-should-beiessthan 1-fps-and-shall not, under any circumstance, exceed 2 fps. Before beginning disinfection operations, expel all air from pipeline. 4 All excavations made shall be backfilled immediately after installation of users or blow-offs. 5 Install blow-off valves at end of main to facilitate flushing at all dead-end water mains. Install permanent blow-off valves/auto flusher per drawing Ll D Disinfection. 1 Use not less than 100 parts of chlorine per million parts of water Introduce chlorinating material to water lines in accordance with AWWA C651 After contact period of not less than 24 hours, flush system with clean water until residual chlorine is no greater than 1 0 parts per million parts of water Open and close valves in lines being sterilized several times during contact period.If super-chlorinated water(i.e. chlorine concentration above 4mg/1) is used for cleaning water main disinfection and flushing,the water must be dechlorinated pnor to discharge.The water discharged into the stormsewer system or natural waterway must meet the Clean Water Act (33 USC § 1251 et seq.) and any subsequent amendments thereof. 2. If a chemical compound is used for a sterilizing agent, it shall be placed in pipes as directed by Engineer 6/2014 02510-21 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS E. Bacteriological Testing: 1 After disinfection and flushing of waterlines, bacteriological tests will be performed by Owner or testing laboratory in accordance with Section 01450— Testing Laboratory Services. If test results indicate need for additional disinfection of waterlines based upon Texas Department of Health and TCEQ requirements,Contractor shall perform additional disinfection operations at no additional cost to the Owner E. Completion. 1 Upon completion of disinfection and testing, remove risers except those approved for use in subsequent hydrostatic testing, and backfill excavation promptly END OF SECTION 6/2014 02510-22 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER METERS Section 02511 WATER METERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Water meters for customer service, including submeters (i.e., cooling tower meters, sewer credit meters, etc.), for fire service in sizes 5/8 inch through 10 inches. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment 2. Section 02510—Water Mains 3 Section 02541 —Water and Wastewater Line Valves 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for installation of water meters furnished by the Owner is on an each basis for each meter type and size. Payment includes all labor and materials required for installation of water meters furnished by the Owner as indicated on Plans. B Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A Water meters shall be furnished by the Owner 2.02 CONNECTIONS AND FITTINGS A Connections Provide pipe in accordance with Section 02510 — Water Mains, restrained joints only B Fittings. Restrained ductile iron, push-on bell joints or mechanical joint fittings outside of meter vault installations, Class 125 flanged inside meter vaults, cement mortar lined and sealed. 2.03 LAYING LENGTHS A The minimum length (with 1 inch tolerance)for meter and standard strainer shall be shown as indicated on the detail drawing for water meters. 03/2008 02511 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER METERS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 TAPPING AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION A Refer to Section 02541—Water and Wastewater Line Valves for tapping requirements. END OF SECTION 03/2008 02511 -2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND POLYETHYLENE WRAP Section 02512 POLYETHYLENE WRAP 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION NCLUDES A Polyethylene wrap for cast and ductile iron pipe to be used only in open-cut construction when cathodic protection system is not required by Plans. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals C Referenced Standards 1 American Water Works Association (AWWA) a. AWWA C105 American National Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems 2. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 1248, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for polyethylene wrap Include cost of polyethylene wrap in unit price for items wrapped. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit manufacturer's product data for proposed film and tape for approval. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Polyethylene Film. Tubular or sheet form without tears, breaks, holidays or defects, conforming with requirements of AWWA C 105,2.5 to 3 percent carbon black content, either low- or high-density- 1 Low-density polyethylene film. Low-density polyethylene film shall be manufactured of virgin polyethylene matenal conforming to the following requirements of ASTM D 1248 a. Raw material. 1) Type I 2) Class. C (black) 3) Grade E-5 07/2006 02512- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND POLYETHYLENE WRAP 4) Flow rate (formerly melt index) 0 4 g/10 minute, maximum 5) Dielectric strength. Volume resistivity, 1015 ohm-cm, minimum b Physical properties. 1) Tensile strength. 1200 psi, minimum 2) Elongation. 300 percent, minimum 3) Dielectric strength. 800 V/mil thickness, minimum c. Thickness Low-density polyethylene film shall have a nominal thickness of 0 008 inch. The minus tolerance on thickness is 10 percent of the nominal thickness. 2. High-density,cross-laminated polyethylene film.High-density,cross laminated polyethylene film shall be manufactured of virgin polyethylene material conforming to the following requirements of ASTM D 1248 a. Raw material. 1) Type. III 2) Class. C (black) 3) Grade. P33 4) Flow rate (formerly melt index) 0 4 to 0.5g/10 minute, maximum 5) Dielectric strength. Volume resistivity, 1015 ohm-cm, minimum b Physical properties. 1) Tensile strength. 5000 psi, minimum 2) Elongation. 100 percent, minimum 3) Dielectric strength. 800 V/mil thickness, minimum c. Thickness. Film shall have a nominal thickness of 0 004 inch. The minus tolerance of thickness is 10 percent of the nominal thickness. B Polyethylene Tape. Provide 3-inch wide,plastic-backed,adhesive tape,Polyken No. 900, Scotchwrap No 50, or equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Preparation. 1 Remove all lumps of clay, mud, cinders, etc., on pipe surface prior to installation of polyethylene encasement. Prevent soil or embedment material from becoming trapped between pipe and polyethylene. 2. Fit polyethylene film to contour of pipe to affect a snug fit, but not tight; encase with minimum space between polyethylene and pipe. Provide sufficient slack in contouring to prevent stretching polyethylene where it bndges irregular surfaces,such as bell-spigot interfaces,bolted joints or fittings,and to prevent damage to polyethylene due to backfilling operations. Secure overlaps and ends with adhesive tape to hold polyethylene encasement in place until (' backfilling operations are complete. 07/2006 02512-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND POLYETHYLENE WRAP 3 For installations below water table and/or in areas subject to tidal actions,seal both ends of polyethylene tube with adhesive tape at joint overlap B Tubular Type (Method A) 1 Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 2 feet longer than pipe section. Slip tube around pipe, centering it to provide 1-foot overlap on each adjacent pipe section,and bunching it accordion-fashion lengthwise until it clears pipe ends. 2. Lower pipe into trench and make up pipe joint with preceding section of pipe. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene tube. 3 After assembling pipe joint,make overlap of polyethylene tube. Pull bunched polyethylene from preceding length of pipe, slip it over end of new length of pipe,and secure in place. Then slip end of polyethylene from new pipe section over end of first wrap until it overlaps joint at end of preceding length of pipe. Secure overlap in place. Take up slack width at top of pipe to make a snug,but not tight, fit along barrel of pipe, securing fold at quarter points. 4 Repair cuts, tears,punctures, or other damage to polyethylene. Proceed with installation of next section of pipe in same manner C Tubular Type (Method B): 1 Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 1 foot shorter than pipe section. Slip tube around pipe,centenng it to provide 6 inches of bare pipe at each end. Take up slack width at top of pipe to make a snug, but not tight, fit along barrel of pipe, securing fold at quarter points, secure ends. 2. Before making up joint, slip 3-foot length of polyethylene tube over end of preceding pipe section, bunching it accordion-fashion lengthwise. After completing joint, pull 3-foot length of polyethylene over joint, overlapping polyethylene previously installed on each adjacent section of pipe by at least 1 foot; make each end snug and secure. 3 Repair cuts, tears, punctures, or other damage to polyethylene. Proceed with installation of next section of pipe in same manner D Sheet Type. 1 Cut polyethylene sheet to a length approximately 2 feet longer than pipe section. Center length to provide 1-foot overlap on each adjacent pipe section, bunching it until it clears pipe ends. Wrap polyethylene around pipe so that it circumferentially overlaps top quadrant of pipe. Secure cut edge of polyethylene sheet at intervals of approximately 3 feet. 2. Lower wrapped pipe into trench and make up pipe joint with preceding section of pipe. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene. After completing joint, make overlap and secure ends. 3 Repair cuts, tears, punctures, or other damage to polyethylene. Proceed with installation of next section of pipe in same manner E Pipe-shaped Appurtenances Cover bends, reducers, offsets, and other pipe-shaped appurtenances with polyethylene in same manner as pipe. 07/2006 02512-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND POLYETHYLENE WRAP F Odd-shaped Appurtenances. When it is not practical to wrap valves,tees,crosses,and other odd-shaped pieces in tube, wrap with flat sheet or split length of polyethylene tube by passing sheet under appurtenance and bringing it up around body Make seams by bringing edges together, folding over twice, and taping down. Tape polyethylene securely in place at valve stem and other penetrations. G Repairs Repair any cuts, tears, punctures, or damage to polyethylene with adhesive tape or with short length of polyethylene sheet or cut open tube,wrapped around pipe to cover damaged area, and secured in place. H Openings in Encasement: Provide openings for branches, service taps,blowoffs, air valves, and similar appurtenances by making an X-shaped cut in polyethylene and temporarily folding back film. After appurtenance is installed, tape slack securely to appurtenance and repair cut,as well as other damaged area in polyethylene,with tape. Service taps may also be made directly through polyethylene, with any resulting damaged areas being repaired as described above. I Junctions between Wrapped and Unwrapped Pipe: Where polyethylene-wrapped pipe joins an adjacent pipe that is not wrapped,extend polyethylene wrap to cover adjacent pipe for distance of at least 3 feet. Secure end with circumferential turns of tape. Wrap service lines of dissimilar metals with polyethylene or suitable dielectric tape for minimum clear distance of 3 feet away from cast or ductile iron pipe. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02512-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY Section 02514 FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Fire hydrants. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 02634—Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 4 Section 02635—Steel Pipe and Fittings 5 Section 02534—PVC Pipe 6 Section 02510—Water Mains C Referenced Standards 1 National Fire Protection Association(NFPA) 2. American Water Works Association(AWWA) 3 American National Standards Institute(ANSI) 4 National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) 5 Food and Drug Administration (FDA) 6 Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) 7 Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) 8 National Sanitation Foundation(NSF) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for installation of fire hydrants is on a per each basis,complete in place. Payment includes all valves,fittings,bedding,backfill,and thrust blocking required for the installation of the fire hydrant assembly B If fire hydrant leads are included as a Bid Item, measurement will be on a linear foot basis. Separate payment will be made for open cut and augered leads. C Measurement for removing and salvaging of fire hydrants is on a per each basis. Payment includes removing hydrant and valve if available, plugging lead, and removing materials from site or returning salvaged fire hydrants to Owner D Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 06/2014 02514- 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY 1 Shop drawing(s)for proposed hydrant: Include model number,parts list, and material specifications, unique drawing number and descriptive legend identifying hydrant. 2. Material safety data sheets for lubricants. 3 Affidavit of compliance for coating materials. 4 Certified hydraulic performance test report for proposed hydrant. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 HYDRANT MATERIALS A Hydrants. AWWA C502, dry barrel design, tamper resistant; same manufacturer throughout project. 1 0-Ring Seal Packing: Prevent water leakage between barrel and lubrication chamber Provide dynamic seals of Buna "N" or other oil resistant material and static seals of Buna "N" or other approved synthetic rubber 2. Bronze. Hydrant components in waterway to contain not more than 15 percent zinc and not more than 8 percent lead. 3 Acceptable Manufacturer Mueller Super Centurian 250,American Darling B- 84-B, or East Jordan Iron Works WaterMaster 5CD250 B Operating Stems. Everdur, or other high-quality non-corrodible metal where threads are located in barrel or waterway Bronze-to-bronze working parts in waterway; genuine wrought iron or steel where threads are not located in barrel or waterway, -bronze-bushed at penetration of stuffing box, seal threads against contact with water regardless of open or closed position of main valve. Connect operating stems with breakable coupling. C Main Valve (shut-off valve) Circular; compression-type; closes with line pressure; minimum opening of 5-1/4 inches in diameter Seal bottom end of stem threads from contact with water with cap nut. D Valve Mechanism. Bronze valve seat ring threaded into bronze drain ring; seat ring and main valve assembly removable from above ground through upper barrel with lightweight seat removal wrench,breakable stem coupling opposite barrel breakaway; bronze or corrosion-resistant pins and locking devices,bronze valve stem sleeve, 0- ring seals and travel stop, sealed lubricating reservoir at top and bottom which fully lubricates threads and bearing surfaces when opening or closing main valve; thrust bearing or lubricated thrust collar for operating assembly Lubricants. Food Grade. Valve Seat: Molded "Natural" rubber; scale durometer rating of 90 ±5, minimum thickness of 1/2 inch. Natural Rubbers. Resistant to microbiological attack. E Lower Hydrant Barrel Single piece coupled to upper barrel to allow 360°rotation of upper barrel. Bury Length. Distance from bottom of inlet to ground line as specified. Ground Line: Clearly marked on barrel. Indicate inside diameter and wall thickness (with tolerances)for upper barrel,lower barrel,and bonnet sections. Show dimensions at minimum sections to demonstrate compliance with Paragraph 3.2.6 of AWWA C502. 06/2014 02514-2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY F Extensions Permit use of one or more standard extensions available from manufacturer in lengths from 6 inches to 60 inches in 6 inch increments. G Provide hydrants with automatic, positively operating, non-corrodible drain or drip valve to drain hydrant completely when main valve is shut. Bronze or corrosion resistant drain line. Tapping of drain holes is not required. H Inlet Connection. Elbow with AWWA Standard bell designed for 6-inch mechanical joint,restrained push-on,or flanged joint and valves.Flanged ends shall comply with ANSI/ASME B16 1, class 125 flanges. Joints. ANSI A21 11,AWWA C111 I Operating Nut and Hold-down Nuts. Stainless steel or cast or ductile iron with bronze inserts or, as an alternative,provide security device with bronze operating nut. Any such security devices shall not require special tools for normal off/on operation of hydrant. Fabricate hold-down assemblies of suitable metallic materials for service intended. J Field-Replaceable Nozzles. NFPA No 194,ANSI B26-1925,mechanically attached to hydrant body counterclockwise,sealed with 0-rings and mechanically located into place; provide two hose nozzles with 2-1/2 inch nominal inside diameter and one pumper nozzle with 4 492"nominal inside diameter;National Standard Threads,lock in place with security device. K Pumper Nozzle. Allow a minimum unobstructed radius of 10 inches from threaded surface of nozzle throughout-path of-travel-of-wrench or other device used to fasten hose to nozzle. L Nozzle Caps Security chains to hydrant barrel,mmimum 1/8 inch diameter;"Natural" rubber or neoprene gasket seals. M Hydrant shoe with 6-inch cast or ductile-iron pipe diameter inlet, flanged, swivel or slip joint with harnessing lugs for restrained joints. Underground flanging shall incorporate minimum of six, full, 3/4-inch stainless steel bolts or four 5/8-inch diameter stainless steel bolts. All bolts and nuts shall be stainless steel. N Provide traffic model hydrants equipped with safety flange on hydrant barrel and stem. Equip body of hydrant with breakable flange,or breakable bolts,above finish grade. 0 Lubricants Food grade oil or grease meeting requirements of FDA 21CFR178.3570 and manufactured with FDA approved oxidation inhibitors. P Hydrant Painting: 1 COLOR CODE (BONNETS) Main Size 6"and less Gloss White Code No 225A120 8" Safety Orange Code No 225A122 10" and 12" John Deere Green Code No 225A133 16" and 20" John Deere Yellow Code No 225A138 22"and up Safety Red Code No 225A123 • 06/2014 02514-3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY 2. COLOR CODE Fire Hydrant Barrel Safety Blue Code No 225A120 Fire Hydrant Caps (Same as Bonnet Color) Q Shop coated as follows 1 Exterior Above Traffic Flange(including bolts and nuts) a. Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP10(NACE 2);near white blast cleaned surface. b Fire hydrants shall be power coated with zinc nch pnmer followed by a polyester powder coating of 10 to 12 mils, shall meet all the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C-550 (latest edition) and AAMA 2604 2. Exterior Below Traffic Flange: a. Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP10(NACE 2),near white blast cleaned surface. b. Fire hydrants shall be power coated with zinc nch primer followed by a polyester powder coating of 10 to 12 mils, shall meet all the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C-550 (latest edition) and AAMA 2604 3 Interior Surfaces Above and Below Main Valve. a. All materials used for internal coating of hydrant mtenor ferrous surfaces must conform to ANSI/NSF Standard 61 as suitable for contact with potable water as required by TCEQ, Chapter 290, Subchapter D. Rules and Regulations for Public Water Systems. b Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP10(NACE 2);near white blast cleaned surfaces. c. Coating: Powder coating in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. 4 General Coating Requirements a. Coatings. Applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. No requirements of this specification shall cancel or supersede written directions and recommendations of specific manufacturer so as to jeopardize integrity of applied system. b Hydrant supplier shall furnish an affidavit of compliance that all materials and work furnished complies with requirements of this specification and applicable standards referenced herein. 2.02 HYDRANT PERFORMANCE STANDARDS A Hydraulic Performance Standards: 1 Provide hydrants capable of a free discharge of 1500 gpm or greater from single pumper nozzle at a hydrant inlet static pressure not exceeding 20 PSIG as measured at or corrected to hydrant inlet at its centerline elevation. 2. Provide hydrants capable of a discharge of 1500 gpm or greater from single pumper nozzle at a maximum permissible head loss of 8 0 psig (when 06/2014 02514-4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY corrected for inlet and outlet velocity head)for an inlet operating pressure not exceeding 37 psig as measured at or corrected to hydrant inlet at its centerline elevation. B Hydraulic Performance Testing: AWWA C502, conduct certified pressure loss and quantity of flow test by qualified testing laboratory on production model(5-foot bury length)of hydrant(same catalog number)proposed for certification. Submit certified test report containing following information. 1 Date of test, no more than five years prior to date of proposed use, on fire hydrant with similar hydraulic characteristics. 2. Name, catalog number, place of manufacture, and date of production of hydrant(s)tested. 3 Schematic drawing of testing apparatus, containing dimensions of piping elements including: a. Inside diameter and length of inlet piping. b. Distance from flow measuring points to pressure measurement point. c. Distance from flow and pressure monitoring points to hydrant inlet. d. Distance from pressure monitoring point to nozzles. e. Inside diameter and length of discharge tubing. 4 Elevation of points of measurement, inlet, and reports, or certificates documenting accuracy of measuring devices used in test. 5 Conduct test on at least three separate hydrants of same fabrication design. Inlet water temperature. 70°F+ 5°F C Provide hydrants equipped with breakable barrel feature and breakable valve stem coupling such that vehicular impact will result in clean and complete break of barrel and valve stem at breakable feature. Provide hydrant shutoff valve which remains closed and tight against leakage upon impact. 2.03 LEADS A Branches(Leads) Conform to requirements of Section 02634—Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings, Section 02635 — Steel Pipe and Fittings, Section 02534 — PVC Pipe, and section 02532W-HDPE. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Set fire hydrant plumb and brace at locations and grades as shown on Plans. When barrel of hydrant passes through concrete slab, place a piece of standard sidewalk expansion joint material, 3/4 inch thick, around section of barrel passing through concrete. B Locate nozzle centerline minimum 18 inches above fimsh grade. C Place 12-inch x 12-inch yellow indicators (plastic, sheet metal, plywood, or other material approved by Engineer)on pumper nozzles of new or relocated fire hydrants 06/2014 02514-5 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY installed on new mains not in service. Remove indicators after new main is tested and approved by Engineer D Do not cover drain ports when placing concrete thrust block. E Lubricate hydrants with food grade oil or with grease meeting requirements of FDA 21CFR178.3570 and manufactured with FDA approved oxidation inhibitors. F Accomplish replenishment of lubricant for hydrant working parts without removing hydrant bonnet. Store lubricant system in reservoir Lubricate beanng surfaces and working parts during normal operation of fire hydrant. G All changes in profile from approved plans due to obstructions not shown on plans which require a change in depth of bury of fire hydrant shall be approved in writing by Engineer for design prior to installation of hydrant. Any adjustment required in flow line of water main or to barrel length of fire hydrant shall be incidental to unit price of fire hydrant and no separate payment shall be made for such adjustments. H Remove and dispose of or salvage fire hydrants shown on Plans. I Owner may,at any time prior to or during installation of hydrants for a specific project, randomly select a furnished hydrant for disassembly and laboratory inspection, at Owner's expense,to verify compliance with Owner's requirements. If such hydrant is found to be non-compliant, replace at Contractor's expense, all or a portion of furnished hydrants with hydrants that comply with Owner's requirements. J Install leads in accordance with Section 02510—Water Mains. END OF SECTION 06/2014 02514-6 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER TAP AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION Section 02515 WATER TAP AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Tapping existing mains and furnishing and installing new service lines for water B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 3 Section 02520—Valve Boxes,Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults C Referenced Standards 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 2737,"Standard Specification for polyethylene(PE)Plastic Tubing" 2. American Water Works Association(AWWA) a. AWWA C800 Standard Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings b AWWA C900 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)Pressure Pipe, 4"— 12"for Water Distribution D Definitions. 1 Short Side Connection - service line connecting proposed curb stop, located inside water meter box,to water main on same side of street. 2. Long Side Connection - service line connecting proposed curb stop, located inside water meter box,to water main on opposite side of street or from center of streets where supply main is located in street center such as boulevards and streets with esplanades. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for installation of 1 inch water taps and service lines is on a per each basis. Separate measurements will be made for "Short Side" and "Long Side" connections. B Measurement for installation of 2 inch water taps and service lines is on a per each basis. Separate measurements will be made for "Short Side" and "Long Side" connections. C Payment for installation of water taps and service lines includes locating water main, tap installation and connection to meter,restonng site, excavation,bedding,backfill, compaction, push-under, etc., and all other labor and materials required to complete installation as indicated on Plans. D Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 06/2014 02515- 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER TAP AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit manufacturer's product data for approval. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Polyethylene Tubing- SDR 9 CTS B Corporation Stops AWWA C800 as modified herein. 1 Inlet End. AWWA standard thread. 2. Valve Body Tapered plug type,0-ring seat ball type,or rubber seat ball type. 3 Outlet End. Compression type fitting for use with type-K,soft copper as well as CTS C Provide taps for various water main types and sizes in accordance with following schedule. PIPE TAPPING SCHEDULE WATER MAIN SERVICE SIZE TYPE AND DIAMETER 1" 2" 4" Cast Iron or Ductile DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS Iron 4" Asbestos Cement WBSS DSS, WBSS 4" PVC (AWWA DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS C900) 6" and 8" Cast Iron or DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS Ductile Iron 6" and 8" Asbestos DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS Cement 6" and 8" Cast Iron or DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS Ductile Iron 6" and 8"PVC DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS (AWWA C900) 12" Cast Iron or Ductile DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS Iron 12"Asbestos Cement DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS 12"PVC (AWWA DSS, WBSS DSS, WBSS C900) 16" and Up Cast Iron or DWBSS DWBSS Ductile Iron 06/2014 02515-2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER TAP AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION 16" and Up Asbestos DWBSS DWBSS Cement 16" and Up PVC DWBSS DWBSS (AWWA C900) DSS—Dual Strap Saddles WBSS—Wide Band Strap Saddles DWBSS—Dual Wide Band Strap Saddles *Mueller H-15092, or equal D Dual Strap Saddles. Red brass body and straps, ductile-iron, vinyl-coated body and straps, or ductile-iron,vinyl-coated body and stainless-steel straps. E Taps for PVC Water Mains Use dual-strap or single,wide-band strap saddles which provide full support around circumference of pipe and bearing area of sufficient width along axis of pipe, 2 inches minimum, ensuring that pipe will not be distorted when saddle is tightened. Romac Series 101N wide-band,stainless-steel tapping saddle with AWWA standard thread(Mueller thread) or equal. F Taps for Steel Pipe Not allowed, unless specifically approved by Engineer Use saddle only if tap is approved on steel pipe. G Curb Stops and Brass Fittings. All Brass fittings shall be lead free conforming to the latest EPA's guideline. AWWA C800 as modified herein. 1 Inlet End. Compression-type fitting. 2. Valve Body Straight-through or angled,meter-stop design equipped with the following: a. 0-Ring seal straight plug type. b. Rubber seat ball type. 3 Outlet End. Female, iron-pipe thread or swivel-nut, meter-spud thread on 1 inch stops and 2-hole flange on 2 inch sizes. 4 Fittings.Ford or approved equal,use same size open end wrenches and tapping machines as used with respective Ford fittings. 5 Factory Testing of Brass Fittings. a. Submerge in water for 10 seconds at 85 psi with stop in both closed and open positions. b Reject any fitting that shows air leakage. Owner may confirm tests locally Entire lot from which samples were taken will be rejected when random sampling discloses unsatisfactory fittings. H Angle Stops. In accordance with AWWA C800; ground-key, stop type with bronze lock-wing head stop cap; inlet and outlet threads conform to application tables of AWWA C800; and inlets compression connection. 1 Outlet for 1-inch size Meter swivel nut with saddle support. 2. Outlet for 2 inch size: 0-ring sealed meter flange, iron pipe threads. Fittings In accordance with AWWA C800 and. 1 Castings. Smooth, free from burrs, scales, blisters, sand holes, and defects which would make them unfit for intended use. 06/2014 02515-3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER TAP AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION 2. Nuts. Smooth cast and have symmetrical hexagonal wrench flats. 3 Thread fittings, of all types, shall have N.P T or AWWA threads, and male threaded ends shall be protected in shipment by plastic coating or other equally satisfactory means. 4 Compression tube fittings shall have Buna-N beveled gasket. 5 Stamp of manufacturer's name or trademark and size on body 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A Set service taps at right angles to proposed meter location and locate taps m upper pipe segment within 45 degrees of pipe springline unless otherwise approved by Engineer B For service lines and lateral connections larger than those allowed in this Section,Part 2.01C, branch connections must be used. C All 2-inch and smaller service taps on pressurized water mains Use tapping machine manufactured for pressure tapping purposes. D Install service lines in open-cut trench in accordance with Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities except that service lines under all paved roadways, other paved areas and areas indicated on Plans shall be installed in bored hole as specified in this Section. E Unless otherwise approved by Engineer,lay service lines with minimum of 30 inches of cover as measured from top of curb or, in absence of curbs, from centerline elevation of crowned streets or roads. Provide minimum of 18 inches of cover below flow line of all ditches to service lines,unless otherwise approved by Engineer F Service lines across existing street(push-unders) Pull service line through prepared hole under paving. Only full lengths of tubing will be used. Take care not to damage tubing when pulling it through hole. A compression-type union is only permitted if Contractor cannot span underneath pavement with a full length of tubing. Contractor is allowed one compression-type union for each full length of tubing,provided it is not under the pavement. G Maintain service lines free of dirt, coupons and foreign matter at all times. H Install service lines per City of Pearland. Standard Details. I Locate water meters in accordance with City of Pearland Standard Details. Contact Engineer when major landscaping or trees conflict with service line and meter box location. No additional payment will be made for work on customer side of meter J Joints 1 Minimum joint spacing for 1 inch tubing shall be in multiples of 60 feet and for 2 inch tubing shall be in multiples of 40 feet. 06/2014 02515-4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER TAP AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION 2. Cut tubing squarely by using an approved cutting tool and avoiding excessive pressure on the cutting wheels which might bend or flatten pipe walls. 3 For compression fittings,cut tubing squarely prior to insertion into the fitting. Final assembly shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommended procedure. K Bends 1 Gradual changes in direction may be made by bending PE pipe. The bending radius should not be less than the coil radius when bending with the coil. 3.02 CURB STOP INSTALLATION A Set curb stops or angle stops at outer end of service line inside of meter box. Secure opening in curb stop to prevent unwanted material from entering. In close quarters, make an "S" curve in the field. No flattening of tube. In all 1-inch services, install meter coupling,swivel-nut,or curb stop ahead of meter Install straight meter coupling on outlet end of meter 3.03 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS A Open trench for proposed service line in accordance with Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B Install curb stop on meter end of service line. C With curb stop open and prior to connecting service line to meter in slack position, open corporation stop and flush service line thoroughly Close curb stop, leaving corporation stop in full-open position. D Check service line for apparent leaks. Repair any leaks before proceeding. E Call Project Representative to schedule inspection prior to backfilhng. After inspection, backfill in accordance with Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. F Install meter box centered over meter with top of lid 3-inches above finished grade for grasses or landscaped areas,and flush with finished grade for paved areas. Meter box. Refer to Section 02520—Valve Boxes,Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults. END OF SECTION 06/2014 02515-5 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES,METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS Section 02520 VALVE BOXES,METER BOXES,AND METER VAULTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Valve boxes for water service. B Meter boxes for water service. C Meter vaults for water service. D References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete 4 Section 02542—Concrete Manholes and Accessories 5 Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 6 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for valve boxes under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B No separate payment will be made for installation of meter boxes furnished by the Owner under this Section. Include cost of installation of meter boxes in Bid Items for which the Work is a component. C Measurement for installation of meter vaults is on a per each basis for each meter vault type and size,complete in place. Payment includes all labor and materials required to complete installation as indicated on Plans. D Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit manufacturer's product data for following items for approval. 1 Each type of valve box and lid. 2. Each type of meter box and cover 3 Each type of meter vault frame and cover 06/2014 02520- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES,METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS C Submit Shop Drawings for cast-in-place meter vaults for approval if proposed construction varies from Plans. D Submit manufacturer's certification that meter boxes purchased for Work meet the requirements of this Section. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 VALVE BOXES A Provide adjustable, cast-iron, screw-type, valve boxes as manufactured by Bass and Hays Foundry,Inc.,or approved equal. Design of valve box shall mmimize stresses on valve imposed by loads on box lid. B Cast the word"WATER"into lid, 1/2 inch m height and raised 3/32 mch, for valves serving potable water lines. C Provide 6-inch PVC, Class 150,DR 18, riser pipes. D Concrete for valve box placement: 1 For locations in new concrete pavement,use strength and mix design of new pavement. 2. For other locations, use class "A" concrete, with minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi,conforming to requirements of Section 03300—Cast-in- Place Concrete. 2.02 METER BOXES A Refer to City of Pearland Standard Details or contact the Public Works Department for list of acceptable products. 2.03 METER VAULTS A Meter vaults may be constructed of precast concrete, cast-in-place concrete, or solid masonry unless a specific type of construction is required by Plans. B Concrete for meter vaults. Class A concrete, conforming to requirements of Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete,with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi at 28 days. C Vaults for meters 3" and greater shall be procured through the City's utility billing department. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION 06/2014 02520-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES,METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS A Obtain approval from the City Engineer or designee for location of meter vault. B Verify lines and grades are correct. C Verify compacted subgrade will support loads imposed by vaults. 3.02 VALVE BOXES A Provide riser pipe with suitable length for depth of cover indicated on Plans or to accommodate actual finish grade. B Install adjustable valve box and riser piping plumbed in a vertical position. Provide 6 inches telescoping freeboard space between riser pipe top butt end,and interior contact flange of valve box,for vertical movement damping. Riser may rest on valve flange, or provide suitable footpiece to support riser pipe. C Paint covers of new valve boxes as directed by the Owner 3.03 METER BOXES A Install plastic boxes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B Construct concrete meter boxes to dimensions shown on Plans. C Adjust top of meter boxes to conform to cover elevations specified in this Section, 3 05 "Frame and Cover for Meter Vaults" D Do not locate under paved areas unless approved by Engineer Use approved traffic- type box with cast iron lid when meter must be located in paved areas. 3.04 METER VAULTS A Construct concrete meter vaults to dimensions and requirements shown on Plans.Do not cast in presence of water Make bottom as uniform as practicable. B Precast Meter Vaults 1 Install precast vaults in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Set level on a minimum 3 inch thick bed of sand conforming to the requirements of Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 2. Seal lifting holes cement-sand mortar or non-shrink grout. C Meter Vault Floor Slab 1 Construct floor slabs of 6-inch-thick reinforced concrete. Slope floor 1/4 inch per foot toward sump. Make sump 12 inches in diameter,or 12 inches square, and 4 inches deep, unless other dimensions are required by Plans. Install dowels at maximum of 18 inches,center-to-center,or mstall mortar trench for keying walls to floor slab 2. Precast floor slab elements may be used for precast vault construction. 06/2014 02520-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES,METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS 3.05 FRAME AND COVER FOR METER VAULTS A Diamond Plate Aluminum as follows. 1 In unpaved areas,set top of meter box or meter vault cover 2 to 3 inches above natural grade. 2. In sidewalk areas,set top of meter box or meter vault cover 1/2 to 1 inch above adjacent concrete. 3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises B Backfill and compact in accordance with Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. C In unpaved areas, slope backfill around meter boxes and vaults to provide a uniform slope 1 to 5 from top to natural grade. D Meter boxes are not allowed in sidewalk. END OF SECTION 06/2014 02520-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE Section 02534 PVC PIPE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe for water distribution in nominal diameters 4 inches through 16 inches. B Polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe for gravity sanitary sewers in nominal diameters 4 inches through 48 inches. C Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe for gravity sanitary sewers and force mains m nominal diameters 4 inches through 36 inches. D References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 02634—Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 3 Section 02533 —Sanitary Sewage Force Mains 4 Section 02512—Polyethylene Wrap 5 Section 02510—Water Mains 6 Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers 7 Section 02731 — Sanitary Sewage Force Mains 8. Section 02630— Storm Sewers 9 Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities E. Referenced Standards. 1 American Water Works Association(AWWA) a. AWWA C900 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)Pressure Pipe, 4"— 12"for Water Distribution. b. AWWA C905 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Transmission Pipe, Nominal Diameters, 14in. Through 36 in. c. AWWA C110 Ductile-Iron and Gray Iron Fittings for Water 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 1784,"Standard Specification for Rigid Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds" b. ASTM F 477,"Standard Specification for Elastomenc Seals(Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe" 05/2013 02534- 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE c. ASTM D 3139,"Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomenc Seals" d. ASTM D 3034, "Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings" e. ASTM F 949,"Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings" f. ASTM D 794,"Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC) Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter" g. ASTM F 679,"Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC) Large-Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings" h. ASTM D 2241,"Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series)" i. ASTM D 3212,"Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals" j ASTM D 2444, "Standard Test Method for Determination for the Impact Resistance of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings by Means of a Tup (Falling Weight)" k. ASTM D 1248, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable" 1. ASTM D 2321, "Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications" 3 American National Standards Institute(ANSI) a. ANSI A21 10 Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings,2 thru 48 in./Water b ANSI A21 11 Rubber Gasket Joints Cast and Ductile Iron Press Pipe. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for PVC pipe under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for Water Mains, Gravity Sanitary Sewer,and Sanitary Sewage Force Mains. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit Shop Drawings showing design of new pipe and fittings indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, fabrication, fittings, flanges, and special details. 05/2013 02534-2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A. Submit manufacturer's certifications that PVC pipe and fittings meet requirements of this Section and AWWA C900 or AWWA C905 for pressure pipe applications,or the appropriate ASTM standard specified for gravity sewer pipe. B Submit manufacturer's certification that PVC pressure pipe has been hydrostatically tested at the factory in accordance with AWWA C900 or AWWA C905 and this Section. C When foreign manufactured material is proposed for use, have matenal tested for conformance to applicable ASTM requirements by certified independent testing laboratory located in United States. Certification from any other source is not acceptable. Furnish copies of test reports to the Engineer for review Cost of testing shall be borne by Contractor or Supplier 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL A. Use PVC compounds in the manufacture of pipe that contain no ingredient in an amount that has been demonstrated to migrate into water in quantities considered to be toxic. B. Furnish PVC pressure pipe manufactured from Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin PVC compounds as defined in ASTM D 1784 Use compounds qualifying for a rating of 4000 psi for water at 73 4 degrees F per requirements of PPI TR3 Provide pipe which is homogeneous throughout,free of voids,cracks,inclusions,and other defects, uniform as commercially practical in color, density, and other physical properties. Deliver pipe with surfaces free from nicks and scratches with joining surfaces of spigots and joints free from gouges and imperfections which could cause leakage. C For PVC pressure pipe used for water mains,provide self-extinguishing PVC pipe that bears Underwriters'Laboratories mark of approval and is acceptable without penalty to Texas State Fire Insurance Committee for use in fire protection lines. D Gaskets 1 Gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 477 Use elastomeric factory- installed gaskets to make joints flexible and watertight. 2. Pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas, especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed sewer, shall have the following gasket materials for the noted contaminants. 05/2013 02534-3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE CONTAMINANT GASKET MATERIAL REQUIRED Petroleum(diesel, gasoline) Nitrile Rubber Other contaminants As recommended by the pipe manufacturer E. Lubricant for rubber-gasketed joints. Water soluble,non-toxic,non-objectionable in taste and odor imparted to fluid, non-supporting of bacteria growth, having no deteriorating effect on PVC or rubber gaskets. 2.02 WATER SERVICE PIPE A. Pipe 4-inch through 12-inch. AWWAC900, Class 150, DR 18, nominal 20-foot lengths, cast iron equivalent outside diameters. B Pipe 16-inch. AWWA C905, Class 235, DR 18, nominal 20 foot lengths, cast iron equivalent outside diameter C Joints ASTM D 3139, push-on type joints in integral bell or separate sleeve couplings. Do not use socket type or solvent weld type joints. D Make curves and bends by deflecting the joints. Do not exceed maximum deflection recommended by the pipe manufacturer Submit details of other methods of providmg curves and bends for review by the Engineer E. Hydrostatic Test: AWWA C900, AWWA C905, ANSI A21 10 (AWWA C110); at point of manufacture; submit manufacturer's written certification. 2.03 BENDS AND FITTINGS FOR PVC PRESSURE PIPE A. Bends and Fittings. ANSI A21 10, ductile iron, ANSI A21 11 single rubber gasket push-on type joint;minimum 150 psi pressure rating. B Coatings and Linings Conform to requirements of Section 02634—Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2.04 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE A. PVC gravity sanitary sewer pipe shall be in accordance with the provisions in the following table: 05/2013 02534-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE WALL PRODUCT ASTM SDR(MAX.)/ DIAMETER TYPE MANUFACTURER OPTIONS DESIGNATION STIFFNESS(MIN.) SIZE RANGE Solid J-M Pipe Approved D3034 SDR 26/PS 115 6"to 15" CertainTeed Approved F679 SDR 26/PS 115 18"to 48" Can-Tex Approved AWWA C900 DR 18/N/A*** 4"to 12" Carlon Diamond Approved AWWA C905 DR 18/N/A*** 14"to 36" Profile* Contech A-2000** Only when F949 N/A/50 psi 12"to 36" , included in the ETI Ultra-Rib Bid Schedule F794 N/A/46 psi 12"to 48" Lamson Vylon F794 N/A/46 psi 21"to 48" * Allowed to be used where there are no service taps. ** Allowed to be used to maximum depth of 10' only ***For water-seer separation requirements unless specifically noted in Bid Schedule. B When solid wall PVC pipe 18 inches to 27 inches in diameter is required in SDR 26, provide pipe conforming to ASTM F679,except provide wall thickness as required for SDR 26 and pipe strength of 115 psi. C. For sewers up to 12-inch-diameter crossing over waterlines, or crossing under waterlines with less than 2 feet separation,provide minimum 150 psi pressure-rated pipe conforming to ASTM D 2241 with suitable PVC adapter couplings. D Joints Spigot and integral wall section bell with solid cross section elastometric or rubber ring gasket conforming to requirements of ASTM D 3212 and ASTM F 477 E. ASTM D 3139 and ASTM F 477 shall be provided. Gaskets shall be factory- assembled and securely bonded in place to prevent displacement. The manufacturer shall test a sample from each batch conforming to requirements ASTM D 2444 F Fittings Provide PVC gravity sewer sanitary bends, tee, or wye fittings for new sanitary sewer construction. PVC pipe fittings shall be full-bodied, either injection molded or factory fabricated. Saddle-type tee or wye fittings are not acceptable. 2.05 SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAIN PIPE A. Provide PVC pressure pipe conforming to the requirements for water service pipe,and conforming to the minimum working pressure rating specified in Section 02533 — Sanitary Sewage Force Mains. B Acceptable pipe joints are integral bell-and-spigot,containing a bonded-in elastomenc sealing ring meeting the requirements of ASTM F 477 In designated areas requiring restrained joint pipe and fittings, use EBAA Iron Series 2000PV, Uniflange Series 1350 restrainer,or equal joint restraint device conforming to UNI-B-13,for PVC pipe 12-inch diameter and less. 05/2013 02534-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE C Fittings. Provide ductile iron fittings as per this Section,2.03 "Bends and Fittings for - PVC Pressure Pipe", except furnish all fittings with one of the following internal linings 1 Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) virgin polyethylene complying with ASTM D 1248,heat fused to the interior surface of the fitting,as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe "Polybond", or U S Pipe "Polyline" 2. Nominal 40 mils(35 mils minimum)polyurethane,Corro-pipe 11 by Madison Chemicals, Inc. 3 Nominal 40 mils(35 mils minimum)ceramic epoxy,Protecto 401 by Enduron Protective Coatings. D Exterior Protection. Provide polyethylene wrapping of ductile iron fittings as required by Section 02512—Polyethylene Wrap E. Hydrostatic Tests. Hydrostatically test pressure rated pipe in accordance with this Section, 2.02E. F Manufacturers. Approved manufacturers of pressure rated, solid wall PVC pipe for sanitary sewer force mains are 1 J&M Manufacturing Company,Inc. 2. CertainTeed Corporation 3 Diamond Plastics Corporation 4 Carlon Company 5 North American Pipe Corporation(NAPCO) 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION A. Store pipe under cover out of direct sunlight and protect from excessive heat or harmful chemicals in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Conform to requirements of Section 02510—Water Mains, Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers,Section 02731—Sanitary Sewage Force Mains,and Section 02630— Storm Sewers. B Install PVC pipe in accordance with Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities,ASTM D 2321, and manufacturer's recommendations. 05/2013 02534-6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE C Water service pipe 12 inches in diameter and smaller Installed to clear utility lines and have minimum 4 feet of cover below lowest property line grade of street,unless otherwise required by Plans. D For water service,exclude use of PVC within 200 feet(along the public right-of-way) of underground storage tanks or in undeveloped commercial acreage. Underground storage tanks are primarily located on service stations but can exist at other commercial establishments. E. Avoid imposing strains that will overstress or buckle the pipe when lowering pipe into trench. F Hand shovel pipe bedding under the pipe haunches and along the sides of the pipe barrel and compact to eliminate voids and ensure side support. END OF SECTION 05/2013 02534-7 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND TAPPING SLEEVES & VALVES Section 02540 TAPPING SLEEVES &VALVES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Tapping sleeves and valves for connections to existing water system. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 02541 —Water&Wastewater Line Valves 4 Section 02520—Valve Boxes,Meter Boxes, &Meter Vaults 5 Section 02512—Polyethylene Wrap 6. Section 02318—Excavation &Backfill for Utilities C Referenced Standards. 1 American Water Works Association (AWWA) a. AWWA C500 Gate Valves, 3 Through 48 in. NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems. b AWWA C110 Ductile-Iron and Gray Iron Fittings for Water c. AWWA C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service—Sizes 4 In. Through 144 In. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for installation of tapping sleeves and valves is on a per each basis. Payment includes all labor and materials required for installation as indicated on Plans. B Refer to Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A Provide manufacturer's affidavit that all valves purchased for tapping of existing waterlines conform to Section 02541 — Water & Wastewater Line Valves and to applicable requirements of AWWA C500 and that they have been satisfactorily tested in accordance with AWWA C500 02/2008 02540- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TAPPING SLEEVES & VALVES 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Tapping Sleeves. 1 Tapping Sleeve Bodies Stainless steel, in two sections to be bolted together with high-strength,corrosion-resistant,low-alloy,steel bolts,mechanical joint ends. a. 12 inch and smaller stainless steel, JCM 432, Romac, or approved equal. b 16 inch and larger epoxy coated ductile iron,JCM,or approved equal. 2. Branch Outlet of Tapping Sleeve Flanged, machined recess,AWWA C207, Class D,ANSI 150 lb drilling. Gasket: Affixed around recess of tap opening to preclude rolling or binding during installation. 3 Where fire service from 6-inch main is approved, use cast iron split sleeve B Tapping Valves Meet all requirements of Section 02541—Water&Wastewater Line Valves with following exceptions 1 Inlet Flanges. a. AWWA C 110; Class 125 b AWWA C110; Class 150 and higher Minimum eight hole flange. 2. Outlet: Standard mechanical or push-on joint; to fit any standard tapping machine. 3 Valve Seat Opening: Accommodate full-size shell cutter for nominal size tap without any contact with valve body; double disc. 4 Open Left operation only C Valve Boxes. Furnish and install according to Section 02520—Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes, &Meter Vaults. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A Install tapping sleeves and valves at locations and of sizes as shown on Drawings. B Thoroughly clean tapping sleeve, tapping valve and pipe prior to installation and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C Hydrostatically test installed tapping sleeve to 150 psig for a minimum of 15 minutes. Inspect sleeve for leaks, and remedy leaks pnor to tapping operation. D When tapping concrete pressure pipe, size on size,use shell cutter one standard size smaller than waterline being tapped. E Do not use Large End Bell(LEB)increasers with a next size tap unless existing pipe is asbestos-cement. 02/2008 02540-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TAPPING SLEEVES &VALVES 3.02 INSTALLATION A Tighten bolts in proper sequence so that undue stress is not placed on pipe. B Align tapping valve properly and attach it to tapping sleeve. C Make tap with sharp, shell cutter 1 For 12-inch and smaller tap,use minimum cutter diameter one-half inch less than nominal tap size. 2. For 16-inch and larger tap,use manufacturer's recommended cutter diameter D Withdraw coupon and flush all cuttings from newly-made tap E Wrap completed tapping sleeve and valve in accordance with Section 02512 — Polyethylene Wrap F Place concrete thrust block behind tapping sleeve (NOT over tapping sleeve and valve) G Block under valve using concrete blocks. H Request inspection of installation prior to backfilling. I Backfill in accordance with Section 02318—Excavation &Backfill for Utilities. END OF SECTION 02/2008 02540-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES Section 02541 WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Gate valves, Plug Valves, Butterfly Valves, Air Release and Pressure Reducing Valves. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350- Submittal Procedures 3 Section 02520—Valve Boxes,Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults 4 Section 02542—Concrete Manholes 5 Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 6 Section 02510—Water Mains C Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM A 307, "Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength" b ASTM B 763,"Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Casting for Valve Applications" c. ASTM B 62, "Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings" d. ASTM D 429,"Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property-Adhesion to Rigid Substrates" e. ASTM A 126, "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves,Flanges, and Pipe Fittings" f. ASTM A 48, "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings" g. ASTM A 240,"Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium- Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications" h. ASTM A 276, "Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes" i. ASTM B 584,"Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications" j ASTM A 313,"Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Spring Wire" 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA) a. AWWA C500 Gate Valves, 3 Through 48 in. NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems. b AWWA C509 or AWWA C515 Resilient-seated Gate Valves, 3 through 12 NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems c AWWA C550 Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants d. AWWA C504 Rubber-Sealed Butterfly Valves 04/2009 02541 - 1 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 3 American National Standards Institute(ANSI) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for valves under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for water mains. B Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. C Stipulated Price(Lump Sum) If the Contract is a Stipulated Price Contract,payment for work in this Section is included in the total Stipulated Price. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit manufacturer's product data for proposed valves for approval. 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A Submit manufacturer's affidavit that gate valves are manufactured in the United States and conform to stated requirements of AWWA C500, AWWA C509 and AWWA C515 and this Section,and that they have been satisfactorily tested in the United States in accordance with AWWA C500, AWWA C509 and AWWA C515 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GATE VALVES A Gate Valves AWWA C500, AWWA C509 or C515 and additional requirements of this Section.Direct bury valves and those in subsurface vaults,aboveground and plant valves open counterclockwise. B If type of valve is not indicated on Plans, use gate valves as line valves for sizes less than 16-inches. If type of valve is indicated, no substitute is allowed. C Gate Valves 1-1/2 Inches in Diameter and Smaller 125 psig; bronze; using-stem, single-wedge, disc type, screwed ends, such as Crane No 428, or approved equal. D Coatings for Gate Valves 2 Inches and Larger AWWA C550; Indurall 3300 or approved equal, non-toxic,imparts no taste to water,functions as physical,chemical, and electrical barrier between base metal and surroundings, minimum 8-mil-thick, fusion-bonded epoxy Prior to assembly of valve, apply protective coating to mtenor and exterior surfaces of body E Gate Valves 2 Inches in Diameter Iron body,double gate,non-nsing stem, 150-pound test, 2 inch square nut operating clockwise to open. 04/2009 02541 -2 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES F Gate Valves 4 Inches to 12 Inches in Diameter Non-directional, resilient seated (AWWA C509 or AWWA C515) or parallel seat double disc (AWWA C500), 200 psig, bronze mounting, push-on bell ends with rubber joint rings, and nut-operated unless otherwise specified. Provide resilient seated valves manufactured by American Darling AFC-500, US Pipe Metroseal 200, or approved equal. Provide double disc valves manufactured by Amencan Darling 52, Clow F-6102, or approved equal. Comply with following requirements 1 Design. Fully encapsulated rubber wedge or rubber seat ring mechanically attached with minimum 304 stainless-steel fasteners or screws, threaded connection isolated from water by compressed rubber around opening. 2. Body Cast or ductile iron, flange bonnet and stuffing box together with ASTM A 307 Grade B bolts.Manufacturer's initials,pressure rating,and year manufactured shall be cast in body 3 Bronze. Valve components in waterway to contain not more than 15 percent zinc and not more than 2 percent aluminum. 4 Stems. ASTM B 763 bronze, alloy number 995 minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi, minimum elongation in 2 inches of 12 percent, non-rising. 5 0-nngs AWWA C509, sections 2.2.6 and 4 8.2. 6 Stem Seals. Consist of three 0-rings, two above and one below thrust collar with anti-friction washer located above thrust collar 7 Stem Nut: Independent or integrally cast of ASTM B 62 bronze. 8 Resilient Wedge. Molded,synthetic rubber,vulcanized and bonded to cast or ductile iron wedge or attached with 304 stainless steel screws tested to meet or exceed ASTM D 429, Method B, seat against epoxy-coated surface in valve body 9 Bolts AWWA C509 Section 4 4, stainless steel, cadmium plated, or zinc coated. G Gate Valves 16 Inches to 24 Inches in Diameter AWWA C500 by Mueller;push-on bell ends with rubber nngs and nut-operated unless otherwise specified, double disc, 150 psi, and comply with the following. 1 Body Cast or ductile iron, flange together bonnet and stuffing box with ASTM A 307 Grade B bolts. Manufacturer's initials,pressure rating,and year manufactured shall be cast in body Equip with rollers, tracks, and scrapers. 2. Stems. Machined from ASTM B 62 bronze rod with integral forged thrust collar machined to size; non-rising. 3 Stem Seals. Consist of one 0-ring above and one 0-ring below thrust collar with anti-friction washer located above thrust collar for operating torque. 4 Stem Nut: Independent or integrally cast of ASTM B 62 bronze. 5 Discs Cast iron with bronze disc nngs securely peened into machined dovetailed grooves. 6. Wedging Device: Solid bronze or cast-iron, bronze-mounted wedges. Thin plates or shapes integrally cast into cast-iron surfaces are acceptable. Other moving surfaces integral to wedging action shall be bronze monel or nickel alloy-to-iron. 04/2009 02541 -3 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 7 Bronze Mounting: Built as integral unit mounted over, or supported on, cast iron base and of sufficient dimensions to be structurally sound and adequate for imposed forces. 8 Gear Cases Cast iron,furnished on 18-inch and larger valves and of extended type with steel side plates, lubricated, gear case enclosed with oil seal or 0- rings at shaft openings. 9 Stuffing Boxes Located on top of bonnet and outside gear case. H Gate Valves 20 Inches and Larger Furnish and equip with bypass valves. 1 Sizes. Provide 3-inch bypass valves for 16-inch through 20 inch gate valves. Provide 4-inch bypass valves for 24-inch gate valves. I Valves 4 Inches through 12 Inches for Installation in Vertical Pipe Lines 1 Double disc, square bottom. J Valves 14 Inches and Larger for Installation in Horizontal Pipe Lines. 1 Equipped with bronze shoes and slides. K Gate Valves Installed at Greater than 4 foot Depth. 1 Provide non-rising, extension stem having coupling sufficient to attach securely to operating nut of valve. Upper end of extension stem shall terminate in square wrench nut no deeper than 4 feet from finished grade. L Gate Valves in Factory Mutual (Fire Service) Type Meter Installations 1 Conform to provisions of this specification, outside screw and yoke valves, carry label of Underwriters'Laboratories,Inc.,flanged,Class 125,clockwise to - close. M Provide flanged joints when valve is connected to steel or PCCP 2.02 BUTTERFLY VALVES AND ACTUATORS A Butterfly Valves and Actuators Conform to AWWA C504, except as modified or supplemented herein. Provide valves manufactured by Keystone International, American-Darling, or approved equal. B If type of valve is not indicated on Plans,butterfly valves shall be used for line valve sizes 16 inch and larger If type of valve is specified, no substitute will be allowed. C Butterfly valves shall be short-body,flanged design and installed at locations as shown on Plans. D Direct-bury valves,valves in subsurface vaults. Above-ground and plant valves shall open counterclockwise. E Provide flanged joints when valve is connected to steel or PCCP F Butterfly Valves and Actuators (Additional Requirements for Large-Diameter Water - Mains) Valves larger than 72 inches in diameter shall have all components designed 04/2009 02541 -4 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES so that the allowable stresses at rated pressure shall not exceed one-third of the yield strength or one-fifth of the ultimate strength of the material used. Provide valves manufactured by Keystone International, American-Darling, or equal. 2.03 BUTTERFLY VALVE CONSTRUCTION A Valves. AWWA C504, Class 150B Body• Cast iron, ASTM A 126, Class B Flanges ANSI B 16.1, Class 125 lb B Discs for Butterfly Valves. Either cast iron or ductile iron. C Seats. Buna-N or neoprene, and may be applied to disc or body Seats shall be mechanically secured and may not rely solely on adhesive properties of epoxy or similar bonding agent to attach seat to body Seats on disc shall be mechanically retained by stainless steel(18-8)retaining ring held in place by stainless steel(18-8) cap screws that pass through rubber seat for added retention. When seat is on disc, seat shall be retained in position by shoulders located on both disc and stainless-steel retaining ring. Mating surfaces for seats Type 304 or 316,stainless steel and secured to disc by mechanical means. Sprayed-on or plated mating surfaces will not be allowed. D Coat interior wetted ferrous surfaces of valve,including disc,with epoxy suitable for potable-water conditions. Epoxy, surface preparation, and epoxy application. In accordance with AWWA C550 and coating manufacturer's recommendations. Provide two coats of two-component, high-build epoxy with minimum dry thickness of 10 mils. Epoxy coating: Indurall 3300 or approved equal. Coatings shall be holiday tested and measured for thickness. E Valve shaft and keys,dowel pins, or taper pins used for attaching valve shaft to valve disc Type-304 or 316 stainless steel. Shaft Bearings Stainless steel,bronze,nylon, or Teflon (supported by fiberglass mat or backing material with proven record of preventing Teflon flow under load) in accordance with AWWA C504 F Packing: Field-adjustable, split-V type, and replaceable without removing operator assembly G Retaining Hardware for Seats. Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. Nuts and screws used with clamps and discs for rubber seats shall be held securely with locktight, or other approved method, to prevent loosening by vibration or cavitational effects. H Valve disc shall seat in position at 90 degrees to the pipe axis and shall rotate 90 degrees between full-open and tight-closed position. Install valves with valve shafts horizontal and convex side of disc facing anticipated direction of flow,except where shown otherwise on Plans. 2.04 BUTTERFLY VALVE ACTUATOR CONSTRUCTION A Provide actuators for valves with size based on line velocity of 16 feet per second, and, unless otherwise shown on Plans, equip with geared manual actuators. Provide 04/2009 02541 -5 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES fully enclosed and traveling-nut type, rack-and-pinion type, or worm-gear type for valves 24 inches and smaller B Provide actuator designed for installation with valve shaft horizontal unless otherwise indicated on Plans. C Provide valve shaft extended from valve to actuator Space between actuator housing and valve body shall be completely enclosed so that no moving parts are exposed to soil or elements. D Provide oil-tight and watertight actuator housings for valves,specifically designed for buried service or submerged service when located in valve vaults,and factory packed with suitable grease. E Install a valve position indicator on each actuator housing located above ground or in valve vaults. Valves shall be equipped with 2-inch actuator nut only F Indicate direction of opening of valve on exposed visible part of assembly G Design worm-gear or traveling-nut actuators so that a torque of 150 foot-pounds, or less,will operate valve at most adverse condition for which valve is designed.Vertical axis of actuating nut shall not move as valve is opened or closed. 2.05 VALVE BOXES A Provide standard adjustable valve boxes only conforming to requirements of Section 02520—Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults. 2.06 VALVE SERVICE MANHOLES A For large-diameter water mains, provide manholes to dimensions shown on Plans conforming to requirements of Section 02542—Concrete Manholes. 2.07 AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM RELIEF VALVES A Air Release Valves Apco No 200, GA Industries Fig. 2-AR, or equal. Materials body and cover, ASTM A 48, Class 30, cast iron, float and leverage mechanism, ASTM A 240 or A276 stainless steel,orifice and seat,stainless steel against Buna-N or Viton mechanically retained with hex head nut and bolt;other valve internals,stainless steel or bronze. Provide inlet and outlet connections, and onfice as shown on Plans. B Air Release and Vacuum Valves Provide single-body, standard combination or duplex-body custom combination valves as indicated on Plans. 1 For 2 inch and 3 inch, single-body valves, provide inlet and outlet sizes as shown on Plans and onfice sized for 100 psi working pressure. Valve materials. body, cover and baffle, ASTM A 48, Class 35, or ASTM A 126, Grade B cast iron,plug or poppet,ASTM A 276 stainless steel,float,ASTM A 240 stainless steel, seat, Buna-N, other valve internals, stainless steel. Valve exterior Painted with shop-applied primer suitable for contact with potable 04/2009 02541 -6 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES water Provide Apco Model 145C or 147C, Val-Matic Senes 200, or equal valves. 2. For 3 inch and larger duplex body valves as shown on Plans, provide Apco Senes 1700 with No 200 air release valve, GA Industries Fig. No AR/GH- 21K/280, or equal. Air and vacuum valve matenals body and cover,ASTM A 48, Class 35, cast iron, float, ASTM A 240 stainless steel, seat, Type-304, stainless steel and Buna-N,other valve internals,stainless steel or bronze. Air release valve. Constructed as specified in paragraph above on Air Release Valves. C Vacuum Relief Valves. Provide air inlet vacuum relief valves with flanged inlet and outlet connections as shown on Plans. Provide air release valves in combination with inlet and outlet, and orifice as shown on Plans. Valve shall open under pressure differential not to exceed 0.25 psi. Provide Apco Series 1500 with a No 200A air release valve, GA Industnes Fig No HCARV, or approved equal. Materials for vacuum relief valves valve body, ASTM A 48, Class 35, cast iron, seat and plug, ASTM B 584 bronze, copper alloy 836, spring, ASTM A 313, Type-304, stainless steel,bushing,ASTM B 584 bronze copper--alloy 932,retaining screws,ASTM A 276, Type-304, stainless steel. D Air Release Valve Vault as detailed in Plans. 2.08 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A Provide Cla-Val-Model 90-01, or approved-equal,PRV with-strainer-in location and arrangement as shown on Plans. Valve body ASTM A 48,cast iron or ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with ANSI B16.1, Class 125, flanges. Valve cover ASTM A 48 cast iron. Valve internals. Type-303, stainless steel or B-62 bronze. Rubber parts. Buna-N No leather parts shall be allowed. Resilient seat shall have rectangular cross section. B Control Tubing: Contain shutoff cocks with "Y" strainer C PRV Equip with valve position indicator Initially set in field by authonzed manufacturer's representative with 60 psi downstream pressure. D Provide basket strainer upstream of PRV as shown on Plans. Strainer body quick- opening type, fabricated-steel construction with ANSI B16 1, Class 150, flanges. Basket: Type-304, stainless steel. Provide Hayward Model 90, or equal,for PRV 4- inch through 24-inch. Provide Hayward Model 510, or equal, for PRV 14 inches or greater when space limitations dictate the use of smaller strainer housing. E Pilot Systems for PRV Adjustable and pressure sustaining. F Valve Box. Valve Box conforming to requirements of Section 02520—Valve Boxes, Meter boxes, and Meter Vaults 04/2009 02541 -7 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Earthwork. Conform to applicable provisions of Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities B Operation. Do not use valves for throttling without prior approval of manufacturer 3.02 SETTING VALVES AND VALVE BOXES A Remove foreign matter from within valves pnor to installation. Inspect valves in open and closed positions to verify that parts are in satisfactory working condition. B Install valves and valve boxes where shown on Plans. Set valves plumb and as detailed. Center valve boxes on valves. Carefully tamp earth around each valve box for minimum radius of 4 feet, or to undisturbed trench face if less than 4 feet. Install valves completely closed when placed in water line. C For pipe section of each valve box,use only cast iron,ductile iron,or DR18 PVC pipe cut to proper length. Size to allow future operation of valve. Assemble and brace box in vertical position as indicated on Plans. 3.03 DISINFECTION AND TESTING A Perform disinfection and testing of valves and appurtenances as required by Section 02510—Water Mains. B Repair or replace valves which exceed the allowable specified leakage rate. 3.04 PAINTING OF VALVES A Paint valves in vaults, stations, and above ground using ACRO Paint No 2215, or approved equal. END OF SECTION 04/2009 02541 -8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES Section 02542 CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pre-Cast Concrete Manholes for sanitary B. Pre-Cast and Cast-in-Place Manholes for storm sewer C Iron castings for manhole frames and covers, inlet frames and grates, catch basin frames and grates,meter vault frames and covers, adjustment rings and extensions. D Ring grates. E. References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 4 Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete 5 Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Materials 6 Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 7 Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers 8. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises F Referenced Standards 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 478,"Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections" b. ASTM C 443,"Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes,Using Rubber Gaskets" c. ASTM C 270, "Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry" d. ASTM C 923, "Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures,Pipes and Laterals" e. ASTM C 1107,"Standard Specification for Packaged Dry,Hydraulic- Cement Grout(Nonshrink)" f. ASTM A 48, "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings" g. ASTM A 615, "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" h. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" 05/2013 02542- 1 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 3 American Water Works Association(AWWA) 4 Amencan Welding Society(AWS) a. AWS D12.1, "Reinforcing Steel Welding Code" 5 Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) a. Chapter 217.55 "Minimum Clear Opening" G Definitions 1 Shallow Depth Manholes-manholes having a depth of 4 feet or less measured from the top of cover to sewer invert. 2. Normal Depth Manholes-manholes having a depth of greater than 4 feet and up to 8 feet measured from top of cover to sewer invert. 3 Extra Depth Manholes- manholes having a depth of greater than 8 feet measured from the top of cover to sewer invert. 4 Corrosion Resistant Manholes- concrete manholes incorporating additional material, such as liners or coatings, which make them more resistant to corrosion than typical concrete manholes. 5 Standard Manholes Drops- drops of up to 3 vertical feet measured from the invert of the T-fitting to the sewer invert. 6. Extra Depth Manhole Drops-drops in excess of 3 vertical feet measured from the invert of the T-fitting to the sewer invert. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for Normal Depth Manholes and/or Normal Depth Corrosion Resistant Manholes shall be per each. B Measurement for Shallow Depth Manholes and/or Shallow Depth Corrosion Resistant Manholes shall be per each. C Measurement for Extra Depth Manholes and/or Extra Depth Corrosion Resistant Manholes is on a vertical foot basis for each foot of depth greater than 8 feet. D Payment for Manholes under this Section shall be for complete installation including riser, frames, grates, adjustment rings, stainless steel inflow preventers, cut-in work, covers,penetrations,other appurtenances,and be in accordance with Section 01200— Measurement and Payment Procedures. 05/2013 02542-2 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES E. Measurement for Standard Manhole Drops shall be per each. F Measurement for Extra Depth Manhole Drops is on a vertical foot basis for each foot of Drop greater than 3 feet. G Payment for Drops under this Section shall be for assembly components,encasement, other appurtenances, and be in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. H. Payment for Air Release Manhole with Valves and Fittings installed is on a unit price basis for each manhole with air release valves,fittings and appurtenances mstalled and in accordance with Section 01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Perform work needed to make manholes structurally sound, improve flow, prevent entrance of inflow or groundwater, prevent entrance of soil or debris, and provide protection against hydrogen sulfide gas attack. B Manufacturer's Product Support. 1 Through the Contractor,manufacturers of wall sealing or lining systems shall submit to Engineer for review and approval a detailed description of the proposed_coating_installation process. Describe surface preparation, independent laboratory test results, mix design procedures and method of controlling uniform thickness. 2 A representative employed by the manufacturer and having techmcal training in epoxy or cementitious liner shall be named and available for consultation by telephone during business hours and on site upon 48 hours notice. 3 Manufacturer's representative on concrete lining systems shall provide technical assistance to applicators to ensure proper usage of dispensing equipment and accurate proportions of admixtures. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350— Submittals. B Submit proposed design mix and test data for each type and strength of concrete. C Submit manufacturer's data and details of following items for approval. 1 Frames, grates,nngs, and covers. 2. Materials to be used in fabncating drops. 05/2013 02542-3 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 3 Materials to be used for pipe connections at manhole walls. 4 Materials to be used for stubs and stub plugs. 5 Plugs to be used for sanitary sewer hydrostatic testing. 6 Shop Drawings of manhole sections and base units and construction details, including reinforcement,jomting methods,materials and dimensions. 7 Certification from manufacturer that precast manhole design is in full accordance with ASTM C 478 and design criteria as established in this Section, 2.03E, "Design Loading Criteria" 8 Product data, materials and procedures for corrosion resistant liner and coatings, if required. For coating and resistant liner systems requiring 10-yr manufacturer warranty, submit specific coating system including product, thickness, and application for Engineer's approval. 9 Manufacturer's data for pre-mix(bag)concrete,if used for channel inverts and benches. D Installer Qualifications Installers of liners and wall repair systems shall submit qualifications to Engineer at least 14 days prior to start of any matenal application. Submittal shall consist of: 1 Manufacturer's approved equipment list, by name and model number for application of product and contractor's equipment list showing approved equipment available for use in product application. 2. List of contractor's personnel who have satisfactorily completed manufacturer's training in product application within previous two years. Include date of certification for each person. E. Provide Shop Drawings for fabrication and erection of casting assemblies. Include plans, elevations, sections and connection details. Show anchorage and accessory items. Include Setting Drawings for location and installation of castings and anchorage devices. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete shall conform to requirements in Section 03300- Cast-In Place Concrete. B Minimum concrete compressive strength of 4000 psi. 05/2013 02542-4 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES C Reinforcing Steel shall conform to requirement in Se ction 03300-Cast-In Place Concrete. D Mortar shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 270,Type S using Portland cement. 2.02 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES A. Use manhole sections and base sections conforming to ASTM C 478 Use base riser section with integral floors,unless shown otherwise. Provide adjustment rings which are standard components of the manufacturer of the manhole sections meeting material requirements of ASTM C 478 Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer on inside of barrel. B. Construct barrels for precast manholes from 48-inch diameter standard reinforced concrete manhole sections unless otherwise indicated on Plans. Use various lengths of manhole sections in combination to provide the correct height with the fewest joints. Wall sections shall be designed for depth as shown and loading conditions as described in this Section,2.03E,"Design Load Cnteria",but shall not be less than 5 inches thick. Base section shall have a minimum thickness of 12 inches under the invert. C Provide cone tops to receive 30-inch cast iron frames and covers, unless indicated otherwise. Use tops designed to support an AASHTO H-20 loading. D Where the Plans indicate that manholes larger than 48-inch diameter are required, precast base sections of the required diameter shall be provided with flat slab top precast sections used to transition to 48-inch diameter manhole access riser sections. Transition can be concentric or eccentric. The transition shall be located to provide a minimum of 7-foot head clearance from the top of bench to underside of transition. E. Design Loading Critena. The manhole walls,transition slabs,cone tops,and manhole base slab shall be designed by the manufacturer to the requirements of ASTM C 478 for the depth as shown on Plans and the following design criteria. 1 AASHTO H-20 loading applied to the manhole cover and transmitted down to the transition and base slabs. 2. Unit soil weight of 120 pcf located above all portions of the manhole, including base slab projections. 3 Lateral soil pressure based on saturated soil conditions producing an at-rest equivalent fluid pressure of 100 pcf, with soil pressure acting on empty manhole. 4 Internal liquid pressure based on a unit weight of 63 pcf,with manhole filled with liquid from invert to cover,with no balancing external soil pressure. 5 Dead load of manhole sections fully supported by the transition and base slabs. 05/2013 02542-5 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 6 Design additional reinforcing steel to transfer stresses at openings. 7 The minimum clear distance between any two wall penetrations shall be 12 inches or half the diameter of the smaller penetration,whichever is greater F Form joints between sections with 0-ring gaskets conforming to ASTM C 443 G Do not incorporate manhole steps in manhole sections. H. Do not use brick masonry in construction of sanitary sewer manholes. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS METALS A. Provide cast-iron frames, grates, rings, covers, and stamless steel inflow preventers conforming to requirements of this Section and the City of Pearland Standard Construction Details. 2.04 DROPS A. Drops shall conform to the same pipe material requirements used in the main pipe, unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. 2.05 PIPE CONNECTIONS A. Use resilient connectors conforming to requirements of ASTM C 923 Metallic mechanical devices as defined in ASTM C 923 shall be made of the following materials. 1 External clamps a. Type 304 stainless steel. 2. Internal, expandable clamps on standard manholes a. Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum. 3 Internal, expandable clamps on corrosion-resistant manholes. a. Type 316 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum. b. Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum, coated with minimum 16 mm fusion-bonded epoxy conforming to AWWA C-213 4 All precast openings shall be fully circular, 360°openings. B Where rigid joints between pipe and a cast-in-place manhole base are specified or shown on the Plans, use polyethylene-isoprene water-stop meeting the physical property requirements of ASTM C 923, Press-Seal WS Series, or equal. 05/2013 02542-6 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES C. Storm sewer pipe connections 1 Connections acceptable for sanitary sewers. 2. Line pipe grouted in place with mortar Rehabilitate. 2.06 WALL CLEANING MATERIAL A. Cleaners. Detergent or muriatic acid capable of removing dirt, grease, oil and other matter which would prevent a good bond of sealing matenal to wall. Refer to sealing material manufacturer's recommendations. 2.07 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Sealing materials between precast concrete adjustment nng and manhole cover frame shall be Adeka Ultraseal P201, or approved equal. 2.08 WALL REPAIR MATERIALS A. Hydraulic Cements.Use a blend of cement powders or hydraulic cement to stop active leaks in the manhole structure. B. Quickset Mortar Use a quickset mortar to repair wide cracks, holes or disintegrated mortar 2.09 CORROSION RESISTANT MANHOLE MATERIALS A. Provide one of the following as indicated on the Plans. 1 Precast cyhndncal Portland cement concrete sanitary sewer manhole sections, base sections, and cone sections with one of the following factory applied internal coatings or approved equal. a. NeoPoxyTM NPR-5300 Series "PureEpoxy" spray on epoxy liner and other required fillers/sealants per manufacturer's recommendations. b. NeoPoxyNPR-3501 high tensile elongation epoxy elastomenc gout and sealant. c. NeoPoxy NPR-5305 trowelable epoxy filler, grout and sealant, d. Chemical and cementitious rapid set hydraulic grouts such as Strong-Plug, Strong-Seal QSR, Quadex Hyperfonn and Quadex Hydro-Plug, or other equivalents pre-approved by the engineer 05/2013 02542-7 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES e. NeoPoxy P-88 ultraviolet light resistant topcoat. f. EMACO liner(contact City of Pearland Public Works Department for specific type). g. Raven liner(contact City of Pearland Public Works Department for specific type). h. SewperCoat 100% Calcium aluminate by KerneosTM Aluminate Technologies. 2. Type I Coating: The manufacturer of these applied products shall provide a minimum 10-year material and labor warranty A 10-year manufacturer warranty shall be applicable for the following sanitary sewer manholes a. Manholes that receive force main discharge. b. Manholes within the lift/pump station site including last manhole before wet well. c. Manholes with 5 feet diameter and larger or manholes that receive discharge from 15" or larger diameter gravity sewer d. Manholes as determined by City Engineer 3 Type II Coating: All other sanitary sewer manholes shall be coated with minimum 125 mil thick coating of products specified in Section 2.09 1.a-d,or approved equal. 2.10 BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Backfill matenals shall conform to the requirements of Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials. 2.11 NON-SHRINK GROUT A. For non-shrink grout,use prepackaged,inorganic,flowable,non-gas-liberating,non- metallic, cement-based grout requiring only the addition of water It shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 and shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 7000 psi. 05/2013 02542-8 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 2.12 CASTINGS A. Castings for frames, grates, rings and covers shall conform to City of Pearland Standard Construction Details and shall be ASTM A 48, Class 30 Provide locking covers if indicated on Plans. B. Castings shall be capable of withstanding the application of an AASHTO H-20 loadmg without permanent deformation. C. Fabncate castings to conform to the shapes, dimensions, and with wording or logos shown on the Plans. D Castings shall be clean, free from blowholes and other surface imperfections. Cast holes in covers shall be clean and symmetrical, free ofplugs. 2.13 BEARING SURFACES A. Machine bearing surfaces between covers or grates and their respective frames so that even bearing is provided for any position in which the casting may be seated in the frame. 2.14 SPECIAL FRAMES AND COVERS A. Where indicated on the Plans, provide watertight manhole frames and covers with a minimum of four bolts and a gasket designed to seal cover to frame. Supply watertight manhole covers and frames, Model R-1916 manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company, Model V-2420 by East Jordan Iron Works, or approval equal. B Where personnel entry is anticipated, minimum clear openings of 30-inches is required. 2.15 FABRICATED RING GRATES A. Ring grates shall be fabricated from reinforcing steel conforming to ASTM A 615 B s Welds connecting the bars shall conform to AWS D12.1 2.16 INFLOW PREVENTERS A. Provide stainless steel inflow preventers with air release vents on all sanitary sewer manholes. 05/2013 02542-9 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines and grades are correct. B Determine if the subgrade,when scarified and re-compacted,can be compacted to 95 percent of maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 prior to placement of foundation material and base section. If it cannot be compacted to that density,the subgrade shall be moisture conditioned until that density can be reached or shall be treated as an unstable subgrade. C Do not build sanitary or storm sewer manholes in ditches, swales, or drainage paths unless approved by the Engineer 3.02 PLACEMENT OF PRECAST MANHOLES A. Install precast manholes to conform to locations and dimensions shown on Plans. B Place manholes at points of change of alignment, grade, size,pipe intersections, and end of sewer 3.03 MANHOLE_BASE SECTIONS AND FOUNDATIONS A. Place precast base on 12-inch-thick(minimum)foundation of cement stabilized sand or a concrete foundation slab Compact cement-sand in accordance with requirements of Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B Unstable Subgrade Treatment: When unstable subgrade is encountered,the subgrade will be examined by the Engineer to determine if the subgrade has heaved upwards after being excavated. If heaving has not occurred, the subgrade shall be over- excavated to allow for a 24-inch thick layer of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric as the foundation material under the manhole base. If there is evidence of heaving,a pile- supported concrete foundation, as detailed on the Plans, shall be provided under the manhole base,when indicated by the Engineer 3.04 PRECAST MANHOLE SECTIONS A. Install sections, joints, and gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. B Install precast or steel adjustment rings above tops of cones or flat-top sections as required to adjust the finished elevation and to support manhole frame. C. Seal any lifting holes with non-shrink grout. 05/2013 02542- 10 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES D Where PVC liners are required, seal joints between sections in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 3.05 PIPE CONNECTIONS AT MANHOLE A. Install approved resilient connectors at each pipe entering and exiting sanitary sewer manholes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B Ensure that no concrete,cement stabilized sand,fill,or other rigid matenal is allowed to enter the space between the pipe and the edge of the wall opening at and around the resilient connector on either the mtenor or exterior of the manhole. If necessary, fill the space with a compressible material to guarantee the full flexibility provided by the resilient connector All pipe openings shall be fully circular, 360° openings. C Where a new manhole is to be constructed on an existing sewer, install precast manhole base with factory installed Fernco type connections and pipe stubouts at least two (2) feet outside manhole wall. Manhole shall be cut-in to existing pipe. No "horseshoe" or"dog house"type connections will be permitted. D Do not construct joints on sanitary sewer pipe within wall sections of manholes. Use approved connection material. E. Construct pipe stubs with resilient connectors for future connections at locations and with material indicated on Plans. Install approved stub plugs at interior of manhole. F Test connection for watertight seal before backfilling. 3.06 INVERTS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth flow transition waterway with no disruption of flow at pipe-manhole connections. Conform to following cntena. 1 Slope of invert bench. 1 inch per foot minimum, 1-1/2 inch per foot maximum. 2. Depth of bench to invert: Pipes smaller than 15-inches one-half largest pipe diameter Pipes 15 to 24-inches. three-fourths the largest pipe diameter Pipes larger than 24-inches equal to the largest pipe diameter 3 Invert slope through manhole. 0 10-foot drop across manhole with smooth transition of invert through manhole,unless otherwise indicated on Plans. B Form invert channels with class A concrete if not integral with manhole base. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum possible radius of curvature. Provide curves for side inlets and smooth invert fillets for flow transition between pipe inverts. 05/2013 02542- 11 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 3.07 DROPS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Construct Drops with same matenals used in main pipe unless otherwise indicated on - Plans or approved by the Engineer Install a Drop when a sewer line enters a manhole higher than 30-inches above the invert of the manhole. All drops must be interior drops. B Terminate encasement of blind drops a minimum of 5 inches below top of bell and not less than 12 inches above top of next lower bell. Install approved plug at bell. 3.08 MANHOLE FRAME AND ADJUSTMENT RINGS A. Combine precast concrete adjustment rings so that the elevation of the mstalled casting cover is 3/8 inch below the pavement surface. Seal between adjustment ring and the manhole top with non-shrink grout; do not use mortar between adjustment rings. Apply a latex-based bonding agent to concrete surfaces to be joined with non-shnnk grout. Set the cast iron frame on the adjustment nng in a bed of approved sealant. The sealant bed shall consist of two beads of sealant, each bead having minimum dimensions of 1/2-inch and 3/4-inch wide. B For manholes in unpaved areas,top of frame shall be set a minimum of 6 inches above existing ground line unless otherwise indicated on Plans. In unpaved areas,encase the manhole frame in mortar or non-shrink grout placed flush with the face of the manhole ring and the top edge of the frame. Provide a rounded corner around the perimeter 3.09 BACKFILL A. Place and compact backfill materials in the area of excavation surrounding manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Use embedment zone backfill matenal,as specified for the adjacent utilities, from manhole foundation up to an elevation 12 inches over each pipe connected to the manhole. Provide trench zone backfill,as specified for the adjacent utilities,above the embedment zone backfill. B Where rigid joints are used for connecting existing sewers to the manhole, backfill under the existing sewer up to the spring-line of the pipe with Class B concrete or flowable fill. 3.10 MANHOLE WALL CLEANING A. The floor and interior walls of the manhole shall be thoroughly cleaned and made free of all foreign materials including dirt, grit, roots, oils, grease, sludge, incompatible existing coatings,waxes,form release,curing compounds,efflorescence,sealers,salts, or other contaminants which may affect the performance and adhesion of the coating to the substrate. 05/2013 02542- 12 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 1 High pressure water blasting with a minimum of 3,500 psi shall be used to clean free all foreign material within the manhole 2 When grease and oil are present within the manhole,an approved detergent or muriatic acid shall be used integrally with the high pressure cleaning water 3 All materials resulting from the cleaning of the manhole shall be removed pnor to application of the coating. 4 All loose grout, ledges, steps and protruding ledges shall be removed to provide an even surface prior to application of coating. B Prevent any foreign material from entenng the adjoining pipes. Remove droppings of foreign and wall sealant materials before they harden on the bottom of the manhole. C. No separate pay shall be made for this item. Include cost for sealing in the unit price for manholes. D Manufacturer's representative shall be available at all times on site to answer questions and approve manhole preparation work prior to lining. 3.11 MANHOLE WALL SEALING A. Seal active leaks in the manhole structure by using non-shnnk grout. B Remove loose or defective wall matenal. Wipe or brush surface clean prior to the application of hydraulic cement C. Drill weep holes at bottom of manhole walls to relieve hydrostatic pressure to stop leaks. Plug pressure relief holes after leaks are stopped using hydraulic cement matenals. Lead wool may also be used to plug large leaks. D Repair wide cracks,or holes with quickset mortars. Follow manufacturer's application procedures. E. Shape manhole inverts before wall sealing work. Apply concrete to cleaned manhole benches as specified in Section 03300 F After all active leaks have been stopped, clean and prepare walls for application of selected liner material. G Properly apply the sealing compound to provide the minimum required uniform coating to the wall surface. H. Prevent any foreign material from entering the adjoining pipes. Remove droppings of foreign and wall sealant materials before they harden on the bottom of the manhole. 05/2013 02542- 13 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES I. Strictly follow product manufacturer's published technical specifications and recommendations for surface preparation, application and proportioning. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Conduct leakage testing of manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers. Vacuum test shall be completed prior to coating of the manhole. 3.13 INSPECTION A. After manhole wall sealing has been completed, visually inspect the manhole in the presence of Engineer Check for cleanliness and for elimination of active leaks. B At completion of manhole construction, assist Engineer in verifying installation of minimum coating thickness of concrete liner Test several points on the manhole wall. Repair verification points prior to final acceptance for payment. C. During application of corrosion resistant liner, a wet film thickness gauge, meeting ASTM D4414,shall be used. Measurements shall be taken, documented and attested by the Contractor for submission to the Owner D At completion of manhole construction, assist Engineer in inspection of installation. 3.14 TESTING A. After the coating product(s)have set in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, all surfaces shall be inspected for holidays with high-voltage holiday detection equipment. Reference NACE RPO 188-99 for performing holiday detection. All detected holidays shall be marked and repaired by abrading the coating surface with grit disk paper or other hand tooling method. After abrading and cleaning,additional coating can be hand applied to the repair area. All touch-up/repair procedures shall follow the coating manufacturer's recommendations. Documentation on areas tested, results and repairs made shall be provided to Owner by Contractor B Visual inspection shall be made by the Project Engineer and/or Inspector Any deficiencies in the finished coating shall be marked and repaired according to the procedures set forth herein by Contractor 3.15 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A. Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. 05/2013 02542- 14 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 3.16 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A. Protect Manholes from damage until subsequent work has been accepted. B Repair or replace damaged elements of Manholes at no additional cost to the Owner C. In unpaved areas,provide positive drainage away from manhole frame to natural grade. END OF SECTION 05/2013 02542- 15 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS,AND COVERS Section 02603 FRAMES,GRATES,RINGS,AND COVERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Iron castings for manhole frames and covers, inlet frames and grates, catch basin frames and grates, meter vault frames and covers, adjustment rings and extensions. B Ring grates. C. References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 - Submittals D Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM A 48, "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings" b. ASTM A 615, "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" c. ASTM C 270, "Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry" 2. Amencan Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) a. AASHTO M 306, "Drainage, Sewage,Utility, and Related Castings" 3 American Welding Society(AWS) a. AWS D12.1, "Reinforcing Steel Welding Code" 4 Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) a. Chapter 217 55 "Minimum Clear Opening" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for frames,grates, rings, covers, and seals under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If frames, grates, rings, covers, and seals are included as a Bid Items, measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 12/2015 02603- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS,AND COVERS 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Provide copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams, anchor details, and installation instructions. Manufacturer shall be East Jordan Iron Works, Inc. or as approved by public works. C. Provide Shop Drawings for fabrication and erection of casting assemblies. Include plans, elevations, sections and connection details. Show anchorage and accessory items. Include Setting Drawings for location and installation of castings and anchorage devices. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CASTINGS A. Castings for frames,grates,rings and covers shall conform to ASTM A 48,Class 35B and AASHTO M 306 Provide locking covers if indicated on Plans. B Castings shall be capable of withstanding the application of an AASHTO H-20 loading without permanent deformation. C. Fabricate castings to conform to the shapes, dimensions, and with wording or logos shown on the Plans. D Castings shall be 75%post-consumer recycled material, clean, free from blowholes and other surface imperfections. Cast holes in covers shall be clean and symmetrical, free of plugs. 2.02 BEARING SURFACES A. Machine bearing surfaces between covers or grates and their respective frames so that even bearing is provided for any position in which the casting may be seated in the frame. 2.03 SPECIAL FRAMES AND COVERS A. Where indicated on the Plans,provide stainless steel inflow preventers and watertight manhole frames and covers with a minimum of four bolts arid a gasket designed to seal cover to frame. Supply watertight manhole Frames and Covers, Model R-1916 manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company, Model V-2420 by East Jordan Iron Works, or as approved by public works. B Where personnel entry is anticipated,minimum clear opening of 30-inches is required. 12/2015 02603-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FRAMES,GRATES, RINGS,AND COVERS 2.04 FABRICATED RING GRATES A. Ring grates shall be fabricated from reinforcing steel conforming to ASTM A 615 B Welds connecting the bars shall conform to AWS D12.1 2.05 MORTAR A. Conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland cement. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All installations that have an elevation difference between the final elevation of the manhole cover and the surrounding finished grade greater than 18 inches will be required to be hinged, lift assist gasketed ring and cover B Install castings according to approved Shop Drawings, instructions given in related Sections, and applicable directions from the manufacturer's printed materials. C. Set castings accurately at required locations to proper alignment and elevation. Keep - castings plumb, level, true and free of rack. Measure location accurately from established lines and grades. Brace or anchor frames temporarily in formwork until permanently set. D Ring grates shall be fabricated in accordance with Plans and shall be set in mortar in the mouth of the pipe bell. END OF SECTION 12/2015 02603-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL PLATE CULVERT STRUCTURES Section 02624 STRUCTURAL PLATE CULVERT STRUCTURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Structural plate culverts and special structural plate shapes. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete 4 Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities C Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM A 153, "Standard Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware b ASTM B 695, "Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and Steel c. ASTM B 221,"Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum- Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire,Profiles, and Tubes 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for structural plate pipes, pipe arches, arches, underpasses or box culverts is on a linear foot basis,measured along flow lines between ends of structures. Separate measurement will be made for each different required size, gage, or minimum thickness of the required matenal. B For multiple structures,the measured length will be the sum of the lengths of barrels as prescribed above. C Payment for structural plate culvert structures includes aluminum alloy inverts, toe walls, footings, closure plates and stiffeners, and all labor and materials required for installation as indicated on Plans. D Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 07/2006 02624- 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL PLATE CULVERT STRUCTURES B Submit product quality,material sources, and field quality information in accordance with this Section. 1.04 ACCEPTANCE AT SITE A Furnish an itemized statement of the number and size of plates in each shipment. From this list, a visual inspection will be made by the Engineer, including an examination of the plates for deficiency in size,radius of curvature specified,and any evidence of poor workmanship The inspection may include taking samples for chemical analysis and determination of weight of splutter coating. The plates making up the shipment shall fully meet the requirement of these specifications. Any plates failing to do so shall be rejected. B The Engineer may elect to have the material inspected and sampled in the rolling mill or in the fabrication shop A chemical analysis of any plate may be required from the mill. The inspection,either in the mill or in the shop,will be under the direction of the Engineer The Engineer will have free access to the mill or shop for inspection. Any matenal which has been previously rejected at the mill or shop and included in a later lot will be rejected unless the material has been satisfactorily repaired. C Structural plate with a damaged splutter coating, or which shows defective workmanship shall be rejected. Minor damaged areas of splutter coating,as judged by the Engineer,may be repaired by painting with a zinc dust-zinc oxide paint conforming to Federal Specification TT-P-641g. The requirement applies not only to individual plates but to the entire shipment. D The following defects are considered to be poor workmanship The presence of any one of them in an individual structural plate will be cause for rejection. 1 Uneven laps. 2. Elliptical shaping(unless specified) 3 Variation from a straight center line. 4 Ragged edges and damaged coatings. 5 Loose, uneven lined or spaced bolts. 6. Illegible brand. 7 Bruised, scaled or broken splutter coating. 8 Dents or bends in the metal. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL PIPE AND ARCH MATERIALS A Plates and fasteners used for construction of structural plate pipes,pipe arches,arches, underpasses, box culverts and special shapes shall conform to AASHTO M167 for galvanized corrugated steel structures and to AASHTO M219 for aluminum alloy structures. B Steel fasteners shall be mechanically galvanized or hot-dip galvanized and shall conform to ASTM A 153, Class C or D, or ASTM B 695, Class 40 The weight of galvanized coating shall be determined according to Test Method Tex-728-I. 07/2006 02624-2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL PLATE CULVERT STRUCTURES C Steel plates shall consist of structural units of corrugated galvanized steel. Single plates shall be furnished in standard sizes to permit structure length increments of 2 feet. Plates will have approximately a 2 inch hp beyond each end and crest, which results in the actual length of a given structure being approximately 4 inches longer than the nominal length, except when skewed or beveled. D Aluminum plate shall consist of structural units of corrugated aluminum alloy For aluminum alloy structures, cut plates shall be furnished on structure ends to permit structure length increments of one foot. When required, aluminum alloy inverts, toe walls, footings and closure plates shall conform to the material requirements for the aluminum structural plate. Extruded aluminum transverse stiffeners shall conform to ASTM B 221,Alloy 6061-T6 E The material for metal headwalls shall comply with requirements shown on the Plans. 2.02 STRUCTURE AND MATERIAL DESIGNATION A The types of structures will be indicated on the Plans by one of the following descriptions. 1 Structural Plate Pipe (Galvanized. Steel) 2. Structural Plate Pipe (Alum.) 3 Structural Plate Pipe Arch(Galvanized. Steel) 4 Structural Plate Pipe Arch(Alum.) 5 Structural Plate Arch(Galvanized. Steel) 6 Structural Plate Arch (Alum.) 7 Structural Plate Underpass (Galvanized. Steel) 8 Structural Plate Underpass (Alum.) 9 Structural Plate Box Culvert(Galvanized. Steel) 10 Structural Plate Box Culvert(Alum.) B When designated as one of the above types without the matenal being designated,the Contractor may furnish the structure in either galvanized steel or aluminum. 2.03 PLATE JOINTS A Form plates to provide bolted lap joints. Punch bolt holes so that plates having like dimensions, curvature, and the same number of bolts per foot of seam are interchangeable. B Curve each plate to proper radius so that cross-sectional dimensions of finished structure will be as indicated on Plans. C Stagger joints so that not more than three plates are jointed at any one point. Unless otherwise specified, place bolt holes along those edges of plates that will form longitudinal seams in the finished structure as follows. 1 Stagger in rows 2 inches apart,with one row in the valley and one in the crest of corrugations with not less than 4 bolts per foot for galvanized steel structures. 07/2006 02624-3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL PLATE CULVERT STRUCTURES 2. Stagger in rows 1 3/4 inches apart with 2 bolts in each valley and on each crest and not less than 16 bolts per 3 feet for aluminum alloy structures. D Provide for a bolt spacing of not more than 12 inches for bolt holes along edges of plates that will form circumferential seams in finished structure. E Keep minimum distance from center of hole to edge of plate to not less than 13/4 times diameter of bolt. F For the diameter of bolt holes in longitudinal seams do not exceed diameter of the bolt. Diameter of bolt holes in longitudinal seams shall not exceed diameter of bolt by more than 1/8 inch. G Cut plates for forming skewed or sloped ends to give the angle of skew or slope specified. H Repair burned edges to eliminate oxide and burrs. Maintain legible identification numerals on each plate to designate its proper position in the finished structure. 2.04 CONCRETE A Concrete shall conform to Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete.Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, use Class A concrete for footings and headwalls. Use Class B concrete for slope protection and for invert paving, when required. Place reinforcement as shown on the Plans. 2.05 REINFORCING STEEL A Reinforcing steel shall conform to requirements of Section 03300 — Cast-in-Place Concrete. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTIVE COATINGS,LININGS AND PAVINGS A When required,protect structural plate structures with bituminous coating,bituminous lining or have invert paved with bituminous material. Remove moisture, dirt, oil, unbonded or incompatible paint, grease, alkalies, or other foreign matter from the surface to be coated before applying the coating material. B When specified or called in the Plans apply bituminous coatings to inside and outside of structures to a minimum thickness of 0 05 inch as provided in AASHTO M190, Type A. C Apply a protective coating to coupling bands for coated structures. Use coatings in accordance with AASHTO M190 Coupling bands may be single-dipped with the coating thickness requirement waived. D Apply bituminous linings, if required, over bituminous coatings, to inside bottom portion of structure as provided in AASHTO M190, Type C. 07/2006 02624-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL PLATE CULVERT STRUCTURES E When linings and pavings are not required, an asphalt mastic coating may be substituted for bituminous coating on corrugated steel or aluminum structures on outside surface of the structure. The inside surface need not be coated. F When specified or called in the Plans, use an asphalt mastic coating conforming to requirements of AASHTO M243,except that asbestos fibers will not be used. Perform this process at the fabrication plant. Apply asphalt mastic material uniformly to the outside surface with a minimum thickness of 0 05 inch. Pinholes,blisters, cracks or lack of bond are cause for rejection. G When protective coatings are applied to structures,be sure that the thickness of metal is clearly identified on the inner surface of each section with paint or other approved means. Repair damaged protective coatings, linings and invert paving. Use bituminous material conforming to provisions of AASHTO M190 or other approved materials to repair damaged asphalt mastic coatings. H Coat that portion of nuts and bolts projecting outside the pipe after installation. The portion of nuts and bolts projecting inside the structure need not be coated. I When asphalt mastic is used for protective coating,the surface at joints of the structure need not be coated prior to assembly Thoroughly seal joints after assembly with asphalt mastic on outside of the structure. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A Excavate in accordance with Section 02318 —Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Make trenches for pipes,pipe arches,underpasses or box culverts of sufficient width to provide free working space for erection and thorough tamping of backfill and bedding material under and around the structure. If the quality of the native soil is less than that of the proposed backfill matenal,extended the excavation to each side of the barrel,a minimum horizontal distance of half the span or two-thirds of the total rise,whichever is greater B Foundations, Structural Plate Structures with Metal Inverts Have these structures bedded in a foundation of sandy earth material carefully and accurately shaped to fit the lower part of the pipe for at least ten percent of its overall height. However, the length of bedding arch need not exceed the width of the bottom plate. Obtain uniform seating of corrugations on pipe bed by placing the sandy material at least 3 inches thick. For culverts, place bedding to full width of the invert. 1 Excavation in Rock: Where rock, in either ledge or boulder formation, is encountered, remove it below grade and replace with a compacted earth cushion having a thickness of not less than 1/2 inch per foot height of fill over top of the pipe, with the minimum allowable thickness of 12 inches and a maximum of 24 inches under the pipe. 2. Where the soil encountered at the established grade is a quicksand, muck or similar unstable material, remove and replace it in accordance with Section 02318— Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. When required, use special bedding as shown on Plans. 07/2006 02624-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL PLATE CULVERT STRUCTURES C Foundations, Structural Plate Structures with Reinforced Concrete Footings Form - footings for these structures and finish them to true lines and grades as established by Engineer 1 Set anchors or slots for box culverts to true line and grade when placing concrete for each substructure unit. Conform to Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete for placing substructure units. 2. Place footings entirely in rock, shale or similarly hard material,or on firm soil or compacted soil cushion. When part of the founding area is rock,undercut it and replace it with a minimum 12 inch thick compacted soil cushion. When a thin layer of soil is partially covering rock within the bearing area and when practicalxo_do-so,_soil_may be_removed_and footings placed directly on_rock_in accordance with details shown on Plans. D Erection. Install structural plate structures in accordance with Plans and manufacturer's recommendations. 1 Coat any steel in joints which is not protected by galvanizing with suitable bituminous coating. 2. Handle pipes and plates carefully-to avoid damage to any protective coating. Repair damaged coatings. 3 For anchoring plates to headwalls or other concrete end treatment,use anchor bolts with 3/4 inch diameter by 6 inch minimum length on not more than 19-inch centers. 4 Do not place plates for arch structures until the concrete cement substructure has cured for a minimum of 3 days. 5 When all plates are in position, tighten nuts and bolts progressively and uniformly,beginning at one endof the structure. Tighten nuts a second time to a torque of not less than 150 ft-lbs nor more than 300 ft-lbs for steel bolts and not less than 100 ft-lbs nor more than 150 ft-lbs for aluminum bolts. If an impact wrench is used,check with a long-handled,structural or socket wrench or a torque wrench to ensure that they are properly tightened. Replace service bolts used in drawing the plates-together with standard high strength bolts. E Shape Control. Furnish acceptable shape control devices for monitoring horizontal and vertical shape of structures. Maintain the shape within two percent of design measurements span or rise,whichever is greater or 5 inches,whichever is less,during erection and backfilling. F Backfilling: Perform backfilling and embankment construction around the pipe in accordance with Section 02318— Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, except as modified below 1 Within vertical planes 2 feet beyond the horizontal limits of the structure and until a minimum of 2 feet of cover has been compacted over the structure,only hand operated, mechanical tamping equipment shall be permitted. 2. Unless otherwise shown,no heavy earth moving equipment shall be permitted to haul over the structure until a minimum of 2 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed. Remove and replace plates or structures damaged by equipment or backfilling operation. 07/2006 02624-6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL PLATE CULVERT STRUCTURES 3 During backfilling, to avoid unequal pressures and produce uniformly compacted backfill matenal of uniform density throughout the length of the structure and ensure proper backfill under the structure. 4 Prior to adding each new layer of loose backfill material, until a minimum 2 feet of cover is obtained,an inspection will be made of the inside periphery of the structure to determine any local or unequal deformation caused by improper construction methods. 5 Backfill the structure so that when backfill is complete the inside dimensions are within tolerances set forth in shape control. In the case of arches other than pipe arches when backfilling is completed before headwalls are placed,place the first material midway between ends of the arch,forming as narrow a ramp as possible until the top of the arch is reached. Construct the ramp evenly from both sides. Thoroughly the backfilling material as it is placed. After two ramps have been constructed to the top of the arch, deposit the remainder of backfill from the top of the arch both ways from the center,to the ends and as evenly as possible on both sides of the arch. If headwalls are built before the arch is backfilled,place fill matenal first adjacent to one headwall until the top of the arch has been reached, after which fill shall be dumped from the top of the arch toward the other headwall, with care being taken to deposit material evenly on both sides of the arch. 6. For multiple structures,perform same backfill process for all structures more or less simultaneously Backfilling between barrels will usually require that the matenal be placed with a crane and bucket or other suitable equipment. Do not drop backfill material from a height or concentrated in such an amount pnor to distribution over the top arc that damage to the flexible structure will result. Compact this backfill with hand operated tampers or other equipment acceptable to Engineer END OF SECTION 07/2006 02624-7 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND SAFETY END TREATMENTS Section 02629 SAFETY END TREATMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Safety End Treatments for storm sewers. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200 -Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 - Submittals 3 Section 01450 -Testing Laboratory Services 4 Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete 5 Section 02255 -Bedding,Backfill and Embankment Materials 6 Section 02318 -Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 7 Section 02630 - Storm Sewers 8. Section 02631 -Precast Inlets,Headwalls and Wingwalls 9 Section 02633 - Cast-in-Place Inlets,Headwall and Wingwalls C. Referenced Standards. 1 Amencan Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) a. ASTM C 76, "Standard and Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain and Sewer Pipe" 2. Texas Department of Transportation(TX-DOT) a. Item 467, Safety End Treatment. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Safety End Treatments of all types will be measured by each barrel of each structure end. B Payment for Safety End Treatments includes matenals, earthwork, connections, and accessones. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 5/2013 02629- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND SAFETY END TREATMENTS 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance to Section 01350- Submittals. B Submit manufacturer's literature for product specifications and installation instructions. 1.04 TESTING A. Testing shall be performed under the provisions in Section 01450 -Testing Laboratory Services. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete. Class A concrete with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi. B Reinforcing Steel Conform to requirements of Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. C Corrugated Metal Pipe Prefabricated metal end sections. 2.02 PRECAST CONCRETE UNITS A. Fabricate Precast Units in accordance with Section 02631 -Precast Inlets, Headwalls and Wingwalls. B Furnish Precast Concrete Units as indicated on the plans. C. Provide adequate lifting devices based on size and weight of the unit. 2.03 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE A. Provide RCP mitered to the proposed slope. B Reinforced Concrete Pipe shall conform to Section 02630- Storm Sewers. 2.04 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE A. Provide galvanized steel prefabricated metal end sections. 5/2013 02629-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND SAFETY END TREATMENTS B Corrugated Metal Pipe and Fittings shall conform to Section 02630- Storm Sewers. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 STORAGE AND SHIPMENT A. Store Precast Units ona level surface. B Do not place any loads or ship Precast Units until the design strength is reached. 3.02 CAUSES FOR REJECTIONS A. Individual Units may be rejected due to fractures, cracks passing through the wall surfaces, surface defects or damages to galvanizing. Remove rejected Units from project and replace with acceptable Units at no additional cost to City 3.03 EXCAVATION,BEDDING AND BACKFILL A. Conform to requirements in Section 02318 -Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B Take special precautions in placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement or damaged to the Units. C Bed Units on foundations of firm and stable material accurately shaped to conform to the Units. D Provide adequate means to lift and place the Units. 3.04 CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to new or existing facilities as needed, at no additional cost to City END OF SECTION 5/2013 02629-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS Section 02630 STORM SEWERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Storm sewers and appurtenances. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4 Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete 5 Section 02255—Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 6 Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 7 Section 02415—Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewers 8 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises 9 Section 02629 - Safety End Treatments C Referenced Standards 1 American Society for Testing and Matenals (ASTM) a. ASTM C 76,"Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe b. ASTM C 443,"Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes,Using Rubber Gaskets" c. ASTM C 506, "Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Arch Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe" d. ASTM C 877,"Standard Specification for External Sealing Bands for Concrete Pipe,Manholes, and Precast Box Sections" e. ASTM C 507, "Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe" f. ASTM C 655, "Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete D- Load Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe" g. ASTM D 3350, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Matenals" h. ASTM C 1433, "Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, and Sewers" i. ASTM B 633, "Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel" j ASTM A 760, "Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic-Coated for Sewers and Drains" 5/2013 02630- 1 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for storm sewers is on a linear foot basis taken along the center line of the pipe from center line to center line of manholes or from end to end of culverts, measured and complete in place. Separate measurement will be made for each type and size of pipe installed. B Payment for storm sewer includes pipe, earthwork,connections to existing manholes and pipe,accessones,equipment and execution required are incidental to storm sewer work. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit manufacturer's literature for product specifications and installation instructions. C Submit product quality,material sources,and field quality information in accordance with this Section. 1.04 TESTING A. Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The condition for acceptance will be a storm sewer that is watertight both in pipe-to- pipe,box-to-box joints and in pipe-to-manhole connections and in box connections. 5/2013 02630-2 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations. B Handle pipe, fittings, and accessories carefully with approved handling devices. Do not drop or roll pipe off trucks or trailers. Materials cracked,gouged,chipped,dented, or otherwise damaged will not be approved for installation. C. Store pipe and fittings on heavy timbers or platforms to avoid contact with the ground. D Unload pipe,fittings,and specials as close as practical to the location of installation to avoid unnecessary handling. E. Keep interiors of pipe and fittings completely free of dirt and foreign matter 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL A. Materials for storm sewers shall be of the sizes and types indicated on the Plans. B Materials for pipe and fittings, other than those specified or referenced, may be considered for use in storm sewers. C. For consideration of other matenals, submit complete manufacturer's data mcluding materials,sizes,flow carrying capacity,installation procedures,and history of similar installations to Engineer for pre-bid evaluations, if allowed, or as a substitution. 2.02 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE A. Circular reinforced concrete pipe shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 76, for Class III wall thickness. Joints shall be rubber gasketed conforming to ASTM C 443 B Reinforced concrete arch pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 506 for Class A-III. Joints shall conform to ASTM C 877 C Reinforced concrete elliptical pipe, either vertical or horizontal, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 507 for Class VE-III for vertical or Class HE-III for honzontal. Joints shall be rubber gaskets conforming to ASTM C 877 D Reinforced concrete D-load pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 655 5/2013 02630-3 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 2.03 PRECAST AND CAST-IN-PLACE REINFORCED CONCRETE BOX SEWERS A. All box sewer sections shall conform to ASTM C1433 B. All pipe and boxes shall be machine-made or cast by a process which will provide for uniform placement of concrete in the forms and compaction by mechanical devices which will assure a dense concrete. C. Concrete shall conform to requirements of Section 03300— Cast-in-Place Concrete with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi. D Concrete shall be mixed in a central batch plant or other batching facility from which the quality and uniformity of the concrete can be assured. Transit-mixed concrete is not acceptable. E. Make test specimens in test cylinders at the same time and in the same manner as the box sections they represent. Make a-minimum of 4 test cylinders for each day's production run and each mix design. Cure test cylinders in the same manner and for the same times as the boxes they represent. The producer must furnish all equipment required for testing concrete for boxes produced in a precasting plant. F For precast boxes,provide no more than 4 lifting holes in each section. Lifting holes may be cast, cut into fresh concrete after form removal, or drilled. Provide lifting holes of sufficient size for adequate lifting devices based on the size and weight of the box_section.Domot_use iftingholeslargerthan_3 in.in_diameter.Domot_cut_more than 1 longitudinal. G Rubber gaskted joints for precast reinforced concrete box culverts and sewers may be selected in lieu of boxes with preformed,flexible,mastic gasket matenal.When rubber gasket joints are selected, they shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1677 for design of the joints, performance and joint tolerances. When selecting the rubber gasket joint for box,neither filter fabnc nor external joint wrap shall be required. 2.04 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Corrugated metal pipe may be galvanized steel, aluminized steel, aluminum or precoated galvanized steel as indicated on Plans and conforming to the following: Galvanized Steel AASHTO M218 Aluminized Steel AASHTO M274 Aluminum AASHTO M197 Precoated Galvanized Steel AASHTO M246 1 Reference to gauge of metal is to U S Standard Gauge for uncoated sheets. Tables in AASHTO M218 and AASHTO M274 list thicknesses for coated sheets in inches. The tables in AASHTO M197 list thicknesses in inches for clad aluminum sheets. 5/2013 02630-4 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND _ STORM SEWERS B Coupling bands and other hardware for galvanized or aluminized steel pipe shall conform to requirements of AASHTO M36 for steel pipe and AASHTO M196 for aluminum pipe. 1 Coupling bands shall be not more than 3 nominal sheet thicknesses lighter than thickness of pipe to be connected and in no case lighter than 0 052 inch for steel or 0 048 inch for aluminum. 2. Coupling bands shall be made of same base metal and coatmg (metallic or otherwise) as pipe. 3 Minimum width of corrugated locking bands shall be as shown below for corrugations which correspond to end circumferential corrugations on pipes being joined. a. 10 %inches wide for 2 z/3 inch x 1/2-inch corrugations. b 12 inches wide for 3 inch x 1 inch corrugations. 4 Helical pipe without circumferential end corrugations will be permitted only when it is necessary to join a new pipe to an existing pipe which was installed with no circumferential end corrugations. In this event pipe furnished with helical corrugations at ends shall be field jointed with either helically corrugated bands or with bands with projections (dimples). The minimum width of helical corrugated bands shall conform to the following: a. 12 mches wide for 1/2 inch-deep helical end corrugations. b. 14 inches wide for one inch-deep helical end corrugations. 5 Bands with projections shall have circumferential rows of projections with one projection for each corrugation. Width of bands with projections shall be not less than the following: a. 12 inches wide for pipe diameters up to and including 72 inches. Bands shall have two circumferential rows of projections. b 16 1/4 inches wide for pipe diameters of 78 inches and greater Bands shall have four circumferential rows of projections. 6 Bolts for coupling bands shall be 1/2 inch diameter Bands 12 inches wide or less will have a minimum of 2 bolts per end at each connection, and bands greater than 12 inches wide shall have a minimum of 3 bolts at each connection. 7 Galvanized bolts may be hot dip galvanized in accordance with requirements of AASHTO M 232,mechanically galvanized to provide same requirements as AASHTO M 232, or electro-galvanized per ASTM B 633, Type RS 5/2013 02630-5 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS C Bituminous coated pipe or pipe arch shall be coated inside and out with a bituminous coating which shall meet these performance requirements and requirements of AASHTO M190 1 Pipe shall be uniformly coated inside and out to a minimum thickness of 0 05 inch,measured on crests of corrugations. 2. Bituminous coating shall adhere to the metal so that it will not chip, crack, or peel dunng handling and placement;and shall protect pipe from corrosion and deterioration. 3 Where a paved invert is shown on Plans,pipe or pipe arch,in addition to fully- coated treatment described above,shall receive additional bituminous material, same as specified above, applied to the bottom quarter of circumference to form a smooth pavement. Maintain a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch above crests of corrugations. D Furnish all fittings and specials required for bends, end sections, branches, access manholes,and connections to other fittings. Design fittings and specials in accordance with Plans and ASTM A 760 Fittings and specials are subject to same internal and external loads as straight pipe. 2.05 PIPE FABRICATION A. Steel Pipe 1 Galvanized or aluminized steel pipe shall be full circle or arch pipe conforming to AASHTO M 36, Type I, Type IA, or Type II, as indicated on the Plans. 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with nveted or spot-welded seams,helical corrugations with continuous helical lock seam, or ultra-high frequency resistance butt-welded seams is acceptable. B Aluminum Pipe. 1 Pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 196,Type I,Type IA, circular pipe, or Type II,pipe arch as indicated on the Plans. 2 Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted or spot-welded seams,or helical corrugations with a continuous helical lock seam. 3 Portions of aluminum pipe that will be in contact with concrete or metal other than aluminum, shall be insulated from these materials with a coating of bituminous material meeting requirements of AASHTO M 190 Extend coating a minimum distance of one foot beyond area of contact. 5/2013 02630-6 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS C. Precoated Galvanized Steel Pipe. 1 Pipe shall be full circle or arch pipe conforming to AASHTO M 245, Type I, Type IA or Type II as indicated on the Plans. 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted seams, or helical lock seams is acceptable. 3 Inside and outside coatmg shall be a minimum of 10 mils. 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tolerances. Allowable casting tolerances for concrete units are plus or minus 1/4 inch from dimensions shown on the Plans. Concrete thickness in excess of that required will not constitute cause for rejection provided that such excess thickness does not interfere with proper jointing operations. B Precast Unit Identification. Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer clearly on the inside of inlet,headwall or wingwall. C. Rejection. Precast units may be rejected for non-conformity with these specifications and for any of the following reasons. 1 Fractures or cracks passing through the shell,except for a single end crack that do not exceed the depth of the joint. 2. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture. 3 Damaged or misshaped ends, where such damage would prevent making a satisfactory joint. D Replacement: Immediately remove rejected units from the work site and replace with acceptable units. E. Repairs Occasional imperfections resulting from manufacture or accidental damage may be repaired if, in the opinion of the Engineer, repaired units conform to requirements of these specifications. 2.07 BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND TOPSOIL MATERIAL A. Bedding and Backfill Material. Conform to Plans and requirements of Sections 02255 —Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials. 5/2013 02630-7 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Conform to requirements of Section 02318 —Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, 3 02 "Preparation" 3.02 EARTHWORK A. Excavate in accordance with requirements of Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, except where tunneling or jacking methods are shown on the Plans. When pipes are laid in a trench,the trench when completed and shaped to receive the pipe,shall be of sufficient width to provide free working space for satisfactory bedding and jointing and thorough tamping of backfill and bedding matenal under and around pipe. B Bed pipe in accordance with Plans and Specifications. When requested by Engineer, furnish a simple template for each size and shape of pipe for use in checking shaping of bedding. Template shall consist of a thin plate or board cut to match lower half of cross section. C Where rock in either ledge or boulder form exists below pipe,remove the rock below grade and replace with suitable materials so that a slightly yielding compacted earth cushion is_provided below pipe a minimum of 12 inches thick. D Where soil encountered at established grade is quicksand, muck or similar unstable materials, such unstable soil shall be removed and replaced in accordance with requirements of Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.Do not allow cement stabilized materials for backfill to come into contact with any uncoated aluminum or aluminized pipe surface. E. After metal pipe structure has been completely assembled on proper line and grade and headwalls constructed when required by the drawing details,place selected material from excavation or borrow along both sides of the completed structures equally, in uniform layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth(loose measurement),wetted if required and thoroughly compacted between adjacent structures and between structure and sides of trench, or for a distance each side of structure equal to diameter of pipe. Backfill matenal shall be compacted to the same density requirements as specified for adjoining sections of embankment in accordance with specifications. Above three-fourths point of structure,place uniformly on each side of pipe in layers not to exceed 12 inches. F Only hand operated tamping equipment will be allowed within vertical planes 2 feet beyond horizontal projection of outside surface of structure for backfilling, until a minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained. Remove and replace damaged pipe. G Do not permit heavy earth moving equipment to haul over structure until a minimum of 4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed. 5/2013 02630-8 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS H. Durmg backfilling, obtain uniform backfill material and uniform compacted density throughout length of structure so that unequal pressure will be avoided. Provide proper backfill under structure. I. Prior to adding each new layer of loose backfill material,an inspection will be made of inside periphery of structure for local or unequal deformation caused by improper construction methods. Evidence of deformation will be reason for such corrective measures as may be directed by Engineer 3.03 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE INSTALLATION A. Place pipes on prepared foundation starting at outlet end. Join sections firmly together, with side laps or circumferential joints pointing upstream and with longitudinal laps on sides. B Metal in joints which is not protected by galvanizing or aluminizing shall be coated with an approved asphaltum paint. C Provide proper equipment for hoisting and lowering sections of pipe into trench without damaging pipe or disturbing prepared foundation and sides of trench. Pipe which is not in alignment or which shows undue settlement after laying,or is damaged, shall be taken up and relaid. D Multipleinstallations of corrugated metal pipe and pipe arches shall be laid with the center lines of individual barrels parallel. Unless otherwise indicated on the Plans, maintain the following clear distances between outer surfaces of adjacent pipes DIAMETER CLEAR DISTANCE BETWEEN PIPES PIPE ARCH OF PIPE FULL CIRCLE AND PIPE ARCH DESIGN NO. 18" 1' 2" 2 24" 1' 5" 3 30" 1' 8" 4 36" 1' 11" 5 42" 2' 2" 6 48" 2' 5" 7 54" 2' 10" 8 60"—84" 3' 2" 9 90"— 120" 3' 5" 10& Over E. Where extensions are attached to existing structures, install a proper connection between structure and existing as indicated on Plans, coat the connection with bituminous material when required. F When existing headwalls and aprons are indicated for reuse on the Plans,sever portion to be reused from the existing culvert, and relocate to prepared position. Damaged 5/2013 02630-9 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS headwalls,aprons or pipes attached to the headwall, shall be restored to their original condition. 3.04 JOINTING A. Field joints shall maintain pipe alignment during construction and prevent infiltration of side matenal. B Coupling bands shall lap equally on pipes being connected to form a tightly-closed joint. C. Use corrugated locking bands to field join pipes furnished with circumferential corrugations including pipe with helical_corrugations having reformed circumferential corrugations on ends. Fit locking bands into a minimum of one full circumferential corrugation of pipe ends being coupled. 3.05 CONCRETE PIPE INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with the Plans and pipe manufacturer's recommendations and as specified in this Section. B. Install pipe only after excavation is completed, the bottom of the trench shaped, bedding material is installed, and the trench has been approved by the Engineer C. Install pipe to the lme and grade indicated. Place pipe so that it has continuous beanng of barrel on bedding material and is laid in the trench so the interior surfaces of the pipe follow the grades and alignments indicated. D Install pipe with the spigot ends toward the direction of flow E. Form a concentric joint with each section of adjoining pipe so as to prevent offsets. F Place and drive home newly laid sections with come-a-long winches so as to eliminate damage to sections. Use of back hoes or similar powered equipment will not be allowed unless protective measures are provided and approved in advance by the Engineer G Keep the intenor of pipe clean as the installation progresses. Where cleaning after laying the pipe is difficult because of small pipe size,use a suitable swab or drag in the pipe and pull it forward past each joint immediately after the joint has been completed. H. Keep excavations free of water during construction and until final inspection. I. When work is not in progress,cover the exposed ends of pipes with an approved plug to prevent foreign matenal from entering the pipe. 5/2013 02630- 10 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 3.06 PRECAST AND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE BOX SEWERS INSTALLATION A. Placement of Boxes. when precast boxes are used to form multiple barrel structures, place the box sections in conformance with the plans or as directed. Place material to be used between barrels as shown on the plans or as directed. Unless otherwise authorized, start the laying of boxes on the bedding at the outlet end and proceed toward the inlet end with the abutting sections properly matched. Fit,match, and lay the boxes to form a smooth,uniform conduit true to the established lines and grades. For trench installations, lower the box sections into the trench without damaging the box or disturbing the bedding and the sides of the trench. Carefully clean the ends of the box before it is placed. Prevent the earth or bedding material from entering the box as it is laid. Remove and re-lay, without extra compensation, boxes that are not in alignments or that show excessive settlement after laying. Form and place cast-in- place boxes in accordance with Section 03300- Cast-in-Place Concrete. B. Connections and Stub Ends. Make connections of boxes to existing boxes, pipes, storm drains,or storm drain appurtenances as shown on the plans. Mortar or concrete the bottom of existing structures if necessary to eliminate any drainage pockets created by the connections. Connect boxes to any required headwalls,wingwalls, safety end treatments or riprap, or other structures as shown on the plans or as directed. Repair any damage to the existing structure resulting from making the connections. Finish stub ends for connections to future work not shown on the plans by installing watertight plugs into the free end of the box. C. For precast boxes,fill lifting holes with mortar or concrete and cure. Precast concrete or mortar plugs may be used. 3.07 INSTALLATION OTHER THAN OPEN CUT A. For installation of pipe by augering,boring,or jacking pipe,conform to requirements of Section 02415 - Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewers. B Design pipe and box sewers for jacking,bonng or tunneling considenng the specific installation conditions such as the soil conditions, installation methods, anticipated deflection angles and jacking pressures. When requested, provide design notes and drawings signed by a Texas licensed professional engineer 3.08 CONNECTIONS A. Connect inlet leads to the inlets as shown on the Plans. Use non-shrink grout jointing matenal as shown on the Plans Drawing or as approved. Make connections water tight. 5/2013 02630- 11 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 3.09 FINISHES A. Cut off inlet leads neatly at the inside face of inlet wall. Point up with mortar or field - galvanizing. B When the box section of the inlet has been completed,shape the floor of the inlet with mortar to conform to the detailed Plans. C Finish concrete surfaces in accordance with requirements of Section 03300—Cast-in- Place Concrete. 3.10 BACKFILL A. Backfill the trench only after pipe and box sewer installation is approved by the Engineer B Bed pipes with materials conforming to requirements of Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities and as indicated on Plans. C. Backfill and compact soil in accordance with Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 3.11 INSPECTION A. Remove and replace all nonconforming work at no additional cost to City 3.12 SAFETY END TREATMENTS (SET) A. Install safety end treatments in accordance with Section 02629 and as indicated on the plans. Use only approved pre-cast SET's with cross bars. 3.13 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A. Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. B In unpaved areas,grade surface as a uniform slope to natural grade as indicated on the Plans. END OF SECTION 5/2013 02630- 12 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND PRECAST INLETS,HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS Section 02631 PRECAST INLETS,HEADWALLS,AND WINGWALLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Precast concrete inlets for storm or sanitary sewers,including cast iron frame and plate or grate. B Precast concrete headwalls and wmgwalls for storm sewers. C References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01630—Product Options and Substitution 4 Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete 5 Section 02542—Concrete Manholes and Accessories 6 Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities D Referenced Standards. 1 Amencan Society for Testing and Matenals(ASTM) a. ASTM C 76,"Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe b ASTM C 270, "Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry" E. Definitions. 1 Normal Depth Type A,Type B,Type C and Type E Inlets-depth of 2.25 feet or less(2'3")plus pipe inside diameter when measured from grating,bottom of gutter, or throat to flow line of inlet lead. 2. Normal Depth Type BB Inlet - depth of 2.55 feet (2' 6 5/s ") plus pipe inside diameter when measured from curb beam to flow line of inlet lead. 3 Extra Depth Inlet- specified depth exceeding normal depth for the type inlet used. 5/2013 02631 - 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND PRECAST INLETS,HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for normal depth inlets is on a per each basis, complete in place. B When extra depth is specified on the Plans,measurement for extra depth inlets is on a vertical foot basis for each foot in excess of normal depth,measured and complete in place. C Measurement for headwalls and wingwalls is on a per each basis, complete in place. D Payment for inlets and for culvert headwalls and wingwalls includes connection of lines, and furnishing and installing frames, grates,rings and covers. E. Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit Shop Drawings for approval of design and construction details for precast concrete inlets,headwalls and wingwalls. C. Submit proposals for using equivalent construction products or processes according to Section 01630—Product Options and Substitution. D Submit manufacturer's data and details for frames, grates,rings, and covers. 1.04 STORAGE AND SHIPMENT A. Store precast units on level blocking. Do not place loads on them until design strength is reached. Shipment of acceptable units may be made when the 28 day strength requirements have been met. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete: Concrete for precast machme-made units meeting requirements of ASTM C 76 regarding reinforced concrete, cement, aggregate, mixture, and concrete test. Minimum 28-day compressive strength shall be 4,000 psi. B. Reinforcing steel. Conform to requirements of Section 03300 — Cast-in-Place Concrete. Place reinforcing steel to conform to details shown on Plans and as follows. 5/2013 02631 -2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND PRECAST INLETS,HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS 1 Provide a positive means for holding steel cages in place throughout production of concrete units. The maximum variation in reinforcement position is plus or minus 10 percent of wall thickness or plus or minus 1/2 inch whichever is less. Regardless of variation, the minimum cover of concrete over reinforcement as shown on the Plans shall be maintained. 2. Welding of reinforcing steel is not permitted unless noted on the Plans. C Mortar Conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland cement. D Miscellaneous metal. Cast-iron frames and plates conforming to requirements of Section 02542—Concrete Manholes and Accessories. 2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tolerances Allowable casting tolerances for concrete units are plus or minus 1/4 inch from dimensions shown on the Plans. Concrete thickness in excess of that required will not constitute cause for rejection provided that such excess thickness does not interfere with proper jointing operations. B Precast Unit Identification. Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer clearly on the inside of inlet,headwall or wingwall. C Rejection. Precast units may be rejected for non-conformity with these specifications and for any of the following reasons. 1 Fractures or cracks passing through the shell,except for a single end crack that does not exceed the depth of the joint. 2. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture. 3 Damaged or misshaped ends, where such damage would prevent making a satisfactory joint. D Replacement: Immediately remove rejected units from the work site and replace with acceptable units. E. Repairs Occasional imperfections resulting from manufacture or accidental damage may be repaired if, in the opinion of the Engineer, repaired units according to requirements of these specifications. 5/2013 02631 -3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND PRECAST INLETS,HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Venfy lines and grades are correct. B. Venfy compacted subgrade will support loads imposed by inlets. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install inlets,headwalls,and wingwalls complete in place to the dimensions,lines and grades as shown on the Plans. B Excavate in accordance with requirements of Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. C Bed precast concrete units on cement stabilized sand on foundations of firm, stable material accurately shaped to conform to the shape of unit bases. D Provide adequate means to lift and place concrete units. 3.03 FINISHES A. Use a cement-sand mortar mix to seal joints, fill lifting holes, and as otherwise required. B When the box section of the inlet has been completed,shape the floor of the inlet with mortar to conform to Plans details. C Accurately adjust cast iron inlet plate frames to line,grade,and slope. Grout frame in place with mortar 3.04 INLET WATERTIGHTNESS A. Test each inlet for leaks. Verify that inlets are free of visible leaks. Repair leaks in an approved manner 3.05 CONNECTIONS A. Connect inlet leads to the inlets as shown on the Plans. Use non-shrink jointing material as shown on the Plans or as approved. Make connections water tight. I 5/2013 02631 -4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND PRECAST INLETS,HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS 3.06 BACKFILL A. Backfill the area of excavation surrounding each completed inlet, headwall or wingwall according to the requirements of Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. END OF SECTION 7 - 5/2013 02631 -5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND ADJUSTING MANHOLES,INLETS,AND VALVE BOXES Section 02633 ADJUSTING MANHOLES,INLETS,AND VALVE BOXES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Adjusting elevation of manholes, inlets, and valve boxes to new grades. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete 4 Section 02542—Concrete Manholes and Accessories 5 Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 6 Section 02910—Topsoil 7 Section 02921 —Hydromulch Seeding C Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 270, "Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for adjusting utility structures to grade is on a lump sum basis for 1 Adjusting manholes. 2. Adjusting inlets. 3 Adjusting valve boxes. B Refer to Section 01200 -Measurement and Payment Procedures. C Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A For cast in place concrete, refer to Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete B For precast concrete manhole sections and adjustment rings,refer to Section 02542— Concrete Manholes and Accessories. C For mortar mix, conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland cement. 0 02633- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND ADJUSTING MANHOLES,INLETS,AND VALVE BOXES 2.02 CAST IRON ADJUSTING RINGS A For cast iron adjusting, rings, refer to Section 02542 — Concrete Manholes and Accessories. 2.03 PIPING MATERIALS A For riser pipes and fittings, refer to applicable piping materials specifications in Sections 02542—Concrete Manholes and Accessories. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Examine existing structure,valve box,frame and cover or inlet box,frame and cover or inlet,and piping and connections for damage or defects that would affect adjustment to grade. Report such damage or defects to the Engineer 3.02 ESTABLISHING GRADE A Coordinate grade related items with existing grade and finished grade or paving, and relate to established bench mark or reference line. 3.03 ADJUSTING MANHOLES AND INLETS A Elevation of manhole or inlet can be raised using precast concrete rings or metal adjusting nngs. Use of brick for adjustment to grade is prohibited. Elevation of manhole or inlet can be lowered by removing existing masonry,adjusting rings or the top section of the barrel below the new elevation and then rebuilding or raising the elevation to the proper height. B Grout inside and outside adjusting ring joints. C Salvage and reuse cast iron frame and cover or grate. D Protect or block off manhole or inlet bottom using wood forms shaped to fit so that no debris or soil falls to the bottom during adjustment. E Set the cast iron frame for the manhole cover or grate in a full mortar bed and adjust to the established elevation. In streets, adjust covers to be flush to 1/8 inch above pavement. F Verify that manholes and inlets are free of visible leaks as a result of reconstruction. Repair leaks in a manner subject to the Engineer's approval. 3.04 ADJUSTING VALVE BOXES A If usable, salvage and reuse valve box and surrounding concrete block. 07/2006 02633-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND ADJUSTING MANHOLES,INLETS,AND VALVE BOXES B Remove and replace 6 inch ductile iron riser pipe with suitable length for depth of cover required to establish the adjusted elevation to accommodate actual finish grade. C Reinstall in-kind adjustable valve box and riser piping plumbed in vertical position. Provide minimum 6 inches telescoping freeboard space between riser pipe top butt end and interior contact flange of valve box for vertical movement damping. D After valve box has been set, aligned, and adjusted so that top lid is level with final grade, pour a 24 inch by 24 inch by 8 inch thick concrete pad around valve box. Center valve box horizontally within concrete slab 3.05 BACKFILL AND GRADING A Backfill the area of excavation surrounding each adjusted manhole, inlet, and valve box and compact according to requirements of Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B Grade the ground surface to drain away from each manhole and valve box. Place earth fill around manholes to the level of the upper rim of the manhole frame. Place earth fill around the valve box concrete block. C In unpaved areas,grade surface at a uniform slope of 1 to 5 from the manhole frame to natural grade. Provide a minimum of 4 inches of topsoil conforming to requirements of Section 02910—Topsoil and seed in accordance with Section 02921—Hydromulch Seeding. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02633-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS Section 02634 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Ductile iron pipe and fittings for water mains,wastewater force mains,gravity sanitary sewers, and storm sewers. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 02676—Hydrostatic Testing of Pipelines 3 Section 02533 —Sanitary Sewage Force Mains 4 Section 02630—Polyethylene Wrap 5 Section 02510—Water Mains 6 Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers C Referenced Standards 1 American National Standards Institute(ANSI) a. ANSI A21.51,Ductile-Iron Pipe Centrifugal Cast, in Metal Molds b. ANSI A21 11,Rubber Gasket Joints Cast and Ductile Iron Press Pipe c. ANSI A21 15, Flanged Cast and Ductile Iron d. ANSI A21 50, Thickness Design of Ductile Iron Pipe e. ANSI A21 10, Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings,2 thru 48 in./Water f. ANSI B 16 1, Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings g. ANSI A21.53, Ductile-lion Compact Fittings for Water Service h. ANSI A21 4, Cement-Mortar lining/Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 2. American Water Works Association(AWWA) a. AWWA C 111 Rubber-Gasket Jomts for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings b AWWA C110 Ductile-Iron and Gray Iron Fittings for Water c. AWWA C153 Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service d. AWWA C600 Installation for Ductile-lion Water Mains and Their Appurtenances 3 Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) a. SSPC-SP 6, Commercial Blast Cleaning 4 American Society for Testing and Matenals (ASTM) 5/2013 02634- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS a. ASTM G 62,"Standard Test Method for Holiday Detection in Pipeline Coatings" b. ASTM D 1248, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for ductile iron pipe and fittings under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for Water Mams, Sanitary Sewage Force Mains, Gravity Sanitary Sewers, and Storm Sewers. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit Shop Drawings showing design of new pipe and fittings indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, fabrication, fitting, flange, and special details. Show station numbers for pipe and fittings corresponding to Plans. Production of pipe and fittings prior to review by the Engineer is at Contractor's risk. 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide manufacturer's certifications that all ductile iron pipe and fittings meet provisions of this Section and have been hydrostatically tested at factory and meet requirements of ANSI A21.51 B Provide certifications that all pipe joints have been tested and meet requirements of ANSI A21 11 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE A. Ductile iron pipe barrels ANSI A21 15,ANSI A21.50 or ANSI A21.51,bear mark of Underwriters'Laboratories approval. B Provide pipe sections in standard lengths,not less than 18 feet long,except for special fittings and closure sections as indicated on Shop Drawings. C Unless otherwise shown on Drawings,use minimum Pressure Class 250 for waterlines or thickness Class 52 for waterlines in casing or augered hole. Provide minimum thickness Class 52 for sanitary sewers. Provide minimum Pressure Class 350 for flanged pipe. 5/2013 02634-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 2.02 JOINTS A. Joint types. ANSI A21 11 push-on,ANSI A21 11 mechanical joint;or ANSI A21 15 flanged end. Provide push-on joints unless otherwise indicated on the Plans or required by these specifications.For bolted joints,bolts shall conform to requirements of AWWA C111 B. Where restrained joints for buned service are required by Plans, provide one of the following, or Approved Equal (restrained joints shall be polyethylene wrapped): 1 Super-Lock Joint by Clow Corporation. 2. Flex-Ring or Lok-Ring by American Cast Iron Pipe Company 3 TR-Flex Joint by U.S Pipe and Foundry Company 4 EBAA IRON MEGALUG Mechanical Joint Restraint. C. Threaded or grooved type joints which reduce pipe wall thickness below minimum required are not acceptable. D Provide for restrained joints designed to meet test pressures required under Section 02676 - Hydrostatic Testing of Pipelines or Section 02533— Sanitary Sewage Force Mains, as applicable. E. Where ductile iron water main is cathodically protected from corrosion,bond rubber gasketed joints as shown on Plans to provide electrical continuity along entire pipeline, except where insulating flanges are required by Plans. 2.03 GASKETS A. Furnish, when no contaminant is identified, plain rubber(SBR) gasket material, for flanged joints 1/8-inch thick gasket in accordance with ANSI A21 15 B Pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas,especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed pipeline, shall have the following gasket materials for the noted contaminants. CONTAMINANT GASKET MATERIAL REQUIRED Petroleum(diesel, gasoline) Nitrile Rubber,Nitrile Rubber,FKM Viton Type Gasket(ASTM 1418) Other contaminants As recommended by the pipe manufacture 5/2013 02634-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 2.04 FITTINGS A. Use fittings of same size as pipe. Reducers are not permitted to facilitate an off-size fitting. Reducing bushings are also prohibited. Make reductions in piping size by reducing fittings. Line and coat fittings as specified for pipe they serve. B Push-on Fittings will not be allowed above grade. C Flanged Fittings. ANSI A21 10; ANSI B16 1 cast or ductile iron. Flanges ANSI B16 1, Class 125,pressure rated at 250 psig. D Mechanical Joint Fittings. ANSI A21 10 (AWWA C110),pressure rated at 250 psi. E. Ductile Iron Compact Fittings for Water Mains.ANSI A21.53(AWWA C153);4-inch through 12-inch diameter; cement-mortar lining; conform to requirements of Section 02630—Polyethylene Wrap 2.05 COATINGS AND LININGS A. Water Main Interiors ANSI A21 4, cement lined with seal coat. B Sanitary Sewer and Force Main Interiors. 1 Preparation. Commercial blast cleaning conforming to SSPC-SP6 2. Liner thickness Nominal 40 mils,minimum 35 mils, for pipe barrel interior; minimum 6- 10 mils at gasket groove and outside spigot end to 6-inches back from end. 3 Testing: ASTM G 62, Method B for voids and holidays, provide written certification. 4 Acceptable Lining Materials. a. Virgin polyethylene conforming to ASTM D 1248, with inert fillers and carbon black to resist ultraviolet degradation dunng storage heat bonded to interior surface of pipe and fittings,"Polyline"by American Cast Iron Pipe Company; or Approved Equal. b Polyurethane: Corro-pipe II by Madison Chemicals. c. Ceramic Epoxy Protecto-401 by Enduron Protective Coatings. C Sanitary Sewer Point Repair Pipe. For pipes which will be lined with high density polyethylene liner pipe or cured-in-place liner,provide cement-lmed with seal coat in accordance with ANSI A21 4 For pipes which will not be provided with named liner, provide pipe as specified in this Section, 2.05B "Sanitary Sewer and Force Main Interiors" 5/2013 02634-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS D Exterior Prime coat and outside asphaltic coatmg conforming to ANSI A21 10,ANSI A21 15, or ANSI A21.51 for pipe and fittings in open cut excavation and in casings. E. Polyethylene Wrap For buried water lines and sanitary sewers, including point repairs, provide polyethylene wrap unless otherwise specified or shown. Provide Polyethylene Wrap for all buried ductile iron pipe,including polyurethane coated pipe. F For flanged joints in buried service,provide petrolatum wrapping system, Denso, or Approved Equal, for the complete joint and all alloy steel fasteners. Alternatively, provide bolts made of Type 304 Stainless Steel. G Pipe to be installed in potentially contaminated areas shall have coatings andlinings recommended by the manufacturer as resistant to the contaminants. 2.06 MANUFACTURERS A. Pre-approved manufacturers of ductile iron are American Cast Iron Pipe Co.,McWane Cast Iron Pipe Co., and U S Pipe and Foundry Co. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Conform to installation requirements of Section 02510—Water Mains,Section 02530 —Gravity Sanitary Sewers,and Section 02533—Sanitary Sewage Force Mains,except as modified in this Section. B Install in accordance with AWWA C600 and manufacturer's recommendations. C. Install all ductile iron pipe in polyethylene wrap, unless cathodic protection is provided. Do not use polyethylene wrap with a cathodic protection system. 3.02 GRADE A. Unless otherwise specified on Plans,install ductile iron pipe for water service to clear utility lines with following minimum cover DIAMETER DEPTH OF COVER (INCHES) (FEET) 16 and 24 5 12 and smaller 4 END OF SECTION 5/2013 02634-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT Section 02710 BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Base course of crushed stone, recycled crushed concrete base, cement-stabilized crushed stone,cement-stabilized bank-run gravel,recycled crushed stone and hot mix asphalt base course. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 - Submittals 3 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4 Section 02742—Prime Coat C Referenced Standards 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 131, "Standard Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation - of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine" b. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" c. ASTM C 150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement" d. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" e. ASTM D 1557, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort" f. ASTM D 1556,"Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method" g. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" h. ASTM D 3017,"Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 2. Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT) a. Tex-101-E, "Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing" b Tex-110-E, "Particle Analysis of Soils" c. Tex-120-E, "Soil-Cement Testing" d. Tex-106-E, "Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils" e. Tex-203-F, "Sand Equivalent Test" 5/2013 02710- 1 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT f. Tex-126-E,"Molding,Testing,and Evaluating Bituminous Black Base Material" g. Tex-204-F, "Design of Bituminous Mixtures" h. Tex-208-F, "Test for Stabilometer Value of Bituminous Material" i. Tex-227-F, "Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity of Bituminous Mixtures" j Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges, 2004 Adoption 1) Item 340, "Dense-Graded Hot-Mix Asphalt(Method)" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for base course is on a square yard basis. Separate measurement will be made for each different required thickness of base course. B When required by Section 01100—Summary of Work,unit price adjustments shall be made for insufficient in-place depth determined by cores as follows. 1 Adjusted unit price shall be reduced by a ratio of average thickness determined by cores to thickness bid upon,times unit price bid. 2. Adjustment shall apply to lower limit of 90 percent of unit price bid. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit samples of crushed stone,gravel,crushed concrete and soil binder for testing. C. Submit weight tickets,certified by supplier,with each bulk delivery of cement to work site. D Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics for pug mill and associated equipment, spreading machine, and compaction equipment for approval. E. Submit manufacturing description and characteristics of spreading and finishing machine for approval. 1.04 TESTING A. Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the 5/2013 02710-2of12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Stockpiles shall be made up of layers of processed aggregate materials. Load material by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile. Comply with applicable requirements of Section 01600 — Material and Equipment and Section 02255—Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Material. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CRUSHED STONE FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE A. Crushed Stone. Material retained on the No. 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements. 1 Durable particles of crusher-run broken limestone,sandstone,gravel or granite obtained from an approved source. 2. Los Angeles abrasion test percent of wear not to exceed 40 when tested in - accordance with ASTM C 131 B Soil Binder Material passing the No 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318 1 Maximum Liquid Limit: 40 2. Maximum Plasticity Index. 12. 3 Maximum Lineal Shrinkage 7(when calculated from volumetric shnnkage at liquid limit). C Mixed Materials shall meet the following requirements. 1 Minimum compressive strength of 35 psi at 0 psi lateral pressure and 175 psi at 15 psi lateral pressure using tnaxial testing procedures. 2. Grading in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E within the following limits SIEVE PERCENT RETAINED 1 3/4-inch 0 to 10 No 4 45to75 No 40 60 to 85 5/2013 02710-3 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 2.02 CEMENT STABILIZED BASE COURSE A. Cement: ASTM C 150 Type I, bulk or sacked. B Water Clean, clear; and free from oil, acids, alkali, or vegetable matter C. Crushed Stone: material retained on the No. 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements. 1 Durable particles of crusher-run broken limestone obtained from an approved source. 2. Los Angeles abrasion test percent of wear not to exceed 40 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131 D Gravel. Durable particles of bank-run gravel or processed material. E. Soil Binder Matenal passing the No. 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318 1 Maximum Liquid limit: 35 2. Maximum Plasticity index. 10 F Mixed aggregate and soil binder shall meet the following requirements. 1 Grading in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E within the following limits PERCENT RETAINED SIEVE CRUSHED PROCESSED GRAVEL BANKRUN STONE GR.1 GR.2 GRAVEL 1 3/4-inch 0 to 10 0 to 5 - 0 to 5 1/2-inch - - 0 - No. 4 45 to 75 30 to 75 15 to 35 30 to 75 No. 40 55 to 80 60 to 85 55 to 85 65 to 85 2. Obtain prior permission from Engineer for use of additives to meet above requirements. G Cut back asphalt: MC30 conforming to requirements of Section 02742—Prime Coat. H. Emulsified petroleum resin. EPR-1 Prime conforming to requirements of Section 02742—Prime Coat. 5/2013 02710-4 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT I. Design mix for minimum average compressive strength of 200 psi at 48 hours using Tex-120-E unconfined compressive strength testing procedures. Provide minimum cement content of 1-1/2 sacks, weighing 94 pounds each,per ton of mix. J Increase cement content if average compressive strength of tests on field samples fall below 200 psi. Refer to Part 3 concerning field samples and tests. K. Mix in stationary pug mill equipped with feeding and metering devices which shall add specified quantities of base material, cement, and water into mixer Dry mix base material and cement sufficiently to prevent cement balls from forming when water is added. L. Resulting mixture shall be homogeneous and uniform in appearance. 2.03 CEMENT-STABILIZED RECYCLED CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE (RCCB) COURSE A. System Description. Provide RCCB with following performance. 1 Minimum 5 percent cement. 2. Minimum Compressive Strength. 650 psi at 7 days following TxDOT Tex- 120-E. 3 Prepare concrete product in an on--or off-site pug mill, or in an on-or off-site portable concrete mixer B Preliminary Design. Prepare preliminary mix for 4 cement ratios, 5, 6, 7 and 8 percent. 1 Designate source of concrete for crushing. 2. Results of compression tests will be used by Engineer to select the final mix design. C. Cement: ASTM C 150 Type I, II or III, bulk or sacked. D Water Potable. E. Aggregate. Recycled Crushed Concrete. Material retained on the No. 40 Sieve, and durable coarse particles of crusher-run reclaimed cured Portland cement concrete, obtained from an approved source. Organic material is prohibited. F Soil Binder (classified below) Meeting the following requirements when tested following TxDOT Tex-106-E. 1 Maximum Liquid Limit: 35 2. Maximum Plasticity Index. 10 5/2013 02710-5 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT G Mixed Aggregate and Soil Binder Grading following Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E within the following limits SIEVE PERCENT RETAINED 1 3/4-inch 0 to 10 No. 4 45 to 75 No 40 55 to 80; classified as "Soil Binder" 1 Obtain pnor permission from Engineer for use of additives to meet above requirements. H. Asphaltic Seal Cure- 1 Use following as Contractor's option to curing by sprinkling, at no additional cost or time. 2. Cut-back asphalt: MC30 following Section 02742—Prime Coat. 3 Emulsified petroleum resin. EPR-1 Prime following Section 02742—Prime Coat. I. Material Mix and Mixing Equipment 1 Design mix for minimum compressive strength of 650 psi at 7 days following Tex-120-E unconfined compressive strength. 2. Cement Ratio If compressive strength of field samples of installed products fails to meet strength requirements above, increase cement content in one percent increments up to a maximum of 8 percent. 3 Mix according to the requirement s of this Section, 2 03A, with metering devices adding specified quantities of crushed concrete,cement,and water into mixer Dry mix crushed concrete and cement to prevent cement balls from forming when water is added. Produce homogeneous and uniformly mixed product. 2.04 HOT MIX ASPHALT BASE COURSE (BLACK BASE) A. Coarse Aggregate- Gravel or crushed stone,or combination thereof that is retained on No 10 sieve, uniform in quality throughout and free from dirt, organic, or other injurious matter occurring either free or as coating on aggregate. Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C 33 except for gradation. Furnish rock or gravel with Los Angeles abrasion loss not to exceed 40 percent by weight when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131 5/2013 02710-6 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT B Fine Aggregate: Sand or stone screenings, or combination thereof, passing No. 10 sieve. Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C 33 except for gradation. Use sand composed of sound,durable stone particles free from barns or other injurious foreign matter Furnish screenings of same or similar material as specified for coarse aggregate. Plasticity index of that part of fine aggregate passing No 40 sieve shall be not more than 6 when tested by Tex-106-E. Sand equivalent shall have a minimum value of 45 when tested by Tex-203-F C. Composite Aggregate: Conform to the grading limits of TxDOT Item 340 for the paving type indicated on the Plans. D Asphaltic Matenal. Moisture-free homogeneous material which will not foam when heated to 347°F,meeting the following requirements. VISCOSITY GRADE TEST AC-10 AC-20 min. max. min. max. Viscosity, 140°F stokes 1000 ±200 2000 ±400 Viscosity, 275°F stokes 1 9 - 2.5 - Penetration, 77°F, 100 g, 5 sec. 85 - 55 - Flash Point, C.E.C., F ,450 - 450 - Solubility in trichloroethylene,percent 99 0 - 99 0 - 1, - Tests on residues from thin film oven tests Viscosity, 140°F stokes - 3000 - 6000 Ductility, 77°F, 5 cms per min., cms 70 - 50 Spot tests Negative for all 1 Material shall not be cracked. 2. Engineer will designate grade of asphalt to use after design tests have been made. Use only one grade of asphalt after grade is determined by test design for project. E. Mixing Plant: Weight-batching or drum mix plant with capacity for producing continuously mixtures meeting specifications. Plant shall have satisfactory conveyors, power units, aggregate handling equipment,hot aggregate screens and bins,and dust collectors. Provide equipment to supply matenals adequately in accordance with rated capacity of plant and produce finished matenal within specified tolerances. Following equipment is essential. 1 Cold aggregate bins and proportioning device 2. Dryer 3 Screens 5/2013 02710-7of12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 4 Aggregate weight box and batching.scales 5 Mixer 6 Asphalt storage and heating devices 7 Asphalt measuring devices 8. Truck scales F Bins. Separate aggregate into minimum of four bins to produce consistently uniform grading and asphalt content in completed mix. G Mix. Employ and pay certified testing laboratory to prepare design mixes. Test in accordance with Tex-126-E, Tex-204-F, Tex-208-F, and Tex-227-F H. Density and Stability Requirements PERCENT DENSITY PERCENT HVEEM STABILITY PERCENT MIN MAX OPTIMUM NOT LESS THAN 95 99 97 35 I. Proportions for Asphaltic Material.As specified in TxDOT Item 340 for the mix type shown on the Plans. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAIVIINATION A. Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support imposed loads. B Verify lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PLACEMENT A. Do not mix and place cement stabilized base when temperature is below 40°F and falling. Base may be placed when temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35°F and rising. B Place material on prepared subgrade in uniform layers to produce thickness indicated on Plans. Depth of layers shall not exceed 8 inches. Do not dump matenal in piles or windrows. C. Spread with approved spreading machine. Conduct spreading so as to eliminate planes of weakness or pockets of non-uniformly graded material resulting from hauling and dumping operations. 5/2013 02710-8of12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT D Provide construction joints between new matenal and stabilized base that has been in place 4 hours or longer Joints shall be approximately vertical. Form joint with a temporary header or make vertical cut of previous base immediately before placing subsequent base. E. Use only one longitudinal joint at center line under main lanes and shoulder Do not use longitudinal joints under frontage roads and ramps. F Place base so that projecting reinforcing steel from curbs remain at approximate center of base. Secure a firm bond between reinforcement and base. G Do not place asphaltic base when air temperature is below 50 F and falling. Base may be placed when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 40 F and rising. H. Haul prepared and heated asphaltic concrete mixture to project in tight vehicles previously cleaned of foreign material. Mixture shall be at temperature between 250° F and 325°F when laid. I. Spread material into place with approved mechanical spreading and finishing machine of screening or tamping type. Use track-mounted finish machine to place base course directly on earth subgrade. J Place base_courses 4 inches or greater in.thickness in two or more layers,each having compacted thickness of not greater than 4 inches. Spread all lifts. Attain smooth course of uniform density to section, line and grades as indicated on Plans. K. Place courses as nearly continuously as possible. Pass roller over unprotected ends of freshly laid mixture only when mixture has become cooled. When work is resumed, cut back laid material to produce slightly beveled edge for full thickness of course. Remove old material which has been cut away and lay new mix against fresh cut. L. When new asphalt/concrete is laid against existing asphalt, existing asphalt/concrete shall be saw cut full depth to provide straight smooth joint. M. In restricted areas where use of paver is impractical, spread and finish asphalt by mechanical compactor Use wood or steel forms,rigidly supported to assure correct grade and cross section. Carefully place materials to avoid segregation of mix. Do not broadcast material. Remove any lumps that do not break down readily Place asphalt courses in same sequence as if placed by machine. 3.03 COMPACTION A. Start compaction as soon as possible but not more than 60 minutes from start of moist mixing. Compact loose mixture with approved tamping rollers until entire depth is uniformly compacted. Do not allow stabilized base to mix with underlying material. 5/2013 02710-9 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT B Correct irregulanties or weak spots immediately by replacing matenal and recompacting. C. Apply water to maintain moisture between optimum and 3 percent above optimum moisture as determmed by ASTM D 1557 Mix in with a spiked tooth harrow or equal. Reshape surface and lightly scarify to loosen imprints made by equipment. D Remove and reconstruct sections where average moisture content exceeds ranges specified at time of final compaction. E. Finish by blading surface to final grade after compacting final course. Seal with approved pneumatic tired rollers which are sufficiently light to prevent surface hair line cracking. Rework and recompact at areas where hair line cracking develops. F Compact to minimum density of 95 percent of modified Proctor density at a moisture content of treated material between optimum and 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D 1557, unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. G Maintain surface to required lines and grades throughout operation. 3.04 CURING A. Moist cure for minimum of 7 days before adding pavement courses. Restnct traffic on base to local property access. Keep subgrade.surface damp by spnnkhng. B If indicated on Plans,cover base surface with a curing membrane as soon as finishing operation is complete. Apply with approved self-propelled pressure distributer at following rates, or as indicated on Plans. 1 MC30. 0 1 gallon per square yard. 2. EPR-1 Prime 0 15 gallon per square yard. C Do not use cutback asphalt during the penod of April 16 to September 15 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Completed surface shall be smooth and conform to typical section and established lines and grades. B Top surface of base course: Plus or minus 1/4 inch in cross section, or in 16 foot length. 5/2013 02710- 10 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. At the direction of the Engineer, a minimum of one core will be taken at random locations per 1,000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of base to determine in-place depth. B Contractor may, at his own expense, request additional cores in the vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in-place depths. If the average of the tests falls below the required depth,place and compact additional material at no cost to the Owner C Compaction Testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 at a random location near each depth determination core. Rework and recompact areas that do not conform to compaction requirements at no additional cost to the Owner D Fill cores and density test sections with new compacted cement stabilized base. 3.07 NONCONFORMING PAVEMENT A. Recompact pavement sections not meeting specified densities or replace them with new asphaltic concrete material. Replace with new material, sections of base course not meeting surface test requirements or having unacceptable surface texture. Patch asphalt pavement sections in accordance with procedures established by Asphalt Institute. B Remove and replace areas of asphaltic concrete base course found by cores to be deficient in thickness by more than 10 percent at no cost to Owner Use new asphaltic concrete base material of thickness shown on Plans. C Areas of asphaltic concrete base course found by cores to be deficient in thickness by less than 10 percent shall be remedied at the Owner's direction by one of the following methods 1 Remove and replace using new asphaltic concrete base material of thickness shown on Plans and in accordance with the requirements of this Section at no cost to Owner 2. Reduce the Unit Price by the ratio of the average thickness(as determined by cores)to the thickness required. D No adjustments will be made for excess thickness. 3.08 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A. Maintain stabilized base in good condition until completion of work. Repair defects immediately by replacing base to full depth. 5/2013 02710- 11 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT B Protect the asphalt membrane,if used,from being picked up by traffic. The membrane may remain in place when proposed surface courses or other base courses are to be applied. END OF SECTION 5/2013 02710- 12 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT Section 02741 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface courses of compacted mixture of coarse and fine aggregates and asphaltic material. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350- Submittals 3 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4 Section 02742—Prime Coat 5 Section 02743 —Tack Coat C. Referenced Standards 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" b ASTM C 131, "Standard Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine" 2. Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT) a. Tex-106-E, "Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils" b Tex-203-F, "Sand Equivalent Test" c. Tex-126-E,"Molding,Testing,and Evaluating Bituminous Black Base Material" d. Tex-204-F, "Design of Bituminous Mixtures" e. Tex-208-F, "Test for Stabilometer Value of Bituminous Material" f. Tex-207-F, "Determining Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures" g. Tex-227-F, "Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity of Bituminous Mixtures" h. Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges, 2004 Adoption 1) Item 340, "Dense-Graded Hot-Mix Asphalt(Method)" 5/2013 02741 - 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for asphaltic concrete pavement is on square yard basis. Separate measurement will be made for each different required thickness of pavement. B Payment for asphaltic concrete pavement includes all labor and materials required to complete placement as indicated on Plans. C Refer to Section-01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. D Refer to this Section,3 07"Noncomforming Pavement"for unit price adjustments for deficient thickness. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section-under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit certificates that asphaltic materials and aggregates meet requirements of this Section. C Submit proposed design mix and test data for each type and strength of surface course in Work. D Submit manufacturer's descnption and characteristics of mixing plant for approval. E. Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics of spreading and finishing machine for approval. 1.04 TESTING A. Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Coarse Aggregate.Crushed stone or gravel or combination thereof,that is retained on No. 10 sieve, umform in quality throughout and free from dirt, organic or other injurious matter occurring either free or as coating on aggregate. Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C 33 except for gradation. Furnish rock or gravel with Los Angeles 5/2013 02741 -2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT abrasion loss not to exceed 40 percent by weight when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131 B Fine Aggregate: Sand or stone screenings or combination of both passing No. 10 sieve. Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C 33 except for gradation. Use sand composed of sound,durable stone particles free from barns or other injurious foreign matter Furnish screenings of same or similar matenal as specified for coarse aggregate. Plasticity index of that part of fine aggregate passing No 40 sieve shall be not more than 6 when tested by Tex-106-E. Sand equivalent shall have a minimum value of 45 when tested by Tex-203-F C Composite Aggregate: Conform to the grading limits of TxDOT Item 340 for the paving type indicated on the Plans. D Asphaltic Material. Moisture-free homogeneous material which will not foam when heated to 347°F, meeting following requirements. VISCOSITY GRADE TEST AC-10 AC-20 MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX. Viscosity, 140°stokes 1000 ±200 2000 ±400 Viscosity, 275°stokes 1 9 - 2.5 - Penetration, 77°, 100 g, 5 sec. 85 - 55 - Flash Point, C 0 C.,F 450 - 450 - Solubility in trichloroethylene,percent 99 0 - 99 0 - Tests on residues from thin film oven tests Viscosity, 140°stokes - 3000 - 6000 Ductility, 77°, 5 cms per min., cms 70 - 50 - Spot tests Negative for all grades 1 Material shall not be cracked. 2. The Engineer will designate grade of asphalt to use after design tests have been made. Use only one grade of asphalt after grade is determined by test design for project. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Mixing Plant: Weight-batching or drum mix plant with capacity for producing continuously mixtures meeting specifications. Plant shall have satisfactory conveyors, power units, aggregate handling equipment,hot aggregate screens and bins,and dust 5/2013 02741 -3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT collectors. Provide equipment to supply matenals adequately m accordance with rated capacity of plant and produce finished matenal within specified tolerances. Following equipment is essential. 1 Cold aggregate bins and proportioning device. 2. Dryer 3 Screens. 4 Aggregate weight box and batching scales. 5 Mixer 6 Asphalt storage and heating devices. 7 Asphalt measuring devices. 8. Truck scales. B. Bins. Separate aggregate into minimum of four bins to produce consistently uniform grading and asphalt content in completed mix. 2.03 MIXES A. Employ and pay certified testing laboratory to prepare design mixes. Test in accordance with Tex-126-E or Tex-204-F and Tex-208-F B Density and Stability Requirements. PERCENT DENSITY PERCENT HVEEM STABILITY PERCENT MIN. MAX. OPTIMUM NOT LESS THAN 95 99 97 35 C Proportions for Asphaltic Material As specified in TxDOT Item 340 for the paving type shown on the Plans. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify compacted base course is ready to support imposed loads. B Verify lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Pnme Coat: If indicated on the Plans,apply a prime coat conforming to requirements of Section 02742—Prime Coat. Do not apply a tack coat until pnmed base has cured to satisfaction of the Engineer 5/2013 02741 -4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT B Tack Coat: Conform to requirements of Section 02743 — Tack Coat. Where the mixture will adhere to the surface on which it is to be placed without use of a tack - coat,tack coat may be eliminated if approved by the Engineer C Do not use cutback asphalt dunng the period of April 16 to September 15 3.03 PLACEMENT A. Do not place asphaltic mixture in rain or when air temperature is below 50° F and falling. Mixture may be placed when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 40 F and rising. B Haul prepared and heated asphaltic concrete mixture to the project in tight vehicles previously cleaned of foreign material. Mixture shall be at temperature between 250° F and 325°F when laid. C Spread material into place with approved mechanical spreading and finishing machine of screening or tamping type. Use track-mounted finish machine to place base course directly on earth subgrade. D Surface Course Material. Surface course 2 inches or less in thickness may be spread in one lift. Spread all lifts in such manner that,when compacted,finished course will be smooth,of uniform density,and will be to section,line and grade as shown. Coincide construction joints on surface courses with lime lines, or as directed by the Engineer E. Place courses as nearly continuously as possible. Pass roller over unprotected ends of freshly laid mixture only when mixture has cooled. When work is resumed, cut back laid material to produce slightly beveled edge for full thickness of course. Remove old matenal which has been cut away and lay new mix against fresh cut. F When new asphalt is laid against existing or old asphalt mat, existing or old asphalt shall be saw cut full depth to provide straight smooth joint. G In restricted areas where use of paver is impractical, spread and finish asphalt by mechanical compactor Use wood or steel forms, rigidly supported to assure correct grade and cross section. Carefully place materials to avoid segregation of mix. Do not broadcast matenal. Remove any lumps that do not break down readily Place asphalt courses in same sequence as if placed by machine. 3.04 COMPACTION A. Begin rolling while pavement is still hot and as soon as it will bear roller without undue displacement or hair cracking. Keep wheels properly moistened with water to prevent adhesion of surface mixture. Do not use excessive water 5/2013 02741 -5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT B Compress surface thoroughly and uniformly, first with power-driven, 3-wheel, or tandem rollers weighing from 8 to 10 tons. Obtain subsequent compression by starting at side and rolling longitudinally toward center of pavement,overlapping on successive trips by at least one-half width of rear wheels. Make alternate trips slightly different in length. Continue rolling until no further compression can be obtained and all rolling marks are eliminated. Complete all rolling before mixture temperature drops below 175 F C. Use tandem roller for final rolling. Double coverage with approved pneumatic roller on asphaltic concrete surface is acceptable after flat wheel and tandem rolling has been completed. D Along walls,curbs,headers and similar structures,and in all locations not accessible to rollers, compact mixture thoroughly with lightly oiled tamps. E. Compact binder course and surface course to density not less than 93 percent of the maximum possible density of voidless mixture composed of same materials in like proportions. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Furnish templates for checking surface in finished sections. Maximum deflection of templates, when supported-at-center, shall-not-exceed 1/8 inch. B Completed surface,when tested with 10-foot straightedge laid parallel to center line of pavement,shall show no deviation in excess of 1/8 inch in 10 feet. Correct any surface not meeting this requirement. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. At the direction of the Engineer, minimum of one core may be taken at random locations per 1,000 feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of asphalt concrete pavement to determine in-place depth and density B In-place density will be determined in accordance with Tex-207-F and Tex-227-F from cores or sections of asphaltic base located near each core. Other methods of determining in-place density,which correlate satisfactorily with results obtained from roadway specimens,may be used when approved by the Engineer C Contractor may,at his own expense,request three additional cores in vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in-place depths. In-place depth at these locations shall be average depth of four cores. D Fill cores and density test sections with new compacted asphaltic concrete pavement. 5/2013 02741 -6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.07 NONCONFORMING PAVEMENT A. Recompact pavement sections not meeting specified densities or replace them with new asphaltic concrete material. Replace with new matenal sections of surface course pavement not meeting surface test requirements or having unacceptable surface texture. Patch asphalt pavement sections in accordance with procedures established by Asphalt Institute. B Remove and replace areas of asphaltic concrete pavement found by cores to be deficient in thickness by more than 10 percent at no cost to Owner Use new asphaltic concrete pavement of thickness shown on Plans. C Areas of asphaltic concrete pavement found by cores to be deficient in thickness by less than 10 percent shall be remedied at the Owner's direction by one of the following methods 1 Remove and replace using new asphaltic concrete pavement of thickness shown on Plans and in accordance with the requirements of this Section at no cost to Owner 2. Reduce the Unit Price by the ratio of the average thickness(as determined by cores)to the thickness required. D No adjustments will be made for excess thickness. , 3.08 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A. Do not open pavement to traffic until 12 hours after completion of rollmg,or as shown on Plans. B Maintain asphaltic concrete pavement in good condition until completion of Work. C Repair defects immediately by replacing asphaltic concrete pavement to full depth at no cost to Owner END OF SECTION 5/2013 02741 -7 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND PRIME COAT Section 02742 PRIME COAT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Prime coat for asphaltic concrete paving B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350— Submittals 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for pnme coat under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B. If prime coat is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the units shown in Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit product data for proposed prime coat. C. Submit report of recent calibration of distributor 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CUTBACK ASPHALT A. Provide moisture-free homogeneous material which will not foam when heated to 347° F and which meets following requirements 1 Asphalt material for prime coat shall be MC-30 or MC-70 and shall meet following requirements 5/2013 02742- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND PRIME COAT TYPE-GRADE MC-30 MC-70 PROPERTIES MIN MAX. MIN. MAX. Water,percent --- 0.2 --- 0.2 Flash Point, T 0 C., °F 100 --- 100 --- Kinematic Viscosity at 140°F, cst 30 60 70 140 2. Distillate shall be as follows,expressed as percent by volume of total distillate to 680°F MC-30 MC-70 MIN. MAX. MIN MAX. to 437°F --- 25 --- 20 to 500°F 40 70 20 60 to 600°F 75 93 65 90 Residue from 680°F Distillation, Volume,percent 50 --- 55 --- 3 Tests on Distillation Residue: MC-30 MC-70 MIN. MAX. MIN MAX. Penetration at 77°F, 100g, 5 sec. 120 250 120 250 Ductility at 77°F, 5 cm/min. cms 100* --- 100* --- Solubility in trichloroethylene, % 99 --- 99 --- Spot Test All Negative * If penetration of residue is more than 200 and ductility at 77°F is less than 100 cm,material will be acceptable if its ductility at 60°F is more than 100 5/2013 02742-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND PRIME COAT 2.02 EMULSIFIED PETROLEUM RESIN A. EPR-1 Pnme. Slow cunng emulsion of petroleum resin and asphalt cement conforming to the following requirements PROPERTIES MIN. MAX. Fural Viscosity at 77°F, sec 14 40 Residue by Evaporation, %by weight 60 - Sieve Test, % - 0 1 Particle Charge Test Positive Tests on the Distilation Residue- Flash Point, COC (F) 400 - Kinematic Viscosity @ 140°F (cSt) 190 350 B For use,EPR-1 may be diluted with water up to a maximum of three parts water to one part EPR-1 in order to achieve the desired concentration of residual resin/asphalt and facilitate application. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Venfy base is ready to support imposed loads. B. Verify lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Thoroughly clean base course surface of loose material by brooming prior to application of prime coat. B Prepare sufficient base in advance of paving for efficient operations. 3.03 APPLICATION,GENERAL A. Apply prime coat with approved type of self-propelled pressure distributor Distribute prime coat evenly and smoothly under pressure necessary for proper distribution. B Keep all storage tanks,piping,retorts,booster tanks and distributors used in handling asphaltic materials clean and in good operating conditions. Conduct operations so that asphaltic material does not become contaminated. C If yield of asphaltic material appears to be in error, recalibrate distributor prior to continuing Work. 5/2013 02742-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND PRIME COAT D Maintain the surface until Work is accepted by Owner 3.04 APPLICATION,CUTBACK ASPHALT A. Do not use cutback asphalt during the period of April 16 to September 15 B Do not place prime coat in rain or when air temperature is below 60°F and falling. Materials may be placed when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 50°F and rising. C. Distribute at rate of 0.25 to 0.35 gallons per square yard. D Provide all necessary facilities for determining temperature of asphaltic material in all heating equipment and in distributor, for determining rate of application, and for obtaining uniformity at junction of two distributor loads. Provide and maintain in good working order,recording thermometer at storage heating unit at all times. E. Temperature of application shall be based on temperature-viscosity relationship that will permit application of asphalt with viscosity of 100 to 125 centistokes. Maintain asphalt within 15°F of temperature required to meet viscosity Selected temperature shall be within following range: PRIME COAT TYPE MINIMUM(°F) MAIIIIVIUM(°F) MC-30 70 150 MC70 125 175 F Do not allow temperature of MC-30 to exceed 175°F at any time. G Do not allow temperature of MC-70 to exceed 200°F at any time. 3.05 APPLICATION,EMULSIFIED PETROLEUM RESIN A. Do not place pnme coat in rain or when air temperature is below 36°F and falling. B Distribute at rate of 0 15 to 0.25 gallons per square yard. 3.06 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A. No traffic or placing of subsequent courses shall be permitted over freshly applied prime coat until authorized by the Engineer END OF SECTION 5/2013 02742-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TACK COAT Section 02743 TACK COAT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Tack coat for asphaltic concrete paving. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 - Submittals C. Referenced Standards 1 Amencan Society for Testing and Matenals (ASTM) a. ASTM D 244, "Standard Test Methods and Practices for Emulsified Asphalts" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for tack coat under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If tack coat is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the units shown in Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit product data for proposed tack coat. C. Submit report of recent calibration of distributor 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CUTBACK ASPHALT A. Provide moisture-free, homogeneous material which will not foam when heated to 347° F and which meets following requirements 5/2013 02743- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TACK COAT 1 Asphalt material for tack coat: RC-250 and meet following: PROPERTIES MIN. MAX. Water,percent --- 0.2 Flash Point, T O C., °F 80 --- Kinematic Viscosity at 140°F, cst 250 400 2. Distillate. Expressed as percent by volume of total distillate to 680° F MIN MAX to 437°F 40 75 to 500°F 65 90 to 600°F 85 --- Residue from 680°F Distillation Volume,percent 70 --- 3 Tests on Distillation Residue: MIN. MAX Penetration at 77°F, 100g, 5 sec. 100 150 Ductility at 77°F, 5 cms 100 --- Solubility in tnchloroethylene, % 99 --- Spot Test All Negative 2.02 EMULSION A. Provide homogeneous material which shall show no separation of asphalt after mixmg and shall meet the viscosity requirements at any time within 30 days after delivery 1 Emulsion material for tack coat: SS-1 and meet following: 5/2013 02743-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TACK COAT MIN. MAX Furol Viscosity at 77°F, sec. 30 100 Residue by Distillation, % 60 --- Oil Portion of Distillate, % --- 2 Sieve Test, % --- 0 1 Miscibility(Standard Test) Passing Passing Cement Mixing, % --- 2.0 Storage Stability, 1 Day, % --- 1 Test on Residue: Penetration at 77°F, 100 g, 5 sec 120 160 Solubility in Tnchloroethylene, % 97.5 --- Ductility at 77°F, 5 cm/min, cms 100 --- 2. For emulsions used for tack coats during the penod of April 16 to September 15,volatile organic compound solvents(VOC)shall not exceed 12%by weight when tested in accordance with ASTM D 244 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify compacted base is ready to support imposed loads. B Verify lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Thoroughly clean base course or concrete surface of loose material by brooming prior to application of tack coat. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply tack coat uniformly by use of approved distributor at rate not to exceed 0 05 gallons per square yard of surface. B Paint all contact surfaces of curbs and structures,and all joints with thin uniform coat of tack coat. 5/2013 02743-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TACK COAT C Cutback Asphalt: 1 Do not use cutback asphalt during the period of April 16 to September 15 2. Do not place tack coat in rain or when air temperature is below 50° F and falling. Matenals may be placed when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 40°F and rising. 3 Temperature of tack coat shall be between 125°F and 180°F when applied. 4 Do not heat tack coat above 200° F at any time. 3.04 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A. No traffic or placing of subsequent courses shall be permitted over freshly applied tack coat until authorized by the Engineer END OF SECTION 5/2013 02743-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SINGLE COURSE SURFACE TREATMENT Section 02744 SINGLE COURSE SURFACE TREATMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A A wearing surface, also known as Seal Coat or Chip-Seal, composed of a single application of asphaltic material, covered with aggregate, constructed on a prepared surface or base course. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01100—Summary of Work 2. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 3 Section 01350—Submittals 4 Section 02980—Pavement Repair C Referenced Standards 1 Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) a. Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges, 2004 Adoption 1) Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions" 2) Item 302, "Aggregates for Surface Treatments" 3) Item 316, "Surface Treatments" 4) Item 210, "Rolling" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for Single Course Surface Treatment is on square yard basis,measured and completed in place. Payment includes materials, equipment, preparation, and work associated with the application of the Surface Treatment. B Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for repair of failed or defective areas of pavement prior to resurfacing. C If paving repair is included as a Bid Item,measurement is on a square yard basis. The limits are as defined in Section 01100—Summary of Work, or as shown on Plans. D Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit test results and certifications that asphaltic materials and aggregates meet requirements of this Section prior to use. 07/2006 02744- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SINGLE COURSE SURFACE TREATMENT C Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics of aggregate spreading and finishing machine(s)for approval. D Submit calibration report of emulsion distributor The requirement of this submittal may be waived by Engineer when a computer controlled distributor is used. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EMULSION A Asphaltic material shall conform to the-requirements of TxDOT,Item 300,"Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions" B The asphaltic material shall be Grade CRS-1P or CRS-2P 1 The CRS-1P shall be a rapid setting, cationic emulsion for use in placing surface treatments when the air temperature is between 40°F and 70°F 2. The CRS-2P shall be a rapid-setting, cationic emulsion for use in placing surface treatments when the air temperature is 60°F and rising. C The emulsion shall break and cure in a reasonable amount of time when the aggregate is applied,regardless of sunlight or humidity conditions. 2.02 AGGREGATE A Aggregate material shall conform in type, grade, classification, and quality to the requirements of TxDOT, Item 302, "Aggregates for Surface Treatments" Samples submitted for testing shall be taken from stockpiles located on the Project Site. B Stockpile aggregate separately Take necessary steps to prevent stockpiles from being contaminated. Do not add materials to approved stockpiles without the Engineer's approval. C When tested by TxDOT, Tex-200-F, Part 1, the aggregate gradation shall meet the requirements in the table below for the specified grade: Aggregate Gradation Requirements (Cumulative % Retained) SIEVE GRADE GRADE SIZE 3 4 3/4 in 0 %in 0—2 0 s/in 20-40 0-5 %in 80— 100 20—40 '/4 in 95 — 100 — #4 — 95— 100 #8 99— 100 98— 100 07/2006 02744-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SINGLE COURSE SURFACE TREATMENT 2.03 EQUIPMENT A Equipment used in each phase of application shall conform to the requirements of TxDOT, Article 316.3 "Equipment" 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify compacted base or prepared surface is ready to support imposed loads. B Verify lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A All holes, ruts, depressions, or other defects in the surface shall be repaired and defective areas cleaned out by scarifying or acceptable hand methods under the provisions of Section 02980—Pavement Repair B Fill defects with new material of the same character,or other materials approved by the Engineer,the road surface shall be compacted by rolling or tamping so that a smooth, hard,well cemented surface,conforming to the lines,grade, and typical cross-section shown on the plans is secured. C After the patches have been allowed to set-up under traffic, sweep the surface of the roadway clean from dirt, dust, and other deleterious matter by means of mechanical, rotary street sweeper,hand brooms, or compressed air D Before any asphaltic material is applied,all cakes of dust or clay and all foreign matter shall be removed and the surface thoroughly cleaned until the embedded aggregate is cleaned but not discharged or loosened. E The surface may be lightly sprinkled just prior to application of the asphalt if found necessary by the Engineer 3.03 APPLICATION A Air temperature shall be taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. 1 Treatment may be applied when air temperature is above 40°F and rising. 2. Do not apply treatment when air temperature is below 50°F and falling. 3 Do not apply treatment when roadway surface temperature is below 60°F 4 When, in the opinion of the Engineer, general weather conditions are not suitable, do not apply treatment. B When Grade 3 aggregate is specified, the asphaltic material shall be applied on the prepared surface at a rate of approximately 0.35 gallons per square yard. C When Grade 4 aggregate is specified, the asphaltic material shall be applied on the prepared surface at a rate of approximately 0.30 gallons per square yard. 07/2006 02744-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SINGLE COURSE SURFACE TREATMENT D When Type B (crushed gravel,crushed slag,crushed stone,or limestone rock asphalt) aggregate is specified, the rate of spread shall be one cubic yard to each 90 square yards of surface area. E When Type PB (precoated crushed gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or limestone rock asphalt) aggregate is specified,the rate of spread shall be one cubic yard to each 95 square yards of surface area. F The surface shall be thoroughly rolled as soon as aggregate is applied with a self- propelled light, pneumatic roller in accordance with applicable sections of TxDOT, Item 316, "Surface Treatment" and TxDOT, Item 210, "Rolling" G The Contractor shall repair all fatty areas with additional cover material and all lean areas by adding asphalt to the extent that a uniformly dense treatment is finally obtained. Should depressions,unevenness, or irregular spots develop on the surface, they shall be remedied and the surface brought to true grade and cross-section. H The surface shall be broomed to remove excess aggregate as soon as aggregate has sufficiently bonded. Brooming shall be repeated the following work day 3.04 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A No traffic or placing of subsequent courses shall be permitted over freshly applied tack coat until authorized by the Engineer B Contractor is responsible for maintaining Single Course Surface Treatment until Owner accepts the Work. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02744-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT Section 02751 CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Portland Cement Concrete Pavement for Concrete Streets,Driveways and Sidewalks, Joints and Curing Materials. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services C Referenced Standards 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement" b ASTM C 94, "Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete" c. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" d. ASTM C 131, "Standard Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine" e. ASTM C 136, "Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates" f ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete" g. ASTM C 260 h. ASTM C 494, "Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete" i. ASTM A 615, "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" j ASTM D 994,"Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete(Bituminous Type)" k. ASTM D 1751,"Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction(Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Type) 1. ASTM D 6690, "Standard Specification for Joint and Crack Sealants, Hot-Applied, for Concrete and Asphaltic Pavements" m. ASTM C 39, "Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Concrete" n. ASTM C 31,"Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field" o ASTM C 143,"Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete" 08/2011 02751 - 1 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT p ASTM C 138,"Standard Test Method for Density(Unit Weight),Yield, and Air Content(Gravimetnc) of Concrete" q ASTM C 231,"Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method" r ASTM C 171, "Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete" s. ASTM C 309,"Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete" t. ASTM G 42,"Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed_B_eams of Concrete" 2. Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT) a. Tex-406-A, "Material Finer than 75-pm (No 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates (Decantation Test for Concrete Aggregates) b Tex-203-F, "Sand Equivalent Test" c. Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges, 2004 Adoption 1) Item 438 "Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks (Rigid Pavements and Bridge Decks)" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for concrete paving is on square yard basis. Separate measurement will be made for each different required thickness of pavement. B Payment includes all labor and materials required for installation of concrete paving, joints and curing material, as indicated on Plans. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. D Refer to this Section,3.26"Noncomforming Pavement"for unit price adjustments for deficient thickness. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350-Submittals. B Submit proposed mix design and test data for each type and strength of concrete in Work. Include proportions and actual compressive strength obtained from design mixes at required test ages. C Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics for mixing equipment, and for traveling form paver, if proposed for use, for approval. D Submit manufacturer's certificates giving properties of reinforcing steel. Provide specimens for testing when required by the Engineer 08/2011 02751 -2 of 15 - CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT E Submit product data for joint sealing compound and proposed sealing equipment for approval. F Submit samples of dowel cup,metal supports,and deformed metal strip for approval. 1.04 HANDLING AND STORAGE A Do not mix different classes of aggregate without written permission of the Engineer B Class of aggregate being used may be changed before or during Work with written permission of the Engineer New class shall comply with specifications. C Segregated aggregate will be rejected. Before using aggregate whose particles are separated by size, mix them uniformly to grading requirements. D Aggregates mixed with dirt, weeds or foreign matter will be rejected. E Do not dump or store aggregate in roadbed. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Portland Cement: 1 Sample and test cement to verify compliance with Standards of ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III. 2. Bulk cement which meets referenced standards may be used if the method of handling is approved by the Engineer When using bulk cement, provide satisfactory weighing devices. B Water Conform to requirements for water in ASTM C 94 C Coarse Aggregate: Gravel or crushed stone, or combination thereof, which is clean, hard, durable, conforms to requirements of ASTM C 33, and has abrasion loss not more than 45 percent by weight when subjected to Los Angeles Abrasion Test(ASTM C 131) No pit run gravel will be allowed. 1 Maximum percentage by weight of deleterious substances shall not exceed following values. PERCENT BY WEIGHT ITEM OF TOTAL SAMPLE MAXIMUM Clay lumps and friable particles. 3 0 Material finer than 75-pm (No 200) sieve Concrete subject to abrasion. 3 0* 08/2011 02751 -3 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT All other concrete. 5 0* Coal and lignite. Where surface appearance of concrete is of 0.5 importance. All other concrete. 1 0 * In case of manufactured sand, if material finer than 75-pm(No 200) sieve consists of dust of fracture, essentially free from clay or shale, these limits may be increased to 5 and 7 percent, respectively 2. Coarse aggregate(size 1 1/2 inch to No 4 sieve)shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 33 Gradation shall be within following limits when graded in accordance with ASTM C 136 SIEVE DESIGNATION (SQUARE OPENINGS) (PERCENTAGE BY WEIGHT) Retained on 1 3/4 inch sieve 0 Retained on 1 1/2 inch sieve 0 to 5 _Retained on 3/4 inch sieve 30 to 65 Retained on 3/8 inch sieve 70 to 90 Retained on No 4 sieve 95 to 100 Loss by Decantation Test *Method Tex-406-A 1 0 maximum * In case of aggregates made primanly from crushing of stone, if material finer than 200 sieve is dust of fracture essentially free from clay or shale as established by Part III of Tex-406-A,percent may be increased to 1.5 D Fine Aggregate. Sand,manufactured sand,or combination thereof,composed of clean, hard,durable,uncoated grains,free from loams or other injurious foreign matter Fine aggregate for concrete shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 33 Gradation shall be within following limits when graded in accordance with ASTM C 136 SIEVE DESIGNATION (PERCENTAGE BY WEIGHT) (SQUARE OPENINGS) Retained on 3/8 inch sieve 0 Retained on No 4 sieve 0 to 5 Retained on No 8 sieve 0 to 20 Retained on No. 16 sieve 15 to 50 Retained on No. 30 sieve 35 to 75 Retained on No 50 sieve 65 to 90 08/2011 02751 -4 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT Retained on No 100 sieve 90 to 100 Retained on No 200 sieve 97 to 100 1 When subjected to color test for organic impurities (ASTM C 40), fine aggregate shall not show color darker than standard color Fine aggregate shall be subjected to Sand Equivalent Test(Tex-203-F) Sand equivalent value shall not be less than 80, unless higher value is shown on Plans. E Air Entraining Agent: Furnish an air entraining agent conforming to requirements of ASTM C 260 F Water Reducer Water reducing admixture conforming to requirements of ASTM C 494 may be used if required to improve the workability of concrete. Amount and type of such admixture shall be subject to approval by the Engineer G Reinforcing Steel. 1 Provide new billet steel manufactured by open hearth process and conforming to ASTM A 615,Grade 60 Store steel to protect it from mechanical injury and rust. At time of placement,steel shall be free from dirt,scale,rust,paint,oil or other injurious matenals. 2. Cold bend reinforcing steel to shapes shown. Once steel has been bent,it may not be rebent. 2.02 CONCRETE JOINTS A When allowed on the Plans,or with approval of the Engineer,Board Expansion Joint Material may be used. Filler board of selected stock. Use wood of density and type as follows 1 Clear,all-heart cypress weighing no more than 40 pounds per cubic foot,after being oven dned to constant weight. 2. Clear,all-heart redwood weighing no more than 30 pounds per cubic foot,after being oven dned to constant weight. 3 Use wood only when part of a load transmission device assembly B Unless specified otherwise,use Preformed Expansion Joint Material. Bituminous fiber and bituminous mastic composition material conforming to ASTM D 994 and ASTM D 1751 C Joint Sealing Compound. 1 Hot poured rubber-asphalt compound meeting the requirements of ASTM D 6690 2. When indicated on Plans, self-leveling Low Modulas Silicone sealant single component meeting the requirements of TxDOT Specification 438 D Load Transmission Devices. 08/2011 02751 -5 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1 Smooth, steel dowel bars conforming to ASTM A 615, Grade 60 When indicated on Plans,encase one end of dowel bar in approved cap having inside diameter 1/16 inch greater than diameter of dowel bar 2. Deformed steel tie bars conforming to ASTM A 615, Grade 60 E Metal Supports for Reinforcing Steel and Joint Assembly. Employ metal supports of approved shape and size that will secure reinforcing steel and joint assembly in correct position during placing and finishing of concrete. Space supports as directed by the Engineer 2.03 EQUIPMENT A Equipment: Conform to requirements of ASTM C 94 2.04 MIXING A Employ and pay certified testing laboratory to prepare mix designs. Compressive strength shall be as specified using test specimens prepared in accordance with ASTM C 31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C 39 Contractor shall determine and measure batch quantity of each ingredient,including all water for batch designs and all concrete produced for Work. Mix shall conform to these specifications and other requirements indicated on Plans. B Mix design to produce concrete which will have a minimum compressive strength of 2500 psi at 7days and 3500 psi at 28 days. When high-early-strength cement is used,it shall reach a minimum compressive strength of 3500 psi at 7 days and 4000 at 28 days. Slump of concrete shall be at least 2 inch,but no more than 5 inches, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 143 1 Concrete pavement shall contain at least 5 1/2 sacks (94 pounds per sack) of cement per cubic yard,with not more than 6.5 gallons of water,net,per sack of cement (water cement ratio maximum 0.57). Cement content shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C 138. Addition of mineral filler may be used to improve workability or plasticity of concrete to limits specified. 2. Coarse dry aggregate shall not exceed 85 percent of loose volume of concrete. 3 Add air-entraining admixture to ensure uniform distribution of agent throughout batch. Base air content of freshly mixed air-entrained concrete upon tnal mixes with materials to be used in Work, adjusted to produce concrete of required plasticity and workability Percentage of air entrainment in mix shall be 4 1/2 percent plus or minus 1 1/2 percent. Air content shall be determined by testing in accordance with ASTM C 231 4 Use retardant when temperature exceeds 90 degrees F Proportion shall be as recommended by manufacturer Use same brand as used for air-entraining agent. Add and batch material using same methods as used for air-entraining agent. Accelerators will not be allowed unless approved by the Engineer 08/2011 02751 -6 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 2.05 COVER MATERIALS FOR CURING A Curing materials shall conform to one of following: 1 Polyethylene Film. Opaque pigmented white film conforming to requirements of ASTM C 171 2. Waterproofed Paper Paper conforming to requirements of ASTM C 171 3 Cotton Mats. Single layer of cotton filler completely enclosed in cover of cotton cloth. Mats shall contain not less than 3/4 of a pound of uniformly distributed cotton filler per square yard of mat. Cotton cloth used for covering materials shall weigh not less than 6 ounces per square yard. Mats shall be stitched so that mat will contact surface of pavement at all points when saturated with water 4 Liquid Membrane-forming Compounds Liquid membrane-forming compounds shall conform to ASTM C 309 Membrane shall restrict loss of water to not more than 0.55 kg/m2 of surface in 72 hours. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify compacted base is ready to support imposed loads and meets compaction requirements. B Verify lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A Properly prepare, shape and compact each section of subgrade before placing forms, reinforcing steel or concrete. After forms have been set to proper grade and alignment, use subgrade planer to shape subgrade to its final cross section. Check contour of subgrade with template. B Remove subgrade that will not support loaded form. Replace and compact subgrade to required density 3.03 EQUIPMENT A Alternate equipment and methods, other than those required by this article, may be used provided the Contractor demonstrates that equal, or better, results will be obtained. Maintain equipment for preparing subgrade and for finishing and compacting concrete in good working order Unless approved otherwise by the Engineer or the Plans, slip form paving methods shall be used. B Subgrade Planer and Template. 1 Use subgrade planer with adjustable cutting blades to tnm subgrade to exact section shown on Plans. Select planer mounted on visible rollers which ride on forms. Planer frame must have sufficient weight so that it will remain on form 08/2011 02751 -7 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT at all times, and have such strength and rigidity that, under tests made by changing support from wheels to center,planer will not develop deflection of more than 1/8 inch. Tractors used to pull planer shall not produce ruts or indentations in subgrade. When slip form method of paving is used, operate subgrade planer on prepared track grade or have it controlled by electronic sensor system operated from string line to establish horizontal alignment and elevation of subbase. 2. Provide template for checking contour of subgrade. Template shall be long enough to rest upon side forms and have such strength and rigidity that,when supported_at center, maximum_deflection shall not exceed_1/8 inch. Fit template with accurately adjustable rods projecting downward at 1 foot intervals. Adjust these rods to gauge cross sections of slab bottom when template is resting on side forms. C Texturing Equipment 1 Carpet Drag a. Provide a carpet drag mounted-on a work bridge or a moveable support system. Provide a single piece of carpet of sufficient transverse length of carpet is in contact with the concrete being placed to produce the desired texture. D Machine Finisher Provide a power-driven,transverse finishing machine designed and operated to strike off and consolidate concrete. Machine shall have two screeds accurately adjusted to crown of pavement and with frame equipped to ride on forms. Use finishing machine with rubber tires if it operates on concrete pavement. E Hand Finishing: 1 Provide mechanical strike and tamping template 2 feet longer than width of pavement to be finished. Shape template to pavement section. 2. Provide two bridges to nde on forms and span pavement -for finishing expansion and dummy joints. Provide floats and necessary edging and finishing tools. F Vibrators. Furnish mechanically operated synchronized vibrators mounted on tamping bar which ndes on forms and hand-manipulated mechanical vibrators. Furnish vibrators with frequency of vibration to provide maximum consolidation of concrete without segregation. 3.04 FORMS A Side Forms Use clean metal forms of approved shape and section. Preferred depth of form shall be equal to required edge thickness of pavement. Forms with depths greater or less than required edge thickness of pavement will be permitted,provided difference between form depth and edge thickness if not greater than 1 inch,and further provided that forms of depth less than pavement edge are brought to required edge thickness by securely attaching wood or metal strips to bottom of form,or by grouting under form. 08/2011 02751 -8 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT Bottom flange of form shall be same size as thickness of pavement. Aluminum forms are not allowed. All forms shall be approved by the Engineer Length of form sections shall be not less than 10 feet and each section shall provide for staking in position with not less than 3 pins. Flexible or curved forms of wood or metal of proper radius shall be used for curves of 200 foot radius or less. Forms shall have ample strength and shall be provided with adequate devices for secure setting so that when in-place they will withstand, without visible springing or settlement, impact and vibration of finishing machine. In no case shall base width be less than 8 inches for form 8 inches or more in height. Forms shall be free from warp, bends or kinks and shall be sufficiently true to provide reasonable straight edge on concrete. Top of each form section, when tested with straight edge, shall conform to requirements specified for surface of completed pavement. Provide sufficient forms for satisfactory placement of concrete. For short radius curves, forms less than 10 feet in length or curved forms may be used. For curb returns at street intersections and driveways, wood forms of good grade and quality may be used. B Form Setting: 1 Rest forms directly on subgrade. Do not shim with pebbles or dirt. Accurately set forms to required grade and alignment and, during entire operation of placing, compacting and finishing of concrete,do not deviate from this grade and alignment more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet of length. Do not remove forms for at least 8 hours after completion of finishing operations. Provide supply of forms that will be adequate for orderly and continuous placing of concrete. Set forms and check grade for at least 300 feet ahead of mixer or as approved by the Engineer 2. Adjacent slabs may be used instead of forms, provided that concrete is well protected from possible damage by finishing equipment. These adjacent slabs shall not be used for forms until concrete has aged at least 7 days. 3.05 REINFORCING STEEL AND JOINT ASSEMBLIES A Accurately place reinforcing steel and joint assemblies and position them securely as indicated on Plans. Wire reinforcing bars securely together at intersections and splices. Bars and coatings shall be free of rust, dirt or other foreign matter when concrete is placed. Place all reinforcing steel and secure to chairs. All reinforcing steel must be positively supported before pour begins. B Place pavement joint assemblies at required locations and elevations, and rigidly secure all parts in required positions. Install dowel bars accurately in joint assemblies as shown, each parallel to pavement surface and to center line of pavement. Rigidly secure in required position to prevent displacement dunng placing and finishing of concrete. Accurately cut header boards,joint filler and other material used for forming joints to receive each dowel bar Drill dowels into existing pavement, secure with epoxy, and provide paving headers, as required, to provide rigid pavement sections 08/2011 02751 -9 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.06 PLACEMENT A Place concrete only in rain-free days when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising. Concrete shall not be placed when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. Place concrete that is between 40 degrees F and 95 degrees F at the time of discharge. Do not exceed 60 minutes between introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge. When the weather is such that the concrete temperature would exceed 90 degrees F, employ effective means, such as pre-cooling of aggregates and mixing water, using ice or placing at night, as necessary to maintain concrete temperature,as placed, below 95 degrees F Do not place when concrete temperature is above 95 degrees F at the time of discharge. B Place concrete within 60 minutes of mixing. Remove and dispose of concrete not placed within this period. C Concrete slump during placement shall be 2 to 5 inches,except when using traveling- form paver slump shall be a maximum of 3 inches. D Deposit concrete rapidly and continuously on subgrade or subbase in successive batches. Distribute concrete to required depth and for entire width of placement in manner that will require as little rehandling as possible. Where hand spreading is necessary, distribute concrete with shovels or by other approved methods. Use only concrete rakes in handling concrete. At end of day or in case of unavoidable interruption of more than 30 minutes, place transverse construction joint at point of stopping work. Remove and replace sections less than 10 feet long. E Take special care in placing and spading concrete against forms and at longitudinal and transverse joints to prevent honeycombing. Voids in edge of finished pavement will be cause for rejection. 3.07 FINISHING A Finish concrete pavement with power-driven transverse finishing machines or by hand finishing methods. 1 Use transverse finishing machine to make at least two tnps over each area. Make last trip continuous run of not less than 40 feet. After transverse screeding, use hand-operated longitudinal float to test and level surface to required grade. 2. Hand finish with mechanical strike and tamping template as wide as pavement to be finished. Shape template to pavement section. Move strike template forward in direction of placement, maintaining slight excess of material in front of cutting edge. Make at least two trips over each area. Screed pavement surface to required section. Work screed with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing. Maintain screed in contact with forms. Use longitudinal float to level surface. 08/2011 02751 - 10 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT B On narrow strips and transitions,finish concrete pavement by hand. Thoroughly work concrete around reinforcement and embedded fixtures. Strike off concrete with strike- off screed. Move strike-off screed forward with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing,maintaining screed in contact with forms,and maintaining slight excess of materials in front of cutting edge. Tamp concrete with tamping template. Use longitudinal float to level surface. C While concrete is still workable,give surface final belting to produce a umform surface of gritty texture. Perform belting with short rapid transverse strokes having sweeping longitudinal motion. 3.08 JOINTS AND JOINT SEALING A When new work is adjacent to existing concrete, place joints at same location as existing joints in adjacent pavement. B If the limit of removal of existing concrete or asphaltic pavement does not fall on existing joint, saw cut existing pavement nummum of 1 1/2 inches deep to provide straight, smooth joint surface without chipping, spalling or cracks. 3.09 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A Place transverse construction joint wherever concrete placement must be stopped for more than_30 minutes. Place longitudinal construction joints at interior edges of pavement lanes using No 5 deformed tie bars,30 inches long and spaced 18 inches on centers. 3.10 EXPANSION JOINTS A Place 3/4 inch expansion joints at locations shown on Plans. Use no filler shorter than 6 feet. When pavement is 24 feet or narrower, use not more than 2 lengths of filler Secure pieces to form straight joint. Shape filler accurately to cross section of concrete slab Use load transmission devices of type and size shown on Plans. Seal with joint sealing compound. 3.11 CONTRACTION JOINTS A Place contraction joints at same locations as in adjacent pavement or at spaces indicated on Plans. Maximum spacing of contraction/construction joints,20 feet. Seal groove with joint sealing compound. 3.12 LONGITUDINAL WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS A Place longitudinal weakened plane joints at spaces indicated on Plans. Seal groove with joint sealing compound. 08/2011 02751 - 11 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND - CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.13 SAWED JOINTS A Contractor may use sawed joints as an alternate to contraction and weakened plane joints. Circular cutter shall be capable of cutting straight line groove minimum of 1/2 inch wide.Depth shall be one quarter of pavement thickness plus 1/2 inch. Commence sawing as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without chipping, spalling or tearing and pnor to initiation of cracks. Once sawing has commenced, it shall be continued until completed. Make saw cut with one pass. Complete sawing within 24 hours of concrete placement. Saw joints at required spacing consecutively in sequence of concrete placement. B Concrete Saw. Provide sawing equipment adequate in power to complete sawing to required dimensions and within required time. Provide at least one standby saw in good working order Maintain an ample supply of saw blades at work site at all times during sawing operations. Sawing equipment shall be on job at all times during concrete placement. 3.14 JOINTS FOR CURB,AND CURB AND GUTTER A Place 3/4 inch preformed expansion joints through curb and gutters at locations of expansion and contraction joints in pavement; at end of radius returns at street intersections and driveways, and at curb inlets. Maximum spacing shall be 60 foot centers. 3.15 JOINTS FOR CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS A Provide 3/4 inch expansion joints conforming to ASTM D 1751 across driveway in line with street face of sidewalks, at existing concrete driveways, and along intersections with sidewalks and other structures. Extend expansion joint material full depth of slab Where dowels are used, wrap or sleeve one end. 3.16 JOINT SEALING A Seal joints only when surface and joints are dry, ambient temperature is above 50 degrees F but less than 85 degrees F, and weather is not foggy or rainy B Joint sealing equipment shall be in first-class working condition,and be approved by the Engineer Use concrete grooving machine or power-operated wire brush and other equipment such as plow, brooms, brushes, blowers or hydro or abrasive cleaning as required to produce satisfactory joints. C Clean joints of loose scale,dirt,dust and curing compound. Term joint includes wide joint spaces, expansion joints, dummy groove joints or cracks, either preformed or natural. Remove loose material from concrete surfaces adjacent to joints. 08/2011 02751 - 12 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT D Fill joints neatly with joint sealer to depth shown. Pour sufficient joint sealer into joints so that, upon completion, surface of sealer within joint will be 1/4 inch below level of adjacent surface or at elevation as directed. 3.17 CONCRETE CURING A Concrete pavement shall be cured by protecting it against loss of moisture for period of not less than 72 hours immediately upon completion of finishing operations. Do not use membrane curing for concrete pavement to be overlaid by asphaltic concrete. B Where curing requires use of water,curing shall have prior right to all water supply or supplies. Failure to provide sufficient cover material shall be cause for immediate suspension of concreting operations. 3.18 POLYETHYLENE FILM CURING A Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, apply water in the form of a fine spray Cover surface with polyethylene film so film will remain in intimate contact with surface during specified curing period. B Cover entire surface and both edges of pavement slab Joints in film sheets shall overlap minimum of 12 inches. Immediately repair tears or holes occurring during curing period by placing acceptable moisture-proof patches or by replacing. 3.19 WATERPROOFED PAPER CURING A Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, apply water in form of fine spray Cover surface with waterproofed paper so paper will remain in intimate contact with surface during specified curing period. B Prepare waterproofed paper to form blankets of sufficient width to cover entire surface and both edges of pavement slab, and not be more than 60 feet in length. Joints in blankets caused by joining paper sheets shall lap not less than 5 inches and shall be securely sealed with asphalt cement having melting point of approximately 180 degrees F Place blankets to secure an overlap of at least 12 inches. Tears or holes appearing in paper during curing period shall be immediately repaired by cementing patches over defects. 3.20 COTTON MAT CURING A Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, completely cover surface with cotton mats,thoroughly saturated before application,in such manner that they will contact surface of pavement equally at all points. B Mats shall remain on pavement for specified curing period. Keep mats saturated so that,when lightly compressed,water will drip freely from them. Keep banked earth or cotton mat covering edges saturated. 08/2011 02751 - 13 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.21 LIQUID MEMBRANE-FORMING COMPOUNDS A Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, apply liquid membrane-forming compound in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.22 TOLERANCES A Test entire surface before initial set and correct irregularities or undulations. Bring surface within requirements of following test and then finish. Place 10 foot straightedge parallel to center of roadway to bridge any depressions and touch all high spots. Do not permit ordinates measured from face of straight edge to surface of pavement to exceed 1/16 inch per foot from nearest point of contact. Maximum ordinate with 10 foot straightedge shall not exceed 1/8 inch. Grind spots in excess of requirements of this paragraph to meet surface test requirements. Restore texture by grooving concrete to meet surface finishing specifications. 3.23 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services. B Test Specimens Four test specimen cylinders for compressive strength tests will be made for each 150 cubic yards or less of pavement that is placed in one day Two specimens will be tested at 7 days. For failed 7-day tests, remaining two specimens will be tested at 28 days. Specimens will be made,cured and tested in accordance with - ASTM C 31 and ASTM C 39 C Yield test will be made in accordance with ASTM C 138 for cement content per cubic yard of concrete. If such cement content is found to be less than that specified per cubic yard, reduce batch weights until amount of cement per cubic yard of concrete conforms to requirements. D At the Engineer's direction a minimum of one 4-inch core may be taken at random locations per 1,000 feet per lane or 500 square yards of pavement to measure in-place depth. Each core may be tested for 28 day compressive strength according to methods of ASTM C 42. The 28 day compressive strength of each core tested shall be a minimum of 3000 pounds per square inch. E Contractor may,at his own expense,request three additional cores in vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in-place depths. In-place depth at these locations shall be the average of depth of four cores. F Fill cores and density test sections with new concrete paving or non shrink grout. 08/2011 02751 - 14 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.24 NONCONFORMING PAVEMENT A Remove and replace areas of pavement found by cores to be deficient in thickness by more than 10 percent, or that fail compressive strength tests, with new concrete pavement of thickness shown on Plans at no cost to the Owner B Areas of concrete pavement found by cores to be deficient in thickness by less than 10 percent shall be remedied at the Owner's direction by one of the following methods. 1 Remove and replace using new concrete pavement of thickness shown on Plans and in accordance with the requirements of this Section at no cost to Owner 2. Reduce the Unit Price by the ratio of the average thickness (as determined by cores)to the thickness required. C No adjustments will be made for excess thickness. 3.25 PAVEMENT MARKINGS A Restore pavement markings to match those existing in accordance with City of Pearland Standard Details and the Engineer's requirements. 3.26 PROTECTION A Barricade pavement section from use until concrete has attained minimum design strength. B On those sections of pavement to be opened to traffic,seal joints,clean pavement and place earth against pavement edges before permitting use by traffic. Such opening of pavement to traffic shall not relieve Contractor from his responsibility for Work. C Maintain concrete paving in good condition until completion of Work. D Repair defects by replacing concrete to full depth. END OF SECTION 08/2011 02751 - 15 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CURB, CURB & GUTTER,AND HEADERS Section 02770 CURB, CURB & GUTTER,AND HEADERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Reinforced concrete curb, reinforced monolithic concrete curb and gutter, and mountable curb B Paving headers and railroad headers poured monolithically with concrete base or pavement. C References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 02751 —Concrete Pavement 4 Section 02335—Subgrade 5 Section 02710—Base Course for Pavement 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for curbs and for curbs and gutter is on linear foot basis measured along face of curb B Measurement for headers is on linear foot basis measured between lips of gutters adjacent to concrete base and measured between backs of curbs adjacent to concrete pavement. C No separate payment will be made for curbs poured monolithically with concrete pavement. D Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit details of proposed formwork for approval. C Submit proposed mix design and test data for each type and strength of concrete in Work. Include proportions and actual flexural strength obtained from design mixes at required test ages. D Submit manufacturer's certifications giving properties of reinforcing steel. Provide specimens for testing when required by the Engineer 07/2006 02770- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CURB, CURB & GUTTER,AND HEADERS 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Concrete: Conform to material and proportion requirements for concrete of Section 02751 —Concrete Pavement. B Reinforcing Steel. Conform to material requirements for reinforcing steel of Section 02751 —Concrete Pavement. C Grout: Nonmetallic, nonshrink grout containing no chloride producing agents conforming to the following requirements. Compressive strength at 7 days 3,500 psi Compressive strength at 28 days 8,000 psi Initial set time 45 minutes Final set time 1.5 hours D Preformed Expansion Joint Matenal. Conform to material requirements for preformed expansion joint material of Section 02751 —Concrete Pavement. E Joint Sealing Compound. Conform to material requirements of Section 02751 — Concrete Pavement. F Mortar Mortar finish composed of one part Portland cement and 11 parts of fine aggregate. Use only when approved by the Engineer 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Prepare subgrade or base in accordance with applicable portions of Section 02335 — Subgrade or Section 02710—Base Course for Pavement. 3.02 PLACEMENT A Guideline: Set to follow top line of curb Attach indicator to provide constant comparison between top of curb and guideline. Insure flow lines for monolithic curb and gutters conform to slopes indicated on Plans. B Forms. Brace sufficiently to maintain position during pour Use metal templates cut to section shown on Plans. C Reinforcement: Secure in proper position so that steel will remain in place throughout placement. 07/2006 02770-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CURB, CURB & GUTTER,AND HEADERS D Joints. Place in accordance with Section 02751 —Concrete Pavement. Place dummy groove joints at 6-foot centers at right angles to curb lines. Cut dummy grooves 1/4 inch deep using an approved edging tool. E Place concrete in forms to required depth. Consolidate thoroughly Do not permit rock pockets in form. Entirely cover top surfaces with mortar 3.03 MANUAL FINISHING A After concrete is in place,remove front curb forms. Form exposed portions of curb, and of curb and gutter,using mule which conforms to curb shape,as shown on Plans. B Thin coat of mortar may be worked into exposed face of curb using mule and two- handled wooden darby at least 3 feet long. C Before applying final finish move 10 foot straightedge across gutter and up curb to back form of curb Repeat until curb-and gutter are true to grade and section. Lap straightedge every 5 feet. D Steel trowel finish surfaces to smooth, even finish. Make face of finished curb true and straight. E Edge outer edge of gutter with 1/4-inch edger Finish edges with tool having 1/4 inch radius. F Finish visible surfaces and edges of finished curb and gutter free from blemishes,form marks and tool marks. Finished curb or curb and gutter shall have uniform color, shape and appearance. 3.04 MECHANICAL FINISHING A Mechanical curb forming and finishing machines may be used instead of, or in conjunction with,previously described methods,if approved by the Engineer Use of mechanical methods shall provide specified curb design and finish. 3.05 CURING A Immediately after finishing operations, cure exposed surfaces of curbs and gutters in accordance with Section 02751 —Concrete Pavement. 3.06 TOLERANCES A Top surfaces of curb and gutter shall have uniform width and shall be free from humps,sags or other irregularities. Surfaces of curb top,curb face and gutter shall not vary more than 1/8 inch from edge of a 10-foot long straightedge laid along them, except at grade changes. 3.07 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Maintain curbs and gutters in good condition until completion of Work. 07/2006 02770-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CURB, CURB & GUTTER,AND HEADERS B Replace damaged curbs and gutters to comply with this Section. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02770-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Section 02775 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Portland Cement Concrete Pavement for Driveways. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350— Submittals 3 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4 Section 02751 - Concrete Pavement C Referenced Standards 1 American Society for Testing and Matenals (ASTM) a. ASTM C 94, "Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete" b. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" c. ASTM C 260 d. ASTM A 615, "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" e. ASTM D 994, "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete(Bituminous Type)" f. ASTM D 1751, "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Type) g. ASTM D 6690, "Standard Specification for Joint and Crack Sealants,Hot-Applied, for Concrete and Asphaltic Pavements" h. ASTM C 39, "Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Concrete" i. ASTM C 31, "Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field" ASTM C 143, "Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete" k. ASTM C 231,"Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method" 1. ASTM C 171, "Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete" m. ASTM C 309, "Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane- Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete" n. ASTM C 42, "Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete" 5/2013 02775- 1 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for concrete dnveways is on square yard basis and includes removal of existing driveway, driveway curbs, select fill subgrade and reinforcement dowels. B Payment includes all labor and materials required for installation of concrete driveways,joints and curing material. No payment will be made for work in areas where driveway has been removed for contractor's convenience. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit proposed mix design and test data for each type and strength of concrete in Work. Include proportions and actual compressive strength obtained from design mixes at required test ages. C Submit product data for joint sealing compound and proposed sealing equipment for approval. D Submit samples of dowel cup, metal supports, and deformed metal step for approval. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete: Conform to material and proportion requirements for concrete of Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. B Reinforcing Steel. Conform to material requirements for reinforcing steel of Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. Use No 4 reinforcing bars. C. Subgrade Matenals Conform to subgrade material requirements of Section 02335 - Subgrade. D Joints. Conform to concrete joint requirements of Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. 5/2013 02775-2 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXA]VIINATION A. Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support imposed loads and meets compaction requirements. B Verify lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A. When removing existing concrete, all sawcuts shall be full depth unless otherwise approved by City B Properly prepare, shape and compact each section of subgrade before placing forms,reinforcing steel or concrete. C Excavate subgrade 6 inches beyond outside lines of driveway Shape to line, grade and cross section. Place compacted select fill as needed to bring grade up Select fill shall be compacted to minimum of 95% maximum dry density at optimal or above optimal moisture content as per ASTM D698. Stabilize top 8" of subgrade with lime in accordance with Section 02335 - Subgrade. Compact subgrade to minimum of 90 percent maximum dry density at optimum to 3 percent above optimum moisture content, as determined by ASTM D 698 No separate pay for this requirement. This work shall be subsidiary to dnveway square yard unit pricing. 3.03 FORMS A. Side Forms. Use clean forms of approved shape and section. Preferred depth of form shall be equal to required edge thickness of pavement. Forms with depths greater or less than required edge thickness of pavement will be permitted, provided difference between form depth and edge thickness if not greater than 1 inch, and further provided that forms of depth less than pavement edge are brought to required edge thickness by securely attaching wood or metal strips to bottom of form, or by grouting under form. Bottom flange of form shall be same size as thickness of pavement. Aluminum forms are not allowed. All forms shall be approved by the Engineer Length of form sections shall be not less than 10 feet and each section shall provide for staking in position with not less than 3 pins. Flexible or curved forms of wood or metal of proper radius shall be used for curves of 200 foot radius or less. Forms shall have ample strength and shall be provided with adequate devices for secure setting so that when in-place they will withstand, without visible spnngmg or settlement, impact and vibration of finishing machine. In no case shall base width be less than 8 inches for form 8 inches or more in height. Forms shall be free from warp, bends or kinks and shall be sufficiently true to provide reasonable straight edge on concrete. Top of each form section, when tested with straight edge, shall conform to requirements specified for surface of completed pavement. Provide sufficient forms for satisfactory placement of 5/2013 02775-3 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS concrete. For short radius curves, forms less than 10 feet in length or curved forms may be used. For curb returns at street intersections and driveways, wood forms of good grade and quality may be used. B Form Setting: 1 Rest forms directly on subgrade. Do not shim with pebbles or dirt. Accurately set forms to required grade and alignment and, during entire operation of placing, compacting and finishing of concrete, do not deviate from this grade and alignment more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet of length. Do not remove forms for at least 8 hours after completion of finishing operations. 3.04 REINFORCING STEEL AND JOINT ASSEMBLIES A. Accurately place reinforcing steel and joint assemblies and position them securely Wire reinforcing bars securely together at intersections and splices. Bars and coatings shall be free of rust, dirt or other foreign matter when concrete is placed. Place all reinforcing steel and secure to chairs. All reinforcing steel must be positively supported before pour begins. B Place pavement joint assemblies at required locations and elevations, and rigidly secure all parts in required positions. Install dowel bars accurately in joint assemblies as shown, each parallel to pavement surface and to center line of pavement. Rigidly secure in required position to prevent displacement during placing and finishing of concrete. Accurately cut header boards, joint filler and other material used for forming joints to receive each dowel bar Drill dowels into existing pavement, secure with epoxy, and provide paving headers, as required, to provide rigid pavement sections. 3.05 PLACEMENT A. Place concrete only in rain-free days when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising. Concrete shall not be placed when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. When concrete temperature is 85 degrees F or above, do not exceed 60 minutes between introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge. When the weather is such that the concrete temperature would exceed 90 degrees F, employ effective means, such as pre-cooling of aggregates and mixing water, using ice or placing at night, as necessary to maintain concrete temperature, as placed, below 90 degrees F B Place concrete within 60 minutes of mixing. Remove and dispose of concrete not placed within this period. C. Concrete slump during placement shall be 2 to 4 inches. 5/2013 02775-4 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS D Deposit concrete rapidly and continuously on subgrade or subbase in successive batches. Distribute concrete to required depth and for entire width of placement in manner that will require as little rehandling as possible. Where hand spreading is necessary, distribute concrete with shovels or by other approved methods. Use only concrete rakes in handling concrete. E. Take special care in placing and spading concrete against forms and at longitudinal and transverse joints to prevent honeycombing. Voids in edge of finished pavement will be cause for rejection. 3.06 FINISHING A. Finish concrete driveway with power-dnven transverse finishing machines or by hand finishing methods. 1 Use transverse finishing machine to make at least two trips over each area. Make last tnp continuous run of not less than 40 feet. After transverse screeding, use hand-operated longitudinal float to test and level surface to required grade. 2. Hand finish with mechanical strike and tamping template as wide as pavement to be finished. Shape template to pavement section. Move strike template forward in direction of placement, maintaining slight excess of material in front of cutting edge. Make at least two trips over each area. Screed pavement surface to required section. Work screed with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing. Maintain screed in contact with forms. Use longitudinal float to level surface. B On narrow strips and transitions, finish concrete dnveway by hand. Thoroughly work concrete around reinforcement and embedded fixtures. Strike off concrete with strike-off screed. Move strike-off screed forward with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing, maintaining screed in contact with forms, and maintaining slight excess of materials in front of cutting edge. Tamp concrete with tamping template. Use longitudinal float to level surface. C. While concrete is still workable, give surface final belting to produce a uniform surface of gritty texture. Perform belting with short rapid transverse strokes having sweeping longitudinal motion. 3.07 JOINTS AND JOINT SEALING A. When new work is adjacent to existing concrete, place joints at same location as existing joints in adjacent pavement. B Contractor may use sawed joints as an alternate to contraction and weakened plane joints. Circular cutter shall be capable of cutting straight line groove minimum of - 5/2013 02775-5 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 1/2 inch wide. Depth shall be one quarter of pavement thickness plus 1/2 inch. Commence sawing as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without chipping, spalling or tearing and prior to initiation of cracks. Once sawing has commenced, it shall be continued until completed. Make saw cut with one pass. Complete sawing within 24 hours of concrete placement. Saw joints at required spacing consecutively in sequence of concrete placement. C. Concrete Saw- Provide sawing equipment adequate in power to complete sawing to required dimensions and within required time. Provide at least one standby saw in good working order Maintain an ample supply of saw blades at work site at all times during sawing operations. Sawing equipment shall be on job at all times during concrete placement. D Provide 3/4 inch expansion joints conforming to ASTM D 1751 across driveway in line with street face of sidewalks, at existing concrete driveways, and along intersections with sidewalks and other structures. Extend expansion joint material full depth of slab. Where dowels are used,wrap or sleeve one end. E. Seal joints only when surface and joints are dry, ambient temperature is above 50 degrees F but less than 85 degrees F, and weather is not foggy or rainy F Joint sealing equipment shall be in first-class working condition, and be approved by the Engineer Use concrete grooving machine or power-operated wire brush and other equipment such as plow, brooms, brushes, blowers or hydro or abrasive cleaning as required to produce satisfactory joints. G Clean joints of loose scale, dirt, dust and curing compound. Term joint includes wide joint spaces, expansion joints, dummy groove joints or cracks, either preformed or natural. Remove loose material from concrete surfaces adjacent to joints. H. Fill joints neatly with joint sealer to depth shown. Pour sufficient joint sealer into joints so that,upon completion, surface of sealer within jomt will be 1/4 inch below level of adjacent surface or at elevation as directed. I. Install the first expansion joint at Right-of-Way The expansion joint shall be spaced at intervals same as the width of driveway Expansion joint shall be placed at half of the width of the driveway if the width of driveway exceeds 20' 3.08 CONCRETE CURING A. Concrete driveway shall be cured by protecting it against loss of moisture for period of not less than 72 hours immediately upon completion of finishing operations. Do not use membrane curing for concrete pavement to be overlaid by asphaltic concrete. B Where cunng requires use of water, curing shall have prior right to all water supply or supplies. Failure to provide sufficient cover material shall be cause for immediate suspension of concreting operations. 5/2013 02775-6 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS C. Cotton Mat Curing: 1 Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, completely cover surface with cotton mats, thoroughly saturated before application, in such manner that they will contact surface of pavement equally at all points. 2. Mats shall remain on pavement for specified curing period. Keep mats saturated so that, when lightly compressed, water will drip freely from them. Keep banked earth or cotton mat covering edges saturated. D Liquid Membrand-Forming Compounds. 1 Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, apply liquid membrane-forming compound in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.09 TOLERANCES A. Test entire surface before initial set and correct irregularities or undulations. Bring surface within requirements of following test and then finish. Place 10 foot straightedge parallel and longitudinal to center of driveway Correct any depressions and all high spots. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services and Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. 3.11 PAVEMENT MARKINGS A. Restore pavement markings to match those existing in accordance with City of Pearland Standard Details and the Engineer's requirements. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Barricade pavement section from use until concrete has attained minimum design strength. B On those sections of dnveway to be opened to traffic, seal joints, clean pavement and place earth against pavement edges before permitting use by traffic. Such opening of dnveway to traffic shall not relieve Contractor from his responsibility for Work. C Maintain concrete paving in good condition until completion of Work. 5/2013 02775-7 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS D Repair defects by replacing concrete to full depth and limits as directed by Project Manager Replace nonconforming work at no additional cost to City END OF SECTION 5/2013 02775-8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WOOD FENCES AND GATES Section 02820 WOOD FENCES AND GATES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Fence framework, matenal components, and accessories. B Excavation for post bases, concrete foundation for posts, and installation of gates. 1 Manual gates and related hardware. C References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals D Referenced Standards 1 American Society of Testing and Matenals (ASTM) 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for fencing shall be on a linear foot basis for type and height noted, measured and complete in place. B Measurement for gates shall be per each, complete in place. C Payment includes all labor and materials required to complete installation as indicated on Plans. D Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Shop Drawings. Indicate plan layout, spacing of components, post foundation dimensions, hardware anchorage, and specific description of material components. C Product Data. Provide data on matenal components including posts, rails, bracing, accessories, fittings, and hardware. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A Fence height shall be as indicated on Plans or as noted to match height of existing. B Line post spacing shall not exceed 10 feet, or as shown on Plans. 07/2006 02820- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WOOD FENCES AND GATES C Provide bracing as appropriate for structural integrity D Concrete posts in the ground at a depth of, at least, 1 the height of the fence. E The diameter of the post hole shall be, at least, 1 1/2 times that of the post,or as shown on Plans. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A Company specializing in installation of the products specified in this Section with minimum three years expenence. 1.06 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A Verify that field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings. 2.0 PRODUCTS A When the Work entails replacement of fence structures, the products shall match or exceed the quality of existing. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Install fence in accordance with the directions of the manufacturer and these Technical Specifications. B Use a Class B concrete base or better to set posts into the ground. Allow concrete to cure for at least 7 days before attaching remainder of fence. C Where type of material applies,use standard fence stretching equipment to stretch the fencing before tying it to the rails and posts. Repeat the stretching and tying operations about every 100 feet. Use bottom tension wire where specified on Plans. D Erect gates so they swing or slide in the appropriate direction. Provide gate stops as required. Secure hardware, adjust,and leave in perfect working order Adjust hinges and diagonal bracing so that gates will hang level. Adjust rollers and guides of sliding gates so that gates are level. E Accommodate contour of ground as indicated on Plans. F Where new fence joins an existing fence, set a corner post and brace post at the junction, or tie in as directed on Plans. G Nuts and bolts shall be in conformance with ASTM-A307 and shall be galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M232. 07/2006 02820-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WOOD FENCES AND GATES H Other hardware indicated on Plans shall be in accordance with ASTM Standards. END OF SECTION - 07/2006 02820-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES Section 02821 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Fence framework, fabric, and accessories. B Excavation for post bases, concrete foundation for posts and center-drop for gates. 1 Manual gates and related hardware. C References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals D Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM A 570, "Standard Practice for Roof System Assemblies Employing Steel Deck, Performed Roof Insulation, and Bituminous Built-Up Roofing" b ASTM A 1011, "Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low Alloy and High- StrengthLowAlloy withlmprovedFormability" c. ASTM A 307, "Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength" 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for fencing shall be on a linear foot basis for height noted,measured and complete in place. B Measurement for gates shall be per each, complete in place. C Payment for chain link fences and gates includes all labor and materials required to complete installation as indicated on Plans. D Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 07/2006 02821 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES B Shop Drawings. Indicate plan layout, spacing of components, post foundation dimensions, hardware anchorage, and schedule of components. C Product Data. Provide data on fabric, posts, accessories, fittings and hardware that indicates that items match or exceed the quality of existing. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A Fence Height shall be as indicated on Plans or as noted to match height of existing. B Extension arms for barbed wire shall match existing. C Line Post Spacing shall not exceed 10 feet, or as shown on Plans. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum three years experience. 1.06 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A Verify that field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GALVANIZED FENCING A Fence fabric shall be No 9 steel wire, hot galvanized after weaving, to match or exceed existing. B Framework shall be hot-dipped galvanized with a minimum coating of 2 ounces/sf,or one ounce/sf plus 30 micrograms/square inch chromate conversion coating. C Line posts shall be 2" and conform to ASTM A 570 Grade 45 steel or ASTM A 569, cold rolled steel. All posts shall have spherical plugs. D End corner, angle, and pull posts shall be 2 1//2" and conform to ASTM A 570 Grade 45 steel or ASTM A 569 for steel pipe. E Top rails shall be 1 65 x 1.25 inch formed C-section,or 1 6 inch round ASTM A 569, 1.35 lbs/ft;or one 5/8 inch outside diameter steel pipe,2.27 lbs/ft. Top rails shall pass through openings provided for that purpose in post tops. F Fabric ties shall be hog rings, galvanized steel wire not less than 9-ga with a zinc coating of not less than 1.2 ounces/sf. G Bolts and nuts shall be in conformance with ASTM A 307 and shall be galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M232. 07/2006 02821 -2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES H Install horizontal braces fabricated of one 5/8 inch,2.271b copper bearing steel pipe at all corner, gate, and end posts. I All posts to have malleable iron top caps. J Bottom tension wire shall be#7 gauge wire. K Gates shall be either swing or slide as shown on the plans. Swing gates shall be hinged to swing 90 degrees from closed to open or hinged to swing 180 degrees from close to open. Slide gates shall be roller type with no vertical obstructions. All gate leaves shall have intermediate members and diagonal stress rods as required for rigid construction and shall be free from sag or twist. All gates shall be fitted with vertical extension arms or shall have frame end number extended to carry barbed wire. Gate posts for gates shall be 4-inch, 9 1 lb pipe. Gate frames shall be made of 2-inch outside diameter,castings. Fabnc shall be the same as for the fence. Gates shall have malleable iron ball and socket hinges, catches, stops and padlocks with 3 keys each. Posts for single gates shall be the same as end posts. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Install chain link fence in accordance with the directions of the manufacturer and these Specifications. B Install line fence posts at not more than loft centers and concreted at least 36 inches x 12" diameter into the ground in a Class B concrete base. Allow concrete to cure for at least 7 days before erecting remainder of fence. Fasten fabric to line posts with wire ties spaced about 14 inches apart and to top rail spaced about 24 inches apart. C Use standard chain link fence stretching equipment to stretch the fabric before tying it to the rails and posts. Repeat the stretching and tying operations about every 100 feet. D Erect gates so they swing or slide in the appropriate direction. Provide gate stops as required. Secure hardware, adjust,and leave in perfect working order Adjust hinges and diagonal bracing so that gates will hang level. Adjust rollers and guides of sliding gates so that gates are level. E At small natural or drainage ditches where it is not practical for the fence to conform to the contour of the ground, span the opening below the fence with wire fastened to stakes of required length. The finished fence shall be plumb, taut, true to line and ground contour When directed, stake down the chain link fence at several points between posts. 07/2006 02821 -3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES F Where new fence joins an existing fence, set a corner post and brace post at the junction and brace as directed. If the connection is made at other than the corner of the new fence the last span of the old fence shall contain a brace. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02821 -4 of 4 ; CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL Section 02910 TOPSOIL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Furnishing and placing topsoil for finish grading and for seeding, sodding, and planting. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200-Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 5 Section 02200—Site Preparation 6 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for topsoil under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which topsoil is a component. B If topsoil is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the units shown in Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit product quality, matenal sources, and field quality information in accordance with this Section. 1.04 TESTING A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 07/2006 02910- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A Topsoil shall be fertile, friable, natural sandy loam surface soil obtained from excavation or borrow operations having the following characteristics. 1 pH value of between 5.5 and 6.5 2. Liquid limit: topsoil not exceed 50 3 Plasticity index. 10 or less. 4 Gradation. maximum of 40 percent with a passing the#280 sieve. B Topsoil shall be reasonably free of subsoil,clay lumps,weeds,non-soil matenals and other litter or contamination. Topsoil shall not contain roots,stumps,and stones larger than 2 inches. C Obtain topsoil from the top material from naturally well drained areas where topsoil occurs at a minimum depth of 4 inches and has similar charactenstics to that found at the placement site. Do not obtain topsoil from areas infected with a growth of, or reproductive parts of nut grass or other noxious weeds. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify that excavation and embankment operations have been completed to correct lines and grades. 3.02 TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND SOTCKPILING A Conform to topsoil stripping and stockpiling requirements of Section 02200 — Site Preparation. 3.03 PLACEMENT A Contractor shall conduct erosion control practices described in Section 01566-Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation during topsoil placement operations. B For areas to be seeded or sodded, scarify or plow existing surface material to a minimum depth of 4 inches,or as indicated on the Plans. Remove any vegetation and foreign inorganic matenal. Place 4 inches of topsoil on the loosened material and roll lightly with an appropriate lawn roller to consolidate the topsoil. C Increase depth of topsoil to 6 inches when placed over cement stabilized sand used as bedding and backfill material. D For areas to receive bushes or trees,excavate existing material and place topsoil to the depth and dimensions shown on the Plans. 07/2006 02910-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL E Remove spilled topsoil from curbs, gutters, and, paved areas and dispose of excess topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.04 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain topsoil until a vegetative cover is established. B Repair areas damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner END OF-SECTION 07/2006 02910-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING Section 02921 HYDROMULCH SEEDING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Seeding, fertilizing, mulching, and maintaining areas of commercial, industrial, or undeveloped land disturbed during construction and not paved or designated to be paved, or as indicated on Plans. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 4 Section 02910—Topsoil 5 Section 02255—Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 6. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises 1.02 MEASUREMEN AND PAYMENT A Measurement for hydromulch seeding is on a per acre basis,measured and complete in place. B Payment for hydromulch seeding shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and preparation necessary for application and maintenance. C No payment shall be made for hydromulch seeding used in restoration of areas disturbed by Contractor outside the limits of construction. D Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit certification from supplier that each type of seed conforms to these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Seed Law Certification shall accompany seed delivery C Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 07/2006 02921 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Topsoil. Conform to material requirements of Section 02910—Topsoil. B Bank Sand. Conform to material requirements of Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Matenals. C Seed. Conform to U S Department of Agriculture rules and regulations of the Federal Seed Act and the Texas Seed Law Seed shall be certified 90 percent pure and furnish 80 percent germination and meet the following requirements. 1 Rye. Fresh, clean, Italian rye grass seed (lollium multi-florum), mixed in labeled Proportions. As tested, minimum percentages of impurities and germination must be labeled. Deliver in onginal unopened containers. 2. Bermuda. Extra-fancy, treated, lawn type common bermuda (Cynodon dactylon) Deliver in onginal, unopened container showing weight, analysis, name of vender, and germination test results. 3 Wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged seed will not be accepted. D Fertilizer Dry and free flowing,inorganic,water soluble commercial fertilizer,which is uniform in composition. Deliver in unopened containers which bear the manufacturers guaranteed analysis. Caked,damaged,or otherwise unsuitable fertilizer will not be accepted. Fertilizer shall contain minimum percentages of the following elements Nitrogen. 10 Percent Phosphoric Acid. 20 Percent Potash. 10 Percent E Mulch. Virgin wood cellulose fibers from whole wood chips having a minimum of 20 percent fibers 0 42 inches(10 7 mm)in length and 0 01 inches(0.27 mm)in diameter Mulch shall be dyed green for coverage venfication purposes. F Soil Stabilizer "Terra Tack" 1 or approved equal. G Weed control agent: Pre-emergent herbicide for grass areas, "Benefin" or approved equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Do not start or perform work under conditions that are not satisfactory to perform tasks due to inclement or impending inclement weather B After the areas to receive hydromulch seeding have been brought to grade,rake out any foreign organic or inorganic material, including stones, hard clay lumps, and other debris. 07/2006 02921 -2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING C Level with Bank Sand or Topsoil, as approved by the Engineer D Loosen the subgrade by discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches. E Place and compact a layer of topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 02910 —Topsoil. F Surface of topsoil shall be smooth and free of weeds,rocks,and other foreign material immediately before applying hydromulch seeding. 3.02 APPLICATION A Seed. Apply uniformly at the following rates for type of seed and planting date. APPLICATION PLANTING TYPE RATE DATE POUNDS/A Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Jan 1 to Mar 31 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Apr 1 to Sep 30 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Oct 1 to Dec 31 Annual Rye Grass(Gulf) 30 B Fertilizer Apply uniformly at a rate of 500 pounds per acre. C Mulch. Apply uniformly at a rate of 50 pounds per 1000 square feet. D Soil stabilizer Apply uniformly at a rate of 40 pounds per acre. E Weed control agent: Apply at manufacturer's recommended rate prior to Hydromulching. F Suspend all operations under conditions of drought,excessive moisture,high winds,or extreme or prolonged cold. Obtain the Engineer's approval before resuming operations. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A Maintain grassed areas by watenng,fertilizing,weeding,and trimming as required to establish and sustain 70% acceptable vegetative cover B For areas seeded in the fall, continue maintenance the following spring until an acceptable lawn is established. 3.04 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. 07/2006 02921 -3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING 3.05 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain grassed areas a minimum of 90 days, or as required to establish an acceptable lawn. B Once a lawn is established, protect and maintain it until completion of the Work. C Replace seeded areas damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner END OF SECTION 07/2006 02921 -4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING Section 02922 SODDING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Sodding areas of residential lawns disturbed dunng construction and not paved or designated to be paved, or as indicated on Plans. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 4 Section 02910—Topsoil 5 Section 02255—Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 6 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises C Definitions 1 Lawn - ground covered with fine textured grass kept neatly mowed. 2. Sod-blocks, squares, strips of turf grass, and adhering soil used for vegetative planting. L02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for utility or paving. B If sodding is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the units shown in Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. C No payment shall be made for sodding of restoration areas disturbed by Contractor outside the limits of construction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit material sources and product quality information in accordance with this Section. C Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law 07/2006 02922- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Topsoil. Conform to material requirements of Section 02910—Topsoil. B Bank Sand. Conform to material requirements of Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Materials. C Fertilizer Available nutrient percentage by weight: 12 percent nitrogen, 4 percent phosphoric acid, and 8 percent potash, or 15 percent nitrogen, 5 percent phosphoric acid, and 10 percent potash. D Weed and Insect Treatment: Provide acceptable treatment to protect sod from weed and insect infestation. Submit treatment method to the Engineer for approval. All insect and disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Structural Pest Control Board of the State of Texas E Water Potable, available on-site through Contractor's water trucks. Do not use private resident's water 2.02 SOD A Species Bermuda (Cynodon Dactylon), Buffalo (Buchloe Dactyloides), or St. Augustine to match existing or as directed. B Contents 95 percent permanent grass suitable to climate in which it is to be placed, not more than 5 percent weeds and undesirable grasses, good texture, free from obnoxious grasses, roots, stones and foreign materials. C Size 12 inch wide strips,uniform in thickness(2 inch minimum with clean-cut edges. D Sod is to be supplied and maintained in a healthy condition as evidenced by the grass being a normal, green color 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory Do not start work during inclement or impending inclement weather Perform Sodding only when weather and soil conditions are deemed by Engineer to be suitable for proper placement. 07/2006 02922-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING B After the areas to receive sod are brought to grade, rake out any foreign organic or inorganic material, including stones, hard clay lumps and other debris. C Level with Bank Sand or Topsoil, as approved by the Engineer D Loosen the subgrade by discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches. E Place and compact topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 02910 — Topsoil. Top soil shall be free of weeds and foreign material immediately before sodding. F Spread 2-inch (±1") layer of Bank Sand over prepared topsoil. G Prior to placing sod,rake areas smooth,free from unsightly variations,bumps,ridges, or depressions, and completely free from stones, hard clay lumps and other debris. H Apply fertilizer at a rate of 25 lbs/1000 SF Apply after raking soil surface and not more than 48 hours prior to laying sod. Mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches of soil. Lightly water to aid in dissipation of fertilizer 3.02 APPLICATION A Lay sod with closely fitted joints leaving no voids and with ends of sod strips staggered. Sod shall be laid within 24 hours of harvesting. B After sod is laid, irrigate thoroughly to secure 6-inch minimum penetration into soil below sod. C Tamp and roll sod with approved equipment to eliminate minor irregularities and to form close contact with soil bed immediately after planting and watering. Submit type of tamping and rolling equipment to be used to the Engineer for approval, prior to construction. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A Maintenance Period. 1 Begin maintenance immediately after each section of grass sod is installed and continue for a 30-day period from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Re-sod unacceptable areas. 3 Water, fertilize, control disease and insect pests, mow, edge,replace unacceptable materials, and perform other procedures consistent with good horticultural practice to ensure normal, vigorous and healthy growth. All disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Structural Pest Control Board of the State of Texas. 4 Notify Engineer 10 days before end of maintenance period for inspection. B Watering: 1 Water lawn areas once a day with minimum 1/2 inch water for the first 3 weeks after area is sodded. 07/2006 02922-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING 2. After 3-week period, water twice a week with 3/4 inch of water each time unless comparable amount has been provided by rain. 3 Make weekly inspections to determine moisture content of soil unless soil is in frozen condition. 4 Water in the morning to enable soil to absorb maximum amount of water with minimum evaporation. C Mowing: 1 Mow sod at intervals which will keep grass height from exceeding 3-1/2 inches. 2. Set mower blades at 2-1/2 inches. 3 Do not remove more than one-half of grass leaf surface. 4 Sodded areas requiring mowing within 1 month after installation, shall be mowed with a light-weight rotary type mower The sod shall be mowed only when dry and not in a saturated or soft condition. 5 Remove grass clippings dunng or immediately after mowing. D Fertilizer and Pest Control. 1 Evenly spread fertilizer composite at a rate of 40 pounds per 5,000 square feet or as recommended by manufacturer Fertilizer shall not be placed until 2 weeks after placement of sod. 2. Restore bare or thin areas by topdressing with a mix of 50 percent sharp sand and 50 percent sphagnum peat moss. 3 Apply mixture 1/4 to 1/2 inch thick. 4 Treat areas of heavy weed and insect infestation as recommended by treatment manufacturer 3.04 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140- Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.05 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain sod in good condition until 30 days after Substantial Completion. B Replace sod damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner END OF SECTION 07/2006 02922-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING Section 02931 LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Furnishing all plants and trees, labor, equipment, appliances and materials for landscape and tree planting. Rough and finish grading is part of the landscape work. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 02910—Topsoil 4 Section 02921 —Hydromulch Seeding 5 Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for Landscape Planting is on a Lump Sum. B Payment for Tree Planting is on lump sum basis for each tree planted. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit samples of the plants and grasses to be used for approval prior to installation. Inspection will be done on the project site. C Provide materials from the same source and of the same quality and vanety as those inspected and approved. D Soils and/or compost materials must be approved at their source prior to delivery 1.04 REFERENCES A ANSI Z 60 1 -Nursery Stock. B Federal Specification Q-P-166E-Peat,Moss,Peat,Humus, and Peat,Reed-Sedge. 1.05 SCHEDULE A The plant schedule gives quantities, scientific names, common names, sizes, and special remarks. 12/2014 02931 - 1 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING B The plant list conforms with Standardized Plant Names, 1942,and American Standard for Nursery Stock, 1949, revised April 14, 2014, as prepared by the American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature and the American Association of Nurserymen, Inc. C In case of discrepancies between the plant list and drawings, the working drawings shall govern. 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS A Pack all plant material to provide protection against damage from wmd, weather or other possible sources. Tie plants to prevent whipping when shipment is made by truck. B When shipment is made by rail,pack plants and ventilate cars as required to prevent sweating. C Provide a platform from all B&B root balls over 24 inches in diameter D Store plants on the site as directed. E Spray with anti-transpirant at time of delivery in warm season months. Apply at rates in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. F Ship trees with Certificates of Inspection as required by governing authorities. Label each tree and shrub with securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. Do not remove container grown stock from containers before time of planting. G Deliver packaged materials in fully labeled original containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer Protect matenals from deterioration during delivery, and while stored at Site. H Materials shall not be pruned prior to installation unless approved by the Engineer in writing. Do not bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches, or destroy natural shape. Use protective covering during delivery 1.07 SUBSTITUTIONS A Substitution of larger size or better grade than specified will be allowed,but with no increase in unit cost. B Substitution of an alternate species may be accepted upon written approval from the Engineer 1.08 ACCEPTANCE AND APPROVAL A There will be no partial acceptance of grasses. 12/2014 02931 -2 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING B Upon Contractor's request,final approval will be made within 15 working days of date of notice to the Engineer if contracted work has been satisfactorily completed. C Final approval of grasses will be given when the following conditions are met: 1 There are no bare spots larger than 9 inches square. 2. The total area of bare spots does not exceed 5 percent of the entire grass area. 1.09 WARRANTY A Provide 1-year warranty on all plants and grasses. The warranty period commences after final completion. B Replace plants that fail during the warranty period according to the specifications governing the original plants. C Periodically inspect plants for proper watenng and spraying, during warranty period. D Damage caused by natural hazards such as hail,high winds or storm is not covered by the warranty E Plant matenals and grasses which die due to normal insects or diseases are included in the warranty F Existing in situ plant material required to be moved on the site will be protected under the warranty G Contractor shall warrant trees against defects including death,unsatisfactory growth,or loss of shape due to improper pruning,maintenance,or weather conditions,for 1 year after completion of planting. Contractor shall plumb leaning trees during warranty period. H Remove and replace trees found to be dead during warranty period. Remove and replace trees which are in doubtful condition at end of warranty period,or if approved by the Engineer, extend warranty period for such trees for a full growing season. 1.10 SOIL ANALYSIS A Submit for approval an analysis of all soils obtained from off-site sources prior to delivery B Analysis of existing soil is not required. 1.11 PLANT CERTIFICATES A Submit inspection certificates approved by the Engineer as required by law with the invoice for each shipment or order of stock: 1 Submit certificates to the Engineer for review in ample time to be reviewed and meet installation schedule. 12/2014 02931 -3 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 1.12 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A Take all reasonable precautions to prevent injury to people and to avoid damage to existing structures,plants and grasses. Keep the area free of hazardous obstructions. B Construct barricades where necessary for the protection of persons and property Mark all barricades with red and white paint and with red reflectors. Erect barricades in the following locations 1 Areas dangerous to workmen and passersby 2 Along adjoining property that requires protection. 3 Across streets and walks that are temporarily closed or rerouted. 4 Around plants and trees to be protected. C Excavations larger than 1 foot deep and 1 foot wide must be covered when not attended. D Existing trees which may be subject to damage must be protected by fencing or boxing. E During the course of planting operations, protect all installed plants and lawns from damage. If heavy equipment or materials must be moved across lawns,use planks or pontoons to protect the turf. Similarly protect walks across which heavy equipment must pass. 1.13 DEFINITIONS A In situ refers to any soil which is existing and in place on the project site at the time landscape work commences. B Establishment period refers to a period of 45 days after installation during which time 5 percent of the construction costs will be withheld. 1.14 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Landscaper shall be a firm specializing in landscape and planting work. B Do not make substitutions of approved trees unless approved in wrrtmg by the Engineer If specified planting material is not obtainable, submit proof of non- availability together with proposal for use of equivalent material. Substitutions of larger size or better grade than specified will be allowed,but with no increase in unit price. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A Topsoil. Conform to requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil. B Peat moss, bark, and fertilizer Use material recommended by nursery for establishment of healthy stock after replanting. Moss shall conform to requirements of Federal Specification Q-P-166E. 12/2014 02931 -4 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 2.02 FERTILIZER A Provide an inorganic commercial fertilizer which is uniform in composition, dry and free flowing, in original unopened containers, each bearing the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis. Caked, damaged or otherwise unsuitable fertilizer will not be accepted. 1 For lawns 12-24-12. 2. For ground cover areas,shrub beds and tree holes 20-10-5(Except for Genus Pyrus (Pear). 2.03 ADDITIVES A Adjustment of pH. For topsoil to attain the specified pH level, furnish raw, ground agricultural limestone containing not less than 85 percent calcium carbonate of which 50 percent will pass through a 100-mesh sieve and 90 percent through a 70-mesh sieve. Wait 2 months after planting before application of fertilizer 1 following table is a guideline to establish the pounds of limestone needed per 1000 square feet of turf: LIMESTONE NEEDED PER 1000 SQUARE FEET SOIL PH SANDS,LOAMY SANDS SANDY LOAM CLAY LOAM,CLAY >6 0 0 0 0 5 1 - 6 0 50 75 100 <5 0 100 125 175 B Humus. Provide a rich humus material free of sticks, stones, weedy roots, or other foreign matter Humus must have ample water holding capacity and plant food retention. Use a humus with a dark brown to black color C Dressing Mulch. Provide pine or redwood bark that is evenly shredded,consisting of 90 percent organic matter,brown in color, and free of harmful minerals. Maximum particle size not to exceed 3 inches in diameter D Sharp Sand. Obtain clean sharp sand of hard durable grains, free from dirt, organic matter or other impurities. Use sand with a grade between 0 05 mm and 2 mm. E Concrete Gravel. Provide clean, crushed stone consisting of hard, durable,uncoated particles free from injurious amounts of soft friable, thin or laminated pieces. Use gravel which conforms to ASTM C 33 The sieve size will be 3/4 inch, 90 to 100 percent passing. 2.04 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS A Root Ball Anchors. 1 Duck bills will be used to secure the root ball anchors. B Edging: 12/2014 02931 -5 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 1 Provide 1/2-inch x 4 inches, Cypress or Treated Lumber headerboard. 2. Provide 1 inch x 2 inches x 12 inches, Cypress or Treated Lumber stakes. C Cloth for Balling Trees. Use burlap of jute weighing at least 7.2 ounces per square yard. Secure balled plants with 2-ply twine made of jute. D Paper for Wrapping Trees. Use first quality, 4-inch-wide bituminous impregnated tape, corrugated or crepe paper, specifically manufactured for tree wrapping and having qualities to resist insect infestation. E Materials for Flagging Trees 1 Mark guyed trees with surveyors white plastic tape. 2. Use surveyors plastic tape for marking as follows. a. Red to be removed. b Yellow to be transplanted. c. Green to remain. d. Blue to identify special handling. F Labels. Legibly label plants with durable labels that identify the plant by scientific and common name. Use waterproof ink. G Tree Seal. All pruning cuts,bruises,or scars over 3/4 inch in diameter on trees will be treated with a commercial tree wound dressing. H Polyethylene.Use virgin base,zesinblenderp_olyethylene-sheeting_with_carbon.black concentrate of 2.5 percent. 2.05 SPRAYS A Sterilization. 1 Use approved solution of Dyclomec 4G, or equal, for areas to be planted. 2. Use Pramitol, or equal, for areas to be paved. B Herbicides 1 Use an approved systemic non-selective,post emergent herbicide on specified areas to kill all vegetation. 2. Use Confront, or equal, for general control of broadleaf weeds in lawns. 3 Use Preemerg,Eptam,Dryclomec, or equal for ground cover 4 Use an approved pre-emergent to control seed germination in specified areas. C Antitranspirant: 1 Use approved antitranspirant for all plant material that is stored and/or heeled- in on the site. 2. Use approved antitranspirant on all planted trees and shrubs. D Root Stimulant. Use approved root stimulant on all newly planted trees,shrubs,vines and/or ground cover areas. 12/2014 02931 -6 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 2.06 PLANT CHARACTERISTICS A Provide plants which are true to type and name,and typical of their species or variety Plants must have a normal, well-developed branch structure, with a vigorous root system, and must be generally sound and healthy Use plants which are free from defects, including: 1 Disfiguring knots. 2 Sun scald. 3 Injuries. 4 Bark abrasions. 5 Plant diseases. 6 Insect eggs. 7 Borers. 8 Infestations. B Select well-formed plants balanced between height and spread typical of the species or variety with branches in normal position. Heading back plants to meet size limits will not be permitted. C Unless otherwise specified, all plants will be nursery grown and at least twice transplanted. Use plants which have been growing under similar climatic conditions to those of the project for at least 2 years prior to the date of the contract. Recently stepped-up plants will not be acceptable. All B&B or bare root plants must be freshly dug;heeled-in or cold storage plants will not be accepted. D Balled,bare root, and container-grown plants will conform to the definitions given in American Standards for Nursery Stock. E No tree will be accepted which has had leaders cut or damaged, or which has a thin, weak trunk and/or poorly formed tops. F Regardless of sample selection, a plant may be rejected at the site by the Engineer 2.07 NURSERY STOCK A Deciduous Trees. Provide trees which are straight and symmetrical and have a persistently preferred main leader The crown must be in good overall proportion to the entire height of the tree. Where a clump is specified,a plant having a minimum of three stems originating from a common base at the ground line will be furnish. Measure trees by average caliper of trunk. 1 For trees up to 4 inches in diameter,measure caliper 6 inches above ground. 2. For trunks larger than 4 inches,measure caliper 12 inches above ground. B Evergreen Trees. Form of the top will be typical of the species and not unnaturally sheared or color-treated. Measure by average caliper Caliper will be taken 6 inches above the ground on trees up to 4 inches in diameter and 12 inches above the ground on trees larger than 4 inches. 12/2014 02931 -7 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING C Vines and Ground Cover Provide plants which are container-grown for sufficient time to ensure adequate root growth to hold the soil in place and retain the original shape when removed from the container 2.08 FIELD-COLLECTED PLANTS A Field-collected plants must be grown in favorable locations that ensure fibrous roots and vigorous growth. Such plants will be selected on site by the Landscape architect. B Provide balls at least 1/3 greater in diameter than those specified for nursery stock. C If dug in dormant season and bare root is acceptable,the spread of roots must be at least 1/3 greater than the spread of roots for bare root nursery stock. 2.09 SEED A Seasonal Limitations. 1 Bermuda. a. Hulled seeds may be planted between October and March. b Unhulled seeds may be planted between April and September 2. Rye. a. Plant between October and February B Bermuda. Provide common Bermuda seed that is extra-fancy, treated, lawn type. Deliver in original,unopened container showing weight,analysis,name of vendor and germination test results. Wet,moldy,or otherwise damaged seed will not be accepted. C Rye. Deliver annual Winter Rye seed in original unopened containers. Seed must be fresh, clean, and mixed in labeled proportions. As tested, minimum percentages of impurities and germination must be labeled. 2.10 HYDROMULCH A Provide hydromulch seeding as noted in Section 02921 —Hydromulch Seeding. 2.11 GRASS A Obtain certified sod from an approved source. B Provide material which is true to type and name,and is typical of the species or variety C Delivery. 1 Identify and tag sods with correct scientific and common name for each species. 2. Do not deliver more sods than can be planted within 8 hours. 3 Transport and deliver sods in/on pallets. 4 Protect sods against dehydration, overheating or contamination during transportation and delivery 12/2014 02931 -8 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 5 Cover unplanted sods with moistened burlap to prevent dehydration or overheating while awaiting installation. 6 Sods must be harvested within 12 hours of planting and arrive at the project site in a moist condition. D Products. 1 Material to be uniform in color, leaf texture and density 2. Material to be graded No. 1, or better 3 Uniform mowed height at time of harvesting material. 1-1/2 inches. 4 Inspected and certified free of diseases,nematodes,and undesirable insects by authorized representative of State Department of Agriculture. 5 Material will not be acceptable if it contains any quack grass, Johnson grass, poison ivy,nut grass,thistle, common bent grass,wild garlic,morning glory, perennial sorrell, or brome grass. 6 Turf will be considered weed free when found to contain less than 1 percent of dandelion,jimson weed,mustard, chickweed,per 100 square feet. 2.12 TREES A Provide container grown trees which are straight and symmetrical and have a persistently preferred main leader The crown shall be in good overall proportion to the entire height of tree with branching configuration as recommended by ANSI Z60 1 for type and species specified. Where a clump is specified,a plant having a minimum of three stems originating from a common base at the ground line shall be furnished. Measure trees by average caliper of trunk as follows. 1 For trunks up to 4 inches or less in diameter,measure caliper 6 inches above top of root ball. 2. For trunks more than 4 inches, measure caliper 12 inches above top of root ball. 3 Caliper measurements shall be by diameter tape measure. Indicated calipers on plans are minimum. Averaging of plant calibers will not be allowed. B Trees shall conform to following requirements. 1 Healthy, vigorous stock, grown in a recognized nursery 2. Free of disease, insects, eggs, larvae; and free of defects such as knots, sun- scald, injuries, abrasions, disfigurement, or borers and infestations. 2.13 WATER A Water shall be potable from municipal water supplies. 2.14 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A Notify Engineer,prior to installation, of location where trees that have been selected for planting may be inspected. Plant material will be inspected for compliance with following requirements. 1 Genus, species,variety, size and quality 2. Size and condition of balls and root systems, insects, injuries and latent defects. 12/2014 02931 -9 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 2.15 WORK CONDITIONS A Site Availability Begin no landscape work where conflicting site work is incomplete or as otherwise directed by the Engineer B Weather Restrictions. Stop all work dunng inclement weather such as drought,high winds, excessive rain, extreme heat, cold, or freeze. Obtain authorization before resuming work. 2.16 PLANTING PROCEDURES A Temporary Nursery A temporary nursery may be used to store plants, but no more than 5 days before planting. Keep plants well watered and protected. 1 Immediately upon delivery, heel-in balled and burlapped (B&B) plants and spray all plants with an antitranspirant. Apply spray from top to bottom. Thoroughly cover plants,but not to the point of run-off. Spray block units and not individual plants. Use a low-pressure,fine-mist applicator Spray at rates recommended in the manufacturer's directions. 2. Handle all balled and burlapped plants by the ball only 3 Upon delivery,immediately heel-in bare root plants. Open bundles, separate plants, set roots in trenches, and cover with topsoil. Water plants with an approved root stimulant containing vitamin B 4 Handle container plants by the container 5 Handle ground cover plants in flats. Pack flats tightly together and sprinkle plants everyday 6 Special plants so designated must be kept in an approved enclosure or planted the day of delivery 7 Store soils and additives on approved platforms. B Digging and Handling: 1 The actual planting operation must proceed without delay and in a manner to avoid undue drying of the in-situ soil or roots because of exposure to air and sun. Keep an ample supply of sawdust available to cover the roots of B&B stock arriving from the storage nursery Keep the roots well covered and moist until the plants can be placed in the final location and permanently planted. 2. Handle all plant stock with care to prevent injuries to the trunk,branches and roots. 3 Dig bare root plants when fully dormant. Keep all of the root system intact;do not prune the root system. However, any roots that are broken, crushed, or bruised must be cleanly cut back to sound wood. Make the cut on an angle so that the exposed end faces downward. Seal any cut root exceeding 3/4 inch in diameter with an approved tree wound dressing. 4 Balled and burlapped plants must have the root system encased in a firm,solid ball of natural earth,wrapped in burlap and tightly bound. Each ball must be of sufficient size to encompass all the fibrous feeding roots and not smaller than required by American Standards for Nursery Stock. The ball must remain firm and compact throughout the planting operations. 12/2014 02931 - 10 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SITE PREPARATION A Schedule work so that planting can proceed rapidly as portions of site become available. Plant trees after final grades are established and prior to planting of lawns, unless otherwise approved by Engineer in writing. If planting of trees occurs after seeding work,protect lawn areas and promptly repair damage to lawns resulting from tree planting operations. B Layout individual trees at locations shown on Drawings. In case of conflicts, notify Engineer before proceeding with Work. Trees shall be staked and approved by Engineer prior to planting. C Existing Trees. 1 Protection. Protect tops,trunks and roots of trees to remain on the site. Before starting work, box, fence or otherwise protect trees subject to construction damage. Remove boxing when directed. Permit no stockpiles of heavy equipment within the branch spread of trees. 2. Removal. Remove trees marked for removal. Do not remove any tree without proper authorization. Stumps within 36 inches of final grade must also be removed. 3 Pruning and Surgery Cut and tnm trees only as directed, do not cut any tree without proper authorization. Trim existing trees of dead or diseased limbs. Cut-limbs-close to-the-trunk. -Cover-cuts-over-3/4-inch-in-diameter-with an approved tree would dressing. D Grading Around Trees. As required, fill or grade within the branch spread of trees to remain, observing the following requirements. 1 For trenching beneath trees, tunnel under the tree roots with careful hand digging. Where possible, avoid cutting or mjuring roots. 2. Do not raise or lower the grade around an existing tree in any way unless so directed. E Placing Topsoil. 1 Disk,drag,harrow,or handrake subgrade. Scarify the subgrade to a depth of 1- 1/2 inches. Before placing topsoil, rake the subsoil surface clear of stones, wood,rubbish and other debris. Place no topsoil until the subgrade preparation has been approved. 2. Spread,rake, and compact topsoil to form a layer with a minimum depth of 4 inches in lawn areas and 6 inches in shrub areas. Place topsoil to conform to finished gradients as shown on the grading plan. 3 Remove spilled topsoil from curbs, gutters, and, paved areas and dispose of excess topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal. 12/2014 02931 - 11 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING F In Situ Soil Preparation. 1 Cross-till in two directions all existing soil in designated areas to be planted,as follows. a. In lawn areas to a minimum depth of 6 inches. b. In shrub areas to a minimum depth of 10 inches. 2. Evenly broadcast fertilizers and soil additives and thoroughly work into soil. a. Smooth all tilled and amended areas to establish a rough gradient. b Deeply irrigate all tilled and amended areas to thoroughly wet soil particles and promote settlement. c. After a settlement period of not less than 5 days,and before proceeding with any_planting, smooth_and rake_as necessary to_estabhsh_fmish gradient as required. 3 In all areas which have been utilized for parking, storage or construction lots and/or where heavy equipment has been used, cross-rip the entire compacted areas in two directions to a depth of 10 inches before tilling and amending the soil as specified. A heavy float or drag harrow should be used to smooth all surface areas. a. Verify location of all underground utilities before ripping. b. Ripping teeth should not be set at more than 10-inch spacing. G Fertilizer Evenly broadcast and work fertilizer into soil at the following rates 1 Lawns. 1-1/2 N pounds per 1000 square feet. 2. Ground Cover, Shrub, and Tree Areas 1-1/2 N pounds per 1000 square feet. H Additives. 1 Humus. Evenly broadcast and work into in situ soil at a rate of 1 cubic yard per 200 square feet. 2. Sharp Sand. Evenly broadcast and work into in situ soil at a rate of 1 cubic yard per 200 square feet. 3 Concrete Gravel. Utilize as a drainage course as shown on construction drawings. 3.02 PREPARATION OF PLANTING SOIL A Before mixing, clean topsoil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful or toxic to plant growth. B Strip and utilize 4-inch layer of top soil,placed on esplanades under Section 02921 — Hydromulch Seeding, for planting soil mixture. C Mix recommended soil amendments with topsoil at following rates 1 Top soil 50 percent. 2. Peat moss. 25 percent. 3 Well rotted Bark: 25 percent. 4 Fertilizer Rate recommended by nursery D Delay mixing of fertilizer if planting will not follow placing of planting soil within 48 hours,unless otherwise directed. 12/2014 02931 - 12 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING E Incorporate amendments into the soil as a part of the soil preparation process prior to fine grading,fertilizing,and planting. Broadcast or spread amendments evenly at the specified rate over the planting area. Thoroughly incorporate amendments into the top 3 or 4 inches of soil until amendments are pulverized and have become a homogeneous layer of topsoil ready for planting. 3.03 PLANTING A Excavate pits, beds, or trenches with vertical sides and with bottom of excavation raised a minimum of 6 inches at center for proper drainage. Provide following minimum widths. 1 15-gallon containers or larger,2 feet wider than diameter of root ball. 2. 1- and 5-gallon containers, 6 inches wider than diameter of root ball. B When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such as unsatisfactory soil, obstructions, or adverse drainage conditions, notify the Engineer of such conditions before planting. C Deliver trees after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after deliver, set trees and shrubs in shade,protect from weather and mechanical damage,and keep roots moist by covenng with mulch, burlap, or other acceptable means of retaining moisture, and water as needed. D Set root ball on undisturbed soil in center of pit or trench and plumb plant. Place plants at such a level that,after settlement, a natural relationship of plant crown with - ground surface will be established. E When set,place additional backfill around base and sides of ball,and work each layer to settle backfill and eliminate voids and air pockets. When excavation is approximately 2/3 full,water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watenng until no more water is absorbed. F Dish top of backfill to allow for mulching. Mulch pits, trenches and planted areas. Provide no more than 4-inch thickness of mulch,work into top of backfill,and finish level with adjacent finish grades. Cover entire root ball. G Prune, thin out and shape trees in accordance with standard horticultural practice. Prune trees to retain required height and spread. Unless otherwise directed in writing, do not cut tree leaders, and remove only injured and dead branches from flowering trees. Remove and replace excessively pruned or misformed stock resulting from improper pruning. H Inspect tree trunks for injury, improper pruning and insect infestation and take corrective measures. I Anchor root ball immediately after planting. 12/2014 02931 - 13 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING J Control dust caused by planting operations. Dampen surfaces as required. Comply with pollution control regulations of governing authorities. 3.04 PLANTING GRASS A Preparation. Prepare imported topsoil and/or in situ soil. Hand rake to remove all sticks, stones and clods larger than 1 inch. Apply the final grade but do not mechanically compact the soil. B Seed. 1 Evenly broadcast seed specified in 2.09 at the following rates. a. Bermuda. 1 pound per 1000 square feet b. Rye 6 pounds per 1,000 square feet 2 Roll the entire seeded area in two directions with a dry/weighted roller 3 Evenly top dress the entire seeded area with an approved sterilized commercial steer manure. Apply at 2 cubic feet per 100 square feet. 4 Lightly but thoroughly spnnkle the entire seeded area with water after top dress application. C Sod. 1 Use Bermuda,Buffalo, or St.Augustine sod in accordance with 2.11A. 2. Prepare soil in accordance with 3 03 3 Apply eptam (or approved equal) to all areas to be sodded. Follow manufacturer's recommended rates and apply during soil preparation period. 4 Lay sod in a running bond pattern. Pieces should be consistently cut with joints tightly butted together Water the in-place sod liberally and roll it in two direction with a heavy roller Areas not level due to fluctuations in the sod depth should be covered and leveled with a 50/50 mix of sharp sand and topsoil. Fertilize in 6 weeks as directed by landscape Architect. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A The Engineer may reject unsatisfactory or defective material at anytime durmg progress of Work. Contractor shall remove rejected trees immediately from site and replace with specified materials. Plant material not installed in accordance with these Specifications will be rejected. B An inspection to determine final acceptance will be conducted by the Engineer at the end of the 12 month maintenance period. Additional inspections will be conducted for extended warranty periods provided for in paragraph 1 07B 3.06 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE A Contractor shall maintain trees during planting operations and for a period of 12 months after completion of planting. B Water trees to full depth a minimum of once each week, or as required to maintain a healthy vigorous growth. 12/2014 02931 - 14 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE AND TREE PLANTING C Prune, cultivate, and weed as required for healthy growth. Restore planting saucers. Tighten and repair rootball anchors, and reset trees and shrubs to proper grades or vertical position as required. Restore or replace damaged wrappings. Spray as required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease. 3.07 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A During planting work,keep pavements clean and work area in an orderly condition. B Protect plantmg work and matenals from damage due to plantmg operations. Mamtain protection dunng installation and maintenance period. Treat, repair, or replace damaged planting work as directed by the Engineer C Dispose of excess soil and waste in accordance with requirements of Section 01562— Waste Material Disposal.On-site burning of combustible cleared materials will not be permitted. END OF SECTION 12/2014 02931 - 15 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR Section 02980 PAVEMENT REPAIR 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Repainng streets,highways,driveways,sidewalks,and other pavements that have been cut, broken, or otherwise damaged during construction. B Repainng areas of failed paving in preparation for resurfacing. C References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 4 Section 02335—Subgrade 5 Section 02710—Base Course for Pavement 6. Section 02330—Embankment 7 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for pavement repair under this section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If pavement repair is included as a Bid Item,measurement is on a square yard basis. as follows 1 Trench width plus 48 inches for utilities. 2. Trench width plus 10 feet for structures. 3 As marked in field for failed paving. C If provisions of this Section, 3 O1D, require the limits of pavement repairs to be increased, then the payment limits shall be increased to the same extent. D No payment will be made for work outside payment limits, in areas that are not specifically called out as pay items and are incidental to the work or in areas removed for Contractor's convenience. E Refer to Section 01200 -Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make submittals required by this section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 05/2008 02980- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A -Provide materials of the same character asexisting materials encountered in a cross section of the area to be repaired, or as approved by the Engineer B Subgrade Provide on site soil stabilized with lime, lime fly ash, etc., as required by the testing laboratory under the provisions of Section 02335—Subgrade. C Base: Provide new base material as required by applicable portions of Section 02710— Base Course for Pavement. D Pavement: Provide new paving materials as required by Technical Specifications of applicable surface course treatments. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify backfill is complete before repairing pavement over installed utilities or structures. B Verify remaining subgrade is ready to support imposed loads before repairing areas of failed paving. 3.02 PREPARATION A For installation of utilities and utility appurtenances, saw cut and remove pavement (including base material for asphalt paving)24 inches beyond the width of excavation, unless otherwise indicated on Plans. B For installation of structures, saw cut and remove pavement(including base material for asphalt paving)5 feet beyond the width of excavation,unless otherwise indicated on Plans. C For repair of areas of failed paving, saw cut and remove pavement (including base material for asphalt paving) where indicated in the field or as directed by Engineer Remove subgrade that is soft and yielding, or to depth as directed by Engineer D If removed pavement is greater than one-half of pavement lane width, or within 18 inches of a longitudinal joint, on concrete pavement, replace pavement for full lane width or to nearest longitudinal joint as approved by the Engineer 05/2008 02980-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR E Protect edges of existing pavement to remain from damage during removals, utility placement,backfill,and paving operations For concrete pavement,leave and protect minimum of 18 inches of undisturbed subgrade on each side of trench to support replacement slab 3.03 EXAMINATION • A Verify backfill is complete before repairing pavement over installed utilities or structures. B Verify remaining subgrade is ready to support imposed loads before repairing areas of failed paving. 3.04 INSTALLATION A Replace subgrade with material specified in this Section, 2.01B Place and compact under the provisions of Section 02330—Embankment for areas under future paving to match lines and grade of surrounding subgrade. B Replace base course with material specified in this Section,2.01C. Place and compact under the provisions of Section 02710—Base Course for Pavement to match lines and grade of surrounding base course. C Replace pavement with material specified in this Section,2.01D,and according to the Technical Specifications of the particular surface course treatment so that a smooth, hard, well cemented surface, conforming to the lines and grade of the surround pavement is secured D For concrete pavement, install size and length of reinforcing steel and pavement thickness indicated on Plans. Place types and spacing of joints to match existing or as indicated on Plans. E Where existing pavement consists of concrete pavement with asphaltic surfacing, resurface with minimum 2-inch depth asphaltic pavement. F Repair state highway crossings in accordance with highway department permit and within 1 week after utility work is installed. 3.05 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.06 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain all pavement in good condition until completion of Work. B Replace pavement damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner END OF SECTION 05/2008 02980-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cast-in-place concrete building frame members,floors,shear walls,foundation walls, and supported slabs,vaults,manholes and wet wells. B Cast-in-place concrete work for utility construction or rehabilitation,such as slabs on grade,small vaults,site-cast bases for precast units,cast-in-place manholes,including headwalls and miscellaneous small structures. C. Floors and slabs on grade. D Concrete seal slabs. E. Control, and expansion and contraction joint devices associated with concrete work, including joint sealants. F Design, construction, erection, and removal of structural concrete formwork. G Equipment pads, light pole base,thrust blocks. H. References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200 -Measurement and Payment 2. Section 01350 - Submittals 3 Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings 4 Section 03600 - Structural Grout 5 Section 03310 - Structural Concrete 6 Section 03100—Concrete Formwork 7 Section 01440—Inspection Services 8. Section 01460—Testing Laboratory Services I. Reference Standards 1 American Concrete Institute(ACI) 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 3 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute(CRSI) 4 Amencan Welding Society(AWS) 5 Wire Reinforcement Institute(WRI) 6 Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemical Analysis 5/2013 03300- 1 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for cast-in-place concrete is on lump-sum basis for each aforementioned item as bid. Payment includes related work performed on these items in accordance with related sections of these Technical Specifications. B. Measurement for extra cast-in-place concrete is on cubic-yard basis. Payment includes related work performed in accordance with related sections. C Refer to Section 01200 -Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Hot Weather Any combination of high air temperature, low relative humidity and wind velocity tending to impair quality of fresh or hardened concrete or otherwise resulting in abnormal properties. Hot weather concreting shall be in accordance with ACI- 305R. B Cold Weather Period when,for more than 2 successive days,mean daily temperature is below 40 degrees F Cold weather concreting shall be in accordance with ACI - 306R. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 01350—Submittals. B. Shop Drawings 1 Submit Shop Drawings detailing reinforcement fabrication, bar replacement location, splices, spacing, bar designation, bar type, length, size, bending, number of bars, bar support type, and other pertinent information, including dimensions. Provide sufficient detail for placement of reinforcement without use of Plans. Information shall correspond directly to data listed on bill of materials. 2. Use of reproductions of Plans by Contractor,Subcontractor,erector,fabricator or material supplier in preparation of Shop Drawings(or in lieu of preparation of Shop Drawings) signifies acceptance by that party of information shown thereon as correct,and acceptance of obligation to pay for any job expense,real or implied,arising due to errors that may occur thereon. Remove references to Design Engineer, including seals, when reproductions of Plans are used as Shop Drawings. 3 Detail Shop Drawings in accordance with ACI 315,Figure 6 5/2013 03300-2 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 4 Submit Shop Drawings showing location of proposed additional construction Joints,and obtain approval of the Engineer,prior to submitting reinforcing steel Shop Drawings. C Bill of Materials Submit with Shop Drawings. D Product Data. 1 Mechanical Bar Splices. Submit manufacturer's technical literature,mcluding specifications and installation instructions. 2. Epoxy grout proposed for anchoring reinforcing dowels to hardened concrete: Submit manufacturer's technical literature mcluding recommended installation procedures. 3 Provide data on joint devices, attachment accessories and admixtures. E. Certificates 1 Submit steel manufacturer's certificates of mill tests giving properties of steel proposed for use. List of manufacturer's test number,heat number, chemical analysis, yield point, tensile strength, and percentage of elongation. Identify proposed location of steel in work. 2. Foreign-manufactured reinforcing bars shall be tested for conformance to ASTM requirements by a certified independent testing laboratory located in United States. Certification from any other source is not acceptable. Submit test reports for review Do not begin fabrication of reinforcement until material has been approved. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01350-Submittals. B Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components which are concealed from view 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301-99 Specifications for Structural Concrete- IP B Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work. C. Conform appropriately to ACI 305R-99.Hot Weather Concreting or ACI 306R.1- 90 Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting. 5/2013 03300-3 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 01310—Coordination and Meetings. B Coordinate the placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessones. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM - C150, Type I - Normal Portland Type II - Moderate Sulphate resistance Portland type. B Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM- C33 C Use coarse limestone aggregate and crushed limestone for fine aggregate. The product of concrete alkalinity(A,as equivalent calcium carbonate)times the thickness of cover over the reinforcing steel (Z, m inches) shall not be less than 0.54, i.e. concrete shall have an AZ factor greater than or equal to 0 54 Provide a minimum concrete cover of 2" over reinforcing steel on the inside of the structures. D Water Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.02 ADMIXTURES A. Air Entrainment: ASTM- C260 B Chemical. ASTM- C494, Type A- Water Reducing Type D- Water Reducing and Retarding Type E- Water Reducing and Accelerating admixture. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Bonding Agent: Two component modified epoxy resin. B Vapor Barrier 6 mil clear polyethylene film type recommended for below grade application. C Non-Shnnk Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate,cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents, capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 2,400 psi in 48 hours and 7,000 psi in 28 days. 2.04 JOINT DEVICES AND FILLER MATERIALS A. Joint Filler Type C ASTM -D1752, Premolded sponge rubber, fully compressible with recovery rate of minimum 95 percent. 5/2013 03300-4 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE B Sealant: ASTM-D1190; synthetic rubber 2.05 CONCRETE MIX A. Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM - C94, Alternative No 3 A minimum of 5 75 bags of cement per cubic yard of concrete shall be used. For Concrete in Contact with sewage use Portland Type II,ASTM- C150, Cement. B Provide concrete to the following criteria. 1 Compressive Strength 7 days. 2400 psi 2. Compressive Strength 28 days 4000 psi 3 Slump 3 to 4 inches for concrete cast against earth in slabs and footings and where used as a topping. 5 to 6 inches for concrete in supported slabs,beams, columns and walls. 4 Maximum Water/Cement Ratio 0 50 C. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Engineer Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. D Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Engineer E. Add air entraining agent to normal weight concrete mix for work exposed to temperature lower than 40 degrees F Air content shall be 3 percent maximum for concrete with trowel finished surfaces and 3-5 percent for other concrete. 2.06 FORM MATERIAL A. Smooth Forms. New plywood, metal, plastic, tempered concrete-form hardboard, dressed lumber faced with plywood or lining, or metal-framed plywood-faced panel material,to provide continuous,straight,smooth surfaces. Form material shall be free of raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents or other defects. Furnish material in largest practical sizes to minimize number of joints and,when indicated on Plans,conform to joint system indicated. Form material shall have sufficient strength and thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflection. B Rough Forms Plywood, metal, dressed or undressed lumber free of knots, splits or other defects, or other material acceptable to the Engineer of sufficient strength and thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflection. C Plywood. Conform to PS 1, Class 1 D Lumber Conform to PS 20 5/2013 03300-5 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE E. Edge Forms and Intermediate Screed Strips. Type and strength compatible with the screed equipment and methods used. F Plastic Forms One-piece forms for domes,beams and pan joists. Single lengths for columns not exceeding height of 7'-6" For columns over T-6",use 7'-6"sections and filler sections as needed. To facilitate removal of pan joist forms,taper sides 1 mch per foot. G Metal Pan Joist Forms Removable type; fabncated of minimum 14-gage steel, one piece between end closures. Adjustable forms not allowed. Taper sides 1 mch per foot to facilitate removal. H. Earth Cuts for Forms. 1 Use earth cuts for forming unexposed sides of grade beams cast monolithically with slabs on grade. 2. Where sides of excavations are stable enough to prevent caving or sloughing, following surfaces may be cast against neat-cut excavations a. Sides of footings. b Inside face of perimeter grade beams not monolithic with slab on grade. When inside face is cast against earth, increase beam width indicated on Plans by 1 inch. c. Both faces of interior grade beams not monolithic with slab on grade. When grade beam is cast against earth,increase beam width indicated on Plans by 2 inches. I. Corrugated Fiberboard Carton Forms. 1 Corrugated fiberboard carton forms, when called for, are intended to form a void space beneath pile-supported and pier-supported slabs and other structural elements as shown. 2. Provide products of a reputable manufacturer regularly engaged m commercial production of double-faced corrugated fiberboard carton forms,constructed of waterproof paper and laminated with waterproof adhesive. 3 Fiberboard forms. Capable of supporting required dead load plus construction loads,and designed to lose their strength upon prolonged contact with moisture and soil bactena. 4 Seal cuts and ends of each form section by dipping in waterproof wax,unless liners and flutes are completely impregnated with waterproofing. 5/2013 03300-6 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 5 Size forms as indicated on Plans. Assemble as recommended by manufacturer, either with steel banding at 4'-0" maximum on centers, or, where liners and flutes are impregnated with waterproofing,with adequate stapling. J Circular Forms 1 Form round-section members with paper or fiber tubes, constructed of laminated plies using water-resistant adhesive with wax-impregnated exterior for weather and moisture protection. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist loads imposed by wet concrete without deformation. Provide manufacturer's seamless units to minimize spiral gaps and seams. 2. Fiberglass or steel forms may be used for round-section members. K. Shores Wood or adjustable metal,with bearing plates,with double wedges at lower end. L. Form Ties. 1 Use commercially-manufactured ties, hangers and other accessories for embedding in concrete. Do not use wire not commercially fabricated for use as a form accessory 2. Fabricate ties so ends or end fasteners can be removed without causing spalling of concrete faces. Depth from formed concrete face to the embedded portion. At least 1 inch, or twice the minimum dimension of tie,whichever is greater 3 Provide waterstop feature for form ties used on liquid-containing structures and on concrete walls which will have earth backfill on one side. 4 Removable ties. Taper ties may be used when approved by the Engineer In the hole left by the removal of the taper tie, insert a preformed neoprene or polyurethane plug sized to seat at the center of the wall. M. Form Coating: Commercial formulation of form oil or form-release agent having proven satisfactory performance. Coating shall not bond with, stain or otherwise adversely affect concrete surfaces, or impair their subsequent treatment, including application of bonding agents, curing compounds, paint, protective liners and membrane waterproofing. N Coating for Plastic Forms. Alkali-resistant gel-coat. O Chamfer Strips Unless otherwise indicated on Plans,provide 3/4 inch chamfer strips in corners of forms to produce beveled edges where required by this Section, 3 0 "Execution" P Form Gaskets. Polyethylene rod, closed cell, 1-inch diameter 5/2013 03300-7 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2.07 DESIGN OF FORMWORK A. Conform to ACI 117, ACI 347 and building codes, unless more restrictive requirements are specified or shown on Plans. Contractor shall design and engineer concrete formwork, including shoring and bracing. Design formwork for applicable gravity loads,lateral pressure,wind loads and allowable stresses. Camber formwork to compensate for anticipated deflection during placement of concrete required to maintain specified tolerances. Design formwork to be readily removed without impact, shock or damage to concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. B Slip Forming: Permitted on written approval of the Engineer Contractor shall demonstrate suitability of method proposed. 2.08 REINFORCING MATERIAL A. Reinforcing Bars. Deformed bars conforming to ASTM-A615,grade as indicated on Plans, except column spirals and those shown on Plans to be smooth bars. Where grade is not shown on Plans,use Grade 60 B Smooth Bars Where indicated on Plans, use smooth bars conforming to ASTM- A36, ASTM-A615, Grade 60; or ASTM-A675, Grade 70 C Column Spirals Bars conforming to ASTM-A615,Grade 60,or wire conforming to ASTM-A82. D Epoxy-Coated Deformed Bars,Column Spirals and Smooth Bars. Conform to ASTM -A775/A775M. E. Welded Wire Fabric: 1 Welded Smooth Wire Fabric Conform to ASTM-A185 2. Welded Deformed Wire Fabric. Conform to ASTM-A497 3 Provide wire size, type and spacing as shown. Where type is not shown on Plans,use welded smooth wire fabric. 4 Furnish welded wire fabric in flat sheets only F Tie Wire. 16-1/2 gage or heavier annealed steel wire. Use plastic-coated tie wire with epoxy-coated reinforcing steel. G Bar Supports. Provide chairs. Use bar supports and accessories of sizes required to provide required concrete cover Where concrete surfaces are exposed to weather, water or wastewater,provide plastic accessories only;do not use galvanized or plastic- tipped metal in such locations. Provide metal bar supports and accessories rated Class 1 or 2 conforming to CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. Use epoxy-coated bar supports with epoxy-coated reinforcing bars. 5/2013 03300-8 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE H. Slabs on Grade. Provide chairs with sheet metal bases or provide precast concrete bar supports 3 inches wide, 6 inches long, and thick enough to allow required cover Embed tie wires in 3-inch by 6-inch side. I. Mechanical Bar Splices 1 Conform to ACI 318-05.Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary;use where indicated on Plans. a. Compression splices shall develop ultimate stress of reinforcing bar b. Tension splices shall develop 125 percent of minimum yield point stress of reinforcing bar 2. Regardless of chemical composition of steel,any heat effect shall not adversely affect performance of reinforcing bar J Welded Splices 1 Provide welded splices where shown and where approved by the Engineer Welded splices of reinforcing steel shall develop a tensile strength exceeding 125 percent of the yield strength of the reinforcing bars connected. 2. Provide materials for welded splices conforming to AWS D1 4 — Structural Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel. K. Epoxy Grout: High-strength rigid epoxy adhesive,conforming to ASTM-C881,Type IV, manufactured for purpose of anchoring dowels into hardened concrete and the moisture condition, application temperature and orientation of the hole to be filled. Unless otherwise shown, depth of embedment shall be as required to develop the full tensile strength(125 percent of yield strength)of dowel,but not less than 12 diameters. 2.09 FABRICATION OF REINFORCING A. Bending: Fabricate bars to shapes indicated on Plans by cold bending. Bends shall conform to minimum bend diameters specified in ACI 318-05.Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary Do not straighten or rebend bars. Fabncate epoxy-coated reinforcing steel to required shapes in a manner that will not damage epoxy coating. Repair any epoxy coating with patching material conforming to Item 4 4 of ASTM-A775/A775M. B Splices. 1 Locate splices as mdicated on Plans. Do not locate splices at other locations without approval of the Engineer Use minimum number of splices located at points of minimum stress. Stagger splices in adjacent bars. 2 Length of lap splices. As shown on Plans. 5/2013 03300-9 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3 Prepare ends of bars at mechanical splices in accordance with splice manufacturer's requirements. C Construction Joints Unless otherwise shown, continue reinforcing through construction joints. D Bar Fabrication Tolerances Conform to tolerances listed in ACI 315,Figures 4 and 5 E. Standard Hooks Conform to the requirements of ACI 318-05.Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary F Marking:Clearly mark bars with waterproof tags showing number of bars,size,mark, length, and yield strength. Mark steel with same designation as member in which it occurs. 2.10 FINISHING MATERIALS A. Sealer/Dustproofer (VOC Compliant) Water-based acrylic sealer; non-yellowing under ultraviolet light after 200-hour test in accordance with ASTM - D4587 Conform to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. B. Epoxy Floor Toppmg: Two-component epoxy resin meeting ASTM-C881 Type III, resistant to wear,staining and chemical attack,blended with granite,sand,trap rock or quartz aggregate,trowel-applied over concrete floor Topping thickness shall be 1/8 inch. Color shall be gray C Abrasive Aggregate for Nonslip Finish. Fused aluminum oxide gnt,or crushed emery aggregate containing not less than 40 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 25 percent ferric oxide. Material shall be factory graded, packaged, rustproof and nonglazing, and unaffected by freezing,moisture and cleaning matenals. D Epoxy Penetrating Sealer Low-viscosity,two-component epoxy system designed to give maximum penetration into concrete surfaces. Sealer shall completely seal concrete surfaces from penetration of water, oil and chemicals, prevent dusting and deterioration of concrete surfaces caused by heavy traffic,and be capable of adhering to floor surfaces subject to hydrostatic pressure from below Color shall be transparent amber or gray Surface shall be non-slip E. Latex Bonding Agent: Non-redispersable latex base liquid conforming to ASTM - C 1059 When used in water and wastewater treatment structures,bonding agent shall be suitable for use under continuously submerged conditions. Conformance and suitability certification by manufacturer is required. F Bonding Grout: Prepare bonding grout by mixing approximately one part cement to one part fine sand meeting ASTM- C144 but with 100 percent passing No. 30 mesh sieve. Mix with water to consistency of thick cream. At Contractor's option, a commercially-prepared bonding agent used in accordance with manufacturer's 5/2013 03300- 10 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE recommendations and instructions may be used. When used in water and wastewater treatment structures, bonding agent shall be suitable for use under continuously submerged conditions. Conformance and suitability certification by manufacturer is required. Submit manufacturer's technical information on proposed bonding agent. G Patching Mortar 1 Make patching mortar of same materials and of approximately same proportions as concrete, except omit coarse aggregate. Substitute white Portland cement for part of gray Portland cement on exposed concrete in order to match color of surrounding concrete. Determine color by making trial patch. Use minimum amount of mixing water required for handling and placing. Mix patching mortar in advance and allow to stand. Mix frequently with trowel until it has reached stiffest consistency that will permit placing. Do not add water 2. Proprietary compounds for adhesion or specially formulated cementitious repair mortars may be used in lieu of or in addition to foregoing patching materials provided that properties of bond and compressive strength meet or exceed the foregoing and color of surrounding concrete can be matched where required. Use such compounds according to manufacturer's recommendations. When used in water and wastewater treatment structures, material shall be suitable for use under continuously submerged conditions. Conformance and suitability certification by manufacturer is required. H. Epoxy Adhesive: Two-component, 100 percent solids, 100 percent reactive compound developing 100 percent of strength of concrete, suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. Epoxy used to inject cracks and as a binder in epoxy mortar shall meet ASTM-C881,Type VI. Epoxy used as a bonding agent for fresh concrete shall meet ASTM- C881, Type V Non-shrink Grout: See Section 03600 - Structural Grout. J Spray-Applied Coating: Acceptable products are Thoro System Products"Thoroseal Plaster Mix" or approved equal. Color Gray K. Concrete Topping: Class H concrete with 3/8-inch maximum coarse aggregate size,as specified in this Section. L. Concrete Fill Class H concrete with 3/8-inch maximum coarse aggregate size,(Class C where fill thickness exceeds 3 inches throughout a placement), as specified in Section 03310- Structural Concrete. M. Evaporation Retardant: Confilm, manufactured by Master Builders, Eucobar, manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company; or equal. 5/2013 03300- 11 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2.11 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS A. Membrane-forming Cunng Compound. Conform to ASTM - C309, Type 1D, and following requirements. 1 Minimum solids content: 30 percent. 2. Compound shall not permanently discolor concrete. When used for liquid- containing structures, cunng compound shall be white-pigmented. 3 When used in areas that are to be coated, or that will receive topping or floor covering,material shall not reduce bond of coating,topping,or floor covering to concrete. Curing compound manufacturer's technical information shall state conditions under which compound will not prevent bond. 4 Conform to local,state and federal solvent emission requirements.Conform to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. 5 White pigmented concrete curing compound shall be sprayed on in one even coat with a hand or power sprayer as soon as the surface water disappears from concrete surface. B Clear Curing and Sealing Compound(VOC Compliant): Conform to ASTM-C309, Type 1,Class B,and the following requirements 30 percent solids content minimum, non-yellowing under ultraviolet light after 500-hour test in accordance with ASTM- D4587 Sodium silicate compounds are not permitted. Conform to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. C Sheet Material for Curing Concrete. ASTM-C171,waterproof paper,polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheeting. D Curing Mats(for use in Curing Method 2) Heavy shag rugs or carpets,or cotton mats quilted at 4 inches on center; 12 ounce per square yard minimum weight when dry E. Water for curing: Clean and potable. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement. B Venfy that anchors,seats,plates,reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. 5/2013 03300- 12 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B In locations where new concrete is dowelled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and pack solid with non-shrink grout. 3.03 PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR CONCRETING A. Earth Surfaces 1 Underr interior slabs on grade,install vapor barrier Lap joints atleast 6 inches and seal watertight with tape,or sealant applied between overlapping edges and ends. Repair vapor barrier damaged during placement of reinforcing and inserts with vapor barrier material,lap over damaged areas at least 6 inches and seal watertight. 2. Other Earth Surfaces. Thoroughly wet by sprinkling prior to placing concrete, and keep moist by frequent sprinkling up to time of placing concrete thereon. Remove standing water Surfaces shall be free from standing water,mud and debris at the time of placing concrete. B Construction Joints. 1 Definition. Concrete surfaces upon or against which concrete is to be placed, where the placement of the concrete has been interrupted so that, in the judgment of the Engineer,new concrete cannot be incorporated mtegrally with that previously placed. 2. Interruptions. When placing of concrete is to be interrupted long enough for the concrete to take a set,use forms or other means to shape the working face to secure proper union with subsequent work. Make construction joints only where acceptable to the Engineer 3 Preparation. Give horizontal joint surfaces a compacted,roughened surface for good bond. Except where the Plans call for joint surfaces to be coated, clean joint surfaces of laitance, loose or defective concrete and foreign material by hydroblastmg or sandblasting(exposing aggregate),roughen surface to expose aggregate to a depth of at least 1/4 inch and wash thoroughly Remove standing water from the construction joint surface before new concrete is placed. 4 After surfaces have been prepared cover approximately horizontal construction joints with a 3-inch lift of a grout mix consisting of Class A concrete batched without coarse aggregate; place and spread grout uniformly Place wall concrete on the grout mix immediately thereafter 5/2013 03300- 13 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE C. Set and secure remforcement, anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts and similar embedded items in the forms where indicated on Plans,Shop Drawings and as otherwise required. Obtain the Engineer's acceptance before concrete is placed. Accuracy of placement is the sole responsibility of the Contractor D Unless otherwise approved by Engineer,place no concrete until at least 4 hours after formwork,inserts,embedded items,reinforcement and surface preparation have been completed and accepted by the Engineer Clean surfaces of forms and embedded items that have become encrusted with grout or previously-placed concrete before placing adjacent concrete. E. Casting New Concrete Against Old. Where concrete is to be cast against old concrete (any concrete which is greater than 60 days of age),thoroughly clean and roughen the surface of the old concrete by hydro-blasting or sandblasting (exposing aggregate). Coat joint surface with epoxy bonding agent following manufacturer's written instructions,unless indicated otherwise. Unless noted otherwise,this provision does not apply to vertical wall joints where waterstop is installed. F Protection from Water Place no concrete in any structure until water entering the space to be filled with concrete has been properly cut off or diverted and carried out of the forms,clear of the work. Deposit no concrete underwater Do not allow still water to rise on any concrete until concrete has attained its initial set. Do not allow water to flow over the surface of any concrete in a manner and at a velocity that will damage the surface finish of the concrete. Pumping,dewatering and other necessary operations for removing ground water, if required, are subject to the Engineer's review G Corrosion Protection. Position and support pipe, conduit, dowels and other ferrous items to be embedded in concrete construction prior to placement of concrete so there is at least a 2 inch clearance between them and any part of the concrete reinforcement. Do not secure such items in position by wiring or welding them to the reinforcement. H. Where practicable, provide for openings for pipes, inserts for pipe hangers and brackets, and setting of anchors during placing of concrete. I. Accurately set anchor bolts and maintain in position with templates while they are being embedded in concrete. J Cleaning: Immediately before concrete is placed,thoroughly clean dirt,grease,grout, mortar,loose scale,rust and other foreign substances from surfaces of metalwork to be in contact with concrete. 3.04 FORMWORK INSTALLATION A. Formwork Construction 1 Construct and maintain formwork so that it will maintain correct sizes of members,shape,alignment,elevation and position during concrete placement and until concrete has gained sufficient strength. Provide for required 5/2013 03300- 14 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, anchorages, and inserts. 2. Construct forms for easy removal without damage to concrete surfaces. 3 Make formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete placement. Solidly butt joints and provide backup matenal at joints as required to prevent leakage and fins. Provide gaskets for wall forms to prevent concrete paste leakage at their base. 4 Place chamfer strips in forms to bevel edges and corners permanently exposed to view,except top edges of walls,and slabs which are indicated on Plans to be tooled. Do not bevel edges of formed joints and intenor corners unless indicated on Plans. Form beveled edges for vertical and horizontal corners of equipment bases. Unless otherwise indicated on Plans,make bevels 3/4 inch wide. 5 Provide temporary openings at bases of column and wall forms and other points as required for observation and cleaning immediately before concrete is placed. 6 Where runways are required for moving equipment, support runways directly on the formwork or structural members. Do not allow runways or supports to rest on reinforcing steel. 7 Use smooth forms on formed concrete surfaces required to have smooth form finish or rubbed finish. 8 Rough forms may be used on formed concrete surfaces indicated to have rough form finish. B Forms for Surfaces Requiring Smooth Form Finish. 1 Drill forms to suit ties used and to prevent leakage of concrete mortar around tie holes. Uniformly space form ties and align in horizontal and vertical rows. Install taper ties, if used,with the large end on the wet face of the wall. 2. Provide sharp, clean corners at intersecting planes, without visible edges or offsets. Back up joints with extra studs or girts to maintain true, square intersections. 3 Form molding shapes,recesses and projections with smooth-finish materials and install in forms with sealed joints to prevent displacement. 4 Form exposed corners of beams and columns to produce square,smooth,solid, unbroken lines. 5/2013 03300- 15 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 5 Provide exterior exposed edges with 3/4-inch chamfer or 3/4-inch radius. 6 Arrange facing material in orderly and symmetrical fashion. Keep number of joints to practical minimum. Support facing material adequately to prevent deflection in excess of allowable tolerances. 7 For flush surfaces exposed to view in completed structure,overlap previously- placed hardened concrete with form sheathing by approximately 1 inch. Hold forms against hardened concrete to maintain true surfaces,preventing offsets or loss of mortar C. Forms for Surfaces Requiring Rubbed Finish. Provide forms as specified in this Section, 3 04B "Forms for Surfaces Requiring Smooth Form Finish" Use smooth plywood linings or forms, in as large sheets as practicable, and with smooth, even edges and close joints. D Edge Forms and Screed Stnps for Slabs. Set edge forms or bulkheads and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in finished slab surface. Provide and secure supports for types of screeds required. E. Circular Forms Set forms in one piece for full height of member F Surfaces to Receive Membrane Waterproofing: Coordinate surface finish, anchors, reglets; and similar requirements with membrane waterproofmg applicator G Fireproofing Steel Member Construct forms to provide not less than the concrete thickness necessary,measured from face of steel member,to provide the required fire rating. Forms for concealed surfaces may be unlined. H. Tolerances 1 Unless noted otherwise on Plans,construct formwork so concrete surfaces will conform to tolerance limits listed in Tables 03100A and 03100B at end of this Section. 2. Establish sufficient control points and bench marks as references for tolerance checks. Maintain these references in undisturbed condition until final completion and acceptance of the Work. Adjustment of Formwork: 1 Use wedges or jacks to provide positive adjustment of shores and struts. After final inspection and before concrete placement,fasten in position wedges used for final adjustment of forms. 2. Brace forms securely against lateral deflections. Prepare to compensate for settling during concrete placement. 5/2013 03300- 16 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3 For wall openings,construct wood forms that facilitate necessary loosening to counteract swelling of forms. J Corrugated Fiberboard Carton Forms. 1 Place on smooth firm bed of suitable material to prevent vertical displacement; set tight to prevent honzontal displacement. Exercise care to avoid buckling of forms. Install in accordance with manufacturer's directions and recommendations. 2. Fit carton forms tightly around piles and piers, completely fill the space between subgrade and concrete placement with carton forms to form a void space. 3 Protect carton forms from moisture and maintain in a dry condition until concrete is placed on them. If they become wet before placement of concrete, allow them to dry and carefully-inspect for strength before concrete is placed. 4 Before concrete placement,replace damaged or deteriorated forms which are incapable of supporting concrete dead load plus construction live loads. 3.05 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES A. Clean surfaces of forms and embedded materials before placing concrete. Remove accumulated mortar, grout,rust and other foreign matter B Coat forms for exposed or painted concrete surfaces with form oil or form-release agent before placing reinforcement. Cover form surfaces with coating material in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Do not allow excess coating material to accumulate in forms or to contact hardened concrete against which fresh concrete will be placed.Remove coating material from reinforcement before placing concrete. C. Forms for unexposed surfaces, other than retained-in-place metal forms,may be wet with water immediately before concrete placement in lieu of coating. When possibility of freezing temperatures exists,however,the use of coating is mandatory 3.06 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCEMENT A. Placement Tolerances Place reinforcement within tolerances of Table 03210A at the end of this Section. Bend tie wire away from forms to maintain the specified concrete coverage. B Interferences. Maintain 2-inch clearance from embedded items. Where reinforcing interferes with location of other reinforcing steel,conduit or embedded items,bars may be moved within specified tolerances or one bar diameter,whichever is greater Where 5/2013 03300- 17 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE greater movement of bars is required to avoid mterference,notify the Engineer Do not cut reinforcement to install inserts, conduit, mechanical openings or other items without approval of the Engineer C Concrete Cover Provide clear cover measured from reinforcement to face of concrete as listed in Table 03210B at the end of this Section, unless otherwise indicated on Plans. D Placement in Forms Use spacers,chairs,wire ties and other accessory items necessary to assemble,space,and support reinforcing properly Provide accessones of sufficient number, size and strength to prevent deflection or displacement of reinforcement due to construction loads or concrete placement. Use appropnate accessories to position and support bolts, anchors and other embedded items. Tie reinforcing bars at each intersection, and to accessories. Blocking reinforcement with concrete or masonry is prohibited. E. Placement for Concrete on Ground. Support bar and wire reinforcement on chairs with sheet metal bases or precast concrete blocks spaced at approximately 3 feet on centers each way Use minimum of one support for each 9 square feet. Tie supports to reinforcing bars and wires. F Vertical Reinforcement in Columns Offset vertical bars by at least one bar diameter at splices. Provide accurate templates for column dowels to ensure proper placement. G Splices. 1 Do not splice bars, except at locations indicated on Plans or reviewed Shop Drawings, without approval of the Engineer 2. Lap Splices Unless otherwise shown or noted, Class B, conforming to ACI 318-89,Section 12.15 1 Tie securely with wire prior to concrete placement,to prevent displacement of splices during concrete placement. 3 Mechanical Bar Splices Use only where indicated on Plans or approved by the Engineer Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. a. Couplers located at a joint face shall be of a type which can be set either flush or recessed from the face as shown. Seal couplers prior to concrete placement to completely eliminate concrete or cement paste from entering. b Couplers intended for future connections Recess 1/2 inch minimum from concrete surface. After concrete is placed,plug coupler and fill recess with sealant to prevent contact with water or other corrosive materials. c. Unless noted otherwise, match mechanical coupler spacing and capacity to that shown for the adjacent reinforcing. 5/2013 03300- 18 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 4 Construction Joints. Place reinforcing continuous through construction joints, unless noted otherwise. H. Welded Wire Fabric. Install wire fabnc in as long lengths as practicable. Unless otherwise indicated on Plans, lap adjoining pieces at least 6 inches or one full mesh plus 2 inches, whichever is larger Lace splices with wire. Do not make end laps midway between supporting beams, or directly over beams of continuous structures. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps. Conform to WRI - Manual of Standard Practice for Welded Wire Fabnc. I. Field Bending: Shape reinforcing bent during construction operations to conform to Plans. Bars shall be cold-bent; do not heat bars. Closely inspect reinforcing for breaks. When reinforcing is damaged, replace, Cadweld, or otherwise repair, as directed by the Engineer Do not bend reinforcement after it is embedded in concrete. J Epoxy-coated Reinforcing Steel. Install m accordance this Section, 3 06J "Field Bending",and in a manner that will not damage epoxy coating. Repair damaged epoxy coating with patching material as specified in Paragraph 2.09 A-Bending. K. Field Cutting: Cut reinforcing bars by sheanng or sawing. Do not cut bars with cutting torch. L. Welding of reinforcing bars is prohibited, except where shown on Plans. 3.07 GROUTING OF REINFORCING AND DOWEL BARS A. Use epoxy grout for anchoring reinforcing and dowel steel to existing concrete in accordance with epoxy manufacturer's instructions. Drill hole not more than 1/4 inch larger than steel bar diameter(including height of deformations for deformed bars)in existing concrete. Just before installation of steel,blow hole clean of all debns using compressed air Partially fill hole with epoxy,using enough epoxy so when steel bar is inserted, epoxy grout will completely fill hole around bar Dip end of steel bar in epoxy and twist bar while inserting into partially-filled hole. 5/2013 03300- 19 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE TABLE 03210A REINFORCEMENT PLACEMENT TOLERANCES Placement Tolerances (in inches) Clear Distance- To formed soffit: -1/4 To other formed surfaces ±1/4 Minimum spacing between bars -1/4 Clear distance from unformed surface to top reinforcement- Members 8 inches deep or less. ±1/4 Members more than 8 inches deep but less than 24 inches deep -1/4, +1/2 Members 24 inches deep or greater -1/4, +1 Uniform spacing of bars ±2 (but the required number of bars shall not reduced) Uniform spacing of stirrups and ties ±1 (but the required number of stirrups and ties shall not be reduced) Longitudinal locations of bends and ends of reinforcement- General. ±2 Discontinuous ends of members ±1/2 Length of bar laps -1 1/2 Embedded length For bar sizes No 3 through 11 -1 For bar sizes No. 14 and 18 -2 5/2013 03300-20 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE TABLE 03210B MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER FOR REINFORCEMENT Minimum Surface Cover (in inches) Slabs and Joists - Top and bottom bars for dry conditions— No. 14 and No. 18 bars. 1 1/2 No 11 bars and smaller 1 Formed concrete surfaces exposed to earth,water, or weather, over, or in contact with, sewage; and for bottoms bearing on work mat, or slabs supporting earth cover- No. 5 bars and smaller 1 1/2 No 6 through No 18 bars. 2 Beams and Columns - For dry conditions - Stirrups, spirals and ties. 1 1/2 Principal reinforcement: 2 Exposed to earth, water, sewage or weather Stirrups and ties 2 Principal reinforcement: 2 1/2 Walls - For dry conditions - No. 11 bars and smaller 1 No. 14 and No. 18 bars. 1 1/2 Formed concrete surfaces exposed to earth,water, sewage or weather, or in contact with ground- Circular tanks with ring tension. 2 All others. 2 Footings and Base Slabs - At formed surfaces and bottoms bearing on concrete work mat: 2 At unformed surfaces and bottoms in contact with earth. 3 Over top of piles. 2 Top of footings - - same as slabs 5/2013 03300-21 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3.08 HANDLING,TRANSPORTING AND PLACING CONCRETE A. Conform to applicable requirements of this Section and Chapter 8 of ACI 301- 99-Specifications for Structural Concrete—IP,Chapter 8. Use no aluminum materials in conveying concrete. B Rejected Work: Remove concrete found to be defective or non-conforming in materials or workmanship. Replace rejected concrete with concrete meeting requirements of Contract Documents, at no additional cost to the Owner C. Unauthorized Placement: Place no concrete except in the presence of the Engineer Notify the Engineer in writing at least 24 hours before placement of concrete. D Placement in Wall Forms. 1 Do not drop concrete through reinforcing steel. 2. Do not place concrete in any form so as to leave an accumulation of mortar on form surfaces above the concrete. 3 Pump concrete or use hoppers and, if necessary, vertical ducts of canvas, rubber or metal (other than aluminum) for placing concrete in forms so it reaches the place of final deposit without separation. Free fall of concrete shall not-exceed 4 feet below the ends of pump hoses, ducts, chutes or buggies. Uniformly distribute concrete dunng depositing. 4 Do not displace concrete in forms more than 6 feet in horizontal direction from place where it was originally deposited. 5 Deposit in uniform horizontal layers not deeper than 2 feet;take care to avoid inclined layers or inclined construction joints except where required for sloping members. 6 Place each layer while the previous layer is still soft. 7 Provide sufficient illumination in form interior so concrete at places of deposit is visible from the deck or runway E. Conveyors and Chutes Design and arrange ends of chutes, hopper gates and other points of concrete discharge in the conveying,hoisting and placing system so concrete passing from them will not fall separated into whatever receptacle immediately receives it. Conveyors,if used, shall be of a type acceptable to the Engineer Do not use chutes longer than 50 feet. Slope chutes so concrete of specified consistency will readily flow If a conveyor is used,it shall be wiped clean by a device operated in such a manner that none of the mortar adhering to the belt will be wasted. All conveyors and chutes shall be covered. 5/2013 03300-22 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE F Placement of Slabs. In hot or windy weather, conducive to plastic shrinkage cracks, apply evaporation retardant to slab after screeding in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Do not use evaporation retardant to increase water content of the surface cement paste. Place concrete for sloping slabs uniformly from the bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width of the placement. As work progresses,vibrate and carefully work concrete around slab reinforcement. Screed the slab surface in an up-slope direction. G When adverse weather conditions affect quality of concrete, postpone concrete placement. Do not mix concrete when the air temperature is at or below 40 degrees F and falling. Concrete may be mixed when temperature is 35 degrees F and rising. Take temperature readings in the shade, away from artificial heat. Protect concrete from temperatures below 32 degrees F until the concrete has cured for a minimum of 3 days at 70 degrees F or 5 days at 50 degrees F When concrete temperature is 85 degrees F or above, do not exceed 60 minutes between introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge. When the weather is such that the concrete temperature would exceed 90 degrees F, employ effective means, such as pre-cooling of aggregates and mixing water, using ice or placing at night, as necessary to maintain concrete temperature, as placed,below 90 degrees F 3.09 PUMPING OF CONCRETE A. If-pumped-concrete does-not-produce-satisfactory results, in theiudgm-ent-of-the Engineer, discontinue pumping operations and proceed with the placing of concrete - using conventional methods. B Pumping Equipment: Use a 2-cylinder pump designed to operate with only one cylinder if one is not functioning, or have a standby pump on site during pumping. C. The minimum hose (conduit) diameter Comply with ACI 304.2R-96.Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods. D Replace pumping equipment and hoses (conduits)that do not function properly E. Do not use aluminum conduits for conveying concrete. F Field Quality Control. Take samples for slump, air content and test cylinders at the placement(discharge) end of the line. 3.10 CONCRETE PLACEMENT SEQUENCE A. Place concrete in a sequence acceptable to the Engineer To minimize effects of shrinkage, place concrete in units bounded by construction joints shown. Place alternate units so each unit placed has cured at least 7 days for hydraulic structures,or 3 days for other structures, before contiguous unit or units are placed, except do not 5/2013 03300-23 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE place corner sections of vertical walls until the 2 adjacent wall panels have cured at least 14 days for hydraulic structures and 7 days for other structures. B Level the concrete surface whenever a run of concrete is stopped. To ensure straight and level joints on the exposed surface of walls, tack a wood strip at least 3/4-inch thick to the forms on these surfaces. Carry concrete about 1/2 inch above the underside of the strip About one hour after concrete is placed,remove the strip,level irregularities in the edge formed by the strip with a trowel and remove laitance. 3.11 TAMPING AND VIBRATING A. Thoroughly settle and compact concrete throughout the entire depth of the layer being consolidated, into a dense, homogeneous mass, fill corners and angles, thoroughly embed reinforcement,eliminate rock pockets and bring only a slight excess of water to the exposed surface of concrete during placement. Use ACI 309R-96•Guide for Consolidation of Concrete, Group 3, immersion-type high-speed power vibrators (8,000 to 12,000 rpm)in sufficient number and with sufficient(at least one)standby units. Use Group 2 vibrators only when accepted by the Engineer for specific locations. Do not transport concrete by vibrating. B Use care in placing concrete around waterstops. Carefully work concrete by rodding and vibrating to make sure air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Where flat-strip type waterstops are placed horizontally, work concrete under waterstops by hand, making sure air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Give concrete surrounding the waterstops additional vibration beyond that used for adjacent concrete placement to assure complete embedment of waterstops in concrete. C Concrete in Walls. Internally vibrate, ram, stir, or work with suitable appliances, tamping bars, shovels or forked tools until concrete completely fills forms or excavations and closes snugly against all surfaces. Do not place subsequent layers of concrete until previously-placed layers have been so worked. Provide vibrators in sufficient numbers,with standby units as required,to accomplish the results specified within 15 minutes after concrete of specified consistency is placed in the forms. Keep vibrating heads from contact with form surfaces. Take care not to vibrate concrete excessively or to work it in any manner that causes segregation of its constituents. 3.12 PLACING MASS CONCRETE A. Observe the following additional restrictions when placing mass concrete. 1 Use specified superplasticizer 2. Maximum temperature of concrete when deposited. 70 degrees F 3 Place in lifts approximately 18 inches thick. Extend vibrator heads into previously-placed layer 5/2013 03300-24 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 4 Refer to Section 03310 - Structural Concrete for Mass Concreting. 3.13 CONCRETE FINISHING 3.14 FINISHING OF FORMED SURFACES A. Unfinished Surfaces Finish is not required on surfaces concealed from view in completed structure by earth, ceilings or similar cover,unless indicated otherwise on Plans. B Rough Form Finish. 1 No form facing material is required on rough form finish surfaces. 2. Patch tie holes and defects. Chip off fins exceeding 1/4 inch in height. 3 Rough form finish may be used on concrete surfaces which will be concealed from view by earth in completed structure,except concealed surfaces required to have smooth form finish, as shown on Plans. C Smooth Form Finish. 1 Form facing shall produce smooth, hard, uniform texture on concrete. Use plywood linings or forms in as large sheets as practicable, and with smooth, even edges and close joints. 2. Patch tie holes and defects. Rub fins and joint marks with wooden blocks to leave smooth,unmarred finished surface. 3 Provide smooth form finish on the wet face of formed surfaces of water- holding structures, and of other formed surfaces not concealed from view by earth in completed structure,except where otherwise indicated on Plans. Walls that will be exposed after future construction, at locations indicated on Plans, shall have smooth form finish. Smooth form finish on exterior face of exterior walls shall extend below final top of ground elevation. Exterior face of all perimeter grade beams shall have smooth form finish for full depth of grade beam. D Rubbed Finish. 1 Use plywood linings or forms in as large sheets as practicable, and with smooth, even edges and close joints. 2. Remove forms as soon as practicable,repair defects,wet surfaces,and rub with No 16 carborundum stone or similar abrasive. Continue rubbing sufficiently -_ to bring surface paste,remove form marks and fins,and produce smooth,dense 5/2013 03300-25 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE surface of uniform color and texture. Do not use cement paste other than that drawn from concrete itself. Spread paste uniformly over surface with brush. Allow paste to reset,then wash surface with clean water 3 Use rubbed finish at locations indicated on Plans,except where rubbed finish is indicated for a wall which will be containing a liquid, use spray-applied coating. E. Spray-applied Coating: At Contractor's option,in lieu of rubbed finish,spray-applied coating may be applied after defects have been repaired and fins removed. Remove form oil, curing compound and other foreign matter that would prevent bonding of coating. Apply coating in uniform texture and color in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions. F Related Unformed Surfaces. Tops of piers, walls, bent caps, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces shall be struck smooth after concrete is placed. Float unformed surfaces to texture reasonably consistent with that of formed surfaces. Continue final treatment on formed surfaces uniformly across unformed surfaces. 3.15 HOT WEATHER FINISHING A. When hot weather conditions exist, as defined in the Section, 1 03A"Hot Weather", and as judged by the Engineer, apply evaporation retardant to the surfaces of slabs, topping and concrete fill placements immediately after each step in the finishing process has been completed. 3.16 FINISHING SLABS AND SIMILAR FLAT SURFACES TO CLASS A, B AND C TOLERANCES A. Apply Class A, B and C finishes at locations indicated on Plans. Class B or better finish shall be applied if not shown otherwise by the Plans. B Shaping to Contour Use strike-off templates or approved compacting-type screeds riding on screed strips or edge forms to bring concrete surface to proper contour See Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork for edge forms and screeds. C. Consolidation and Leveling: Concrete to be consolidated shall be as stiff as practicable. Thoroughly consolidate concrete in slabs and use internal vibration in beams and girders of framed slabs and along bulkheads of slabs on grade. Consolidate and level slabs and floors with vibrating bridge screeds, roller pipe screeds or other approved means. After consolidation and leveling, do not permit manipulation of surfaces pnor to finishing operations. D Tolerances for Finished Surfaces Check tolerances by placing straightedge of specified length anywhere on slab Gap between slab and straightedge shall not exceed tolerance listed for specified class. 5/2013 03300-26 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Straightedge Tolerance Class Length in Feet in Inches A 10 1/8 B 10 1/4 C 2 1/4 E. Raked Finish. After concrete has been placed,struck off,consolidated and leveled to Class C tolerance,roughen surface before final set.Roughen with stiff brushes or rakes to depth of approximately 1/4 inch. Notify the Engineer pnor to placing concrete requinng initial raked surface finish so that acceptable raked finish standard may be established for project. Protect raked,base-slab finish from contamination until time of topping. Provide raked finish for following: 1 Surfaces to receive bonded concrete topping or fill. 2. Steep ramps, as noted on Plans. 3 Additional locations as noted on Plans. F Float Finish. 1 After concrete has been placed, struck off, consolidated and leveled, do not work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared,or when mix has stiffened sufficiently to permit proper operation of power-driven float. Consolidate surface with power-driven floats. Use hand floating with wood or cork-faced floats in locations inaccessible to power- dnven machine and on small, isolated slabs. 2. After initial floating, re-check tolerance of surface with 10-foot straightedge applied at not less than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill low spots to Class B tolerance. Immediately re-float slab to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 3 Provide float finish at locations not otherwise specified and not otherwise indicated on Plans. G Trowel Finish. 1 Apply float finish as previously specified. After power floating, use power trowel to produce smooth surface which is relatively free of defects but which may still contain some trowel marks. Do additional troweling by hand after surface has hardened sufficiently Do final troweling when ringing sound is produced as trowel is moved over surface. Thoroughly consolidate surface by hand troweling operations. 2. Produce finished surface free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and - appearance and conforming to Class A tolerance. On surfaces intended to 5/2013 03300-27 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE support floor coverings,remove defects which might show through covering by gnndmg. 3 Provide trowel finish for floors which will receive floor covering and additional locations indicated on Plans. H. Broom or Belt Finish. 1 Apply float finish as previously specified. Immediately after completing floated finish, draw broom or burlap belt across surface to give coarse transverse scored texture. 2. Provide broom or belt finish at locations indicated on Plans. 3.17 FINISHING SLABS AND SIMILAR FLAT SURFACES TO"F-NUMBER SYSTEM" FINISH A. Shaping to Contour Use strike-off templates or approved compacting-type screeds riding on screed stnps or edge forms to bring concrete surface to proper contour Edge forms and screeds Conform to Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork. B. Consolidation and Leveling: Concrete to be consolidated shall be as dry as practicable. Thoroughly consolidate concrete in slabs and use internal vibration in beams and girders of framed slabs and along bulkheads of slabs on grade. Consolidate and level slabs and floors with vibrating bridge screeds, roller pipe screeds or other approved means. After consolidation and leveling,do not manipulate surfaces prior to finishing operations. C Tolerances for Fimshed Surfaces. Independent testing laboratory will check floor flatness and levelness in accordance with this Section,3.23F"Field Quality Control" D Float Finish. 1 After concrete has been placed, struck off, consolidated and leveled, do not work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared,or when mix has stiffened sufficiently to permit proper operation of power-driven float. Consolidate surface with power-driven floats. Use hand floating with wood or cork-faced floats in locations inaccessible to power- driven machine and on small, isolated slabs. 2. Check tolerance of surface after initial floating with a 10-foot straightedge applied at not less than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Immediately refloat slab to uniform, smooth, granular texture to FF20/FL17 tolerance,unless shown otherwise on Plans. 3 Provide "F-Number System" float finish at locations indicated on Plans. 5/2013 03300-28 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE E. Trowel Finish. 1 Apply float finish as previously specified. After power floatmg, use power trowel to produce smooth surface which is relatively free of defects but which may still contain some trowel marks. Do additional trowelings by hand after surface has hardened sufficiently Do final troweling when ringing sound is produced as trowel is moved over surface. Thoroughly consolidate surface by hand troweling operations. 2. Produce finished surface free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance and conforming to an FF25/FL20 tolerance for slabs on grade and FF25/FL17 for elevated slabs, unless shown otherwise on Plans. On surfaces intended to support floor coverings, remove defects, which might show through covenng,by grinding. 3 Provide "F-Number System"trowel finish at locations indicated on Plans. 3.18 BONDED CONCRETE TOPPING AND FILL A. Surface Preparation. 1 Protect raked, base-slab finish from contamination until time of topping. Mechanically remove oil, grease, asphalt, paint, clay stains or other contaminants, leaving clean surface. 2. Prior to placement of topping or fill, thoroughly dampen roughened slab surface and leave free of standing water Immediately before topping or fill is placed, scrub coat of bonding grout into surface. Do not allow grout to set or dry before topping or fill is placed. B Concrete Fill. 1 Where concrete fill intersects a wall surface at an angle steeper than 45 degrees from vertical, provide a 1.5-inch deep keyway in the wall at the point of intersection, size keyway so that no portion of the concrete fill is less than 1.5 inches thick. Form keyway in new walls, create by saw cutting the top and bottom lines and chipping in existing walls. 2. Apply wood float finish to surfaces of concrete fill. 3 Provide concrete fill at locations shown on Plans. C. Bonded Concrete Topping in Bottom of Clarifiers and Thickeners. 1 Minimum thickness of concrete topping: 1 inch. Maximum thickness when swept in by clarifier and thickener equipment: 3 inches 5/2013 03300-29 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2. Compact topping and fill by rolling or tamping,bring to established grade,and float. Topping grout placed on sloping slabs shall proceed uniformly from the bottom of the slab to the top,for the full width of the placement. Coat surface with evaporation retardant as needed between finishing operations to prevent plastic shrinkage cracks. 3 Screed topping to true surface using installed equipment. Protect equipment from damage dunng sweeping-in process. Perform sweeping-mprocess under supervision of equipment manufacturer's factory representative. After topping has been screeded, apply wood float finish. During finishing, do not apply water, dry cement or mixture of dry cement and sand to the surface. 4 As soon as topping or fill finishing is completed, coat surface with curing compound. After the topping is set and sufficiently hard in clarifiers and where required by the Engineer,fill the tank with sufficient water to cover the entire floor for 14 days. 5 Provide bonded concrete topping in bottom of all clarifiers and thickeners. 3.19 EPDXY PENETRATING SEALER A. Surfaces to receive epoxy penetrating sealer Apply wood float fmish. Clean surface and apply sealer in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. B Rooms with concrete curbs or bases. Continue application of floor coating on curb or base to its juncture with masonry wall. Rooms with solid concrete walls or wainscots. Apply minimum 2-inch-high coverage of floor coating on vertical surface. C Mask walls, doors,frames and similar surface to prevent floor coating contact. D When coving floor coating up vertical concrete walls, curbs,bases or wainscots,use masking tape or other suitable material to keep a neat level edge at top of cove. E. Provide epoxy penetrating sealer at locations indicated on Plans. 3.20 EPDXY FLOOR TOPPING A. Surfaces to receive epoxy floor topping: Apply wood float finish unless recommended otherwise by epoxy floor topping manufacturer Clean surface and apply epoxy floor topping in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. Thickness of topping: 1/8 inch. B Rooms with concrete curbs or bases Continue application of floor coating on curb or base to its juncture with masonry wall. Rooms with solid concrete walls or wainscots. apply 2-inch-high coverage of floor coating on vertical surface. 5/2013 03300-30 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE C Mask walls, doors, frames and similar surfaces to prevent floor coating contact. D When coving floor coating up vertical concrete walls, curbs,bases or wainscots,use - masking tape or other suitable material to keep a neat level edge at top of cove. E. Finished surface shall be free of trowel marks and dimples. F Provide epoxy floor topping at locations indicated on Plans. 3.21 SEALER/DUSTPROOFER A. Where sealer or sealer/dustproofer is indicated on Plans,just prior to completion of construction, apply coat of specified clear sealer/dustproofing compound to exposed interior concrete floors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.22 NONSLIP FINISH A. Apply float finish as specified. Apply two-thirds of required abrasive aggregate by method that ensures even coverage without segregation and re-float. Apply remainder of abrasive aggregate at right angles to first application,using heavier application of aggregate in areas not sufficiently covered by first application. Re-float after second application of aggregate and complete operations with troweled finish. Perform finishing operations in a manner that will allow the abrasive aggregate to be exposed and not covered with cement paste. B Provide nonslip finish at locations indicated on Plans. 3.23 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with ACI 301- 99-Specifications for Structural Concrete-IP and under provisions of Sections 01440 —Inspection Services and Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services. B Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed firm. C. Submit proposed mix design to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of Work. D Tests of cement and aggregates may be performed to ensure conformance with specified requirements. E. Three concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 50 cu yds or less of concrete or as directed by the Engineer F One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather concreting,cured on job site under same conditions as concrete it represents. 5/2013 03300-31 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE G One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. H. Provide the results of alkalinity tests of concrete used in sanitary structures. Provide one test for each structure. These tests shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory Perform the test on the concrete covering reinforcing steel on the inside of the pipe or structure. Alkalinity tests are to be in accordance with Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemical Analysis, Vol. 15, Page 230, Interscience Publishers Division, John Wiley and Sons. 3.24 PATCHING A. Allow Engineer to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms. B Excessive honeycomb or embedded debns in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Engineer upon discovery C. Patch imperfections in accordance with ACI 301-99 Specifications for Structural Concrete-IP 3.25 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Defective Concrete Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements. B Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Engineer C Do not patch, fill,touch-up,repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Engineer for each individual area. 3.26 CURING A. Comply with ACI 308 1-98 Standard Specifications for Curing Concrete. Cure by preventing loss of moisture, rapid temperature change and mechanical injury for a period of 7 curing days when Type II or IP cement has been used and for 3 curing days when Type III cement has been used. Start curing as soon as free water has disappeared from the concrete surface after placing and finishing. A curing day is any calendar day in which the temperature is above 50 degrees F for at least 19 hours. Colder days may be counted if air temperature adjacent to concrete is maintained above 50 degrees F In continued cold weather,when artificial heat is not provided, removal of forms and shoring may be permitted at the end of calendar days equal to twice the required number of cunng days. However,leave soffit forms and shores in place until concrete has reached the specified 28-day strength, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer B Cure formed surfaces not requiring rub-finished surface by leaving forms in place for the full curing period. Keep wood forms wet during the curing penod. Add water as 5/2013 03300-32 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE needed for other types of forms. Or, at Contractor's option, forms may be removed after 2 days and cunng compound applied. C Rubbed Finish. 1 At formed surfaces requiring rubbed finish, remove forms as soon as practicable without damaging the surface. 2. After rub-finish operations are complete, continue curing formed surfaces by using either approved curing/sealing compounds or moist cotton mats until normal curing period is complete. D Unformed Surfaces Cure by membrane curing compound method. 1 After concrete has received a final finish and surplus water sheen has disappeared, immediately seal surface with a uniform coating of approved curing compound, applied at the rate of coverage recommended by manufacturer or as directed by the Engineer Do not apply less than 1 gallon per 180 square feet of area. Provide satisfactory means to properly control and check rate of application of the compound. 2. Thoroughly agitate the compound during use and apply by means of approved mechanical power pressure sprayers equipped with atomizing nozzles. For application on small miscellaneous items,hand-powered spray equipment may - be used. Prevent loss of compound between nozzle and concrete surface dunng spraying operations. 3 Do not apply compound to a dry surface. If concrete surface has become dry, thoroughly moisten surface immediately prior to application. At locations where coating shows discontinuities,pinholes or other defects, or if rain falls on a newly coated surface before film has dried sufficiently to resist damage, apply an additional coat of compound at the specified rate of coverage. 3.27 CURING MASS CONCRETE A. Observe the following additional restrictions when curing mass concrete. 1 Minimum cunng period. 2 weeks. 2. When ambient air temperature falls below 32 degrees F, protect surface of concrete against freezing. 3 Do not use steam or other curing methods that will add heat to concrete. 4 Keep forms and exposed concrete continuously wet for at least the first 48 hours after placing, and whenever surrounding air temperature is above 90 degrees F during final curing period. 5/2013 03300-33 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 5 During 2-week curing period,provide necessary controls to prevent ambient air temperature immediately adjacent to concrete from falling more than 30 degrees F in 24 hours. 3.28 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Time Limits 1 When repair of surface defects or finishing is required before concrete is aged, forms on vertical surfaces may be removed as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations. 2. Remove top forms on sloping surfaces of concrete as soon as concrete has attained sufficient stiffness to prevent sagging. Loosen wood forms for wall openings as soon as this can be accomplished without damage to concrete. Leave formwork for water-retaining structures in place for at least 2 days. Formwork for non-water-retaining columns, walls, sides of beams and other formwork components not supporting weight of concrete may be removed after 12 hours, provided concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations,and provided removal of forms will not disturb members supporting weight of concrete. 3 Forms and shoring supporting weight of concrete or construction loads. Leave in place until concrete has reached minimum strength specified for removal of forms and shoring. Do not remove such forms in less than 4 days. B Circular Paper or Spiral Tube Forms Follow manufacturer's directions for form removal. Take necessary precautions to prevent damage to concrete surface. When removal is done before completion of curing time,replace form,tie in place,and seal to retard escape of moisture. C Removal Strength. 1 Control Tests Suitable strength-control tests will be required as evidence that concrete has attained specified strength for removal of formwork or shoring supporting weight of concrete in beams, slabs and other structural members. Furnish test cylinders and data to verify strength for early form removal. a. Field-cured Test Cylinders. When field-cured test cylinders reach specified removal strength,formwork or shoring may be removed from respective concrete placements. b Laboratory-cured Test Cylinders. When concrete has been cured as specified for structural concrete for same time penod required by laboratory-cured cylinders to reach specified strength, formwork or shoring may be removed from respective concrete placements. 5/2013 03300-34 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Determine length of time that concrete has been cured by totaling the - days or fractions of days,not necessarily consecutive,during which air temperature surrounding concrete is above 50 degrees F and concrete has been damp or thoroughly sealed against evaporation and loss of moisture. 2. Compressive Strengths The minimum concrete compressive strength for removal of formwork supporting weight of concrete is 75 percent of specified minimum 28-day strength for class of concrete involved. 3.29 RESHORING A. When reshoring is permitted, plan operations in advance and obtain the Engineer's approval of such operations. While reshonng is under way, keep live load off new construction. Do not permit concrete in any beam, slab, column or other structural member to be subjected to combined dead and construction loads in excess of loads permitted for developed concrete strength at time of reshonng. B Place reshores as soon as practicable after form-stripping operations are complete but in no case later than end of day on which stripping occurs. Tighten reshores to carry required loads without over stressing construction. Leave reshores in place until tests representative of concrete being supported have reached specified strength at time of removal of formwork supporting weight of concrete. C Floors supporting shores under newly-placed concrete: Leave original supporting shores in place, or re-shore. Locate reshores directly under shore position above. Extend reshoring over a sufficient number of stories to distribute weight of newly- placed concrete, forms and construction live loads in such manner that design superimposed loads of floors supporting shores are not exceeded. 3.30 FORM REUSE A. Do not reuse forms that are worn or damaged beyond repair Thoroughly clean and recoat forms before reuse. For wood and plywood forms to be used for exposed smooth finish,sand or otherwise dress concrete contact surface to original condition or provide form liner facing material. For metal forms, straighten, remove dents and clean to return forms to original condition. 5/2013 03300-35 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE TABLE 03100A TOLERANCES FOR FORMED SURFACES CONCRETE IN BUILDINGS** For any Variation For any Maximum 20-foot From Variation In 10-foot length or for Entire length any bay Dimension Lines and Surfaces of Columns, 1/4" - - - 1" Plumb or Piers, Walls and Arrises Specified Exposed Corner Columns, Control - - - 1/4" 1/2" Batter Joint Grooves, and Other Conspicuous Lines Slab Soffits, Ceilings, Beam Soffits, 1/4" 3/8" 3/4" Level of and Anises (measured before Specified removal of shores), Grade Exposed Lintels, Sills, Parapets, - -- 1/4" 1/2" Horizontal Grooves and Other Conspicuous Lines Drawing Position of Linear Building Lines, --- 1/2" 1" Dimensions Columns, Walls and Partitions Size and Location of Sleeves, Floor --- - - - +1/4" Openings and Wall Openings Cross Section of Columns, Beams, -- - - - - +1/2", -1/4" Slabs, and Walls Footings* in Plan - -- - - - +2", -1/2" Footing Misplacement or Eccentricity --- - - - 2% of Width in Direction of Error(the lesser of) or 2" Footing Thickness Decrease - -- - - - 5% Footing Thickness Increase - - - - - - No Limit Step Rise in Flight of Stairs - - - - - - +1/8" Step Tread in Flight of Stairs - -- - - - ±1/4" Consecutive Step Rise --- - - - ±1/16" Consecutive Step Tread - -- - -- +1/8" *Footing tolerances apply to concrete dimensions only,not to positioning of vertical reinforcing steel, dowels, or embedded items **Includes water and wastewater process structures 5/2013 03300-36 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE TABLE 03100B TOLERANCE FOR FORMED SURFACES CONCRETE IN BRIDGES,WHARVES AND MARINE STRUCTURES Variation Variation In Maximum From Plumb of Specified Surfaces of columns,piers and walls 1/2" in 10' Batter Level or Top surfaces of slabs See Section 03345 Specified Grade Top surfaces of curbs and railings 3/16" in 10' Drawing Cross section of columns, caps,walls,beams, and ±1/2", -1/4" Dimensions similar members Thickness of deck slabs ±1/4", -1/8" Size and location of slab and wall openings ±1/2" Footings in plan +2, -1/2" Footing misplacement or eccentricity in direction 2% of width or 2" of error(the lesser of) Footing thickness decrease 5% Footing thickness increase No limit Step rise in flight of stairs ±1/8" Step tread in flight of stairs ±1/4" Consecutive step rise ±1/16" Consecutive step tread ±1/8" 5/2013 03300-37 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3.31 PROTECTION A. Protect concrete against damage until final acceptance by the Owner B Protect fresh concrete from damage due to rain, hail, sleet or snow Provide such protection while the concrete is still plastic and whenever such precipitation is imminent or occurring. C. Do not backfill around concrete structures or subject them to design loadings until all components of the structure neededto resist the loading are complete and have-reached the specified 28-day compressive strength, except as authorized otherwise by the Engineer END OF SECTION 5/2013 03300-38 of 38